Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2010

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

ELLIE MAE, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   7372   94-3288780
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)   (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

 

 

4155 Hopyard Road, Suite 200

Pleasanton, California 94588

(925) 227-7000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including

area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Sigmund Anderman

Chief Executive Officer

Ellie Mae, Inc.

4155 Hopyard Road, Suite 200

Pleasanton, CA 94588

(925) 227-7000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies To:

 

Christopher L. Kaufman

Robert W. Phillips
Latham & Watkins LLP
140 Scott Drive
Menlo Park, California 94025
(650) 328-4600

  

Elisa Lee

Vice President and General Counsel

Ellie Mae, Inc.
4155 Hopyard Road, Suite 200
Pleasanton, California 94588
(925) 227-7000

  

Jeffrey D. Saper

Steven V. Bernard

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of the proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 
Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
   Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price(1)(2)
   Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

   $86,250,000    $6,150
 
 
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes offering price of shares the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover overallotments, if any.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated April 30, 2010.

 

LOGO

             Shares

Ellie Mae, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Ellie Mae, Inc.

Ellie Mae is offering              of the shares to be sold in the offering. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional              shares. Ellie Mae will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $            . Ellie Mae intends to list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ELLI”.

 

 

See “ Risk Factors ” on page 11 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share    Total

Initial public offering price

   $                             $                         

Underwriting discount

     

Proceeds, before expenses, to Ellie Mae

     

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

     

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than              shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional              shares from selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2010.

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

William Blair & Company

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods

Macquarie Capital

Piper Jaffray

ThinkEquity LLC

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2010.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Prospectus Summary

   1

Risk Factors

   11

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

   25

Use of Proceeds

   27

Dividend Policy

   27

Dilution

   28

Capitalization

   30

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

   31

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   33

Business

   57

Management

   72

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

   106

Principal and Selling Stockholders

   108

Description of Capital Stock

   111

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

   116

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

   119

Underwriting

   123

Legal Matters

   126

Experts

   126

Where You Can Find More Information

   127

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-1

 

 

Through and including                     , 2010 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Unless the context requires otherwise, the words “Ellie Mae,” “we,” “company,” “us” and “our” refer to Ellie Mae, Inc. and our wholly-owned subsidiaries.

Ellie Mae, Inc.

Overview

We host one of the largest electronic mortgage origination networks in the United States. Our network and the technology-enabled solutions we provide help streamline and automate the mortgage origination process, increasing efficiency, facilitating regulatory compliance and reducing documentation errors for our network participants.

The Ellie Mae Network electronically connects approximately 55,000 mortgage professionals to the mortgage lenders, investors and service providers integral to the origination and funding of residential mortgages. In 2009, over 2.8 million residential mortgage applications were initiated over the Ellie Mae Network. We believe, based in part on industry volume data reported by the Mortgage Bankers Association, this represented approximately 20% of the total U.S. residential mortgage market.

For mortgage originators, we provide Encompass software, a comprehensive operating system that handles key business and management functions involved in running a mortgage origination business, and serves as a gateway to the Ellie Mae Network. Mortgage originators use Encompass as a single tool for loan processing, marketing, customer communication and to interact electronically with lenders, investors and service providers over the Ellie Mae Network. We also offer Encompass users a variety of additional services, including automated preparation of the disclosure and closing documents borrowers must sign to obtain a loan, electronic document management and websites used for customer relationship management. For the lenders, investors and service providers on our network, we provide electronic connectivity that allows them to do business with a significant percentage of the mortgage origination professionals in the United States.

Mortgage originators pay us licensing and recurring subscription fees or fees on a per closed loan basis for our Encompass software, and fees on a subscription or transaction basis for our additional services. Lenders and service providers participating in the Ellie Mae Network also pay us fees, generally on a per transaction basis for business received from Encompass users. In 2009, we had revenues of $37.7 million and net income of $1.7 million.

Mortgage Industry Overview

Overview of Mortgage Origination Market

In each of the past ten years, at least eight million new residential mortgages, totaling at least $1.0 trillion, were funded in the United States. 1 At the end of 2009, approximately 250,000 mortgage

 

 

1 Mortgage Bankers Association, U.S. Residential Originations from 1997 to 2010 ; Federal Housing Finance Agency, Combined Datasets Average Loan Size:  2009Q4 .

 

 

1


Table of Contents

professionals were engaged in originating residential mortgages. 2 Mortgage originators advise borrowers, process loan files and collect and verify the property and borrower data upon which lending decisions are based. Mortgage originators generally fall into three main categories:

 

 

  Ÿ  

Mega Lenders .    There are approximately 20 “mega lenders” which typically are large commercial banks that have both a retail channel in which they work directly with borrowers to originate loans and a wholesale channel in which they buy loans originated by other mortgage originators, such as mortgage banks, smaller lenders, credit unions and mortgage brokerages.

 

  Ÿ  

Mortgage Lenders .    There are approximately 7,500 other mortgage lenders, such as mortgage banks, smaller commercial banks, thrifts and credit unions. Mortgage lenders source and fund loans and generally sell most of these funded loans to mega lenders or other investors.

 

  Ÿ  

Mortgage Brokerages .    There are approximately 15,000 mortgage brokerages, which are independent sales companies originating loans for multiple mortgage lenders. Mortgage brokerages process and submit loan files to a mortgage lender or mega lender that funds the loan.

In 2009, 48% of mortgages originated nationwide were funded directly through the retail channels of the mega lenders and the remaining 52% were funded through other mortgage lenders and brokerages. 3

The Mortgage Origination Process

Originating a residential mortgage involves multiple parties and requires a complex series of data-laden transactions that must be handled accurately under tight time constraints. By the time a mortgage has been funded, the typical loan package contains over one thousand pages of documents that come from over a dozen different entities, usually operating on disparate technology systems and databases. Traditionally, much of the data used to prepare these documents has been gathered manually, rather than electronically, with documents exchanged among the many participants by facsimile, courier or mail. The entire process results in significant duplicative efforts, time delays, errors, costs and redundant paper documentation, and often exposes borrower data to privacy and security breaches.

It is estimated that electronic processing of mortgages would reduce origination costs by approximately $700 per loan. 4 In 2009, less than 1% of residential mortgage originations were processed completely electronically. 5

Recent Mortgage Industry Trends and Developments

The mortgage industry has undergone significant change since 2007, largely in reaction to the hundreds of billions of dollars of loan defaults and massive losses suffered by lenders and investors. This has led to four major trends that have significantly impacted the residential mortgage industry, including:

 

  Ÿ  

increased regulation;

 

  Ÿ  

increased quality standards imposed by lenders and investors;

 

2 Bureau of Labor Statistics, Mortgage Employment Statistics, January 2009.
3 Inside Mortgage Finance, Correspondent Production Continued Strong Run in 2009; Broker Market Hit New Low , February 26, 2010.
4 Mortgage Bankers Association, MISMO—A “Time and Motion” Study , October 2004.
5 National Mortgage News, 5% Share for E-Mortgages? Next Year. Or Maybe 2011 , May 21, 2009.

 

 

2


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

greater focus on operational efficiencies; and

 

  Ÿ  

market shift from mortgage brokerages to mortgage lenders.

The Ellie Mae Solution

Our technology-enabled solutions help streamline and automate the mortgage origination process, increasing efficiency, facilitating regulatory compliance and reducing documentation errors for all Ellie Mae Network participants.

For mortgage originators:

 

  Ÿ  

Encompass software provides mortgage originators with a core business operating system, streamlining and enhancing business-critical functions, including customer acquisition, loan processing, task management, communication with borrowers and other mortgage origination participants, reporting, regulatory compliance and general business management.

 

  Ÿ  

The Encompass services we offer our Encompass users include disclosure and closing document preparation, electronic document management, automated verification of regulatory compliance and borrower-facing websites enabling them to market to and support their customers.

 

  Ÿ  

The Ellie Mae Network enables Encompass users to submit loan data and entire files electronically and securely to lenders and electronically order and receive settlement services necessary to originate a loan.

For lenders, investors and service providers:

 

  Ÿ  

The Ellie Mae Network provides greater and more cost-effective electronic access to a significant percentage of mortgage origination professionals, increasing their revenue opportunities and lowering their marketing and loan aggregation costs.

 

  Ÿ  

Lenders, investors and service providers can seamlessly receive data directly from mortgage originators, reducing redundant data entries and errors and lowering loan-fulfillment and customer support costs.

For lenders and service providers subscribing to our Ellie Mae Network Plus offerings:

 

  Ÿ  

The Ellie Mae Network facilitates targeted marketing by lenders, investors and service providers allowing them to set specific criteria to identify the loans for which they wish to provide funding or their settlement services, thereby significantly reducing traditional sales and marketing costs and potentially increasing market penetration for existing participants as well as new entrants.

 

  Ÿ  

Lenders can also use the Ellie Mae Network to ensure that they only receive loan applications that meet their specific loan quality and compliance standards.

Our Strategy

Our mission is to be the industry standard electronic network for residential mortgage origination in the United States. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

  Ÿ  

Increasing the number of participants on the Ellie Mae Network by continuing to enhance the features and functionality of our Encompass software for mortgage originators and by educating lenders and service providers of the benefits of automated origination and network participation.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Encouraging Encompass users to order more settlement services electronically through the Ellie Mae Network.

 

  Ÿ  

Selling Encompass users additional products and services, such as document preparation, electronic document management, compliance services and website hosting.

 

  Ÿ  

Selling lenders and service providers Ellie Mae Network Plus offerings.

 

  Ÿ  

Acquiring businesses to complement our Encompass software and services offerings.

Risks Associated with our Business

There are a number of risks and uncertainties that may affect our business, financial and operating performance and growth prospects. You should carefully consider all of the risks discussed in “Risk Factors,” which begins on page 11, before investing in our common stock. These risks include, among others:

 

  Ÿ  

the extreme turmoil in the mortgage industry that began in 2007 has adversely affected and may continue to adversely affect our business;

 

  Ÿ  

the anticipated increase in mortgage interest rates, as well as other factors, is expected to decrease mortgage lending volume in 2010 and 2011, which could adversely affect our business;

 

  Ÿ  

our future performance will be highly dependent on our ability to continue to attract Encompass SaaS customers, and to grow revenues from our recently-introduced Ellie Mae Network Plus offerings and our services;

 

  Ÿ  

if we fail to increase the number of Encompass users and other Ellie Mae Network participants or retain existing users and participants, our business may be harmed;

 

  Ÿ  

we recently introduced many of our current products and services and as a result, we cannot assure that we will achieve widespread market acceptance of these products and services; and

 

  Ÿ  

the success of our business depends both on the continuation of the trend toward electronic processing of mortgages and our ability to increase the use of the Ellie Mae Network to order settlement services.

Corporate Information

We were originally incorporated in California in August 1997. We reincorporated in Delaware in November 2009. Our principal executive offices are located at 4155 Hopyard Road, Suite 200, Pleasanton, CA 94588, and our telephone number is (925) 227-7000. Our website address is www.elliemae.com. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

Ellie Mae ® , the Ellie Mae logo, Encompass ® , Encompass360 , Ellie Mae Network , Ellie Mae Network Plus , Encompass CenterWise , Encompass Closer , Mavent ® and other trademarks or service marks of Ellie Mae appearing in this prospectus are the property of Ellie Mae. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of the respective holders.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered:

 

by us

             shares.

 

by the selling stockholders

             shares (or              shares if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full).

 

Shares outstanding after the offering

             shares.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $             million based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes.

 

  We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares to be offered by the selling stockholders. However, we will receive approximately $             million in the aggregate from selling stockholders who will pay to us the exercise price for options or warrants exercised by them for the purpose of selling shares in this offering. The selling stockholders include our chief executive officer, our chief technology officer and entities affiliated with members of our board of directors. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 and the other information included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

ELLI

The number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering is based on 45,356,318 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2009, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

9,062,617 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2009 at a weighted average exercise price of $0.73 per share             , including              shares that will be issued upon the exercise of options with a weighted average exercise price of $             per share by selling stockholders and sold by them in this offering ;

 

  Ÿ  

1,604,288 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2009 at a weighted average exercise price of $1.27 per share             , including              shares that will be issued upon the exercise of warrants with a weighted average exercise price of $             per share by selling stockholders and sold by them in this offering ; and

 

  Ÿ  

an aggregate of 2,101,856 additional shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise indicated, information in this prospectus reflects or assumes the following:

 

  Ÿ  

a 1-for-             reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part;

 

  Ÿ  

that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which we will file in connection with the completion of this offering, is in effect;

 

  Ÿ  

the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock into an aggregate of 35,311,759 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following tables present our consolidated financial and other data for our business for the periods indicated. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future. You should read this summary financial data in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, all included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Years Ended December 31,
     2007     2008     2009
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)

Consolidated statements of operations data:

      

Revenues

   $ 38,493      $ 33,573      $ 37,707

Cost of revenues(1)

     12,823        12,875        11,896
                      

Gross profit

     25,670        20,698        25,811

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing(1)

     9,890        7,553        7,532

Research and development(1)

     7,140        6,898        7,945

General and administrative(1)

     8,273        7,470        8,213

Amortization of intangibles

     273        153        267
                      

Total operating expenses

     25,576        22,074        23,957
                      

Income (loss) from operations

     94        (1,376     1,854

Other income, net

     544        293        72
                      

Income (loss) before income taxes

     638        (1,083     1,926

Income tax provision (benefit)

     104        (24     264
                      

Net income (loss)

     534        (1,059     1,662

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value, net

     (96           
                      

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

   $ 438      $ (1,059   $ 1,662
                      

Net income (loss) per share:

      

Basic

   $ 0.05      $ (0.11   $ 0.17
                      

Diluted

   $ 0.01      $ (0.11   $ 0.04
                      

Weighted average shares outstanding:

      

Basic

     9,576,474        9,620,871        9,798,399
                      

Diluted

     46,400,281        9,620,871        46,606,150
                      

Pro forma net income (loss) per share (unaudited)(2):

      

Basic

       $ 0.04
          

Diluted

       $ 0.04
          

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding (unaudited)(2):

      

Basic

         45,110,158
          

Diluted

         46,606,150
          

 

 

7


Table of Contents
     As of December 31, 2009
            Actual            Pro Forma
(unaudited)(3)
    Pro Forma
as Adjusted
(unaudited)(4)
     (in thousands)

Consolidated balance sheet data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 11,491      $        $  

Short-term investments

     4,719       

Property and equipment, net

     2,921       

Working capital

     11,548       

Total assets

     57,718       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $ 82,672      $        $  

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (35,516    
                      

Total capitalization

   $ 47,156      $        $  
                      
     Years Ended December 31,
     2007     2008     2009

Other operational data(5):

      

Encompass-related revenues per Average Active Encompass User

   $ 331      $ 427      $ 556

Active Encompass Users at end of period

     74,768        58,228        55,976

Average number of Active Encompass Users during
period

     83,052        68,950        59,217

Encompass-related revenues (in thousands)

   $ 27,481      $  29,436      $  32,953
     Years Ended December 31,
     2007     2008     2009
     (in thousands, unaudited)

Non-GAAP financial data(6):

      

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 4,023      $ 3,032      $ 5,836

Adjusted net income (loss)

     657        (627     3,052

 

(1) Stock-based compensation included in above line items:

 

     Years Ended December 31,
             2007             2008    2009
     (in thousands)

Cost of revenues

   $ (39   $ 19    $ 144

Sales and marketing

            35      145

Research and development

     (45     78      271

General and administrative

     (66     147      563
                     

Total

   $      (150   $     279    $   1,123
                     
(2) Calculated assuming the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 35,311,759 shares of common stock prior to the completion of this offering.
(3) Reflects, on a pro forma basis, a 1-for              reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and the automatic conversion described in footnote (2).
(4)

Reflects, on a pro forma basis, the automatic conversion described in footnote (2) and the reverse split described in footnote (3) and, on an as adjusted basis, the sale by us of              shares of common stock offered by this prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus)         , the issuance of             shares upon the exercise of options and warrants at a weighted average exercise price of $            per share by the selling stockholders for the purpose of selling shares in this offering , and our application of the

 

 

8


Table of Contents
 

estimated net proceeds as described in “Use of Proceeds.” A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) the amount of total stockholders’ deficit and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(5) An Active Encompass User is a mortgage origination professional who has used Encompass software at least once within a 90-day period preceding the measurement date. Average number of Active Encompass Users during a period is calculated by averaging the Active Encompass Users monthly during a period. Encompass-related revenues for a period are all revenues derived from Encompass users as well as any other revenue derived from interactions between Encompass users and third parties through the Ellie Mae Network during the period, excluding revenues from our legacy and acquired products, to the extent it does not involve a sale to Encompass users. Encompass-related revenues per Average Active Encompass User is calculated by dividing Encompass-related revenues by the average number of Active Encompass Users during the period.
(6) Adjusted EBITDA represents net income (loss) before accretion of preferred stock, interest (income) expense, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization, amortization of acquired intangibles and stock-based compensation expense.

 

  Adjusted net income (loss) represents net income (loss) before accretion of preferred stock, amortization of acquired intangibles and stock-based compensation expense.

 

  We use adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss) in conjunction with traditional GAAP operating performance measures as part of our overall assessment of our performance, including:

 

  Ÿ  

for planning purposes, including the preparation of annual budgets;

 

  Ÿ  

to allocate resources to enhance the financial performance of our business;

 

  Ÿ  

to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies; and

 

  Ÿ  

in communications with our board of directors concerning our financial performance.

 

  We also present adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss) as supplemental performance measures because we believe that these measures provide our board of directors, management and investors with important additional information to measure our performance. These non-GAAP financial measures enable period to period comparisons by excluding potential differences caused by variations in the age and book depreciation of fixed assets and amortization of intangibles related to acquisitions, and changes in interest expense and interest income that are influenced by capital market conditions and accretion of preferred stock which terminated after 2007. We also believe it is useful to exclude stock-based compensation expense from adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss) because the amount of non-cash expenses associated with stock-based awards made at a certain price and point in time (a) do not necessarily reflect how our business is performing at any particular time and (b) can vary significantly between periods due to the timing of new stock-based awards.

 

  We believe adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss) are useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance because securities analysts use these non-GAAP financial measures as supplemental measures to evaluate the overall performance of companies and we anticipate that our investor and analyst presentations after we become publicly traded will include adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss). We note, however, that adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss) are not measurements of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss), operating loss or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP, or as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities as a measure of our profitability or liquidity. We understand that adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss) have limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider them in isolation, or as a substitute for an analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. In particular, you should consider:

 

  Ÿ  

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss) do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

  Ÿ  

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss) do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

  Ÿ  

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss) do not reflect the non-cash component of employee compensation;

 

  Ÿ  

Although depreciation and amortization are non cash charges, the assets being depreciated or amortized often will have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;

 

  Ÿ  

The expected increase in income tax payments if we generate net income before income tax expenses and our existing net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income taxes of approximately $15.0 million and $15.1 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2009, have been fully utilized or expired; and

 

 

9


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Other companies in our industry may calculate adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss) differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as a comparative measure.

 

  We seek to address the inherent limitations associated with using these non-GAAP financial measures through disclosure of such limitations, the presentation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP and the presentation of a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss) to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, net income (loss). We also review GAAP measures and evaluate individual measures that are not included in Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss), such as our level of capital expenditures, equity issuance and interest expense, among other measures.

 

  The table below sets forth a reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA based on our historical results:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009  
     (in thousands, unaudited)  

Net income (loss)

   $ 438      $ (1,059   $ 1,662   

Accretion of preferred stock

     96                 

Interest (income) expense, net

     (544     (293     (72

Income tax expense (benefit)

     104        (24     264   

Depreciation and amortization

     3,806        3,976        2,592   

Amortization of acquired intangibles

     273        153        267   

Stock-based compensation expense

     (150     279        1,123   
                        

Adjusted EBITDA

   $       4,023      $       3,032      $       5,836   
                        

 

  The table below sets forth a reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted net income (loss) based on our historical results:

 

     Years Ended December 31,
     2007     2008     2009
     (in thousands, unaudited)

Net income (loss)

   $ 438      $ (1,059   $ 1,662

Accretion of preferred stock

     96              

Amortization of acquired intangibles

     273        153                  267

Stock-based compensation expense

     (150               279        1,123
                      

Adjusted net income (loss)

   $           657      $ (627   $ 3,052
                      

 

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below and the other information in this prospectus before making a decision to invest in our common stock. If any of such risks actually occur, our business, operating results, financial condition or growth prospects could be adversely affected. In those cases, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

The extreme turmoil in the mortgage industry that began in 2007 has adversely affected and may continue to affect our business adversely.

As a result of the extreme turmoil in the mortgage industry and general economy that began in 2007, many mortgage originators and other mortgage industry participants have gone out of business. In addition, those industry participants that continue in business face increased operating and regulatory challenges. Conditions that negatively impact our Encompass users or Ellie Mae Network participants have had a significant adverse effect on our business. For example, the number of Encompass users declined 29% from approximately 79,000 at December 31, 2006 to approximately 56,000 at December 31, 2009. In addition, 30 of the 44 lenders accepting loans through the Ellie Mae Network went out of business or stopped funding loans for other mortgage originators between March 2007 and August 2009. In addition, the population of mortgage origination professionals who are the potential users of our Encompass software dropped 49% from approximately 495,000 at December 31, 2006 to approximately 253,000 at December 31, 2009. If conditions in the mortgage industry were to deteriorate further, our business would be materially adversely affected.

The anticipated increase in mortgage interest rates, as well as other factors, is expected to decrease mortgage lending volume in 2010 and 2011, which could adversely affect our business.

Mortgage interest rates are currently near historic lows and many economists predict that mortgage interest rates will rise in 2010. Mortgage interest rates are influenced by a number of factors, particularly monetary policy. The Federal Reserve Bank may raise the Federal funds rate and has ceased purchasing Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities, each of which would likely cause mortgage interest rates to rise. Increases in mortgage interest rates would reduce the volume of new mortgages originated, in particular the volume of mortgage refinancings. For example, the increase in mortgage interest rates in the second half of 2009 contributed to a significant decline in our revenues from transactions through the Ellie Mae Network and the services we provide.

Additional factors that adversely impact mortgage lending volumes include reduced consumer and investor demand for mortgages, increased illiquidity in the secondary mortgage market, high levels of unemployment, high levels of consumer debt, lower consumer confidence, changes in tax and other regulatory policies and other macroeconomic factors.

The expected decrease in residential mortgage loan volume from 2009 volume for at least the next two years will require us to increase our revenues per loan effected through the Ellie Mae Network in order to maintain our financial performance. Any additional unforeseen decrease in residential mortgage volumes would exacerbate our need to increase revenues per loan effected through the Ellie Mae Network. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in our efforts to increase our revenues per loan effected through the Ellie Mae Network, which could materially adversely affect our business.

 

11


Table of Contents

Our future performance will be highly dependent on our ability to continue to attract Encompass SaaS customers, and to grow revenues from our recently-introduced Ellie Mae Network Plus offerings and our services.

Mortgage loan volume is expected to decrease from 2009 volume levels for each of 2010 and 2011. To increase our revenues, we must increase the percentage of our software users who choose Encompass SaaS, from which we generate higher revenues than from our license offering. We must also increase use of our Ellie Mae Network Plus offerings and our services, such as compliance and document preparation. We only began to offer Ellie Mae Network Plus in the fourth quarter of 2009 and our Encompass Compliance Service in the first quarter of 2010. Revenue from them has not been significant and we cannot assure you that these offerings will be successful. In the event these efforts are not successful, our business and growth prospects would be adversely affected.

If we fail to increase the number of Encompass users and other Ellie Mae Network participants or retain existing users and participants, our business may be harmed.

Our growth depends in large part on increasing the number of Encompass users and other Ellie Mae Network participants. To attract lenders and service providers to the Ellie Mae Network, we must convince them that the utility of, and access to mortgage originators on, the Ellie Mae Network is worth making payments to us for transactions ordered through the network by Encompass users. To grow our base of Encompass software users, we must enhance the features and functionality of our Encompass software, convince mortgage originators of the benefits of our software solution and the Ellie Mae Network and encourage them to switch from competing loan origination software products or to forego using traditional mortgage origination methods, including paper, facsimile, courier and mail. Due to the fragmented nature of the mortgage industry, many mortgage industry participants may not be familiar with our Encompass solutions and the benefits of the Ellie Mae Network. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in attracting new Encompass users and other Ellie Mae Network participants and if we are unsuccessful in these efforts, our business may be harmed.

Additionally, existing Encompass users and other Ellie Mae Network participants may decide not to continue to use our solutions in favor of other means for financial or other reasons. We have agreements in place with various third-party lenders, service providers and investors to facilitate integration between their businesses and the Ellie Mae Network. Most of these contracts are not long term or are subject to termination rights. An unexpected termination, or a failure to renew, of a significant number of our agreements or relationships with third-party lenders, service providers or investors could have an adverse effect on our business.

We recently introduced many of our current products and services and as a result, we cannot assure that we will achieve widespread market acceptance of these products and services.

We introduced our Encompass software solution in 2003 and released the Encompass 360 version in 2009. We enhanced our Encompass Closer document preparation services in 2008, introduced our Ellie Mae Network Plus offerings in the fourth quarter of 2009, and commenced our Encompass Compliance Service in early 2010. We cannot assure that these products and services will achieve market acceptance.

The success of our business depends both on the continuation of the trend toward electronic processing of mortgages and our ability to increase the use of the Ellie Mae Network to order settlement services.

In order to grow our business, we must expand the use of settlement services on, and increase the number of transactions ordered through, the Ellie Mae Network. Our Encompass users currently employ the Ellie Mae Network to handle on average only three out of ten transactions per loan file,

 

12


Table of Contents

typically including ordering credit reports and accessing the automatic underwriting systems of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. This limited use is in part due to the fact that many providers of other settlement services, such as title reports and appraisals, do not provide electronic solutions that are superior to traditional processes. Increasing the number of transactions ordered through the Ellie Mae Network depends in large part on our ability to educate providers of settlement services of the benefits of electronic origination and network participation and our ability to encourage providers of settlement services to deliver their services electronically through the Ellie Mae Network in a manner that is attractive to mortgage professionals. If our future sales and marketing efforts are not successful in educating and encouraging additional mortgage originators and providers of settlement services to change their current business practices and adopt electronic mortgage origination and electronic delivery practices, our business may be adversely affected.

A continuation of the shift in residential mortgage volume to the retail channels of mega lenders would adversely affect our business opportunities.

Due in part to the turmoil in the mortgage industry, the percentage of the national volume of residential mortgages in the United States that were funded directly through the retail channels of mega lenders increased from 38% in 2006 to 48% in 2009. 6 We market our Encompass software to mortgage lenders and mortgage brokerages rather than to the retail channels of the mega lenders that generally have their own proprietary loan origination software and do not participate on the Ellie Mae Network. If this shift continues, our business and growth prospects would be materially adversely affected.

We expect a number of factors to cause our operating results to fluctuate on a quarterly and annual basis, which may make it difficult to predict our future performance.

Our revenues and operating results have in the past and could in the future vary significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year because of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. In addition to other risk factors discussed in this section, factors that may contribute to the variability of our quarterly and annual results include:

 

  Ÿ  

fluctuations in mortgage lending volume;

 

  Ÿ  

the number of mortgage origination professionals who use Encompass software;

 

  Ÿ  

the volume of mortgages originated by our Encompass users;

 

  Ÿ  

transaction volume on the Ellie Mae Network;

 

  Ÿ  

the level of demand for our Encompass Closer document preparation and other services we offer;

 

  Ÿ  

the timing of the introduction and acceptance of our Ellie Mae Network Plus offerings;

 

  Ÿ  

costs associated with defending intellectual property infringement and other claims; and

 

  Ÿ  

changes in government regulation affecting Ellie Mae Network participants or our business.

As a result of these and other factors, our results have in the past and may in the future not achieve our internal projections. In addition, our operating results in future periods may not meet the expectations of investors or public market analysts who follow our company, which could cause our stock price to decline rapidly and significantly. The results of any prior quarterly or annual periods should not be relied upon as indications of our future operating performance.

 

6 Inside Mortgage Finance, Correspondent Production Continued Strong Run in 2009; Broker Market Hit New Low , February 26, 2010.

 

13


Table of Contents

If we fail to implement proper and effective internal controls, disclosure controls and corporate governance procedures, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial reports and public disclosures could be impaired and our stock price could decline.

Prior to this offering, we have been a private company and have not filed reports with the SEC. We will become subject to the public reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 upon the completion of this offering. As a public reporting company listed on the NYSE, we will be required, among other things, to maintain a system of effective internal control over financial reporting. We produce our consolidated financial statements in accordance with the requirements of generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP, but our internal controls do not currently meet all of the standards applicable to companies with publicly-traded securities. We also will be required to implement effective disclosure controls and procedures and maintain corporate governance standards that were not applicable to us as a private company.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important in our effort to prevent financial fraud. As a public company, we will be required to evaluate periodically the effectiveness of the design and operation of our internal controls over financial reporting. These evaluations may result in the conclusion that enhancements, modifications or changes to our internal controls are necessary or desirable. Although we have begun recruiting additional finance and accounting personnel with public company experience, we will need to hire additional personnel to meet these requirements. Our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel may affect our ability to meet these requirements. We have not yet begun the process of documenting, evaluating and adjusting certain of our internal control processes and systems. Improvements in our internal control processes and systems can only be accomplished over time, and our initiatives ultimately may not result in an effective internal control environment.

Our independent registered public accountants have determined that we have significant deficiencies in internal controls with respect to our issuances of equity securities and granting of stock options as a private company and corporate governance and qualifications of key personnel. Due in part to these significant deficiencies, certain issuances of capital stock and option grants were not documented or properly authorized in compliance with all corporate law requirements. We have taken certain actions to remediate the significant deficiencies with respect to the issuance of equity securities and the granting of stock options, including re-allocating responsibilities for issuances of equity securities and stock options, and are commencing actions to remediate the significant deficiency with respect to corporate governance. We cannot however assure that such actions will be successful in remediating the significant deficiencies. In addition, we have taken actions to address the issuances which were not properly authorized. We cannot assure you that we will not receive claims in the future from other persons asserting rights to shares of our capital stock or to stock option grants. Any such claims could result in substantial costs, dilution and diversion of resources.

If we fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures, we may be unable to produce timely, reliable financial reports and public disclosures or prevent fraud. Similarly, if management or our independent registered public accounting firm were to discover material weaknesses in our internal controls or if we fail to transition to and maintain corporate governance standards applicable to companies with publicly traded securities, it could result in loss of investor confidence and a decline in our stock price.

The mortgage industry is heavily regulated and changes in current legislation or new legislation could adversely affect our business.

Changes in the regulations that govern our customers could adversely affect our business.

The U.S. mortgage industry is heavily regulated. Federal and state governments and agencies could enact legislation or other policies that could negatively impact the business of our Encompass

 

14


Table of Contents

users and other Ellie Mae Network participants. Any changes to existing laws or regulations or adoption of new laws or regulations that increase restrictions on the residential mortgage industry may decrease residential mortgage volume or otherwise limit the ability of our Encompass users and Ellie Mae Network participants to operate their businesses, resulting in decreased usage of our solutions.

Changes in current legislation or new legislation may increase our costs by requiring us to update our products and services.

Changes to existing laws or regulations or adoption of new laws or regulations relating to the residential mortgage industry could require us to incur significant costs to update our products and services. For example, our Encompass Compliance Service analyzes mortgage loan data for compliance with consumer protection laws and institutionally mandated compliance policies and must continually be updated to incorporate changes to such laws and policies. Additionally, we substantially updated our Encompass software in 2009 to reflect the changes to the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act of 1974, as amended, or RESPA, that went into effect on January 1, 2010. These updates have caused us to incur significant expense, and future updates will likely similarly cause us to incur significant expense.

A failure of our products and services or a failure to appropriately update our products and services to reflect and comply with changes to existing laws or regulations or with new laws or regulations may contribute to violations by our customers of such laws and regulations. We provide a limited warranty for our Encompass Compliance Service, pursuant to which we agree to reimburse customers for losses incurred due to fines, penalties or judgments as a result of a violation of a specific law, rule or regulation tied to an error in the provision of our Encompass Compliance Service. Our maximum exposure is limited under our services agreements; however, under certain circumstances our exposure could be as high as $5.0 million. Although we have not historically incurred any claims and maintain a total of $5.0 million in professional liability insurance coverage, to the extent we were to become liable for an amount in excess of such coverage, our business and our reputation would be materially adversely affected.

We may be limited in the way in which we market our business or generate revenue by U.S. federal law prohibiting referral fees in real estate transactions; if we are found to be in violation of such laws we would be subject to significant liability.

RESPA generally prohibits the payment or receipt of fees or any other thing of value for the referral of business related to a residential real estate settlement service and prohibits fee shares or splits or unearned fees in connection with the provision of such services. Our Encompass software and services and the Ellie Mae Network were designed with payment methods that are not currently prohibited by the restrictions under RESPA. Nonetheless, RESPA may restrict our ability to enter into marketing and distribution arrangements with third-parties, for existing or newly developed products and services, particularly to the extent that such arrangements may be characterized as involving payments for the referral of residential real estate settlement service business. Additionally, any amendments to RESPA that result in restrictions on our current payment methods, or any determination that our payment methods have been and currently are subject to the restrictions under RESPA, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Finally, if we were found to be in violation of RESPA rules, we would be exposed to significant potential liability that could have a material adverse effect on our reputation and business.

Our failure to protect the confidential information of our Encompass users, our Ellie Mae Network participants and their respective customers could damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business.

Certain confidential information relating to certain of our Encompass users, our Ellie Mae Network participants and their respective customers resides on our third-party hosted data center servers and is

 

15


Table of Contents

transmitted over our network. We rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties to effect secure transmission of confidential information, including personal information and credit card numbers. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments may result in a compromise or breach of the technology used by us to protect customer transaction data. These servers may also be vulnerable to computer viruses, break-ins and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering with our computer systems, which could lead to loss of critical data or the unauthorized disclosure of confidential customer data.

The possession and use of personal information in conducting our business subject us to legislative and regulatory burdens that may require notification to customers of a security breach, restrict our use of personal information and hinder our ability to acquire new customers or market to existing customers.

We cannot guarantee that our security measures will prevent security breaches. Any such compromise of our security could damage our reputation and brand and expose us to a risk of loss or litigation and potential liability, which would substantially harm our business and operating results. We may need to expend significant resources to protect against and remedy any potential security breaches and their consequences.

We depend on key and highly skilled personnel to operate our business, and if we are unable to retain our current or hire additional personnel, our ability to develop and successfully market our business could be harmed.

We believe our future success will depend in large part upon our ability to attract and retain highly skilled managerial, technical, finance, creative and sales and marketing personnel. Moreover, we believe that our future success is highly dependent on the contributions of our named executive officers, as defined in “Management-Executive Compensation” below. All of our officers and other employees are at-will employees, which means they may terminate their employment relationship with us at any time, and their knowledge of our business and industry would be extremely difficult to replace. In addition, the loss of any key employees or the inability to attract or retain qualified personnel could delay the development and introduction of, and harm our ability to sell, our solutions and harm the market’s perception of us. Competition for qualified personnel is particularly intense in the San Francisco Bay Area, where our headquarters are located. Qualified individuals are in high demand, and we may incur significant costs to attract them. We may be unable to attract and retain suitably qualified individuals who are capable of meeting our growing sales, operational and managerial requirements, or may be required to pay increased compensation in order to do so. If we are unable to attract and retain the qualified personnel we need to succeed, our business will suffer.

Volatility or lack of performance in our stock price may also affect our ability to attract and retain our key employees. Our named executive officers have become, or will soon become, vested in a substantial amount of stock options. Employees may be more likely to leave us if the shares they own or the shares underlying their vested options have significantly appreciated in value relative to the original purchase prices of the shares or the exercise prices of the vested options, or if the exercise prices of the options that they hold are significantly above the market price of our common stock. If we are unable to retain our named executive officers or other key employees, our business will be harmed.

Growth may place significant demands on our management and our infrastructure.

Our growth has placed and may continue to place significant demands on our management and our operational and financial infrastructure. As our operations grow in size, scope and complexity, we will need to improve and upgrade our systems and infrastructure to offer an increasing number of customers enhanced solutions, features and functionality. The expansion of our systems and

 

16


Table of Contents

infrastructure will require us to commit substantial financial, operational and technical resources in advance of an increase in the volume of business, with no assurance that the volume of business will increase. Continued growth could also strain our ability to maintain reliable service levels for our customers, develop and improve our operational, financial and management controls, enhance our reporting systems and procedures and recruit, train and retain highly skilled personnel.

Managing our growth will require significant expenditures and allocation of valuable management resources. If we fail to achieve the necessary level of efficiency in our organization as it grows, our business would be harmed.

We operate in a highly competitive market, which could make it difficult for us to attract and retain Encompass users and Ellie Mae Network participants.

The mortgage origination software market is highly competitive. There are many software providers, such as Calyx Technology, Inc., Byte Software Inc., Del Mar DataTrac, Inc. and Harland Financial Solutions, that compete with us by offering loan origination software to mortgage originators. Some software providers, including Calyx Technology, Inc., also provide connectivity between their software users and lenders and service providers. Other connectivity alternatives are provided by vendors such as MGIC Investment Corporation and RealEC Technologies. We also compete with compliance and document preparation service providers that are much larger and more established than us. There is vigorous competition among providers of these services and we may not succeed in convincing potential customers, which use other services, to switch to our services. Many service providers connect directly to mortgage originators without using any loan origination software. If we are unsuccessful in competing effectively by providing attractive functionality, customer service or value, we could lose existing Encompass users to our competitors and our ability to attract new Encompass users could be harmed.

We only offer our Encompass services to Encompass users. There are many other service providers that offer our Encompass users competing services, including borrower-facing websites, document preparation services, compliance services and electronic document management. We may be unsuccessful in continuing to differentiate our Encompass service offerings to the extent necessary to effectively compete in some or all of these markets.

The Ellie Mae Network is only available to mortgage originators using Encompass software. The principal alternative to the use of the Ellie Mae Network by Encompass users remains traditional methods of exchanging data and documents among mortgage industry participants by e-mail, facsimile, phone, courier and mail. In addition, mortgage originators use standalone web browsers to go individually to each investor, lender or service provider’s website and then manually uploading loan data or entering information into the website. Mortgage originators may continue to use these methods due to habit, personal business relationships or otherwise. The success of the Ellie Mae Network depends on our ability to achieve and offer access to both the critical mass of investors, lenders and service providers necessary to attract and retain mortgage originators on the Ellie Mae Network and the critical mass of active mortgage originators necessary to attract and retain investors, lenders and service providers on our network.

Many of our actual and potential competitors have longer operating histories and significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do and, as a result, these companies may be able to respond more quickly to changes in regulations, new technologies or customer demands, or devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their software and services than we can. We expect the mortgage origination market to continue to attract new competitors and there can be no assurance that we will be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors, or that competitive pressures we face will not materially adversely affect our business.

 

17


Table of Contents

System interruptions that impair access to the Ellie Mae Network or our hosted Encompass software could damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business.

The satisfactory performance, reliability and availability of the Ellie Mae Network, our hosted Encompass software, website and network infrastructure are critical to our reputation and our ability to attract and retain Ellie Mae Network participants and Encompass software users. Any systems interruption that results in the unavailability of our network or impairs access to Ellie Mae Network participants connected to our network could result in negative publicity, damage our reputation and brand and cause our business and operating results to suffer.

We may experience temporary system interruptions, either to the Ellie Mae Network or to our Encompass software hosting locations, for a variety of reasons, including network failures, power failures, software errors or an overwhelming number of Ellie Mae Network participants and Encompass software users trying to access our network during periods of strong demand. In addition, our two primary data centers, located in Santa Clara, California and Chicago, Illinois, are hosted by a third-party service provider over which we have little control. We depend on this third-party service provider to provide continuous and uninterrupted access to the Ellie Mae Network and our hosted Encompass software. If for any reason our relationship with this third-party were to end, it would require a significant amount of time to transition the hosting of our data centers to a new third-party service provider.

Because we are dependent on third-parties for the implementation and maintenance of certain aspects of our systems and because some of the causes of system interruptions may be outside of our control, we may not be able to remedy such interruptions in a timely manner, if at all. As we rely heavily on our servers, computer and communications systems and the Internet to conduct our business, any system disruptions could negatively impact our ability to run our business and either directly or indirectly disrupt our customers’ businesses, which could have an adverse effect on our business.

Failure to adapt to technological changes may render our technology obsolete or decrease the attractiveness of our solutions to our customers.

If new industry standards and practices emerge, or if competitors introduce new solutions embodying new services or technologies, our Encompass software and the Ellie Mae Network technology may become obsolete. Our future success will depend on our ability to:

 

  Ÿ  

enhance our existing solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

develop and potentially license new solutions and technologies that address the needs of our prospective customers; and

 

  Ÿ  

respond to changes in industry standards and practices on a cost-effective and timely basis.

We must continue to enhance the features and functionality of our Encompass software and the Ellie Mae Network. The effective performance, reliability and availability of our Encompass software and the Ellie Mae Network infrastructure are critical to our reputation and our ability to attract and retain Encompass users and Ellie Mae Network participants. If we do not continue to make investments in product development and, as a result, or due to other reasons, fail to attract new and retain existing mortgage originators, lenders, investors and service providers, we may lose existing Ellie Mae Network participants, which could significantly decrease the value of the Ellie Mae Network to all participants.

Failure to adequately protect our intellectual property could harm our business.

The protection of our intellectual property rights, including our proprietary Encompass software and Ellie Mae Network technology, is crucial to the success of our business. We rely on a combination

 

18


Table of Contents

of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret law and contractual restrictions to protect our intellectual property. Our present and future patents may provide only limited protection for our technology and may not be sufficient to provide competitive advantage to us. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that any patents will be issued to us as a result of our patent applications. We also rely in part on confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees, independent contractors and consultants. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our Ellie Mae Network and Encompass software features and functionality or obtain and use information that we consider proprietary. Policing our proprietary rights is difficult and may not always be effective.

We have registered “Ellie Mae” and “Encompass” and certain of our other trademarks as trademarks in the United States. Competitors may adopt service names similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to customer confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of the terms Ellie Mae, Encompass or our other trademarks.

Litigation or proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or other governmental authorities and administrative bodies in the United States and abroad may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, protect our patent and copyright rights, trade secrets and domain names and determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Our efforts to enforce or protect our proprietary rights may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could harm our business.

Assertions that we infringe third-party intellectual property rights could result in significant costs and substantially harm our business.

Other parties have asserted, and may in the future assert, that we have infringed their intellectual property rights. In addition, we generally agree to indemnify our customers against legal claims that our software products infringe intellectual property rights of third parties and, in the event of an infringement, to modify or replace the infringing product or, if those options are not reasonably possible, to refund the cost of the software, as pro-rated over a period of years. We cannot predict whether assertions of third-party intellectual property rights or claims arising from such assertions will substantially harm our business and operating results. If we are forced to defend against any infringement claims, whether they are with or without merit or are determined in our favor, we may face costly litigation and diversion of technical and management personnel. Furthermore, an adverse outcome of a dispute may require us to: pay damages, potentially including treble damages and attorneys’ fees if the infringement were found to be willful; cease providing solutions that allegedly incorporate the intellectual property of others; expend additional development resources to redesign our solutions; and enter into potentially unfavorable royalty or license agreements in order to obtain the right to use necessary technologies. Any required royalty or licensing agreements may be unavailable on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

Current or future litigation could substantially harm our business.

We have been and continue to be involved in legal proceedings, claims and other litigation. For example, we are currently a defendant in litigation initiated by DocMagic Inc., which alleges, among other claims, that we had engaged in monopolization and/or attempted monopolization, intentional interference with contractual relationship, interference with prospective economic advantage, unfair competition and breach of contract. In addition, we are currently involved in defending against other lawsuits alleging, among other claims, breach of contract, tortious interference with business relationship, unfair trade practices, defamation and negligence. See “Business—Legal Proceedings”

 

19


Table of Contents

below. Furthermore, we are also subject to various other legal proceedings and claims arising out of the ordinary course of business. While we do not expect the outcome of any such pending litigation to have a material adverse effect on our financial position, litigation is unpredictable and excessive verdicts, both in the form of monetary damages and injunctions, could occur. In the future, litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and we could incur judgments or enter into settlements of claims that could have a material adverse effect on our business.

If one or more U.S. states or local jurisdictions successfully assert that we should have collected or in the future should collect additional sales or use taxes on our fees, we could be subject to additional liability with respect to past or future sales, and the results of our operations could be adversely affected.

We do not collect state and local sales and use taxes in all jurisdictions in which our customers are located, based on our belief that such taxes are not applicable. Sales and use tax laws and rates vary by jurisdiction and such laws are subject to interpretation. Jurisdictions in which we do not collect sales and use taxes may assert that such taxes are applicable, which could result in the assessment of such taxes, interest and penalties, and we could be required to collect such taxes in the future. This additional sales and use tax liability could adversely affect the results of our operations.

Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, fires, floods and other natural catastrophic events and to interruption by man-made problems such as terrorism.

Our systems and operations are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, fires, floods, power losses, telecommunications failures, terrorist attacks, acts of war and similar events. For example, a significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, fire or flood, could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition, and our insurance coverage may be insufficient to compensate us for losses that may occur. Our corporate offices and one of the facilities we lease to house our computer and telecommunications equipment are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, a region known for seismic activity. In addition, acts of terrorism, which may be targeted at metropolitan areas which have higher population density than rural areas, could cause disruptions in our or our customers’ businesses or the economy as a whole. We may not have sufficient protection or recovery plans in certain circumstances, such as natural disasters affecting the San Francisco Bay Area, and our business interruption insurance may be insufficient to compensate us for losses that may occur.

Future acquisitions could disrupt our business, harm our financial condition and operating results or dilute, or adversely affect the price of, our common stock.

Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to expand our solutions and services and grow our business in response to changing technologies, customer demands and competitive pressures. In some circumstances, we may pursue growth through the acquisition of complementary businesses, solutions or technologies rather than through internal development. For example, in December 2009 we acquired Mavent Holdings Inc. to add automated regulatory compliance to our services offerings. The identification of suitable acquisition candidates can be difficult, time-consuming and costly, and we may not be able to complete identified acquisitions successfully. Even if we successfully complete an acquisition, we may not be able to assimilate and integrate effectively the acquired business, technologies, solutions, assets, personnel or operations, particularly if key personnel of an acquired company decide not to work for us. In addition, we may issue equity securities to complete an acquisition, which would dilute our stockholders’ ownership and could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

 

20


Table of Contents

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company, which may strain our resources and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

As a public company, we will incur significant accounting, legal and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will incur costs associated with our public company reporting requirements, since we will be subject to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, and other rules and regulations. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. Furthermore, these laws and regulations could make it more difficult or more costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

Risks Related to Owning Our Common Stock

An active, liquid and orderly market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained.

Prior to this offering there has been no market for shares of our common stock. An active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained, which could depress the market price of our common stock and could affect your ability to sell your shares. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representative of the underwriters and may bear no relationship to the price at which our common stock will trade following the completion of this offering. The trading price of our common stock following this offering is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. In addition to the factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus, these factors include:

 

  Ÿ  

our operating performance and the operating performance of similar companies;

 

  Ÿ  

the overall performance of the equity markets;

 

  Ÿ  

the number of shares of our common stock publicly owned and available for trading;

 

  Ÿ  

threatened or actual litigation;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in laws or regulations relating to our solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

any major change in our board of directors or management;

 

  Ÿ  

publication of research reports about us or our industry or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;

 

  Ÿ  

large volumes of sales of our shares of common stock by existing stockholders; and

 

  Ÿ  

general political and economic conditions.

In addition, the stock market in general has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market for our stock shortly following this offering. Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in very substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources and harm our business.

 

21


Table of Contents

Our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and could delay or prevent a change in corporate control.

After this offering, our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, together with their affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the management and affairs of our company. Accordingly, this concentration of ownership might harm the market price of our common stock by:

 

  Ÿ  

delaying, deferring or preventing a change in corporate control;

 

  Ÿ  

impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us; and

 

  Ÿ  

discouraging a potential acquiror from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

Future sales of shares of our common stock by existing stockholders could depress the price of our common stock.

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intent to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the 180-day contractual lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline significantly and could decline below the initial public offering price. Based on shares outstanding as of December 31, 2009, upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding approximately              shares of common stock.              shares of common stock, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option, will be immediately freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market.

After the lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering expire and based on shares outstanding as of December 31, 2009, an additional              shares will be eligible for sale in the public market. Representatives of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, permit our officers, directors, employees and current stockholders to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements. In addition, 9,126,617 shares subject to outstanding options, as of December 31, 2009, and 2,037,856 shares reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans, as of December 31, 2009, will become eligible for sale in the public market, subject to certain legal and contractual limitations. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the price of our common stock could decline substantially.

If we issue additional shares of common stock to raise capital, it may have a dilutive effect on your investment.

If we raise additional capital through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution in their percentage ownership of us. Moreover, any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock, including shares of common stock sold in this offering.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not

 

22


Table of Contents

currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would likely be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds to us from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management might not apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment. We expect to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including the funding of our marketing activities and the costs of operating as a public company, as well as further investment in the development of our proprietary technologies. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of businesses, solutions and technologies that we believe are complementary to our own, although we have no agreements or understandings with respect to any acquisition at this time. We have not allocated the net proceeds from this offering for any specific purposes. Until we use the net proceeds to us from this offering, we plan to invest them, and these investments may not yield a favorable rate of return. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Certain provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage takeover attempts and lead to management entrenchment.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect prior to the closing of this offering will contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control or changes in our board of directors. These provisions will include:

 

  Ÿ  

a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which may delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

 

  Ÿ  

no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

 

  Ÿ  

the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

 

  Ÿ  

the ability of our board of directors to determine to issue shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquiror;

 

  Ÿ  

a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the board of directors, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors; and

 

23


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

We are also subject to certain anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law. Under Delaware law, a corporation may not, in general, engage in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of its capital stock unless the holder has held the stock for three years or, among other things, the board of directors has approved the transaction.

 

24


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends affecting our business. Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on information available at the date of this prospectus and/or management’s good faith belief as of such date with respect to future events, and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to:

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to accurately forecast revenues and appropriately plan our expenses;

 

  Ÿ  

the impact of changes in mortgage interest rates;

 

  Ÿ  

the volume of mortgages originated by our Encompass users;

 

  Ÿ  

fluctuations in mortgage lending volume;

 

  Ÿ  

the number of mortgage origination professionals who use Encompass software;

 

  Ÿ  

transaction volume on the Ellie Mae Network;

 

  Ÿ  

the impact of uncertain domestic and worldwide economic conditions, including the resulting effect on residential mortgage volumes;

 

  Ÿ  

the effectiveness of our marketing and sales efforts to attract new and retain existing Ellie Mae Network participants;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to enhance the features and functionality of our Encompass software and the Ellie Mae Network;

 

  Ÿ  

the level of demand for our Encompass Closer document preparation and other services we offer;

 

  Ÿ  

the timing of the introduction and acceptance of our Ellie Mae Network Plus offerings;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in mortgage originator, lender, investor or service provider behavior and any related impact on the residential mortgage industry;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in government regulation affecting Ellie Mae Network participants or our business;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to successfully manage any future acquisitions of businesses, solutions or technologies;

 

  Ÿ  

the timing of future acquisitions of businesses, solutions or technologies and new product launches;

 

  Ÿ  

the attraction and retention of qualified employees and key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to protect our intellectual property, including our proprietary Encompass software;

 

  Ÿ  

interruptions in Ellie Mae Network service and any related impact on our reputation;

 

  Ÿ  

costs associated with defending intellectual property infringement and other claims; and

 

  Ÿ  

other risk factors included under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

In addition, in this prospectus, the words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” “predict,” “potential” and similar expressions, as they relate to our company, our business and our management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. In

 

25


Table of Contents

light of these risks and uncertainties, the future events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. We assume no obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting forward-looking information, except to the extent required by applicable laws. If we update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.

 

26


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares of common stock offered by us will be approximately $             million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will also receive in the aggregate approximately $             million, or approximately $             million if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full, from selling stockholders who will pay to us the exercise price of options or warrants exercised by them for the purpose of selling shares in this offering. Otherwise we will not receive any proceeds from the shares of common stock to be offered by the selling stockholders, although we will pay the expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with the sale of those shares. The selling stockholders include our chief executive officer, our chief technology officer and entities affiliated with members of our board of directors. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

We currently intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business. We have no present understandings, commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or investments. Our management will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds from this offering. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. We cannot predict whether the proceeds invested will yield a favorable return.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid, and do not anticipate declaring or paying, any cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

27


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value of your shares of common stock. Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value represents the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the offering.

The historical net tangible book value of our common stock as of December 31, 2009 was $47.2 million, or $4.69 per share. Historical net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities divided by the number of shares of outstanding common stock.

After giving effect to (i) a 1-for-    reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, (ii) the automatic conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into an aggregate of 35,311,759 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (iii) the issuance of              shares of our common stock in this offering, and (iv) receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (v) the receipt by us of approximately $             million in the aggregate from selling stockholders who will pay to us the exercise price for options or warrants exercised by them for the purpose of selling shares in this offering, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2009 would have been approximately $             million, or $             per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $             per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $             per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis (unaudited) to new investors:

 

Assumed initial public offering price

      $                     

Net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2009

   $ 4.69   

Decrease per share attributable to conversion of preferred stock

     

Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this offering

     

Increase per share attributable to this offering

     
         

Pro forma net tangible book value per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering

     
         

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

      $             
         

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $             per share and the dilution to new investors by $             per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

 

28


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes as of December 31, 2009, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as described above, the number of shares of our common stock, the total consideration and the average price per share (i) paid to us by existing stockholders and (ii) to be paid by new investors purchasing our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
     Number    Percent     Amount    Percent    
     (in thousands, other than per share data and percentages)

Existing stockholders

          $                     $             

New investors

            
                              

Total

      100.0   $      100.0   $  
                              

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

The above discussion and tables are based on 45,356,318 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

9,062,617 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2009 at a weighted average exercise price of $0.73 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

1,604,288 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2009 at a weighted average exercise price of $1.27 per share; and

 

  Ÿ  

an aggregate of 2,101,856 additional shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans.

 

29


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and capitalization as of December 31, 2009:

 

  Ÿ  

on an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma basis, to reflect a 1-for-             reverse stock split of our common stock and the automatic conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into an aggregate of 35,311,759 shares of common stock as if such reverse stock split and conversion had occurred on December 31, 2009; and

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the sale by us of              shares of common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), the issuance of              shares upon the exercise of options and warrants at a weighted average exercise price of $             per share by the selling stockholders for the purpose of selling shares in this offering, and our application of the estimated net proceeds from this offering, as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

 

     As of December 31, 2009
             Actual             Pro Forma
(unaudited)
   Pro Forma
as Adjusted
(unaudited)(1)
     (in thousands)

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 16,210      $                         $                     
                     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $ 82,672      $      $  

Common stock(2)

     1        

Additional paid-in capital

     6,036        

Accumulated deficit

     (41,553     
                     

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (35,516     
                     

Total capitalization

   $ 47,156      $      $  
                     

 

(1) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) the amount of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ deficit and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(2) Outstanding share information set forth above excludes:

 

  (a) 9,062,617 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2009 at a weighted average exercise price of $0.73 per share;
  (b) 1,604,288 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2009 at a weighted average exercise price of $1.27 per share; and
  (c) an aggregate of 2,101,856 additional shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans.

 

30


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the consolidated balance sheets data as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and the consolidated balance sheets data as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future. You should read the following selected consolidated financial data below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Years Ended December 31,
    2005     2006     2007     2008     2009
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)

Consolidated statements of operations data:

         

Revenues

  $ 30,672      $ 38,542      $ 38,493      $ 33,573      $ 37,707

Cost of revenues(1)

    8,185        10,350        12,823        12,875        11,896
                                     

Gross profit

    22,487        28,192        25,670        20,698        25,811

Operating expenses:

         

Sales and marketing(1)

    10,063        11,979        9,890        7,553        7,532

Research and development(1)

    5,669        7,183        7,140        6,898        7,945

General and administrative(1)

    4,947        6,265        8,273        7,470        8,213

Amortization of intangibles

    531        272        273        153        267
                                     

Total operating expenses

    21,210        25,699        25,576        22,074        23,957
                                     

Income (loss) from operations

    1,277        2,492        94        (1,376     1,854

Other income, net

    138        427        544        293        72
                                     

Income (loss) before income taxes

    1,415        2,919        638        (1,083     1,926

Income tax provision (benefit)

    90        138        104        (24     264
                                     

Net income (loss)

    1,325        2,781        534        (1,059     1,662

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value, net

    (38     (65     (96           
                                     

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

  $ 1,287      $ 2,716      $ 438      $ (1,059   $ 1,662
                                     

Net income (loss) per share:

         

Basic

  $ 0.14      $ 0.29      $ 0.05      $ (0.11   $ 0.17
                                     

Diluted

  $ 0.03      $ 0.06      $ 0.01      $ (0.11   $ 0.04
                                     

Weighted average shares outstanding:

         

Basic

    9,083,199        9,418,382        9,576,474        9,620,871        9,798,399
                                     

Diluted

    45,787,865        47,014,233        46,400,281        9,620,871        46,606,150
                                     

Pro forma net income (loss) per share (unaudited)(2):

         

Basic

          $ 0.04
             

Diluted

          $ 0.04
             

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding (unaudited)(2):

         

Basic

            45,110,158
             

Diluted

            46,606,150
             

 

31


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,  
     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 11,225      $ 12,165      $ 13,011      $ 10,754      $ 11,491   

Short-term investments

     700        1,487               997        4,719   

Property and equipment, net

     4,167        6,164        7,461        4,924        2,921   

Working capital

     5,648        7,363        7,399        8,834        11,548   

Total assets

     51,842        55,532        56,180        52,676        57,718   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $ 82,511      $ 82,576      $ 82,672      $ 82,672      $ 82,672   

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (41,503     (38,258     (37,832     (38,565     (35,516
                                        

Total capitalization

   $ 41,008      $ 44,318      $ 44,840      $ 44,107      $ 47,156   
                                        

 

(1)    Stock-based compensation included in above line items:

 

       

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenues

   $ 1      $ 42      $ (39   $ 19      $ 144   

Sales and marketing

     1        40               35        145   

Research and development

     2        32        (45     78        271   

General and administrative

     3        77        (66     147        563   
                                        

Total

   $ 7      $ 191      $ (150   $ 279      $ 1,123   
                                        
(2) Calculated assuming the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 35,311,759 shares of common stock prior to the completion of this offering.

 

32


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

We host one of the largest electronic mortgage origination networks in the United States, connecting mortgage origination professionals to lenders, investors and service providers integral to the origination and funding of residential mortgages. Mortgage originators participating in the Ellie Mae Network use our Encompass software, a comprehensive operating system that handles key business and management functions in running a mortgage origination business. Mortgage originators use Encompass as a single tool for loan processing, marketing, customer communication and to interact electronically with lenders, investors and service providers over the Ellie Mae Network. We also offer Encompass users a variety of additional services, including Encompass Closer, which automatically prepares the disclosure and closing documents necessary to fund a mortgage, CenterWise, a bundled offering of electronic document management and websites used for customer relationship management, and Encompass Compliance Service, our compliance service powered by Mavent.

Lenders, service providers and certain government sponsored entities using the Ellie Mae Network pay us fees, which we refer to as Network Transaction revenues, when they effect a transaction over the Ellie Mae Network. A Network Transaction occurs when an Encompass user sends an electronic service request to any lender, service provider or other participant through our network and that request has been accepted. We recently introduced Ellie Mae Network Plus offerings for subscribing lenders and service providers, for which we charge premium fees. Revenues from Ellie Mae Network Plus have not been significant to date.

We also generate revenues from the sale of our software and services, which we refer to as Software and Services revenues. The software component of Software and Services revenues is derived from mortgage originators who either license Encompass software for an initial fee as a perpetual license with annual maintenance fees or subscribe to the Encompass software as a service, or Encompass SaaS, for a monthly per user subscription fee or for fees on a per closed loan basis with monthly minimums. In addition, we offer CenterWise software either as a standalone product on a subscription fee basis or bundled as part of our Encompass SaaS offering. The services component of Software and Services revenues is derived from fees paid by mortgage originators for Ellie Mae services they order. These services include document preparation and Encompass compliance reports.

Our Network Transaction revenues and the services component of Software and Services revenues generally track the seasonality of the mortgage industry, with increased activity in the second and third quarters and reduced activity in the first and fourth quarters as home buyers tend to purchase their homes during the spring and summer in order to move to a new home before the start of the school year. These revenues are also affected by factors that impact mortgage volumes, such as interest rate fluctuations and general economic conditions. For example, the decline in interest rates in the first half of 2009 drove a significant increase in mortgage refinancings, which led to increased Network Transaction revenues as well as increased revenues from the services component of Software and Services revenues during those periods.

 

33


Table of Contents

We achieve our highest gross margins on our Network Transaction revenues. Our gross margins on the services component of our Software and Services revenues have been affected by our use of third-party providers and we intend to continue to reduce third-party costs by internally developing or acquiring additional document preparation and other technology.

In connection with the preparation for this initial public offering, we discovered that certain of the stock option agreements held by our directors, employees, ex-employees and consultants had not been authorized in accordance with all corporate law requirements. Management determined, based on other existing documentation, that we had intended to grant the options in question and our board of directors determined in most cases to provide these individuals with as close to the economic equivalent of these stock options as practicable. Accordingly, in April 2010, our board of directors authorized the confirmation of certain stock options and the grant of certain replacement stock options, or Replacement Options, to certain individuals. The board also granted short-term rights to purchase common stock to certain individuals whose stock option agreements had terminated. The Replacement Options are fully-vested but only exercisable in 2011 and the short-term purchase rights were fully vested but only exercisable by May 2010. None of the Replacement Options, the confirmed options or the rights to purchase common stock has an exercise or purchase price that is less than the exercise price under the stock option agreement it replaces. In certain cases where an individual was subject to withholding for taxes that was not expected by the individual, we paid employee bonuses aggregating approximately $36,400 and, in one case, agreed to loan an individual approximately $26,000 if he exercises his short-term purchase right, in each case to pay the applicable withholding for taxes. In addition, in the case of Sigmund Anderman, our chief executive officer, and Limin Hu, our chief technology officer, in lieu of such short-term rights to purchase common stock, we granted stock purchase rights that are fully vested and exercisable until March 14, 2011.

We have determined that the actions taken by our board of directors will result in a stock-based compensation expense of approximately $160,000 in the second quarter of 2010, but no additional stock-based compensation in subsequent periods. We also have determined that the actions taken by our board of directors will not result in any change in stock-based compensation expense for prior periods because all terms of the stock option agreements and the recipients were determined by management to be fixed at the time these individuals were originally informed of their rights to purchase shares.

As a result of a stock option repricing that occurred in December 2001, as of December 31, 2009, there were outstanding stock options to purchase an aggregate of 549,000 shares of common stock that are subject to variable accounting. These options will expire in December 2011 if not exercised prior to expiration. Under applicable variable accounting rules, we will recognize stock-based compensation expense or gain in each quarter through the quarter ending December 31, 2011 in an amount equal to the number of shares of common stock underlying such options that remain outstanding as of the end of the period multiplied by the difference between the fair market value of our common stock at the end of the quarter and the fair market value of our common stock at the end of the immediately preceding quarter. For this purpose, the deemed fair market value of our common stock at March 31, 2010 is $2.95 per share.

In subsequent periods, we may incur additional stock-based compensation expense as a result of an outstanding stock option held by Sigmund Anderman, our chief executive officer, to purchase an aggregate of 1,350,000 shares of our common stock that vest based on the trading price of our common stock or the price obtained in connection with the sale of our company. The fair value of the option award was determined at the date of grant. The total stock-based compensation expense that would be recognized if the stock option vested in full would be approximately $490,000. See “Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Outstanding Equity Awards at 2009 Fiscal Year-End.”

 

34


Table of Contents

We were formed in 1997 and reincorporated in Delaware in November 2009. From inception through 2000, we developed initial versions of our network. We launched our first transaction platform in late 2000, the present version of which is the Ellie Mae Network. We acquired two software companies in 2000 and 2001 as our initial entry into the business of providing loan processing software and document preparation services for mortgage originators. We introduced our internally developed Encompass software solution in 2003. We acquired software and related assets to enhance our document preparation services in 2008 and commenced our compliance services offering at the end of 2009 through our acquisition of Mavent Holdings Inc.

Prior to 2006, we financed our operations and capital expenditures primarily through private sales of preferred stock and lease financing. Since 2006, we have not required additional equity financings and have financed our operations with existing cash and cash flows from operating activities. Our research and development expenses have remained relatively constant over the period covered by this prospectus and our business is not capital intensive. We have responded to adverse economic conditions, such as those that commenced in 2007, by reducing headcount, which is a major component of our operating expenses.

The mortgage industry has undergone significant changes since 2007, largely in response to the hundreds of billions of dollars of loan defaults and massive losses suffered by lenders and investors. Our business strategy has evolved to address recent industry trends, including:

 

  Ÿ  

the potential decrease in mortgage lending volume through 2011 forecast by the Mortgage Bankers Association;

 

  Ÿ  

decreased profitability for mortgage originators as a result of reduced mortgage originations;

 

  Ÿ  

a continued decline in the number of mortgage brokerages and an increase in the relative importance of mortgage lenders, which not only arrange but also fund loans;

 

  Ÿ  

increased lender quality requirements for new loans; and

 

  Ÿ  

regulatory reforms that have significantly increased the complexity and importance of regulatory compliance.

We are responding to the forecasted decline in mortgage lending volume in several ways. We are promoting increased use of the Ellie Mae Network and our Ellie Mae Network Plus offerings to produce additional Network Transactions revenues, and seeking to expand the services component of our Software and Services revenues through an increase in the number and usage of our services, such as compliance and document preparation. We believe that Encompass and the Ellie Mae Network also directly address mortgage originators’ need for increased efficiency and profitability during a period of decreased mortgage origination volumes. We are addressing the increasing role of mortgage lenders, as compared to mortgage brokerages, by emphasizing our Encompass 360 Banker edition software, which provides additional functionalities for mortgage lenders. We believe that this shift will provide us increased opportunities because mortgage lenders typically use more sophisticated and comprehensive software solutions to run their businesses, and use more services and effect more Network Transactions on the Ellie Mae Network. Ellie Mae Network Plus directly addresses lenders’ and service providers’ increased emphasis on efficiency and quality standards by allowing lenders and service providers to set specific criteria for loans and obtain automated responses when a loan fits those criteria. We recently purchased Mavent Holdings Inc. to provide compliance services for our Encompass users to respond to the increased focus on regulatory compliance due to recent regulatory reforms.

 

35


Table of Contents

Operating Metrics

Encompass-related revenues per Average Active Encompass User is a key operational metric we use to evaluate our business, determine allocation of our resources and make decisions regarding corporate strategy. This metric is calculated by dividing Encompass-related revenues by the average number of Active Encompass Users during the period. We focus on this metric to determine our success in leveraging our Encompass User base to increase our revenues. The components used to calculate this metric are defined below.

Active Encompass Users .    An Active Encompass User is a mortgage origination professional who has used Encompass software at least once within a 90-day period preceding the measurement date.

Average Active Encompass Users during a period .    This is calculated by averaging the Active Encompass Users monthly during a period.

Encompass-related revenues for a period .    All revenues derived from Encompass users as well as any other revenue derived from interactions between Encompass users and third parties through the Ellie Mae Network during the period. This operating metric excludes revenues from our legacy and acquired products, to the extent it does not involve a sale to Encompass users.

We also track Active Encompass Users at the end of a period to gauge the degree of our market penetration.

The following table shows these operating metrics for each of 2007, 2008 and 2009.

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2007    2008    2009

Encompass-related revenues per Average Active Encompass User

   $ 331    $ 427    $ 556

Active Encompass Users at end of period

     74,768      58,228      55,976

Average number of Active Encompass Users during period

     83,052      68,950      59,217

Encompass-related revenues (in thousands)

   $ 27,481    $ 29,436    $ 32,953

Basis of Presentation

General

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Ellie Mae, Inc. and, through the year ended December 31, 2007, its wholly owned subsidiary, Ellie Mae Insurance Services, LLC, a provider of mortgage credit, errors and omissions, and homeowners’ insurance products, which we operated from 2004 to December 31, 2007. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

Revenues

We classify our revenues in two categories: Network Transaction revenues and Software and Services revenues.

Network Transaction Revenues

A Network Transaction occurs when an Encompass user sends an electronic service request to any lender, service provider or other participant through our network and that request has been accepted. We recognize Network Transaction revenues when there is evidence that the Network

 

36


Table of Contents

Transaction has occurred and collection of payment from the participating lender, service provider or other participant is reasonably assured. Network Transaction revenues include revenues from our Ellie Mae Network Plus offerings. We recognize set-up fees for the integration of lender and service provider participants into the Ellie Mae Network ratably from completion of the integration over the longer of the estimated life of the customer relationship and the term of the contract, which is typically one year.

Software and Services Revenues

Software and Services revenues include license and maintenance revenues, Encompass SaaS revenues, CenterWise for Encompass licensees and services revenues.

License and Maintenance Revenues.     We recognize revenues from the sale of licenses of Encompass software, typically in the month in which the software is delivered. For arrangements with multiple obligations such as undelivered maintenance and support contracts bundled with licenses, we allocate revenues to the delivered elements of the arrangement using the residual value method based on objective evidence of the fair value of the undelivered elements when vendor specific objective evidence, or VSOE, is determinable. The fair value of maintenance services for software licenses, whether an initial license or a renewal, is recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance contract. When VSOE is not determinable, we allocate all revenues to the undelivered elements and the entire arrangement is recognized ratably over the term of the contract. We believe that we have VSOE for our maintenance and support obligations based upon the prices our customers pay for the separate renewal of these services. If collectability is not assured, we recognize revenues under this model upon receipt of cash payment.

Encompass SaaS Revenues .    We offer web-based access to our Encompass software. Customers can elect to pay a monthly recurring fee, which we recognize ratably when the service is performed. Associated set-up fees are recognized ratably over the life of the relationship with the customer, which is generally the term of the contract. Contracts generally range from one to three years. In addition, in the fourth quarter of 2009, we began offering customers the ability to pay on a closed loan basis with a monthly minimum. The closed loan basis contracts generally have a term of two years. We recognize the monthly minimums as the service is performed and recognize additional amounts arising from closed loans when the loans close.

CenterWise for Encompass Licensees .    CenterWise is offered as a standalone product with revenues recognized when the service is performed. It is also automatically included in the Encompass SaaS offering.

Services Revenues.     Mortgage originators, whether Encompass users or legacy customers acquired as a result of acquisitions, such as our ODI and Mavent acquisitions, pay fees for services that they order, such as automated document preparation and compliance reports. We recognize revenues for these services when the service is performed.

Cost of Revenues

Our cost of revenues consists primarily of: salaries and benefits, including stock-based compensation and allocated facilities costs; expenses for document preparation and compliance services, operations and customer support personnel; depreciation on computer equipment used in supporting the Ellie Mae Network, our Encompass SaaS and CenterWise offerings; and professional services associated with implementation of our software.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of: salaries, benefits and incentive compensation, including stock-based compensation, and allocated facilities costs. Sales and marketing

 

37


Table of Contents

expenses also include expenses for trade shows, public relations and other promotional and marketing activities, including travel and entertainment expenses. We expect sales and marketing expenses to increase in 2010 due to an increase in our sales force and a continued increase in marketing activities. We recently hired sales personnel to focus on sales of our Ellie Mae Network Plus offerings and our Encompass Banker Edition in light of the increasing percentage of potential customers which are mortgage lenders rather than mortgage brokerages. We also intend to increase marketing activities focused on Encompass Banker Edition, our Ellie Mae Network Plus offerings and our compliance services.

Research and Development

Our research and development expenses consist primarily of: salaries and benefits, including bonuses and stock-based compensation; fees to contractors engaged in the development and support of the Ellie Mae Network infrastructure, Encompass software and other products; and allocated facilities costs. Our research and development expenses have remained relatively constant over the periods presented.

General and Administrative

Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of: salaries and benefits, including stock-based compensation, for employees involved in finance, accounting, human resources, administrative and legal roles; and allocated facilities costs. In addition, general and administrative expenses include consulting, legal, accounting and other professional fees for third-party providers. We expect general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars due to costs associated with our initial public offering, including ongoing costs of being a public company, and legal fees associated primarily with a lawsuit filed against us in August 2009.

Other Income, Net

Other income, net consists primarily of interest income earned on our cash accounts, net of interest expense paid on equipment and software lease lines.

Income Taxes

We are subject to income tax in the United States. As of December 31, 2009, for federal and state tax purposes, we had $15.0 million of federal and $15.1 million of state net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income. These NOL carryforwards begin to expire in 2020 and 2013 for federal and state tax purposes, respectively. As of December 31, 2009, we also had federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.4 million and $1.6 million, respectively. The federal tax credit carryforwards will expire commencing in 2021. The state tax credit may be carried forward indefinitely. Our ability to use our NOL and tax credit carryforwards to offset any future taxable income will be subject to limitations attributable to equity transactions that result in a change of ownership as defined by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. They also may be subject to suspension by government authority. For example, the State of California tax authority suspended taxpayers’ ability to use NOL carryforwards in 2008 and 2009.

We have determined that we have sufficient NOL and tax credit carryforwards to offset our federal taxable income for 2009 and preceding periods.

Our net deferred tax assets consist primarily of NOL and research and development credit carryforwards generated before we achieved profitability. Due to the uncertainty surrounding the realization of the deferred tax assets in future tax returns, we have placed a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets. Our effective tax rate differs from the statutory federal rate due to

 

38


Table of Contents

changes in the valuation allowance in 2008 and 2009. Income tax expense for 2007 was comprised of federal alternative minimum tax and state income tax where NOL carryforwards were not available. The valuation allowance increased by $0.4 million and $0.6 million in 2007 and 2008, respectively and decreased by $0.4 million in 2009, which is net of a $0.3 million increase associated with an acquisition that did not affect the effective tax rate. We will continue to assess the need for a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets by evaluating both positive and negative evidence that may exist. Any adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance will be recorded in the income statement for the periods that the adjustment is determined to be required.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements which are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.

We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with revenue recognition, income taxes, stock-based compensation, and goodwill and intangible assets have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies and estimates. For further information on all of our significant accounting policies, please see Note 2 of the accompanying notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Revenue Recognition

We classify our revenues in two categories: Network Transaction revenues and Software and Services revenues.

Network Transaction Revenues

We enter into agreements with lenders, service providers and certain government agencies participating in the mortgage origination process that provides them access to, and interoperability with, mortgage originators on the Ellie Mae Network. A Network Transaction occurs when an Encompass user sends an electronic service request to any lender, service provider or other participant through our network and that request has been accepted. We recognize Network Transaction revenues when there is evidence that the Network Transaction has occurred and collection of payment from the participating lender, service provider or other participant is reasonably assured. Network Transaction revenues include revenues from our Ellie Mae Network Plus offerings. We recognize set-up fees for the integration of lender and service provider participants into the Ellie Mae Network as Network Transaction revenues ratably from completion of the integration over the longer of the estimated life of the customer relationship and the term of the contract, which is typically one year.

Software and Services Revenues

Software and Services revenues include license and maintenance revenues, Encompass SaaS revenues, CenterWise for Encompass licensees and services revenues.

 

39


Table of Contents

License and Maintenance Revenues.     We recognize revenues from the sale of licenses of Encompass software, typically in the month in which the software is delivered. For arrangements with multiple obligations such as undelivered maintenance and support contracts bundled with licenses, we allocate revenues to the delivered elements of the arrangement using the residual value method based on objective evidence of the fair value of the undelivered elements when vendor specific objective evidence, or VSOE, is determinable. The fair value of maintenance services for software licenses, whether an initial license or a renewal, is recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance contract. When VSOE is not determinable, we allocate all revenues to the undelivered elements and the entire arrangement is recognized ratably over the term of the contract. We believe that we have VSOE for our maintenance and support obligations based upon the prices our customers pay for the separate renewal of these services. If collectability is not assured, we recognize revenues upon receipt of cash payment.

Encompass SaaS Revenues .    We offer web-based access to our Encompass software. Customers can elect to pay a monthly recurring fee, which we recognize ratably when the service is performed. Associated set-up fees are recognized ratably over the life of the relationship with the customer, which is generally the term of the contract. Contracts generally range from one to three years. Alternatively, customers can elect to pay on a closed loan basis with a monthly minimum. The closed loan basis contracts generally have a term of two years. We recognize the monthly minimums as the service is performed and recognize additional amounts arising from closed loans when the loans close.

CenterWise for Encompass Licensees .    CenterWise is offered as a standalone product with revenues recognized when the service is performed. It is also automatically included in the Encompass SaaS offering.

Services Revenues.     Mortgage originators, whether Encompass users or legacy customers acquired as a result of our acquisitions, such as our ODI and Mavent acquisitions, pay fees for services that they order, such as automated document preparation and compliance reports. We recognize revenues for these services when the service is performed.

Income Taxes

We record income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences, generally all expected future events other than enactments or changes in the tax law or rates are considered. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. Our determination of our valuation allowance is based upon a number of assumptions, judgments and estimates, including forecasted earnings, future taxable income and the relative proportions of revenue and income before taxes in the various jurisdictions in which we operate.

We operate in various tax jurisdictions and are subject to audit by various tax authorities. We provide for tax positions whenever it is deemed likely that a tax asset has been impaired or a tax liability has been incurred for events such as tax claims or changes in tax laws. The tax effects of a position are recognized only when they are considered “more likely than not” to be sustained based solely on its technical merits as of the reporting date.

We consider many factors when evaluating and estimating our tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes. Our judgments, assumptions, and estimates relative to the current provision for income tax take into account current tax laws, our interpretation of current tax laws, and possible outcomes of current and future audits conducted by foreign and domestic tax authorities. Changes in tax laws or our

 

40


Table of Contents

interpretation of tax laws and the resolution of current and future tax audits could significantly impact the amounts provided for income taxes in our consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of operations. We must also assess the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realized from future taxable income and, based on this assessment, establish a valuation allowance, if required. Our determination of our valuation allowance is based upon a number of assumptions, judgments, and estimates, including forecasted earnings, future taxable income, and the relative proportions of revenue and income before taxes in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. To the extent we establish a valuation allowance or change the valuation allowance in a period, we reflect the change with a corresponding increase or decrease to our tax provision in our consolidated statements of operations.

Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted new accounting guidance which prescribes the minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. Any necessary adjustment was recorded directly to retained earnings and reported as a change in accounting principle as of the date of adoption. The authoritative guidance on income taxes prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns.

Stock-based Compensation

We recognize expense related to stock-based compensation awards that are ultimately expected to vest based on estimated fair values on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Stock compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which generally equals the vesting period.

We estimate potential forfeitures of stock grants and adjust stock-based compensation expense accordingly. The estimate of forfeitures is adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from the prior estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures are recognized in the period of change and impact the amount of stock compensation expenses to be recognized in future periods, which could be material if actual results differ significantly from our estimates.

All stock option awards to non-employees are generally accounted for at the fair value of the equity instrument issued, as calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The measurement of stock-based compensation for non-employees is subject to periodic adjustments as the options vest, and the expense is recognized over the period over which services are received.

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. We determined weighted average valuation assumptions as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Volatility.     As we do not have a trading history for our common stock, the expected stock price volatility for our common stock was estimated by taking the median historic price volatility for industry peers based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the technology industry similar in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage.

 

  Ÿ  

Expected term.     The expected term was estimated using the simplified method as permitted by the SEC.

 

  Ÿ  

Risk free rate.     The risk free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the options for each option group.

 

  Ÿ  

Dividend yield.     We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

41


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the assumptions relating to our stock options for the year ended December 31, 2009:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2009

Volatility

   47.00 – 48.00%

Expected term

   5.0 – 6.08 years

Risk free rate

   1.87% – 3.21%

Dividend yield

   0%

Using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we recorded non-cash stock-based compensation expenses related to employee stock options granted of approximately $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

The fair values of the common stock underlying stock options granted during 2008 and 2009 were estimated by our board of directors, which intended all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. In the absence of a public trading market, our board of directors considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine its best estimate of the fair market value of our common stock as of the date of each option grant, including but not limited to, the following factors: (i) the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to the common stock; (ii) our performance and stage of development; (iii) valuations of our common stock; and (iv) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions. The assumptions we use in our valuation models are based on subjective future expectations combined with management judgment. If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model changes significantly, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously.

During 2009, in connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, and consistent with prior years, we contracted with an independent valuation company to perform ongoing analyses to assess the fair value of our common stock at certain quarter end and year end dates for financial reporting purposes. These analyses were performed to assist management and our board of directors in determining fair market value for our stock options at quarter end or year end periods. These valuation analyses were performed as of December 2006, December 2007, December 2008, June 2009, September 2009 and December 2009. Each valuation analysis consisted of two major steps: the estimation of the aggregate value of the entire company, referred to as Business Enterprise Value, or BEV, and the allocation of this aggregate value to our capital structure, including redeemable convertible preferred stock, common stock, common stock warrants and common stock options. As described below, the BEV was estimated using a combination of income and market-based methods.

Significant Factors, Assumptions and Methodologies Used in Determining Fair Value

In determining the fair value of our BEV and common stock, we used a combination of the income approach and the market approach, which were equally weighted, to estimate our aggregate BEV at each valuation date described above. The income approach is an estimate of the present value of the future monetary benefits expected to flow to the owners of a business. It requires a projection of the cash flows that the business is expected to generate over a forecast period and an estimate of the present value of cash flows beyond that period, which is referred to as residual value. These cash flows are converted to present value by means of discounting, using a rate of return that accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risks inherent in the business. The market

 

42


Table of Contents

approach considers multiples of financial metrics based on both acquisitions and trading multiples of a peer group of companies. These multiples are then applied to our financial metrics to derive an indication of value.

Our indicated BEV at each valuation date was then allocated to the shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, common stock, warrants to purchase shares of common stock and options to purchase shares of common stock assuming conversion or exercise, as appropriate. This methodology treats the various components of our capital structure to be equivalent shares of common stock, and allocates the BEV to the resulting common stock on a fully diluted basis.

Common Stock Valuations

We granted stock options with the following exercise prices during 2009:

 

Option Grant Dates

   Number of
Shares
Underlying
Options
   Exercise
Price Per
Share
   Fair Market
Value Per
Share as of
Grant Date
   Intrinsic
Value

February 2009

   14,000    $          0.46    $          0.46    $

April 2009(1)

   6,356,500      0.46      0.49               0.03

August 2009

   90,000      0.52      1.02      0.50

October 2009

   58,000      1.35      1.58      0.23

 

(1) Includes 5,982,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options granted in an exchange of outstanding options on a 1-for-1 basis with new two-year vesting schedule for all vested portions of the exchanged option.

Repricing of Stock Options

In December 2001, we made offers to replace employee options with an exercise price of $4.61 with options having an exercise price of $1.25. A total of 2,274,149 shares were cancelled and repriced at $1.25 by December 31, 2001. In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, the replacement options are being accounted for using variable plan accounting. We recognized stock-based compensation expense of $0 and $514,000 in the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, related to the variable plan accounting for these options. We recognized a reduction in compensation expense of $406,000 in 2007 due to a decrease in the market value of the our common stock as of December 31, 2007.

As of December 31, 2009, 548,946 shares under these repriced options remained outstanding. We will continue to record stock-based compensation expenses or benefits, based on changes in the fair value of our common stock, until these options are modified, cancelled, exercised or expire unexercised. As of December 31, 2009, a 10% change in the fair market value of the our common stock would result in a change of approximately $120,000 in stock-based compensation.

In February 2009, we made offers to replace employee options with exercise prices of $1.80 and $1.98 with options having an exercise price of $0.46 and which included new vesting periods in accordance with the terms of the repricing plan. A total of 5,982,000 shares were cancelled and repriced at $0.46 in April 2009. The replacement options are being accounted for as a modification to the original option grants and resulted in incremental stock-based compensation expense of approximately $717,000, which is recognized as the awards vest. For more information, see “—Overview” above.

 

43


Table of Contents

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and other intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization, as appropriate. Other intangible assets include developed technology, trade names and customer lists and contracts. Intangibles with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated periods of benefit, generally three to seven years. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but tested for impairment at least annually, or whenever changes in circumstances indicated that the carrying amount of goodwill or intangible assets may not be recoverable. These tests are performed at the reporting unit level using a two-step, fair-value approach. We completed annual impairment tests for 2007, 2008 and 2009 and determined that our goodwill was not impaired for those years. The fair value of the reporting unit exceeded carrying value by over 100% for each of these periods.

The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill requires significant judgment at many points during the analysis. To determine estimated fair value, we used the income approach, under which fair value was calculated based on estimated discounted future cash flows. The income approach was determined to be the most representative valuation technique that would be utilized by a market participant in an assumed transaction. Significant assumptions are based on historical and forecasted results of operations, and consider estimates of cash flows, including revenues, operating costs, growth rates and other relevant factors, as well as discount rates to be applied. Although the cash flow forecasts used are based on assumptions that are consistent with the plans and estimates used to manage the business, significant judgment was required.

If management’s estimates of future operating results change, if there are changes in identified reporting units or if there are changes to other significant assumptions, the estimated carrying values of such reporting units and the estimated fair value of goodwill could change significantly, and could result in an impairment charge. Such changes could also result in goodwill impairment charges in future periods, which could have a significant impact on our operating results and financial condition therein.

We assess the impairment of identifiable intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset’s carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss would be recognized when the sum of the undiscounted estimated future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition is less than its carrying amount. Such impairment loss would be measured as the difference between the carrying amount of the asset and its fair value. Cash flow assumptions are based on historical and forecasted revenue, operating costs, and other relevant factors. If management’s estimates of future operating results change, or if there are changes to other assumptions, the estimate of the fair value of our acquired product rights and other identifiable intangible assets could change significantly. Such change could result in impairment charges in future periods, which could have a significant impact on our operating results and financial condition.

 

44


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of our revenues for those periods. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of future results.

 

    Year Ended December 31,
    2007     2008     2009
    (in thousands)

Consolidated statements of operations data:

     

Revenues

  $ 38,493      $ 33,573      $ 37,707

Cost of revenues(1)

    12,823        12,875        11,896
                     

Gross profit

    25,670        20,698        25,811

Operating expenses:

     

Sales and marketing(1)

    9,890        7,553        7,532

Research and development(1)

    7,140        6,898        7,945

General and administrative(1)

    8,273        7,470        8,213

Amortization of intangibles

    273        153        267
                     

Total operating expenses

    25,576        22,074        23,957
                     

Income (loss) from operations

    94        (1,376     1,854

Other income, net

    544        293        72
                     

Income (loss) before income taxes

    638        (1,083     1,926

Income tax provision (benefit)

    104        (24     264
                     

Net income (loss)

    534        (1,059     1,662

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value, net

    (96           
                     

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

  $ 438      $ (1,059   $ 1,662
                     

 

(1) Stock-based compensation included in above line items:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2007     2008    2009
     (in thousands)

Cost of revenues

   $ (39   $ 19    $ 144

Sales and marketing

            —        35      145

Research and development

     (45     78      271

General and administrative

     (66     147      563
                     

Total(a)

   $ (150   $      279    $   1,123
                     

 

  (a) Approximately $(406,000), $0 and $514,000 of stock-based compensation expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively related to variable accounting for repriced stock options.

 

45


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  
         2007             2008             2009      
     (as a percentage of revenues)  

Consolidated statements of operations data:

      

Revenues

            100.0           100.0           100.0

Cost of revenues

   33.3      38.3      31.5   
                  

Gross profit

   66.7      61.7      68.5   

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing

   25.7      22.5      20.0   

Research and development

   18.5      20.5      21.1   

General and administrative

   21.5      22.3      21.8   

Amortization of intangibles

   0.7      0.5      0.7   
                  

Total operating expenses

   66.4      65.8      63.6   
                  

Income (loss) from operations

   0.2      (4.1   4.9   

Other income, net

   1.5      0.9      0.2   
                  

Income (loss) before income taxes

   1.7      (3.2   5.1   

Income tax provision (benefit)

   0.3      0.0      0.7   
                  

Net income (loss)

   1.4      (3.2   4.4   

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value, net

   (0.2   0.0      0.0   
                  

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

   1.2   (3.2 )%    4.4
                  

The following table sets forth certain operating data for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2007    2008    2009

Encompass-related revenues per Average Active Encompass User

   $ 331    $ 427    $ 556

Active Encompass Users at end of period

     74,768      58,228      55,976

Average number of Active Encompass Users during period

         83,052          68,950          59,217

Encompass-related Revenues (in thousands)

   $ 27,481    $ 29,436    $ 32,953

Years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009

Revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenues by type:

      

Software and Services

   $ 24,018      $ 23,683      $     29,195   

Network Transactions

         14,475              9,890        8,512   
                        

Total

   $ 38,493      $ 33,573      $ 37,707   
                        

Percentage of revenues by type:

      

Software and Services

     62.4     70.5     77.4

Network Transactions

     37.6        29.5        22.6   
                        

Total

     100.0     100.0     100.0
                        

 

46


Table of Contents

The $4.1 million increase in revenues from 2008 to 2009 was due to an increase in Software and Services revenues, primarily related to our document preparation services. Document preparation services increased as a result of: (i) a significant increase in mortgage refinancings in the first half of 2009 in response to lower interest rates; (ii) a shift in our customer base from mortgage brokerages to mortgage lenders, the responsibilities of which include the preparation of closing documents; and (iii) our acquisition of ODI in the fourth quarter of 2008. Software and Services revenues from CenterWise, which was fully launched at the beginning of 2008, increased from $1.2 million in 2008 to $3.1 million in 2009 primarily due to a significant increase in market acceptance. These increases were offset in part by a decline in Network Transaction revenues primarily due to a decline in the number of mega lenders and volume of loan activity on our network reflecting overall industry declines, and a slight decline in revenues from our Encompass software due to a decline in the average number of Active Encompass Users as a result of the significant decline in the number of mortgage originators in the industry generally.

The number of Active Encompass Users decreased from the end of 2008 to the end of 2009 as the number of mortgage professionals in the industry continued to decrease from 279,800 to 253,400, 7 a 9.4% decrease. Encompass revenue per Average Active Encompass User increased due primarily to increased use of Encompass Closer and CenterWise.

The decline in Software and Services revenues from 2007 to 2008 reflected the decline in the number of mortgage originators operating in the industry, partially offset by (i) an increase in Encompass Closer revenues as a result of an increasing percentage of our customer base being mortgage lenders that use more of our services than mortgage brokers and (ii) our purchase of document preparation assets from ODI at the beginning of the fourth quarter of 2008. The turmoil in the mortgage industry began to affect our Network Transactions revenues in the second quarter of 2007 and that effect significantly increased in 2008 as lenders and other participants in the mortgage origination business decreased their activities and many went out of business.

Encompass-related revenues per Average Active Encompass User increased by 29.0% from 2007 to 2008 due to increased use of Encompass Closer and CenterWise services and as a result of a shift in our Active Encompass User base from mortgage brokerages to mortgage lenders. Mortgage lenders are responsible for handling a greater portion of the mortgage origination process and typically order more Transactions and more services. The growth in Encompass-related revenues per Average Active Encompass User is consistent with our focus on leveraging the value of the Ellie Mae Network.

Gross Profit

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Gross profit

   $     25,670      $     20,698      $     25,811   

Gross margin

     66.7     61.7     68.5

The increase in gross profit as a percentage of revenues, or gross margin, from 2008 to 2009 was primarily a result of increased revenues, greater margin on our Encompass Closer services due to the ODI transaction in September 2008, reduced depreciation expense arising from smaller fixed asset purchases and a reduction in data center expenses due to our decision in 2008 to consolidate our data centers. These changes were offset in part by an increase in compensation expense due to additional headcount associated with our employment of former ODI employees at the end of 2008. We intend to continue to reduce our cost of revenues attributable to document preparation by acquiring or internally developing additional document preparation technology.

 

7 Bureau of Labor Statistics, Mortgage Employment Statistics, January 2009.

 

47


Table of Contents

Gross margin decreased from 2007 to 2008 due primarily to a change in mix from higher margin Network Transaction revenues to increased document preparation service revenues, which have lower gross margins, particularly prior to the ODI transaction. Gross margin was also impacted by increased depreciation and amortization arising from our decision in 2008 to build out data center infrastructure in support of our increased focus on Encompass SaaS as a method of delivering our Encompass software and our CenterWise product.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $       9,890      $       7,553      $       7,532   

Sales and marketing as % of revenues

     25.7     22.5     20.0

Sales and marketing expenses were essentially the same in 2008 and 2009 due primarily to the effects of a headcount reduction in mid-2008, offset by increased commissions and bonuses on increased sales and the transfer of an executive from general and administrative activities to sales activities. The decrease in sales and marketing expense as a percentage of revenues was due to the increase in revenues from 2008 to 2009.

Sales and marketing expense decreased from 2007 to 2008 due primarily to a reduction in headcount as well as reduced marketing spending.

We expect sales and marketing expenses to increase in 2010 due to an increase in the sales force and continued increases in marketing activities. We recently hired sales personnel focused on sales of our recently-introduced Ellie Mae Network Plus offerings and our Encompass Banker Edition in light of the increasing percentage of potential customers which are mortgage lenders rather than mortgage brokerages. We also intend to increase marketing activities focused on our Encompass Banker Edition, our Ellie Mae Network Plus offerings and our Encompass Compliance Service.

Research and Development

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $       7,140      $   6,898      $       7,945   

Research and development as % of revenues

     18.5     20.5     21.1

Research and development expenses in 2009 increased as compared to 2008 primarily due to increases in third-party consulting fees and salaries of employees hired from ODI to integrate the technology purchased from ODI into our Encompass Closer services, increases in legal costs for patent application prosecution and stock-based compensation and bonuses.

Research and development expenses decreased from 2007 to 2008 due to headcount reductions as part of our cost containment efforts in response to the significant decline in the mortgage market.

General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009  
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $       8,273      $       7,470      $       8,213   

General and administrative as % of revenues

     21.5     22.3     21.8

 

48


Table of Contents

General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased from 2008 to 2009 due to increased revenues. In absolute dollars, general and administrative expenses increased by $0.7 million due primarily to increased non-cash stock based compensation and increases in legal fees associated primarily with a lawsuit filed against us in August 2009. We expect general and administrative expenses to increase significantly due to costs associated with our initial public offering, including ongoing costs of being a public company, and legal fees associated with a lawsuit. See “Business—Legal Proceedings” and Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements.

The decrease in general and administrative expenses from 2007 to 2008 was primarily the result of reduced headcount expenses of $0.7 million due to our reduction in force in mid-2008 and a $0.6 million reduction in bad debt expense from improved collections, offset in part by a $0.4 million increase in legal and consulting expenses.

Amortization of Intangibles

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2007             2008             2009      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Amortization of intangibles

   $           273      $           153      $           267   

Amortization of intangibles as % of revenues

     0.7     0.5     0.7

The increase in amortization of intangibles from 2008 to 2009 was primarily attributable to the ODI transaction on September 30, 2008, which resulted in only one quarter of associated amortization in 2008 in contrast to a full year of amortization in 2009.

The decrease in amortization of intangibles from 2007 to 2008 was primarily attributable to customer lists that were fully amortized during 2007.

Other Income, Net

The decrease in other income, net from 2008 to 2009 was primarily due to a decline in interest rates and interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments.

The decrease in other income, net from 2007 to 2008 was primarily due to a decrease in interest income earned on cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments as a result of significantly lower interest rates in the financial markets.

Income Taxes

The increase in income tax expense from 2008 to 2009 was primarily due to increases in taxable income and the State of California’s suspension of NOL carryforwards in 2009.

The income tax benefit for 2008 was primarily the result of a U.S. federal statute which allowed for the accelerated use of research and development and alternative minimum tax credits based on fixed assets.

Quarterly Results of Operations Data

The following tables set forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data and our unaudited statements of operations data as a percentage of revenues for each of the eight quarters in the period ended December 31, 2009. We have prepared the quarterly data on a consistent basis with the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the

 

49


Table of Contents

financial information reflects all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this data. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full year or any future period.

 

     For the Three Months Ended  
     Mar 31,
2008
   Jun 30,
2008
    Sep 30,
2008
    Dec 31,
2008
    Mar 31,
2009
   Jun 30,
2009
   Sep 30,
2009
    Dec 31,
2009
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                   

Revenues

   $ 9,329    $ 8,461      $ 7,770      $ 8,013      $ 10,111    $ 10,464    $ 8,334      $ 8,798   

Cost of revenues(1)

     3,467      3,476        2,895        3,037        3,266      3,419      2,749        2,462   
                                                             

Gross Profit

     5,862      4,985        4,875        4,976        6,845      7,045      5,585        6,336   

Operating expenses:

                   

Sales and marketing(1)

     1,935      1,905        1,857        1,856        1,673      1,594      1,757        2,508   

Research and development(1)

     1,697      1,681        1,734        1,786        1,857      1,907      1,872        2,309   

General and administrative(1)

     1,719      2,038        1,961        1,752        1,728      1,878      2,041        2,566   

Amortization of intangibles

     31      28        28        66        67      67      67        66   
                                                             

Total operating expenses

     5,382      5,652        5,580        5,460        5,325      5,446      5,737        7,449   
                                                             

Income (loss) from operations

     480      (667     (705     (484     1,520      1,599      (152     (1,113

Other income, net

     120      76        56        41        17      10      12        33   
                                                             

Income (loss) before income taxes

     600      (591     (649     (443     1,537      1,609      (140     (1,080

Income tax (benefit) provision

     14      (14     (14     (10     183      191      (16     (94
                                                             

Net income (loss)

   $ 586    $ (577   $ (635   $ (433   $ 1,354    $ 1,418    $ (124   $ (986
                                                             

 

(1) Stock-based compensation included in above line items:

 

    For the Three Months Ended
    Mar 31,
2008
  Jun 30,
2008
    Sep 30,
2008
  Dec 31,
2008
  Mar 31,
2009
  Jun 30,
2009
  Sep 30,
2009
  Dec 31,
2009
    (in thousands)

Cost of revenues

  $ 1   $ 6      $ 6   $ 6   $   6   $   8   $   12   $ 118

Operating expenses:

               

Sales and marketing

    19     (15     9     22     10     19     23     93

Research and development

    18     19        21     20     28     46     50     147

General and administrative

    31     34        39     43     53     91     112     307

 

50


Table of Contents
    For the Three Months Ended  

Percentage of Revenue

  Mar 31,
2008
    Jun 30,
2008
    Sep 30,
2008
    Dec 31,
2008
    Mar 31,
2009
    Jun 30,
2009
    Sep 30,
2009
    Dec 31,
2009
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

               

Revenues

    100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0

Cost of revenues

    37.2        41.1        37.3        37.9        32.3        32.7        33.0        28.0   

Gross Margin

    62.8        58.9        62.7        62.1        67.7        67.3        67.0        72.0   

Operating expenses:

               

Sales and marketing

    20.7        22.5        23.9        23.2        16.5        15.2        21.1        28.5   

Research and development

    18.2        19.9        22.3        22.3        18.4        18.2        22.5        26.2   

General and administrative

    18.4        24.1        25.2        21.9        17.1        17.9        24.5        29.2   

Amortization of intangibles

    0.3        0.3        0.4        0.8        0.7        0.6        0.8        0.8   
                                                               

Total operating expenses

    57.6        66.8        71.8        68.2        52.7        51.9        68.9        84.7   
                                                               

Income (loss) from operations

    5.1        (7.9     (9.1     (6.0     15.0        15.3        (1.8     (12.7

Other income, net

    1.3        0.9        0.7        0.5        0.2        0.1        0.1        0.4   
                                                               

Income (loss) before income taxes

    6.4        (7.0     (8.4     (5.5     15.2        15.4        (1.7     (12.3

Income tax (benefit) provision

    0.2        (0.2     (0.2     —          1.8        1.8        0.2        (1.1
                                                               

Net income (loss)

    6.2     (6.8 )%      (8.2 )%      (5.5 )%      13.4     13.6     (1.5 )%      (11.2 )% 
                                                               
    For the Three Months Ended  
    Mar 31,
2008
    Jun 30,
2008
    Sep 30,
2008
    Dec 31,
2008
    Mar 31,
2009
    Jun 30,
2009
    Sep 30,
2009
    Dec 31,
2009
 
    (dollars in thousands)  

Revenues by type:

               

Software and Services

  $ 6,177      $ 5,876      $ 5,587      $ 6,043      $ 7,702      $ 8,024      $ 6,456      $ 7,013   

Network Transactions

    3,152        2,585        2,183        1,970        2,409        2,440        1,878        1,785   
                                                               

Total

  $ 9,329      $ 8,461      $ 7,770      $ 8,013      $ 10,111      $ 10,464      $ 8,334      $ 8,798   
                                                               

Percentage of revenues by type:

               

Software and Services

    66.2     69.5     71.9     75.4     76.2     76.7     77.5     79.7

Network Transactions

    33.8        30.5        28.1        24.6        23.8        23.3        22.5        20.3   
                                                               

Total

    100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0
                                                               
    For the Three Months Ended  
    Mar 31,
2008
    Jun 30,
2008
    Sep 30,
2008
    Dec 31,
2008
    Mar 31,
2009
    Jun 30,
2009
    Sep 30,
2009
    Dec 31,
2009
 

Operating Metrics:

               

Encompass-related revenues per Average Active Encompass User

  $ 102      $ 102      $ 109      $ 116      $ 142      $ 149      $ 126      $ 139   

Active Encompass Users at end of period

    75,168        71,523        65,240        58,228        60,696        60,971        58,391        55,976   

Average number of Active Encompass Users during period

    74,994        73,532        66,925        60,349        59,704        61,134        59,370        56,660   

Encompass-related Revenues (in thousands)

  $ 7,651        7,526      $ 7,279      $ 6,980      $ 8,486      $ 9,131      $ 7,464      $ 7,872   

The decline in revenues in the third and fourth quarters of 2008 reflects the effects of the turmoil in the mortgage industry as well as normal seasonal trends in the fourth quarter. Revenues increased in the first two quarters of 2009, reflecting the significant increase in refinancing activity arising from low interest rates as well as normal seasonal trends in the second quarter. This refinancing activity decreased in the third and fourth quarters of 2009, which adversely affected our Network Transactions revenues and the services component of our Software and Services revenues.

The average number of Active Encompass Users and Encompass-related revenues declined each quarter throughout 2008 due to the turmoil in the mortgage industry and the corresponding reduction in mortgage originators generating loan activity. The average number of Active Encompass

 

51


Table of Contents

Users, Encompass-related revenues, and Encompass-related revenues per Average Active Encompass User all increased in the first and second quarters of 2009 due to interest rate reductions and a temporary surge in residential mortgage refinancings during those quarters. This refinancing activity decreased in the third and fourth quarters of 2009, which accounts for the decline in the Encompass-related revenues per Average Active Encompass User as compared to the previous quarters as well as the declines in the percentage of revenues attributable to Network Transactions and the services component of our Software and Services revenues.

Sales and marketing expenses decreased in the first quarter of 2009 due to planned reductions in sales personnel in response to conditions in the mortgage industry, including the continuing significant decline in the number of potential mortgage origination customers, as well as decreases in marketing expenses. Sales and marketing expenses increased in the third and fourth quarters of 2009 due to marketing efforts for Encompass and Ellie Mae Network Plus offerings. We incurred increased sales and marketing expenses in the fourth quarter of 2009 for several reasons including the addition of five sales employees, marketing expenses related to trade show attendance and the hosting of a targeted marketing event, increased commissions based on the achievement of sales milestones and additional bonuses.

Research and development expenses increased in the fourth quarter of 2009 primarily due to increased compensation for employees acquired in the Mavent transaction and year-end performance bonuses and stock-based compensation expense.

General and administrative expenses are affected by the timing of accounting and legal expenses for both litigation and transactional matters. General and administrative expenses increased in the third and fourth quarters of 2009 primarily due to preparation for our initial public offering and expenses relating to litigation.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Prior to 2006, we financed our operations and capital expenditures primarily through private sales of preferred stock and lease financing. Since 2006, we have not required equity financing and have been able to finance our operations with existing cash and cash flow from operating activities.

We have a $2.0 million line of credit to fund working capital. We have never drawn any amounts under this line of credit, which expires on March 31, 2011.

As of December 31, 2009, we had cash, cash equivalents and short term investments of $16.2 million. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, money market accounts, certificates of deposit and commercial paper. Short-term investments consist of U.S. government notes and agencies, commercial paper and treasury bills.

We believe that our existing cash, cash generated from operating activities and the proceeds of our initial public offering will be sufficient to fund capital expenditures, operating expenses and other cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. Although we are not currently a party to any agreement or letter of intent with respect to potential material investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses, we may enter into these types of arrangements in the future, which could require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to us or at all.

 

52


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our statement of cash flows data for the periods presented.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Data:

      

Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 4,981      $ (175   $ 6,453   

Cash flows used in investing activities

     (3,021     (1,650     (5,443

Cash flows used in financing activities

     (1,114     (432     (273

Purchases of property and equipment

            4,603        557        268   

Depreciation and amortization

     3,806               3,976               2,592   

Operating Activities

Cash provided by operating activities in 2009 was primarily the result of net income of $1.7 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of depreciation and amortization of $2.6 million, non-cash stock-based compensation of $1.1 million, a $0.7 million increase in deferred revenue due primarily to higher rate of maintenance renewals, a $0.5 million decrease in accounts receivable due to improved collections and net positive changes in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $0.6 million due primarily to timing of payments, offset in part by a $0.7 million decrease in deferred rent arising from payments on the vacant office space that we acquired in the ODI transaction.

Cash used in operating activities in 2008 was the result of a $2.1 million combined decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities due primarily to the timing of payments covering the relocation of our principal executive offices and other operating expenses, a $2.0 million decrease in deferred revenues due to a reduction in prepaid maintenance revenues associated with licenses of our Encompass software, a net loss of $1.1 million and a $0.5 million increase in accounts receivable. These uses of cash were offset in large part by depreciation and amortization of $4.0 million, receipt of reimbursement of $0.8 million related to facility improvements and a $0.5 million increase in the provision for uncollectible accounts receivable.

Cash provided by operating activities in 2007 was primarily the result of a $3.8 million non-cash adjustment for depreciation and amortization, a $1.0 million increase in accounts payable, a $0.9 million non-cash provision for uncollectible accounts receivable and $0.5 million of net income. The increase in accounts payable was due to timing of payments. The non-cash provision for uncollectible accounts receivable arose from the commencement of the recession in the United States generally, and particularly its effect on mortgage brokerages. These amounts were offset in part by a $0.5 million decrease in accrued liabilities due to timing of payments and a $0.5 million decrease in deferred revenues due to a reduction in prepaid maintenance revenues associated with licenses of our Encompass software.

Investing Activities

Our primary investing activities have consisted of purchases and sales of short-term investments and purchases of property and equipment, primarily computer equipment for the Ellie Mae Network, Encompass SaaS and CenterWise services.

Cash used in investing activities in 2009 was the result of $7.7 million of purchases of short-term investments and a $1.0 million loan to a customer, offset in part by $4.0 million from the sale of short-term investments.

Cash used in investing activities in 2008 was the result of purchases of $1.0 million of short-term investments, $0.6 million for the acquisition of property and equipment and $0.1 million to purchase certain assets related to document preparation from ODI.

 

53


Table of Contents

Cash used in investing activities in 2007 resulted from the purchase of $6.4 million of short-term investments and $4.6 million for the acquisition of property and equipment, offset in part by $8.0 million of cash from sales of short-term investments.

Financing Activities

Our financing activities have consisted primarily of payments on our capital lease obligations, offset in minor amounts by proceeds from the exercise of stock options by our employees and directors. Capital lease obligation payments were $0.3 million in 2009, $0.5 million in 2008 and $1.2 million in 2007.

Controls and Procedures

We have not performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting, such as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, nor have we engaged our independent registered public accounting firm to perform an audit of our internal control over financial reporting as of any balance sheet date or for any period reported in our financial statements. Had we performed such an evaluation or had our independent registered public accounting firm performed an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, control deficiencies, including material weaknesses and significant deficiencies, may have been identified.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks include primarily interest rate risks and inflation.

Interest Rate Fluctuation Risk

We do not have any long-term borrowings.

Our investments include cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, money market accounts, certificates of deposit and commercial paper. Short-term investments consist of U.S. government agency securities, commercial paper and certificates of deposit. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing income without significantly increasing risk. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our investments are exposed to market risk due to a fluctuation in interest rates, which may affect our interest income and the fair market value of our investments. Due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio, we do not believe a 10% increase in interest rates would have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio, and therefore we do not expect our operating results or cash flows to be materially affected to any degree by a sudden change in market interest rates.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2009 we did not have any off balance sheet arrangements.

 

54


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

We lease our office space in Pleasanton, California and other locations under various non-cancelable operating leases that expire between 2010 and 2015. We have no debt obligations. We have a $2.0 million line of credit for working capital, under which we have not incurred any obligations. This line of credit expires on March 31, 2011. We have capital lease obligations that expire in 2011. Finally, we have no material long-term purchase obligations outstanding with any vendors or third parties.

 

       Payments Due by Period
       Total      Less than
1 year
     1 – 3
years
     3 – 5
years
     More than
5 years
       (in thousands)

Contractual Obligations(1):

                        

Capital lease obligations

     $ 532      $ 416      $ 116      $      $      —

Operating lease obligations

       5,320        1,350        2,742        1,228       
                                            

Total

     $ 5,852      $ 1,766      $ 2,858      $ 1,228      $
                                            

 

(1) Excludes contingent performance-based payments payable to sellers in the following transactions:

 

  Ÿ  

In connection with our acquisition of ODI, we agreed to make three annual performance-based payments to ODI based on revenues generated by ODI’s legacy customers ordering legacy ODI services in excess of specified thresholds during the three years ending September 30, 2011. The earn-out payment for the first 12-month period was $171,000. We estimate that the remaining performance-based payments will be approximately $300,000.

 

  Ÿ  

In connection with our acquisition of Mavent, we agreed to make performance-based payments to the former Mavent stockholders based on a percentage of adjusted revenues for sales of Mavent products being sold as of the acquisition date in excess of a minimum amount for each of the three years ended December 31, 2012. We estimate that the aggregate amount of these performance-based payments will be approximately $150,000.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued an update to Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 810, Consolidation , which modifies how a company determines when an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be consolidated. The modification clarifies that the determination of whether a company is required to consolidate an entity is based on, among other things, an entity’s purpose and design and a company’s ability to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance. This modification to ASC 810 requires an ongoing reassessment of whether a company is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. It also requires additional disclosures about a company’s involvement in variable interest entities and any significant changes in risk exposure due to that involvement. This modification to ASC 810 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009 and is effective for us on January 1, 2010. We expect that this modification may have an impact on our financial position and results of operations in future periods, but the nature and magnitude of the specific effects will depend upon the nature, terms and size of the transactions that are consummated in the future.

In October 2009, the FASB issued an amendment to ASC 605-25, Multiple Element Arrangements , which modifies how a company separates consideration in multiple-delivery arrangements. The amendment establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable. The amendment also clarifies the allocation of revenue is based on entity-specific assumptions rather than assumptions of a marketplace participant. The amendment also eliminates the residual method of allocating revenue and requires the use the relative selling price method. This amendment to ASC 605-25 is effective for new revenue arrangements entered into or modified in fiscal

 

55


Table of Contents

years beginning after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this amendment is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In October 2009, the FASB issued an amendment to ASC 985-605, Software-Revenue Recognition , which modifies the accounting model for revenue arrangements that include both tangible products and software elements. This amendment to ASC 985-605 is effective for new revenue arrangements entered into or modified in fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. We do not currently sell products that include both tangible products and software elements, therefore this amendment is not expected to impact our consolidated financial statements.

 

56


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

The Company

We host one of the largest electronic mortgage origination networks in the United States. Our network and the technology-enabled solutions we provide help streamline and automate the mortgage origination process, increasing efficiency, facilitating regulatory compliance and reducing documentation errors for our network participants.

The Ellie Mae Network electronically connects approximately 55,000 mortgage professionals to the mortgage lenders, investors and service providers integral to the origination and funding of residential mortgages. In 2009, over 2.8 million residential mortgage applications were initiated over the Ellie Mae Network. We believe, based in part on industry volume data reported by the Mortgage Bankers Association, this represented approximately 20% of the total U.S. residential mortgage market.

For mortgage originators, we provide Encompass software, a comprehensive operating system that handles key business and management functions involved in running a mortgage origination business, and serves as a gateway to the Ellie Mae Network. Mortgage originators use Encompass as a single tool for loan processing, marketing, customer communication and to interact electronically with lenders, investors and service providers over the Ellie Mae Network. We also offer Encompass users a variety of additional services, including automated preparation of the disclosure and closing documents borrowers must sign to obtain a loan, electronic document management and websites used for customer relationship management. For the lenders, investors and service providers on our network, we provide electronic connectivity that allows them to do business with a significant percentage of the mortgage origination professionals in the United States.

Mortgage originators pay us licensing and recurring subscription fees or fees on a per closed loan basis for our Encompass software, and fees on a subscription or transaction basis for our additional services. Lenders and service providers participating in the Ellie Mae Network also pay us fees, generally on a per transaction basis, for business received from Encompass users. In 2009, we had revenues of $37.7 million and net income of $1.7 million.

Mortgage Industry Overview

Overview of Mortgage Origination Market

In each of the past ten years, more than eight million new residential mortgages, totaling at least $1.0 trillion, have been funded in the United States. 8 At the end of 2009, approximately 250,000 mortgage professionals were engaged in originating residential mortgages. 9 Mortgage originators advise borrowers, process loan files and collect and verify the property and borrower data upon which lending decisions are based. Mortgage originators generally fall into three main categories:

 

  Ÿ  

Mega Lenders . There are approximately 20 “mega lenders.” Mega lenders typically are large commercial banks that have both a retail channel in which they work directly with borrowers to originate loans and a wholesale channel in which they buy loans originated by other mortgage originators, such as mortgage banks, smaller lenders, credit unions and mortgage brokerages. These mega lenders include Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., Bank of America, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and PHH Mortgage Corporation.

 

 

8 Mortgage Bankers Association, U.S. Residential Originations from 1997 to 2010 ; Federal Housing Finance Agency, Combined Datasets Average Loan Size:    2009Q4.
9 Bureau of Labor and Statistics, Mortgage Employment Statistics, January 2009.

 

57


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Mortgage Lenders . There are approximately 7,500 other mortgage lenders, such as mortgage banks, smaller commercial banks, thrifts and credit unions. Mortgage lenders source and fund loans and generally sell most of these funded loans to mega lenders or other investors.

 

  Ÿ  

Mortgage Brokerages . There are approximately 15,000 mortgage brokerages, which are independent sales companies originating loans for multiple mortgage lenders. Mortgage brokerages process and submit loan files to a mortgage lender or mega lender that funds the loan.

In 2009, 48% of mortgages originated nationwide were funded directly through the retail channels of the mega lenders and the remaining 52% were funded through other mortgage lenders and brokerages. 10

The Mortgage Origination Process

Originating a residential mortgage involves multiple parties and requires a complex series of data-laden transactions that must be handled accurately under tight time constraints. By the time a mortgage has been funded, the typical loan package contains over one thousand pages of documents that come from over a dozen different entities, usually operating on disparate technology systems and databases. Traditionally, much of the data used to prepare these documents has been gathered manually, rather than electronically, with documents exchanged among the many participants by facsimile, courier or mail. The entire process results in significant duplicative efforts, time delays, errors, costs and redundant paper documentation, and often exposes borrower data to privacy and security breaches.

The following diagram of the mortgage origination process provides a framework for understanding the complexity and inefficiency of the process, and the need for automated solutions.

LOGO

 

10 Inside Mortgage Finance , Correspondent Production Continued Strong Run in 2009; Broker Market Hit New Low , February 26, 2010.

 

58


Table of Contents

In addition to the challenges involved in processing loans, mortgage originators must address basic business needs, including marketing, sales, product fulfillment, customer support, reporting, regulatory compliance and general management functions. Historically, most mortgage originators have operated their businesses using separate task-specific software applications that were interconnected, if at all, through customized integrations. This often resulted in constraints on effective collaboration among operating departments, limited ability to monitor the business comprehensively, increased risk of error due to inconsistent data, inadequate security and control over the process, and expensive technical integration and maintenance costs.

It is estimated that electronic processing of mortgages would reduce origination costs by approximately $700 per loan. 11 In 2009, fewer than 1% of residential mortgage originations were processed completely electronically. 12

Recent Mortgage Industry Trends and Developments

The mortgage industry has undergone significant changes since 2007, largely in response to the hundreds of billions of dollars of loan defaults and massive losses suffered by lenders and investors. The underlying causes of the loan defaults and losses included the widespread availability, for several years prior to 2007, of high-risk mortgage loans made to unqualified borrowers, significantly reduced underwriting and documentation requirements, and overall lack of controls over the mortgage origination process. The losses incurred have led to four major trends that have significantly impacted the residential mortgage industry.

Increased Regulation

Many regulatory reforms have been introduced or proposed to assure meaningful disclosures by lenders to borrowers, increased transparency and objectivity of settlement services and greater accountability of lenders and mortgage originators, including:

 

  Ÿ  

material changes to Regulation X of the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act of 1974, as amended, or RESPA, by the Department of Housing and Urban Development, or HUD, effective January 1, 2010, which requires enhanced disclosure to protect borrowers in the mortgage process;

 

  Ÿ  

changes to the Truth in Lending Act of 1968, as amended, or TILA, and the Mortgage Disclosure Improvement Act of 2008, as amended, or MDIA, which are intended to increase consumer protection and expand disclosure requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

the Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008, as amended, or SAFE, designed to require licensing and tracking of mortgage originators; and

 

  Ÿ  

the proposed adoption of the Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2009, which is in part designed to prevent predatory lending practices and other borrower abuses.

These regulatory reforms further complicate the process and increase the amount of documentation required to originate and fund residential mortgages.

Increased Quality Standards Imposed by Lenders and Investors

Lenders and investors have eliminated almost all high-risk loan product offerings and have significantly tightened underwriting and processing requirements. Consistent with these tightened standards, lenders and investors are demanding increased levels of documentation of the data upon which a lending decision will be based, an increased use of third-party services to obtain unbiased and independent verification of borrowers’ creditworthiness, greater proof of the adequacy of the collateral

 

11 Mortgage Bankers Association, MISMO—A “Time and Motion” Study , October 2004.
12 National Mortgage News, 5% Share for E-Mortgages? Next Year. Or Maybe 2011 , May 21, 2009.

 

59


Table of Contents

securing mortgages and strict compliance with regulatory requirements. This trend further complicates the process by increasing the amount of documentation and number of services required to originate and fund residential mortgages.

Greater Focus on Operational Efficiencies

The reduced volume of mortgages, and elimination of high profit, high risk loans, is encouraging mortgage originators to increase their efficiency and reduce fixed expenses. This has led mortgage originators to explore technology solutions to automate their business processes as well as methods to avoid or reduce expenses that are not tied to revenue generating activities.

Market Shift from Mortgage Brokerages to Mortgage Lenders

Investors increasingly prefer acquiring loans from mortgage lenders that actually fund the underlying loan and retain financial risk for non-performing loans. As a result, mortgage origination volume has shifted significantly from mortgage brokerages to mortgage banks, commercial banks, thrifts and credit unions. These mortgage lenders generally require software with greater functionality to meet their business needs and typically order more settlement and other services in the process of funding loans.

The Ellie Mae Solution

Our technology-enabled solutions help streamline and automate the mortgage origination process, increasing efficiency, facilitating regulatory compliance and reducing documentation errors for all Ellie Mae Network participants.

For mortgage originators:

 

  Ÿ  

Encompass software provides mortgage originators with a core business operating system, streamlining and enhancing business-critical functions, including customer acquisition, loan processing, task management, communication with borrowers and other mortgage origination participants, reporting, regulatory compliance and general business management. Encompass software also provides the ability to collaborate effectively between departments and monitor the business comprehensively, all within a secure environment.

 

  Ÿ  

The Encompass services we offer our Encompass users include disclosure and closing document preparation, electronic document management, automated verification of regulatory compliance and borrower-facing websites enabling them to market to and support their customers.

 

  Ÿ  

The Ellie Mae Network enables Encompass users to submit loan data and entire files electronically and securely to lenders and electronically order and receive settlement services necessary to originate a loan.

For lenders, investors and service providers:

 

  Ÿ  

The Ellie Mae Network provides greater and more cost-effective electronic access to a significant percentage of mortgage origination professionals, increasing their revenue opportunities and lowering their marketing and loan aggregation costs.

 

  Ÿ  

Lenders, investors and service providers can seamlessly receive data directly from mortgage originators, reducing redundant data entries and errors and lowering loan-fulfillment and customer support costs.

 

60


Table of Contents

For lenders and service providers subscribing to our Ellie Mae Network Plus offerings:

 

  Ÿ  

The Ellie Mae Network facilitates targeted marketing by lenders, investors and service providers and allows them to set specific criteria to identify the loans for which they wish to provide funding or their settlement services, thereby significantly reducing traditional sales and marketing costs and potentially increasing market penetration for existing participants as well as new entrants.

 

  Ÿ  

Lenders can also use the Ellie Mae Network to ensure that they only receive loan applications that meet their specific loan quality and compliance standards.

We market our Encompass software to mortgage lenders and mortgage brokerages rather than to mega lenders. However, the wholesale divisions of many mega lenders participate in the Ellie Mae Network to interact electronically with Encompass users and fund or purchase loans processed by mortgage originators.

Our Strategy

Our mission is to be the industry standard electronic network for domestic residential mortgage originations. Key elements of our strategy include:

Increase the number of participants on the Ellie Mae Network .    According to Metcalfe’s law, as the number of participants in a network grows, the benefit to all its participants increases. We intend to increase the number of Ellie Mae Network participants by continuing to enhance the features and functionality of our Encompass software for mortgage originators and by educating lenders and service providers of the benefits of automated origination and network participation.

Increase monetization of the Ellie Mae Network.     We intend to increase revenues derived from the Ellie Mae Network by focusing on three strategies:

Expand the use of settlement services on the Ellie Mae Network .    The Ellie Mae Network provides mortgage originators with electronic access to many of the lenders and most of the service providers with which they need to interact in order to process and fund loans. Currently our Encompass users employ the Ellie Mae Network to handle on average three transactions per loan file, typically including electronic ordering of credit reports and accessing the automatic underwriting systems of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Electronic interaction is less frequent with other service providers, such as appraisers, title and flood reporting companies and other data verification services. We believe limited use is in part due to the fact that providers of other settlement services do not provide electronic solutions that are superior to traditional processes. We intend to encourage providers of settlement services, such as title reports and appraisals, to deliver these services electronically through the Ellie Mae Network.

Sell additional products and services to Encompass users .    We intend to encourage more mortgage originators in the Ellie Mae Network to use the Encompass services we currently offer, such as document preparation, electronic document management, compliance services and website hosting. We also intend to develop additional products and services to sell to our Encompass users.

Sell Ellie Mae Network Plus offerings to lenders and service providers.     We intend to continue to add functionality and electronic and real-time marketing services to the Ellie Mae Network so that lenders and service providers can more effectively market to, and do business with, mortgage originators. For example, we recently introduced our Ellie Mae Network Plus offerings, which provides targeted marketing for lenders and service providers, allowing them to set specific criteria for the loans or settlement services they wish to offer mortgage originators, thereby significantly reducing their sales and marketing costs. Lenders can populate mortgage originators’ Encompass software with specific compliance, underwriting and documentation

 

61


Table of Contents

requirements for loans prior to delivery in order to screen loans based on quality and regulatory compliance. We charge premium fees for these Ellie Mae Network Plus offerings.

Acquire complementary businesses.     Our industry is highly fragmented and we believe there are strategic opportunities available that will complement and increase the attractiveness of our Encompass software offerings. For example, in December 2009 we acquired Mavent Holdings Inc. to increase the regulatory compliance functionality of our Encompass software. We intend to continue pursuing additional strategic acquisitions.

Products and Services

The Ellie Mae Network

The Ellie Mae Network enables mortgage originators to choose from, and connect to, a broad array of lenders and service providers essential to the processing and funding of loans. Key functions of the Ellie Mae Network are:

 

  Ÿ  

Mortgage originators can electronically and securely submit loan files to lenders in order to underwrite, price and lock rates for individual loans.

 

  Ÿ  

Mortgage originators can electronically order settlement services, including credit, title, appraisal, flood, compliance, mortgage insurance, fraud detection and other reports.

 

  Ÿ  

Lenders and settlement service providers can gain instant electronic access to a large number of mortgage originators, potentially increasing their revenue opportunities and lowering their marketing, loan processing and customer support costs.

Lenders and service providers enter into contracts with us that allow their proprietary operating systems to interoperate with the Ellie Mae Network. Lenders and service providers generally pay us fees on a per transaction basis when the mortgage originator orders these services through the Ellie Mae Network. The table below describes some of the services that mortgage originators may order during the mortgage origination process.

 

Type

  

Description

Credit Report

   A report verifying a loan applicant’s credit standing to predict statistically how likely the applicant is to repay future debts.

Product Eligibility and Pricing Engine

  

A service that allows a mortgage originator to compare loans offered by different lenders and investors to determine the best product and price available to a particular borrower.

Automated Underwriting

   A service provided by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac that analyzes and determines whether a loan meets the requirements for eventual acquisition by them.

Data Transmission to and from Lenders and Investors

  

Mortgage originators transmit data for loan underwriting, pricing and registration prior to delivery of loan package to the lender.

Appraisal Report

   An estimate of value of the property securing the mortgage conducted by a licensed appraiser and used by the lender to determine whether the loan is adequately collateralized.

Title Report; Insurance

   A report ordered on the property to examine public records to ensure that no one except the seller or borrower has a valid claim on the property and to disclose past and current facts regarding ownership of and liens on the property; title insurance protects the insured against any loss caused by defect of title to the property.

 

62


Table of Contents

Type

  

Description

Flood Certification

   A report that determines whether the property is located in a flood hazard area based on federal flood regulations and whether the lender or investor will require flood insurance on the property.

Compliance Review

   A service that automatically reviews a loan file to confirm whether a loan complies with federal, state and local regulations.

Fraud Detection

   A service that searches through a number of data fields on a loan application, identifies inaccurate or inconsistent data or suspicious circumstances and delivers a fraud filter score report.

Document Preparation

   A service that automates the process of preparing the legal documents required for closing a loan.

Mortgage Insurance

   Insurance that protects mortgage lenders against loss in the event of default by the borrower, which can allow lenders to make loans with lower down payments from borrowers.

Income, Identity and Employment Verifications

  

Services that automate the verification of each of a borrower’s income, identity and employment through a variety of sources, including the Internal Revenue Service, Social Security Administration and other third parties.

Ellie Mae Network Plus

We recently introduced our Ellie Mae Network Plus offerings for subscribing lenders and service providers. Ellie Mae Network Plus includes electronic and real-time marketing and quality enforcement services that optimize business interactions with mortgage originators. Ellie Mae Network Plus offers a real time aggregate view of all the mortgage applications on the Ellie Mae Network enabling lenders and service providers to make informed decisions about the types of loans they want to target. Ellie Mae Network Plus then allows the lender or service provider to set specific criteria for identifying targeted loans and, when a loan application being processed matches the criteria, a targeted offer will automatically appear on the mortgage originator’s computer screen. For example, lenders and service providers can set specific criteria for loans they desire, such as loan size, loan-to-value ratio, borrower credit score and property location. Finally, Ellie Mae Network Plus allows the lender or service provider to define and enforce specific compliance, processing, underwriting and documentation requirements prior to loan delivery.

Ellie Mae Network Plus can significantly reduce distribution, technology and sales force costs by replacing many traditional sales and back office activities. This allows new entrants to compete with lenders and service providers that have larger infrastructures and marketing resources and allows larger lenders and service providers to market more cost effectively. We charge premium fees for these services.

Encompass Software

Encompass is our proprietary software product that combines loan origination, business management and customer relationship management software for mortgage originators, and also provides seamless access to the lenders and service providers on the Ellie Mae Network. The Encompass software platform helps users structure and streamline their mortgage origination process and facilitates collaboration among internal departments of a mortgage origination company. It creates efficiency in gathering, reviewing and verifying mortgage related data and in producing accurate documentation. It also enables enforcement of rules and business practices designed to ensure loan quality, adherence to processing standards and regulatory compliance. The core architecture of Encompass uses a single database that is accessible to all participants throughout the mortgage origination process.

 

63


Table of Contents

We offer two versions of Encompass, Broker Edition and Banker Edition. Encompass Broker Edition is marketed to mortgage brokerages and as an entry-level product to mortgage lenders. Encompass Banker Edition is marketed to mortgage lenders and provides additional functionality, including underwriting, secondary marketing, closing, funding and interim servicing tools. Both versions of Encompass provide the following features and benefits:

 

Feature

 

Benefits

Customer Acquisition and Relationship Management

 

•   Sales and marketing tools to help acquire and grow new business, and pre-qualify prospective borrowers.

 

•   Integration to a custom branded website to help attract new borrowers and create new loans through an online application that flows directly into the Encompass loan pipeline.

 

•   Automatic lead follow-up and customer retention through campaign management capabilities that allow design and execution of multi-step marketing campaigns.

 

•   Pre-qualification tools to start loan applications, access integrated pricing engines and easily find appropriate loan products and prices for a borrower.

 

•   Automatic status updates posted to a branded website to keep customers and their real estate and other designated agents informed throughout the loan process.

Processing

 

•   Configurable pipeline, forms, and workflow enable faster loan processing, reduced errors, and more efficient business operations.

 

•   “Alert” management allows focus on urgent and relevant issues.

 

•   Collaboration tools help keep everyone informed and reduce need to manually update other employees, partners and borrowers.

 

•   Seamless access to electronic document management, or EDM, helps simplify document handling and increases data security.

Risk Management and Business Reporting

 

•   Centralization of all business data and electronic images.

 

•   Built-in rules and safeguards to set and help enforce business practices.

 

•   Management dashboard highlighting key performance indicators.

 

•   Predefined reports provide out-of-the-box intelligence and can be modified with a custom report writer.

Connectivity, Personalization and Integration

 

•   Seamless and secure connections to thousands of service providers and lenders on the Ellie Mae Network.

 

•   Workflow management to define customer-specific business processes.

 

•   User-defined experience through a personalized Homepage.

 

•   Integration with third-party applications through a software development kit to leverage existing technology investments.

 

64


Table of Contents

The following additional features and benefits, tailored to the specific needs of mortgage lenders, are available on Encompass Banker Edition:

 

Feature

  

Benefits

Underwriting

  

•   Collaboration with all origination team members to respond effectively to underwriting requests and track underwriting conditions.

 

•   Communicate loan conditions, request and receive mortgage documents and track conditions and documents in a single system.

 

•   Access electronic copies of borrower documents within the loan file and compare them with actual loan data to reduce risk of data inconsistencies.

Secondary Marketing and Trade Management

  

•   Manage lock requests and accurately track buy-side and sell-side pricing.

 

•   Allocate loans that qualify for trades, track progress and capture key trade details.

 

•   Alerts provide notification of deadlines to help avoid late-delivery fees.

Closing and Funding

  

•   Enter closing data, perform audits and order closing documents all within a single loan file.

 

•   Closing data automatically populates funding worksheets, helping to reduce errors and enable faster funding.

Post-Closing, Shipping and Delivery

  

•   Comprehensive tracking, fulfillment and shipping of loan package.

 

•   Tools to manage interim servicing before selling loans to investors.

Advanced Customization and Business Rule Management

  


•   Enterprise-level functionality for higher level security, more granular control of processes and flexible customization of the software.

 

•   Comprehensive control over workflow, business rules, processes and user groups.

Mortgage originators can license Encompass software for an initial fee as a perpetual license with annual maintenance fees or subscribe to Encompass Anywhere, our software as a service version. Mortgage originators subscribing to Encompass Anywhere pay monthly per user subscription fees or fees on a per closed loan basis, either separately or as a bundled package, with monthly minimums.

 

65


Table of Contents

Encompass Services

Our Encompass services include Encompass Closer, CenterWise and the Encompass Compliance Service, which are offered either as separate services or bundled in various combinations with our Encompass software, in each case on a subscription or per loan basis.

Encompass Closer

Encompass Closer is a document preparation solution that electronically generates the dozens of documents that the borrower must receive and sign prior to the funding of a loan. Unlike other third-party document preparation services, mortgage originators using Encompass Closer do not have to move loan data from their loan origination system to a separate closing system of an outside vendor. As a result, Encompass Closer accelerates the closing process, eliminates re-typing of data and reduces errors in the loan package. We also provide document preparation services to a number of legacy accounts of ODI that do not use Encompass software.

CenterWise

CenterWise is a bundled offering of Electronic Document Management, or EDM, and Encompass Webcenters.

Electronic Document Management .    EDM gives Encompass users the ability to create virtual loan folders, or eFolders, which contain all of the documents involved in the loan process. These include documents generated with the Encompass software, documents received electronically and paper documents that are digitized using fax, document recognition and scanner technology. With EDM, Encompass users can receive, store, manage and deliver any documents electronically and securely to borrowers, real estate agents, builders, lenders and settlement service providers. Once a loan is funded, the eFolder is stored on Ellie Mae servers for long-term storage and compliance.

Encompass WebCenter .    Our Encompass WebCenter uses a website to facilitate the interaction of Encompass users with borrowers, allowing prospective borrowers to initiate loan applications online. If an application is initiated online, it is automatically fed into the mortgage originator’s Encompass loan processing pipeline. Encompass WebCenter allows borrowers and mortgage originators to electronically sign and transmit required disclosures and other loan documentation. It also provides borrowers and their real estate agents real-time 24/7 loan status updates.

Encompass Compliance Service

Our Encompass Compliance Service, powered by Mavent analyzes mortgage loan data for compliance with consumer protection laws and institutionally mandated compliance policies. Encompass Compliance Service can, in seconds, check loan data multiple times during processing, underwriting, closing or funding a loan. Encompass Compliance Service is integrated with Encompass software but can be used with other loan origination software as well under the Mavent brand. It is also used by Fannie Mae and several mega lenders.

Sales, Marketing and Customer Support

Our sales force consists of 21 employees who are deployed in our Major Accounts Group and the Inside Sales Group. The Major Accounts Group maintains relationships with our largest 1,000 customers and identifies new potential Encompass Banker Edition and large brokerage customers. The Inside Sales Group focuses primarily on relationships with smaller mortgage brokerages.

To build brand awareness and generate sales leads, we conduct direct marketing campaigns, web-based workshops, public relations campaigns and media advertising. We also attend and sponsor many mortgage and banking industry conferences.

 

66


Table of Contents

We have a staff of 22 customer support representatives who offer live and online technical support. We have also established a variety of training programs for our customers, including in-field seminars for large groups of customers, live or recorded on-line webinars to assist customers in conducting a mortgage business in general and in using our products in particular, and in-product and on-demand training videos.

Technology

Our technology infrastructure supports the Ellie Mae Network and all of our products and services.

Data Centers and Network Access

Our primary data centers are hosted by a leading SAS-70 Type II certified provider of hosting services in Santa Clara, California and Chicago, Illinois. All applications provided by Ellie Mae will run actively in either of these two sites at any time.

The data centers host all of the Ellie Mae Network Services and SaaS versions of our Encompass software. The data centers are designed with fault tolerance protection for all layers of the platform and infrastructure, including routers, switches, load balancers and firewalls, as well as the web and application services and backend database connections. In the event of a complete site failure, such as may occur in the event of a regional natural disaster, all of the services in a site can be redirected to the other site as a part of our disaster recovery strategy.

Our infrastructure is designed to scale substantially to accommodate foreseeable growth in the number of participants and transaction volume on the Ellie Mae Network.

Network Security

All information processed by our servers is encrypted, password protected and stored on secure servers. Customers transmit data to our servers though a 128-bit SSL encryption channel protecting the data against third party disclosure in transit. All of our servers are protected from Internet intruders by industry standard hardened firewalls, intrusion detection and prevention systems and access control lists as well as other methods. All security services are monitored and maintained by our staff as well as IBM/ISS on a regular basis. We employ industry standard, centrally controlled anti-virus packages and intrusion prevention systems that are monitored and updated on a continual basis.

Research and Development

With 54 dedicated software engineers and support staff in our research and development group, we devote substantial resources to enhance the features and functionality of our product and service offerings. Our research and development expenses totaled $7.1 million, $6.9 million and $7.9 million in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

Intellectual Property

Our success depends in large part on our proprietary products and technology for which we seek protection from a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and other agreements with employees and third parties. We require our officers, employees and consultants to enter into standard agreements containing provisions requiring confidentiality of proprietary information and assignment to us of all inventions made during the course of their employment or consulting relationship. We also enter into nondisclosure agreements with our commercial counterparties and limit access to, and distribution of, our confidential information.

 

67


Table of Contents

We are committed to developing and protecting our intellectual property and, where appropriate, file patent applications to protect our technology. As of December 31, 2009, we held three U.S. patents, and we currently have several patent applications pending in the United States. The term of any issued patent in the United States is 20 years from its filing date and if our applications are pending for a long time period, we may have a correspondingly shorter term for any patent that may issue. Our present and future patents may provide only limited protection for our technology and may not be sufficient to provide competitive advantages to us. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that any patents will be issued to us as a result of our patent applications.

We hold a number of registered and unregistered trademarks, service names and domain names that are used in our business in the United States.

Competition

The mortgage origination software market is highly competitive. There are many software providers catering to mortgage brokerages and mortgage lenders. Our current principal software competitors include Calyx Technology, Inc., Byte Software Inc., Del Mar DataTrac, Inc., ISGN Solutions Inc., PCLender.com, Avista Solutions, Inc., Mortgage Builder Software, Inc., OpenClose Mortgage Software and Harland Financial Solutions. Some of these software providers, including Calyx Technology, Inc., also provide connectivity between their software users to lenders and service providers.

Competition with Software Providers

We compete against software providers based on our ability to provide:

 

  Ÿ  

a comprehensive software solution that provides all business-critical functions including customer acquisition, loan processing, task management, communication with borrowers and other mortgage origination participants, reporting, regulatory compliance and general business management;

 

  Ÿ  

solutions that create efficiencies in gathering, reviewing and verifying mortgage related data and producing accurate documentation;

 

  Ÿ  

customizable business rules to automate processes, drive accountability and enforce business practices that help assure loan quality and regulatory compliance;

 

  Ÿ  

a single database to reduce data errors and facilitate collaboration among departments within a mortgage origination company and comprehensive monitoring of the business of the entire enterprise;

 

  Ÿ  

an integrated network to submit loan files electronically and securely to lenders and electronically order all of the services necessary to originate a loan; and

 

  Ÿ  

security, reliability, and data protection.

Competition with Service Providers

We only offer our Encompass services to Encompass users. There are many other service providers that also offer our Encompass users competing services, including:

Borrower-facing Websites .    We compete against providers of borrower-facing websites for mortgage originators, including MGIC Investment Corporation, Mortgagebot, Vlender and a la mode inc.

 

68


Table of Contents

Document Preparation Services .    We compete against document preparation service providers, including DocMagic Inc., MRG, DigitalDocs, ProClose, Guardian Mortgage Documents, Wolters Kluwer Financial Services and DocuTech Corporation.

Compliance Service Providers .    We compete against compliance software service providers, including LogicEase Solutions Inc., Wolters Kluwer Financial Services and Interthinx, Inc.

Electronic Document Management.     We compete against electronic document management providers, including Xerox Mortgage Services, Inc., VirPack Corporation, SigniaDocs, Inc. and Encomia, LLC.

We compete against these providers not only based on the quality of the service we offer, but also on integration of each specific service provided within the overall workflow of Encompass. This enhances mortgage originators’ control over the mortgage origination process and reduces errors and costs through the seamless exchange of data across applications and services.

Competition Regarding the Ellie Mae Network

The Ellie Mae Network is only available to mortgage originators using Encompass software. The principal competition to the use of the Ellie Mae Network remains traditional methods of exchanging data and documents among mortgage industry participants by e-mail, facsimile, phone, courier and mail. In addition, competition comes from mortgage originators using a standalone web browser to go individually to each investor, lender, or service provider’s website and then manually upload loan data or enter information into the website. Mortgage originators may continue to use these methods due to habit, personal business relationships or for other reasons, despite the disadvantages of duplicative efforts, time delays, errors and costs, redundant paper documentation, and potential privacy and security breaches.

Lenders and service providers, including those who participate on the Ellie Mae Network can and do connect with mortgage originators that are not Encompass users in a variety of ways, including through other networks between mortgage originators and lenders and service providers such as MGIC Investment Corporation and RealEC Technologies, Inc.

We compete with respect to the Ellie Mae Network based on offering mortgage originators accessibility to a critical mass of investors, lenders and service providers and enabling mortgage originators to transact all aspects of the mortgage origination process over the network. In addition, we compete as to the Ellie Mae Network by providing investors, lenders and service providers with greater access to the mortgage origination community, which enables them to increase their revenue opportunity and lower the cost of marketing and customer support.

We believe we generally compete favorably with our competitors, however, many of our actual and potential competitors enjoy substantial competitive advantages over us, such as longer operating histories and significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources.

Government Regulation

The U.S. mortgage industry is heavily regulated. Mortgage originators, lenders, investors and service providers with which we do business are subject to federal, state and local laws that regulate and restrict the manner in which they operate in the residential mortgage industry, including RESPA, TILA, MDIA and SAFE. Although currently we are not directly subject to these laws and regulations, changes to these laws and regulations could broaden the scope of parties or activities subject to regulation and require us to comply with their restrictions, and new products and services developed by us may be subject to, or have to reflect, these laws or regulations.

 

69


Table of Contents

In addition, we are subject to general business laws and regulations, as well as laws and regulations specifically governing the Internet, such as laws and regulations covering taxation, tariffs, user privacy, data protection, pricing, content, copyrights, distribution, electronic contracts and other communications, consumer protection, broadband residential Internet access and the characteristics and quality of services.

Employees

As of December 31, 2009, we had 176 full-time employees, including 87 in sales and marketing, 68 in research and development and technology and 21 in general and administrative functions. None of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in Pleasanton, California, in a 43,000 square-foot facility, under a sublease expiring on April 29, 2015. We also have field-based staff operating in several areas around the country, primarily based in Irvine, California and Calabasas, California.

Legal Proceedings

On August 28, 2009, DocMagic Inc., or DocMagic, filed a lawsuit against Ellie Mae, Inc. in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California ( DocMagic, Inc. v. Ellie Mae, Inc ., Case No. 3:09-CV-4017), which we refer to in this prospectus as the Federal Action, alleging that we had engaged in monopolization and/or attempted monopolization of an alleged product market composed of “internet portal[s] providing electronic linkages for mortgage loan closing document preparation services”, and alleging liability for related state court claims for intentional interference with contractual relationship, interference with prospective economic advantage and unfair competition. In the Federal Action, DocMagic alleges that our conduct constitutes a violation of U.S. and California antitrust laws and seeks (i) injunctive relief enjoining us from engaging in conduct that monopolizes or attempts to monopolize the alleged product market, (ii) monetary damages in an unspecified amount, (iii) punitive damages, and (iv) attorneys’ fees and costs of suit.

On October 6, 2009, we filed our answer and counterclaim, denying all material allegations of the Complaint and seeking affirmative relief based on claims against DocMagic for copyright infringement, violation of the federal Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, and for state law claims for breach of contract, inducing our customers to breach certain contracts with us and unfair competition. On April 26, 2010, we filed an amended counterclaim which realleged claims previously filed by us in the state court action (described below) and alleging an additional claim for violation of California’s Comprehensive Computer Data Access and Fraud Act.

On the same day that it filed the Federal Action, DocMagic filed a lawsuit against us in the Superior Court of California for the City and County of San Francisco ( DocMagic, Inc. v. Ellie Mae, Inc ., Case No. CGC-09-491986), which we refer to in this prospectus as the State Action, alleging breach of contract between the parties and unfair competition. DocMagic’s claims arise from the our alleged use of unspecified proprietary information in connection with bringing to market our closing document preparation solution, Encompass Closer, in 2009. In the State Action, DocMagic sought injunctive relief in the form of the return of DocMagic’s alleged “proprietary information” and an injunction against the continued manufacture, sale and/or distribution of Encompass Closer, and for attorneys’ fees and costs of suit. On December 7, 2009, we filed our answer, denying all material allegations of the complaint, and filed our cross-complaint against DocMagic for breach of contract, intentional interference with contractual relationship, intentional interference with prospective economic advantage and unfair competition. On April 9, 2010, the State Action was dismissed without prejudice pursuant to an

 

70


Table of Contents

agreement between the parties, in order that the parties could re-file their state law claims in the Federal Action. We expect that DocMagic will re-file its state law claims in the Federal Action and that all claims between the parties will be resolved in the Federal Action.

On July 27, 2009, James Van Law filed a lawsuit against us, one of our employees and several other defendants in U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut, alleging breach of contract, tortious interference with business relationship, unfair trade practices and defamation and seeking monetary damages, costs and interest. On November 4, 2009, the court approved a voluntary dismissal of our employee from the case. We have denied the substantive allegations in subsequent court filings and plan to defend these claims vigorously.

Although we believe that we have substantial and meritorious defenses in each of these cases, neither the outcomes of the litigation nor the amount and range of potential damages associated with the litigation can be assessed with certainty.

We are also subject to various other legal proceedings and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. Although occasional adverse decisions or settlements may occur, management believes that the final disposition of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

71


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of April 30, 2010:

 

Name

   Age   

Position(s)

Sigmund Anderman

   68    President and Chief Executive Officer, Director

Jonathan H. Corr

   43    EVP, Business Development & Product Strategy, Chief Strategy Officer

Limin Hu

   48    EVP, Technology & Operations, Chief Technology Officer

Joseph H. Langner

   46    EVP, Sales & Client Implementation, Chief Sales Officer

Edgar A. Luce

   58    EVP, Finance & Administration, Chief Financial Officer

Elisa Lee

   35    Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Carl Buccellato(2)

   67    Director

Craig Davis(2)(3)

   58    Director

A. Barr Dolan(2)

   60    Director

Alan S. Henricks(1)

   59    Director

Jerald L. Hoerauf

   60    Director

Robert Levin(1)(3)

   54    Director

Bernard M. Notas(1)(2)

   59    Director

Frank Schultz(3)

   71    Director

 

(1) Member of the audit committee
(2) Member of the compensation committee
(3) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee

Executive Officers

Sigmund Anderman , one of our co-founders, has served as our chief executive officer and as a member of our board of directors since the inception of the company in August 1997. Mr. Anderman co-founded American Home Shield Corporation, a home warranty company, in 1973, and served as its general counsel until 1979 and as its president from 1979 to 1981. Mr. Anderman founded CompuFund, Inc., a computerized mortgage banking company, in 1981 and served as its chief executive officer until 1990. Mr. Anderman founded Inspectech Corporation, a computerized home inspection company in 1991 and served as its chief executive officer until 1998. Mr. Anderman holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Education from City University of New York and a Juris Doctor from New York University. Our board of directors has concluded that Mr. Anderman should serve on the board based on his extensive knowledge of our company gained from his positions as one of our founders and chief executive officer.

Jonathan H. Corr has served as our executive vice president and chief strategy officer since August 2005. Mr. Corr served as our senior vice president of product management from October 2002 to August 2005. Prior to joining us, from October 2001 to August 2002, Mr. Corr served as vice president product strategy at PeopleSoft, Inc. From May 1998 to August 2001, Mr. Corr served in various positions at Kana/Broadbase Software/Rubric, a number of software companies that combined through acquisition, most recently as vice president of product management. From July 1997 to May, 1998, Mr. Corr served as senior product manager of Netscape Communications Corporation. Mr. Corr holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering from Columbia University and a Master of Business Administration degree from Stanford University.

Limin Hu , one of our co-founders, has served as our chief technology officer since the inception of the company in August 1997. From January 1996 to August 1997, Mr. Hu served as chief executive officer and president of Hugo Technologies, Inc., a technology consulting firm. From December 1994 to

 

72


Table of Contents

January 1996, he served as vice president and general manager of Teknekron Systems LLC, a software and business development company, and from March 1994 to December 1994, Mr. Hu was Director of Systems Technology at Teknekron Corporation, a software company. From December 1990 to March 1994, Mr. Hu held various research positions at IBM Research Center. Mr. Hu holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from National Taiwan University and a Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science from the University of California at Berkeley.

Joseph H. Langner has served as our executive vice president and chief sales officer since November 2009. Mr. Langner previously served as our chief operating officer from August 2005 to November 2009 and as our vice president, sales and marketing from December 2002 to August 2005. From April 1986 to June 2002, Mr. Langner held various executive positions with The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, a credit reporting agency, most recently as senior vice president and general manager, small business solutions division. Mr. Langner holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Genetics from the University of California at Davis.

Edgar A. Luce has served as our chief financial officer since July 2005. From November 2004 to July 2005, Mr. Luce served as our acting chief financial officer. From January 2001 to April 2004, Mr. Luce served as chief financial officer for Sanarus Medical, Inc., a medical device company. From March 2000 to January 2001, he was chief financial officer, secretary, and treasurer at ComView Corporation, a cardiology imaging software company. From February 1997 to March 2000, Mr. Luce was chief financial officer at Biex, Inc., a healthcare company, and from August 1991 to February 1997, he served as vice president, finance & administration and corporate secretary for Penederm Inc., a public dermatology products company. Mr. Luce holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from Stanford University and a Master of Business Administration degree in Finance from the University of California at Los Angeles.

Elisa Lee has served as our vice president, general counsel and secretary since November 2009. Prior to joining us, from March 2008 to November 2009, Ms. Lee served as senior counsel of The Cooper Companies, Inc., a specialty medical products company, and served in various positions at CooperVision, Inc., a subsidiary of The Cooper Companies, Inc., most recently as assistant general counsel. From 2000 to February 2008, Ms. Lee was an attorney at Latham & Watkins LLP. Ms. Lee holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Political Science from the University of California at Berkeley and a Juris Doctor from New York University.

Board of Directors

Carl Buccellato has served on our board of directors since December 1997. From May 2008 to the present, Mr. Buccellato has served as chief executive officer and a director of Savings Street LLC, an e-commerce company. From 1996 to May 2008, Mr. Buccellato was a private investor and, from June 2000 to May 2002, he served as a consultant to Ultrastrip Technologies, currently known as Echosphere Technologies, an engineering, technology development and manufacturing company. Mr. Buccellato was a co-founder of Homeowners Group, Inc., a real estate services company, and served as its president and chief executive officer from 1982 to 1996. Mr. Buccellato is a member of the board of directors of Landstar System Inc., a provider of integrated supply chain solutions, and Senergy SNRG, a global waste recycling and de-vulcanization technology company. Mr. Buccellato has also served on a variety of industry boards, including the President’s Advisory Council on Real Estate and the Real Estate Buyers Council. Mr. Buccellato holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from the City College of New York. Our board of directors has concluded that Mr. Buccellato should serve on the board and the compensation committee based on his experience in founding and managing a large, nationwide real estate services company, and his extensive background in advising and serving as a director of many high growth companies.

 

73


Table of Contents

Craig Davis has served on our board of directors since January 2004. From September 2003 to the present, Mr. Davis has been a private investor. From December 1996 to September 2003, Mr. Davis served as president of the Home Loans and Insurance Services Group at Washington Mutual, a national bank. From January 1989 to December 1996, Mr. Davis held various positions at American Savings Bank, a financial services company, most recently as executive vice president and director of Mortgage Origination/ASB Subsidiaries. From May 1982 to January 1989, Mr. Davis was executive vice president at Griffin Financial Services, a financial services company and subsidiary of Home Savings of America. Mr. Davis has served on numerous boards and councils including the Real Estate Board of Governors of the Mortgage Bankers Association and Fannie Mae’s National Advisory Council. Mr. Davis holds Bachelor of Arts degrees in English and History from United States International University. Our board of directors has concluded that Mr. Davis should serve on the board and the compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees based on his extensive experience in the residential mortgage industry and his service as an executive at some of the largest residential mortgage lenders in the United States.

A. Barr Dolan has served on our board of directors since June 2005 and was a member of our board of directors from December 1997 to November 2000. From 1982 to April 2010, Mr. Dolan served as a general partner of Charter Ventures, a venture capital firm. From 1986 to May 2008, Mr. Dolan was a member of the board of directors for Heska Corporation, a veterinary products company. Mr. Dolan is a member of the board of directors for several private companies, including Revascular Systems, CoRepair, KFX Inc., CMD Consulting and Xlumina. Mr. Dolan holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Chemistry and an Master of Science degree in Engineering from Cornell University, a Master of Arts degree in Applied Science from Harvard University and a Master of Business Administration degree from Stanford University. Our board of directors has concluded that Mr. Dolan should serve on the board and the compensation committee based on his significant experience in analyzing, investing in and serving on the boards of directors many start-up and high growth companies.

Alan S. Henricks has served on our board of directors since April 2010. From September 2009 to the present, Mr. Henricks has served as acting chief financial officer of Livescribe, Inc., a consumer electronics company. From September 2006 to May 2009, Mr. Henricks served as chief financial officer of Pure Digital Technologies, a consumer electronics company, and from May 2009 to August 2009 he was a private consultant. From December 2003 to September 2006, Mr. Henricks served as chief financial officer of Traiana, a software company. From November 2001 to July 2003, Mr. Henricks served as chief executive officer and a member of the board of directors of Cenzic, a security software company. Prior to November 2001, Mr. Henricks served as a senior executive officer at a variety of companies, including serving as chief financial officer of Informix Software, Documentum, Borland International, Cornish & Carey and Maxim Integrated Products. Mr. Henricks holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering from Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a Master of Business Administration degree from Stanford University. Our board of directors has concluded that Mr. Henricks should serve on the board and the audit committee based on extensive experience serving as chief financial officer of both public and private companies.

Jerald L. Hoerauf has served on our board of directors since June 2008. From October 1998 to the present, Mr. Hoerauf has served as a senior vice president of business development of First American CoreLogic, Inc., a subsidiary of The First American Corporation, a real estate services company. In 1986, Mr. Hoerauf founded and operated TRW Property Data, the predecessor company to First American CoreLogic, Inc., where he currently serves as a member of the board of directors. Mr. Hoerauf also serves as a member of the board of directors of RP Data, Dorado, ComplianceEase, Signature Information Solutions and Lone Wolf. Mr. Hoerauf holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from the University of California at Santa Barbara and a Master of Business Administration degree from California State University, Fullerton. Mr. Hoerauf serves on our board as a designee of The First American Corporation, one of our stockholders. In addition, our board of directors has concluded that Mr. Hoerauf should serve on the board based on his extensive background in and

 

74


Table of Contents

knowledge of the mortgage and settlement services industries, as well as his experience in founding and developing a successful services organization serving the mortgage industry.

Robert J. Levin has served on our board of directors since August 2009. From May 2009 to the present, Mr. Levin has been a consultant to Redbrick Partners, a real estate investment firm. From August 2008 to February 2009, Mr. Levin was a senior advisor to Fannie Mae and from March 2009 to April 2009 he was a private consultant. From May 1981 to August 2008, Mr. Levin served in a variety of executive positions at Fannie Mae, including serving as chief business officer from January 2006 to August 2008, interim chief financial officer from December 2004 to December 2005 and executive vice president for housing and community development from August 1998 to December 2004. Mr. Levin currently serves as a member of the board of trustees for Morehouse College and has previously served as a member of the board of the National Alliance to End Homelessness. Mr. Levin holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Chicago. Our board of directors has concluded that Mr. Levin should serve on the board and the audit and nominating and corporate governance committees based on his extensive experience as a key executive for many years, serving a variety of functions, of Fannie Mae, the largest investor in residential mortgages in the United States.

Bernard M. Notas has served on our board of directors since March 1998. From February 2003 to February 2010, Mr. Notas served as chief financial officer and a managing director of BTIG, LLC, a securities firm. From July 1998 to January 2001, Mr. Notas served as chief operating officer and chief financial officer of OffRoad Capital Corporation, a securities firm, as president of OffRoad Securities, Inc., a securities firm, and as a member of the board of directors for each company from July 1998 to August 2001. From September 1987 to December 1997, Mr. Notas served as chief financial officer and a managing director at Montgomery Securities, a securities firm. From January 1986 to February 1987, Mr. Notas served as chief financial officer and group managing director of Rooney, Pace Group, Inc., a brokerage firm. Mr. Notas previously served on the board of directors of JB Oxford Inc., from July 2004 to October 2007. Mr. Notas holds a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Finance and Accounting from Pace University and a Master of Business Administration degree in Management from Long Island University. Our board of directors has concluded that Mr. Notas should serve on the board and the audit and compensation committees based on his extensive background as chief financial officer of a securities firm, as well as his broad experience in entrepreneurial business environments.

Frank Schultz has served on our board of directors since June 2000. From 1995 to the present, Mr. Schultz has been a private investor. From 1992 to 1995, Mr. Schultz served as chief executive officer, president and chairman of the board of directors of ITT Financial Corp., a financial services company. From 1983 to 1992, Mr. Schultz was an executive vice president at Bank of America, a financial services company, at which he oversaw consumer marketing, credit card and mortgage divisions. Mr. Schultz previously has served as a member of Fannie Mae’s National Advisory Board and as a member of the Mortgage Bankers Association’s Presidents’ Council. Mr. Schultz holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Princeton University and a Master of Business Administration degree from Harvard University. Our board of directors has concluded that Mr. Schultz should serve on the board and the nominating and corporate governance committee based on his extensive experience serving as an executive and board member of companies in the mortgage and financial services industry.

Board Composition and Risk Oversight

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of nine members, six of whom will qualify as “independent” according to NYSE rules and regulations.

 

75


Table of Contents

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, immediately after this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

The Class I directors will be Messrs.                     ,                      and                      and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2011;

 

  Ÿ  

The Class II directors will be Messrs.                     ,                      and                      and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2012; and

 

  Ÿ  

The Class III directors will be Messrs.                     ,                      and                      and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013.

Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Our board of directors is responsible for, among other things, overseeing the conduct of our business; reviewing and, where appropriate, approving our major financial objectives, plans and actions; and reviewing the performance of our chief executive officer and other members of management based on reports from our compensation committee. Following the end of each fiscal year, our board of directors conducts an annual self-evaluation, which includes a review of any areas in which the board of directors or management believes the board of directors can make a better contribution to our corporate governance, as well as a review of the committee structure and an assessment of the board of directors’ compliance with corporate governance principles. In fulfilling the board of directors’ responsibilities, directors have full access to our management and independent advisors. With respect to the board of directors’ role in our risk oversight, our audit committee discusses with management our policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management and our significant financial risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures. Our audit committee reports to the full board of directors with respect to these matters, among others.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established the following committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit committee evaluates the independent auditors’ qualifications, independence and performance; determines the engagement of the independent auditors; reviews and approves the scope of the annual audit and the audit fee; discusses with management and the independent auditors the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly consolidated financial statements; approves the retention of the independent auditors to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services; monitors the rotation of partners of the independent auditors on the Ellie Mae engagement

 

76


Table of Contents

team as required by law; reviews our critical accounting policies and estimates and annually reviews the audit committee charter and the committee’s performance. The current members of our audit committee are Bernard Notas, who is the chairman of the committee, Alan Henricks and Robert Levin. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under applicable SEC and NYSE rules and regulations. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Notas is an audit committee financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under applicable NYSE rules and regulations. Messrs. Notas, Henricks and Levin are independent directors as defined under applicable SEC and NYSE rules and regulations. The audit committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the NYSE.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee reviews and recommends policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. The compensation committee reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers, evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives, and sets the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee also administers the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans. The compensation committee will review and evaluate, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, including compliance of the compensation committee with its charter. The current members of our compensation committee are Barr Dolan, Carl Buccellato and Craig Davis with Mr. Dolan serving as the chairman of the committee. All of the members of our compensation committee are independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, the NYSE and the Internal Revenue Code.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for making recommendations regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of our board of directors. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance guidelines and reporting and making recommendations concerning governance matters. The current members of our compensation committee are Frank Schultz, Craig Davis and Robert Levin, with Mr. Schultz serving as the chairman of the committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee will consider diversity of relevant experience, expertise and background in identifying nominees for directors.

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is or has at any time during the past year been an officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serves or in the past year has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We intend to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. The code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.elliemae.com. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

 

77


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

We do not currently provide any cash compensation to our non-employee directors. In connection with the commencement of service on our board of directors, each non-employee member of our board of directors is granted an option to purchase shares of common stock. Historically, the number of shares of our common stock subject to the stock option granted to a new non-employee director has not been determined using a formula. Instead, the number of shares underlying the initial option grant varies depending on the board of directors’ assessment of the new director’s experience and the value of our common stock at the time of the director’s commencement of service. Likewise, the vesting schedule for initial option grants has varied by director, with a portion vested immediately generally based on the amount of time the director has served prior to the granting of the initial stock option and the remainder vesting monthly over three to four years, as determined by our board of directors. On each anniversary of their commencement of service on our board of directors, each of our non-employee directors is granted an option to purchase 15,000 shares of our common stock for service on our board of directors and an option to purchase 2,000 shares of our common stock for each committee the director serves on. Each of these options vests with respect to 100% of the shares subject to the option on the date of grant. Our directors who are also employees are compensated for their service as employees and do not receive any additional compensation for their service on our board.

We intend to adopt a policy pursuant to which, following the completion of this offering, non-employee directors will receive an annual retainer of $26,000. In addition to the annual retainer all non-employee members of our board of directors will be eligible to receive, non-employee directors who serve on one or more committees will be eligible to receive the following annual retainers:

 

Committee

   Chair    Other Member

Audit committee

   $ 15,000    $ 5,000

Compensation committee

     7,000      3,000

Nominating and governance committee

     3,000      1,500

Other than the annual retainers described above, non-employee directors will not be entitled to receive any cash fees in connection with their service on our board of directors. However, pursuant to the new policy, such non-employee directors will be entitled to receive an option to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock upon initial election or appointment to the board of directors and an option to purchase 30,000 shares of our common stock annually thereafter. Options granted to non-employee directors will have a per share exercise price equal to the per share fair market value of our common stock as of the date of grant. The initial option grant will vest in equal monthly installments over three years from the date of grant. Subsequent options will vest in equal monthly installments over one year from the date of grant.

In February 2009, our board of directors approved a program to allow members of our board of directors, along with all our employees, to voluntarily reprice outstanding stock options having a per share exercise price of $1.80 or $1.98 to $0.46, which was the per share fair market value of our common stock on April 23, 2009, the effective date of the repricing. All options elected for exchange by the non-employee members of our board of directors were fully vested, but pursuant to the terms of the repricing, their repriced options vest in equal monthly installments over two years commencing on February 26, 2009. As part of this program, Messrs. Buccellato, Schultz, Notas and Davis repriced options to purchase 63,000, 12,000, 86,000 and 189,000 shares of our common stock, respectively.

In April 2009, our board of directors, granted options to purchase 72,000 and 48,000 shares of our common stock to Messrs. Buccellato and Schultz, respectively, with a per share exercise price of $0.46 per share, that vest in equal monthly installments over two years from the date of grant. These options were granted to replace options for a similar number of shares which had expired. Messrs. Buccellato and Schultz abstained from the decision to grant these replacement options.

 

78


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth information regarding compensation earned by our directors who are not named executive officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.

 

Name

   Option
Awards(1)
   Total

Carl Buccellato

   $ 25,644    $ 25,644

Craig Davis

     28,445      28,445

A. Barr Dolan

         

Garrett Gruener(2)

         

Jerald L. Hoerauf

         

Robert Levin

     32,560      32,560

Bernard M. Notas

     13,252      13,252

Stan Pachura(3)

         

Frank Schultz

     19,482      19,482

 

(1) Amount reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of options granted and the incremental fair value of options repriced during fiscal year 2009 computed in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 718, Stock Compensation , as used by analogy for non-employees. The valuation assumptions used in determining such amounts are described in Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The table below sets forth options that were granted and repriced in 2009 held by each of our non-employee directors along with the incremental fair value of options repriced in and the grant date fair value of options granted in 2009.

 

Name

   Incremental Fair
Value of Options
Repriced
   Grant Date Fair Value
of Options Granted

Carl Buccellato

   $ 9,603    $ 16,062

Craig Davis

     28,445     

Robert Levin

          32,560

Bernard M. Notas

     13,252     

Frank Schultz

     8,787      10,694

As of December 31, 2009, each of our non-employee directors held the following options:

 

Name

   Shares Subject to Outstanding
Options (including Re-Priced
Options)

Carl Buccellato

   197,000

Craig Davis

   189,000

Robert Levin

   50,000

Bernard M. Notas

   131,000

Frank Schultz

   123,000

 

  (2) Mr. Gruener resigned from the board of directors effective March 2, 2010.
  (3) Mr. Pachura resigned from the board of directors effective March 31, 2010.

Executive Compensation

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This section discusses the principles underlying our policies and decisions with respect to the compensation of our executive officers who are named in the “2009 Summary Compensation Table” and the material factors relevant to an analysis of these policies and decisions. Our named executive officers for 2009 were as follows: Sigmund Anderman, chief executive officer and president; Edgar Luce, chief financial officer and executive vice president of finance and administration; Limin Hu, chief technology officer and executive vice president of technology and operations; Joseph Langner, chief sales officer and executive vice president of sales and client services; and Jonathan Corr, chief strategy officer and executive vice president of business development and product strategy.

 

79


Table of Contents

Objectives and Philosophy of Our Executive Compensation Program

We recognize that the ability to excel depends on the integrity, knowledge, imagination, skill, diversity and teamwork of our named executive officers. To this end, we strive to create an environment of mutual respect, encouragement and teamwork that rewards commitment and performance and that is responsive to the needs of our named executive officers. The principles and objectives of our compensation and benefits programs for our employees generally, and for our named executive officers specifically, are to:

 

  Ÿ  

attract, engage and retain individuals of superior ability, experience and managerial talent enabling us to be an employer of choice in the highly-competitive and dynamic information technology industry;

 

  Ÿ  

ensure compensation is closely aligned with our corporate strategies, business and financial objectives and the long-term interests of our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

motivate and reward executives whose knowledge, skills and performance ensure our continued success; and

 

  Ÿ  

ensure that total compensation is fair, reasonable and competitive.

The compensation components described below simultaneously fulfill one or more of these principles and objectives.

Components of Our Executive Compensation Program

The individual components of our executive compensation program consist primarily of: (i) base salary, (ii) performance-based bonuses, (iii) equity incentives, (iv) retirement savings opportunities, (v) post-termination benefits and (vi) various other employee benefits. We view each of these components as related but distinct, reviewing them each individually, as well as collectively to ensure that the total compensation paid to our named executive officers meets the objectives of our executive compensation program as detailed above. Not all compensation components are provided to each named executive officer. Instead, we determine the appropriate level for each compensation component based in part, but not exclusively, on our understanding of the market in which we compete for talent based on the experience of members of our board of directors, the length of service of our named executive officers, our overall performance and other considerations we deem relevant. Following the completion of this offering, we expect our compensation committee to make compensation decisions that are consistent with our recruiting and retention goals. We review each compensation component for internal equity and consistency between named executive officers with similar levels of responsibility.

We strive to achieve an appropriate mix between equity incentive awards and cash payments in order to meet our objectives. We do not currently have any policies for allocating compensation between short- and long-term compensation or cash and non-cash. While we utilize both short- and long-term compensation components, our strategy with respect to the compensation of our named executive officers is to tie a greater percentage of their total compensation to stockholder returns, which we achieve through the use of equity incentives. Cash compensation paid to our named executive officers is kept at a competitive level, as determined by members of our board of directors based on their experience, with the opportunity for each named executive officer to achieve higher total compensation through equity incentives if we perform well over time. We believe that because the achievement of our business and financial objectives will be reflected in the value of our equity, thereby increasing stockholder value, our named executive officers will be incentivized to achieve these objectives when a larger percentage of their total compensation is tied to the value of our stock. In order to accomplish these goals, we use stock options as a significant component of compensation.

 

80


Table of Contents

While we offer competitive base salaries, we believe stock-based compensation is a significant motivator in attracting employees for technology companies. To this end, we believe that our 2009 stock option repricing program will help retain our named executive officers and to keep their interests aligned with those of our stockholders.

Each of the individual components of our named executive officers’ compensation is discussed in more detail below. While we have identified particular compensation objectives that each component of our named executive officers’ compensation serves, our compensation programs are designed to be flexible and complementary and to collectively serve all of the compensation objectives described above. Accordingly, whether or not specifically mentioned below, we believe that, as a part of our overall executive compensation policy, each individual element, to a greater or lesser extent, serves each of our objectives.

Compensation Determination Process

Compensation of our named executive officers has historically been highly individualized, resulting from independent negotiations between us and such individuals and based on a variety of informal factors considered at the time of the applicable compensation decisions including, in addition to the factors listed above:

 

  Ÿ  

our financial condition and available resources;

 

  Ÿ  

the need for a particular position to be filled;

 

  Ÿ  

the evaluation of the competitive market by members of our board of directors based on their experiences on boards of directors at other companies;

 

  Ÿ  

the length of service of the named executive officer; and

 

  Ÿ  

comparisons to the compensation levels of our other executives.

Historically, our chief executive officer, and, in the case of our chief executive officer, our board of directors, has typically reviewed the performance of each of our named executive officers on an annual basis, though we do not set a predetermined time for such review. Our chief executive officer, based on his experience and the performance reviews of our executives, recommends compensation levels for our named executive officers, other than himself, to our compensation committee for approval. Our compensation committee, based in part on the chief executive officer’s recommendations, then presents compensation levels to the board of directors for approval. In late 2008, we determined that there would be no merit increases to any compensation component for any of our named executive officers for 2009, except for a $6,000 increase to the variable component of Mr. Corr’s total compensation, because we determined that our compensation goals were being adequately met at their current levels given the then current economic climate. Upon consummation of this offering, we expect for the compensation committee to take on the responsibility for the initial determination, as well as annual review of, each component of our named executive officers’ compensation.

In December 2009, our compensation committee directly engaged Compensia, Inc. to conduct a review that will compare the compensation levels of our named executive officers to those of other executives at a peer group of companies to be developed by Compensia. Our compensation committee worked directly with Compensia to interpret the results and assist in setting compensation levels for our named executive officers for 2010.

 

81


Table of Contents

Base Salary

In general, base salaries for our named executive officers are initially established through arm’s-length negotiation at the time the named executive officer is hired, taking into account such named executive officer’s qualifications, experience and salary prior to joining our company. We strive to maintain base salaries for our named executive officers that are competitive, while remaining as cost-effective as possible.

Periodic adjustments to the base salaries our named executive officers are based on the level of each executive’s responsibilities, individual contribution, prior experience and sustained performance. Decisions regarding salary increases may take into account the executive’s current salary and equity ownership, and may consider the salaries paid to the executive’s peers within our company. Base salaries are typically reviewed as part of the promotion process or upon other significant changes in responsibility. No formulaic base salary increases are provided to our named executive officers.

The base salaries paid to our named executive officers in 2009 are set forth in the “2009 Summary Compensation Table.”

Annual Cash Bonuses

In addition to base salaries, annual cash bonus opportunities have been awarded to our named executive officers when our board of directors, upon recommendation of our compensation committee and our chief executive officer (other than with respect to the annual cash bonus opportunity for the chief executive officer), has determined that such an incentive is necessary to align our corporate goals with the cash compensation payable to an executive. Historically, annual cash bonus opportunities have been awarded to each of our named executive officers.

In 2009, we maintained the existing annual cash target bonus eligibility for Messrs. Anderman, Luce and Hu at $250,000, $100,000 and $100,000, respectively. Under their bonus arrangements, Messrs. Anderman, Luce and Hu are entitled to receive these amounts if bonus goals are achieved at target. Our compensation committee, in its discretion, may pay more than the target bonus amounts if achievement exceeds the bonus goal target. The level of these bonuses was set by our compensation committee based on the historical level of bonuses awarded to these executives. The goals for Messrs. Anderman, Luce and Hu were based on the company’s overall performance, measured in terms of net revenue and adjusted EBITDA (as defined in footnote 6 to the table in the Prospectus Summary—Summary Consolidated Financial Data section above), of $26.8 million and $762,225, respectively, for fiscal year 2009. We chose the net revenue and profitability goals in order to align their individual incentives with the overall success of the company. In early 2010, our compensation committee determined that our company exceeded the net revenue and adjusted EBITDA goals, achieving levels of $37.7 million and $5.8 million, respectively. As a result, Messrs. Anderman, Luce and Hu were each paid 100% of their target bonus amounts. In addition, because the goals were overachieved, with the net revenue goal being overachieved by approximately 40% and the adjusted EBITDA goal being overachieved by approximately 660%, our compensation committee awarded each of Messrs. Anderman, Luce and Hu an additional discretionary bonus of 40% of his targeted bonus amount.

In 2009, Messrs. Langner and Corr participated in individual bonus programs based primarily on the achievement of individual goals and to a lesser extent on the same corporate performance goals as the other named executive officers. Because these individuals have responsibility for the overall operations and strategy of their departments, their incentives were designed to be greater aligned with their responsibilities and less with overall corporate performance. The aggregate bonus targets for Messrs. Langner and Corr were $199,000 and $155,000, respectively. These bonus targets were set by our board of directors following the recommendation of our compensation committee and our chief executive officer using their experience in the industry and sense of the competitive market.

 

82


Table of Contents

The individual components of the bonus programs for Messrs. Langner and Corr included annual corporate performance goals, quarterly department performance goals, quarterly corporate revenue goals, monthly sales performance goals for Mr. Langner and annual strategic goals for Mr. Corr. The corporate performance goals for both Messrs. Langner and Corr were the same goals set forth above for the other named executive officers. The quarterly department performance goals were tied to adjusted EBITDA. The monthly sales performance goals for Mr. Langner related to new loan origination software, or LOS, license sales, the goal for which ranged between $460,000 and $660,000 per month, and overall corporate revenue, the goal for which was set at or near $3.4 million per month. The strategic goals for Mr. Corr included the release of new software and the launch of Ellie Mae Network Plus premium services through our website. The quarterly corporate revenue goals for Mr. Corr ranged between $6.4 million and $7.0 million per quarter in 2009. The following table sets forth the individual components of the individual bonus programs for Messrs. Langner and Corr and their achievement for 2009.

 

Name

   Target Bonus
Amount
  

Performance Goal

   Measurement
Frequency
   2009 Achievement  

Joseph Langner

   $ 25,000    Corporate performance    Annual    100% – $  25,000   
   $ 15,000    Adjusted EBITDA    Quarterly    > 110% – $  80,000 (1) 
   $ 3,500    Sales performance    Monthly    > 110% – $  58,500 (2) 
   $ 6,000    Corporate Revenue    Monthly    > 105% – $  90,000 (3) 
         Total    $253,500   

Jonathan Corr

   $ 25,000    Corporate performance    Annual    100% – $  25,000   
   $ 10,000    Adjusted EBITDA    Quarterly    > 110% – $  60,000   
   $ 10,000    New software release    Annual    100% – $  10,000   
   $ 40,000    Ellie Mae Network Plus premium services launch    Annual    100% – $  40,000   
   $ 10,000    Corporate revenue    Quarterly    > 110% – $  60,000   
         Total    $195,000   

 

(1) Achievement amount reflects sales performance target achieved in four quarterly periods.
(2) Achievement amount reflects sales performance target achieved in 12 monthly periods.
(3) Achievement amount reflects sales performance target achieved in 12 monthly periods.

In addition to his performance bonus, Mr. Corr received a $25,000 discretionary bonus for his exceptional contributions, above and beyond the levels anticipated in his 2009 Performance Bonus Plan, that allowed the Company to overachieve its 2009 goals.

The total bonuses paid to our named executive officers for 2009 are set forth in the “2009 Summary Compensation Table.”

Long-Term Equity Incentives

The goals of our long-term, equity-based incentive awards are designed to align the interests of our named executive officers with the interests of our stockholders. Because vesting is based on continued employment, our equity-based incentives also encourage the retention of our named executive officers through the vesting period of the awards.

In determining the size of the long-term equity incentives to be awarded to our named executive officers, we take into account a number of internal factors, such as the relative job scope, the value of existing long-term incentive awards, individual performance history, prior contributions to us and the size of prior grants. Historically, our board of directors has drawn upon the experience of its members, the members of our compensation committee and our chief executive officer in determining long-term

 

83


Table of Contents

equity incentive awards. Based upon these factors, our chief executive officer, other than with respect to himself, determines the size of the long-term equity incentives at levels he considers appropriate to create a meaningful opportunity for reward predicated on the creation of long-term stockholder value and recommends grants to our compensation committee, which presents the grants to our board of directors for approval. Using the experience of its members, our compensation committee recommends the level of grants for our chief executive officer to our board of directors for approval.

To reward and retain our named executive officers in a manner that best aligns their interests with stockholders’ interests, we use stock options as the primary incentive vehicles for long-term compensation. We believe that stock options are an effective tool for meeting our compensation goal of increasing long-term stockholder value by tying the potential value our named executive officers can receive to the value of our stock. Because named executive officers are able to profit from stock options only if our stock price increases relative to the stock option’s exercise price, we believe stock options provide meaningful incentives to named executive officers to achieve increases in the value of our stock over time.

We have historically made grants in connection with the commencement of employment and additional or “refresher” grants. However, there is no set program for the award of refresher grants, and our board of directors retains discretion to make stock option awards to named executive officers at any time, including in connection with the promotion of a named executive officer, to reward a named executive officer, for retention purposes or for other circumstances recommended by management. Both the initial stock option grants and the refresher grants typically vest over a four-year period as follows: 25% of the option vests on the first anniversary of the date of hire or grant, and the remainder of the option vests equal in monthly installments over 36 months thereafter. We believe these vesting schedules appropriately encourage long-term employment with our company while allowing our named executive officers to realize compensation in line with the value they have created for our stockholders. We do not have any security ownership requirements for our named executive officers.

Following the completion of this offering, we expect our compensation committee to oversee our long-term equity incentive program.

In February 2009, our board of directors approved a program to allow all of our employees and members of our board of directors to voluntarily reprice outstanding stock options having a per share exercise price of $1.80 or $1.98 to $0.46, which our board of directors determined was the per share fair market value of our common stock on April 23, 2009, the effective date of the repricing. The repriced stock options had the same terms and conditions as prior to the repricing, other than the reduced exercise price and any previously-vested portion of the option became unvested. The newly unvested portion of the repriced options vests in equal monthly installments over two years commencing on February 26, 2009, the date our board of directors approved the repricing. In approving the repricing, our board of directors determined that repriced stock options would maximize the equity incentive provided to participants in the repricing and better retain critical talent. As part of this program, Messrs. Anderman, Luce, Hu, Langner and Corr repriced options to purchase 1,900,000, 400,000, 375,000, 725,000, and 400,000 shares of our common stock, respectively, as further described in the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards for 2009” table below.

In April 2009, the board of directors granted Mr. Hu an option to purchase 40,000 shares of our common stock, which vests in equal monthly installments over two years. The board of directors determined the size of the grant based on an option to purchase 40,000 shares of our common stock that was previously held by Mr. Hu but expired pursuant to its terms in early 2009. The board of directors made the grant in order to maintain the overall equity holdings of Mr. Hu. Other than this grant to Mr. Hu, and the repriced options, no other options were granted to our named executive officers in 2009.

 

84


Table of Contents

In connection with the preparation for this initial public offering, we discovered that certain of the stock option agreements held by our directors, employees, ex-employees and consultants had not been authorized in accordance with all corporate law requirements. Management determined, based on other existing documentation, that we had intended to grant the options in question and our board of directors determined in most cases to provide these individuals with as close to the economic equivalent of these stock options as practicable. Accordingly, in April 2010, our board of directors authorized the confirmation of certain stock options and the grant of certain replacement stock options, or Replacement Options, to certain individuals. The board also granted short-term rights to purchase common stock to certain individuals whose stock option agreements had terminated. The Replacement Options are fully-vested but only exercisable in 2011 and the short-term purchase rights were fully vested but only exercisable by May 2010. None of the Replacement Options, the confirmed options or the rights to purchase common stock has an exercise or purchase price that is less than the exercise price under the stock option agreement it replaces. In certain cases where individual was subject to withholding for taxes that was not expected by the individual, we paid employee bonuses aggregating approximately $36,400 and, in one case, agreed to loan an individual approximately $26,000 if he exercises his short-term purchase right, in each case to pay the applicable withholding for taxes. In addition, in the case of Sigmund Anderman, our chief executive officer, and Limin Hu, our chief technology officer, in lieu of such short-term rights to purchase common stock, we granted stock purchase rights that are fully vested and exercisable until March 14, 2011.

As a privately owned company, there has been no market for our common stock. Accordingly, in 2009, we had no program, plan or practice pertaining to the timing of stock option grants to executive officers coinciding with the release of material non-public information. The compensation committee intends to adopt a formal policy regarding the timing of grants in connection with this offering.

Employee Benefits

We provide standard employee benefits to our full-time employees in the United States, including our named executive officers, including health, disability, life insurance and a 401(k) plan as a means of attracting and retaining our employees. Additionally, the company provides for a $1,000,000 term life insurance policy for each named executive officer, other than Mr. Anderman, whose policy is for $2,000,000, and Mr. Hu who does not participate in this benefit. Premiums for this life insurance policy are paid by the company and are intended to provide liquid funds to the executive’s estate and or spouse for the purposes of exercising stock options in the event of said executive’s untimely death. Under the tax rules, our named executive officers are subject to imputed income with respect to the term life insurance. Mr. Anderman also is entitled to a tax gross-up to cover the taxes incurred by Mr. Anderman in connection with such life insurance policy. We do not think these additional benefits are a significant element of our compensation structure.

Termination-Based Compensation

Our compensation committee provides our named executive officers with termination protection when it determines that such protection is necessary to attract or retain a named executive officer.

We have entered into option acceleration agreements with each of our named executive officers pursuant to which if a named executive officer is terminated by us other than for just cause or the named executive officer terminates his employment for good reason, in either case within 24 months following a change in control, 100% of the stock options then held by the named executive officer will become fully vested and exercisable and the named executive officer will be permitted to exercise all such options until the originally stated expiration date (i.e., the maximum term) in the applicable option agreement. We believe that these acceleration opportunities further align the interests of our named executive officers with those of our stockholders by providing our named executive officers an opportunity to benefit alongside our stockholders in a corporate transaction.

 

85


Table of Contents

We have also entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Anderman pursuant to which we must generally provide a severance payment of two times his annual base salary as then in effect and continued payments for health coverage under the Consolidated Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), for no more than twenty-four months, if he is terminated without cause or experiences a constructive termination.

The severance payments and benefits that are payable under the option acceleration agreements and Mr. Anderman’s employment agreement are further described below in the section entitled “Potential Payments Upon Termination, Change in Control or Upon Termination Following Change in Control.”

Tax Considerations

Our board of directors has considered the potential future effects of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code on the compensation paid to our named executive officers. Section 162(m) disallows a tax deduction for any publicly held corporation for individual compensation exceeding $1.0 million in any taxable year for our chief executive officer and each of the other named executive officers (other than our chief financial officer), unless compensation is performance-based. As we are not currently publicly-traded, our board of directors has not previously taken the deductibility limit imposed by Section 162(m) into consideration in setting compensation. We expect that our board of directors, or committee thereof, however, will adopt a policy that, where reasonably practicable, we will seek to qualify the variable compensation paid to our named executive officers for an exemption from the deductibility limitations of Section 162(m). As such, in approving the amount and form of compensation for our named executive officers in the future, our board of directors, or committee thereof, will consider all elements of the cost to our company of providing such compensation, including the potential impact of Section 162(m). However, our board of directors, or committee thereof, may, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments that do not comply with the exemptions in Section 162(m) when it believes that such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.

 

86


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table for 2009

The following table summarizes the compensation that we paid to our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year   Salary
($)
  Bonus ($)     Option
Awards
($)(1)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
    All Other
Compensation
($)(2)
  Total ($)

Sigmund Anderman,

Chief Executive Officer and President

  2009   250,000   100,000 (3)    93,750   250,000 (3)    53,825   747,575

Edgar Luce,

Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of Finance and Administration

  2009   200,000   40,000 (3)    60,555   100,000 (3)    4,963   405,518

Limin Hu,

Chief Technology Officer and Executive Vice President of Technology and Operations

  2009   200,000   40,000 (3)    67,007   100,000 (3)    7,350   414,357

Joseph Langner,

Chief Sales Officer and Executive Vice President of Sales and Client Services

  2009   200,000   25,000 (4)    113,818   253,500 (4)    8,540   575,858

Jonathan Corr,

Chief Strategy Officer and Executive Vice President of Business Development and Product Strategy

  2009   200,000   25,000 (5)    62,210   195,000 (5)    7,770   489,980

 

(1) The amounts included in the “Option Awards” column represent the grant date fair value of stock options granted and the incremental fair value of options repriced in 2009, calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. The valuation assumptions used in determining such amounts are described in Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.
(2) Represents $7,350 in 401(k) matching contributions made by us to each of Messrs. Anderman, Hu, Langner and Corr and $2,763 in a 401(k) matching contribution made by us to Mr. Luce, $26,488, $2,200, $1,190 and $420 respectively, for Messrs. Anderman, Luce, Langner and Corr for the purchase of term life insurance and $12,217 as a gross-up to Mr. Anderman in connection with taxes incurred by him for his term life insurance policy.
(3) Represents an executive management bonus plan pursuant which Messrs. Anderman, Luce and Hu were awarded $350,000 $140,000, and $140,000, respectively, which represented achievement of 140% of their target bonus amounts. Under the annual cash bonus program, each of Messrs. Anderman, Luce and Hu were entitled to 100% of their target bonus amounts based on performance and the remaining 40% was paid as a discretionary bonus for superior performance. For more detail about their bonus arrangements, please see subsection “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Annual Cash Bonuses” above.
(4) An aggregate of $253,500 in bonus payments were made to Mr. Langner, which represents a bonus of $228,500 pursuant to his 2009 Performance Bonus Plan for the achievement of 99% of his maximum target incentive, and a $25,000 discretionary bonus for exceptional performance in 2009. For more detail about his plan, please see subsection “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Annual Cash Bonuses” above.
(5) An aggregate of $220,000 in bonus payments were made to Mr. Corr, which represents a bonus of $195,000 pursuant to his 2009 Performance Bonus Plan for the achievement of 100% of his maximum target incentive, and a $25,000 discretionary bonus for exceptional performance in 2009. For more detail about his plan, please see subsection “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Annual Cash Bonuses” above.

 

87


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for 2009

The following table lists the grants of plan-based awards or awards repriced during the year ended December 31, 2009, to each of our named executive officers.

 

Name

  Grant Date   Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards ($)(1)
  All Other Option
Awards: Number
of Securities
Underlying
Options (#)(2)
    Exercise of
Base Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)
  Grant Date
Fair Value of
Stock and
Option
Awards ($)(3)
    Threshold ($)   Target ($)   Maximum ($)      

Sigmund Anderman

      250,000   250,000         
  4/23/09         1,900,000      0.46   93,750

Edgar Luce

      100,000   100,000         
  4/23/09         400,000      0.46   60,555

Limin Hu

      100,000   100,000         
  4/23/09         375,000      0.46   57,263
  4/23/09         40,000 (4)    0.46   9,744

Joseph Langner

    78,000   199,000   255,000         
  4/23/09         725,000      0.46   113,818

Jonathan Corr

      155,000   195,000         
  4/23/09         400,000      0.46   62,210

 

(1) Represents the threshold, target and maximum management bonus amounts for 2009 for Messrs. Anderman, Luce and Hu, and the target and maximum annual cash incentive bonus amounts for Mr. Corr and Mr. Langner pursuant to their respective 2009 Performance Bonus Plans. Actual amounts paid to our named executive officers are set forth in the section titled “—Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Table for 2009.”
(2) Except as otherwise noted, these grants represent options that were repriced on April 23, 2009. The vesting schedules for options granted or repriced during 2009 are included in the footnotes to the Outstanding Equity Awards at 2009 Fiscal Year-End Table below.
(3) Amounts represent the grant date fair value of stock options granted and the incremental fair value of options repriced in 2009, calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. See Note 10 to our financial statements included in this prospectus for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value and incremental fair value of our stock options.
(4) Represents a new option granted in 2009.

 

88


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2009 Fiscal Year-End

The following table shows grants of stock options outstanding on December 31, 2009, the last day of our fiscal year, to each of our named executive officers.

 

Name of Executive Officer

   Option Awards
   Vesting
Commencement
Date
   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable
   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price
($)
   Option
Expiration
Date

Sigmund Anderman

   2/10/2001    75,000    (1)    1.22    2/10/2010
   9/24/2002    50,000    (1)    1.25    9/24/2012
   12/18/2002    200,000    (1)    1.25    12/18/2011
   4/16/2003    250,000    (1)    1.25    4/16/2012
   2/26/2009    125,000    175,000 (2)    0.46    2/22/2015
   2/26/2009       1,350,000 (3)    0.46    12/29/2012
   2/26/2009    52,083    104,167 (4)    0.46    8/23/2017
   2/26/2009    39,062    54,688 (2)    0.46    8/23/2017

Edgar Luce

   2/26/2009    104,166    145,834 (2)    0.46    2/22/2015
   2/26/2009    20,833    29,167 (5)    0.46    2/22/2017
   2/26/2009    10,416    20,834 (6)    0.46    8/23/2017
   2/26/2009    20,833    29,167 (2)    0.46    2/22/2017
   2/26/2009    7,812    10,938 (7)    0.46    8/23/2017

Limin Hu

   2/10/2001    15,000    (1)    1.22    2/10/2010
   1/22/2003    200,000    (1)    1.25    1/22/2012
   9/24/2002    20,000    (1)    1.25    9/24/2012
   2/26/2009    104,166    145,834 (2)    0.46    2/22/2015
   2/26/2009    26,041    52,084 (8)    0.46    8/23/2017
   2/26/2009    19,531    27,344 (2)    0.46    8/23/2017
   4/23/2010    13,333    26,667 (2)    0.46    4/23/2019

Joseph Langner

   1/21/2004    75,000    (1)    1.25    1/21/2013
   3/20/2004    75,000    (1)    1.25    3/20/2013
   2/26/2009    41,666    58,334 (2)    0.46    2/22/2015
   2/26/2009    65,625    (9)    0.46    10/27/2015
   2/26/2009    20,833    29,167 (2)    0.46    2/22/2017
   2/26/2009    26,041    52,084 (8)    0.46    8/23/2017
   2/26/2009    10,417    25,000 (10)    0.46    12/20/2017
   2/26/2009    13,605    165,886 (11)    0.46    10/27/2015
   2/26/2009       10,620 (12)    0.46    2/22/2017
   2/26/2009       3,907 (13)    0.46    8/23/2017
   2/26/2009       1,216 (14)    0.46    12/20/2017
   2/26/2009    104,884    (1)    0.46    10/27/2015
   2/26/2009    20,833    18,547 (15)    0.46    8/23/2017
   2/26/2009    19,531    23,437 (16)    0.46    2/22/2017
   2/26/2009    6,076    7,291 (17)    0.46    12/20/2017

Jonathan Corr

   11/18/2003    75,000    (1)    1.25    11/15/2012
   12/31/2004    75,000    (1)    1.25    3/20/2013
   2/26/2009    41,666    58,334 (2)    0.46    2/22/2015
   2/26/2009    7,812    10,938 (2)    0.46    8/23/2017
   2/26/2009    20,833    29,167 (2)    0.46    2/22/2017
   2/26/2009    10,416    20,834 (18)    0.46    8/23/2017
   2/26/2009    10,416    25,001 (10)    0.46    12/20/2017
   2/26/2009    33,854    47,396 (2)    0.46    10/27/2015
   2/26/2009    20,833    29,167 (2)    0.46    2/22/2017
   2/26/2009    18,750    (1)    0.46    10/27/2015
   2/26/2009    6,076    8,507 (2)    0.46    12/20/2017

 

(1) These options are fully vested and exercisable.
(2)

This stock option was re-priced on April 23, 2009 and vests as to 1/24 th of the total number of shares subject to the option on each monthly anniversary of February 26, 2009 until all shares are vested on February 26, 2011.

 

89


Table of Contents
(3) This stock option was re-priced on April 23, 2009 and will vest solely based on the achievement of a per share valuation of our common stock, or Common Stock Value, by virtue of (i) the price paid for the common stock in a sale of our company as reasonably determined by the board of directors or (ii) the closing price of the common stock on a U.S. national exchange over a period of at least 20 consecutive trading days as follows:

 

Number of Additional Shares Vested

   Common Stock Value

200,000

   $ 5.00

200,000

     5.50

200,000

     6.00

200,000

     6.50

200,000

     7.00

200,000

     7.50

150,000

     8.00

 

(4) This stock option was re-priced on April 23, 2009 and vests with respect to 5,208 shares per month through August 23, 2011.
(5) This stock option was re-priced on April 23, 2009 and vests with respect to 2,083 shares per month through February 22, 2011.
(6) This stock option was re-priced on April 23, 2009 and vests with respect to 1,041 shares per month through August 23, 2011.
(7) This stock option was re-priced on April 23, 2009 and vests with respect to 781 shares per month through February 22, 2011.
(8) This stock option was re-priced on April 23, 2009 and vests with respect to 2,604 shares per month through August 23, 2011.
(9) This stock option was re-priced on April 23, 2009 and vests with respect to 7,291 shares per month through October 27, 2009.
(10) This stock option was re-priced on April 23, 2009 and vests with respect to 1,041 shares per month through December 20, 2011.
(11) This stock option was re-priced on April 23, 2009 and vests with respect to 1,360 shares per month through December 26, 2009, and then 11,849 shares per month from December 26, 2009 through February 26, 2011.
(12) This stock option was re-priced on April 23, 2009 and vests with respect to 885 shares per month through December 20, 2010.
(13) This stock option was re-priced on April 23, 2009 and vests with respect to 1,953 shares per month through February 26, 2011.
(14) This stock option was re-priced on April 23, 2009 and vests with respect to 608 shares per month through December 20, 2010.
(15) This stock option was re-priced on April 23, 2009 and vests with respect to 1,854 shares per month through December 31, 2010.
(16) This stock option was re-priced on April 23, 2009 and vests with respect to 1,953 shares per month through December 31, 2010.
(17) This stock option was re-priced on April 23, 2009 and vests with respect to 607 shares per month through December 31, 2010.
(18) This stock option was re-priced on April 23, 2009 and vests with respect to 1,041 shares per month through August 23, 2011.

Offer Letters and Employment Agreements

We expect to enter into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Anderman, which will replace in its entirety Mr. Anderman’s previous employment agreement, and set forth the terms and conditions of his employment as our chief executive officer, president and chairman of our board of directors. The amended and restated employment agreement provides for an annual base salary of $350,000. Mr. Anderman’s agreement also provides that he will be eligible to participate in any bonus plans as may be adopted by our board of directors in its discretion. In addition, Mr. Anderman’s agreement guarantees that while he remains with the company, we will reimburse him for premiums for a term life insurance policy in the amount of $1,000,000, as well as any other life insurance maintained by the company for executives. Mr. Anderman also is entitled to cash payments sufficient to pay any taxes ensuing from the payments made by the company to him for such life insurance premiums. Notwithstanding the agreement, we currently provide Mr. Anderman with an aggregate of $2,000,000 of term life insurance coverage.

 

90


Table of Contents

Mr. Anderman is also entitled to receive certain severance benefits if his employment is terminated by us without cause or he experiences a constructive termination, both as defined in his employment agreement and if he provides us with a general release of claims in the form attached to his employment agreement within 60 days following such termination or resignation. In such an event, Mr. Anderman is entitled to a severance payment equal to two times his base salary in effect at the time of termination (subject to reduction as provided in the employment agreement if his termination occurs prior to our common stock being publicly traded), as well as continued payment of group health continuation coverage premiums for Mr. Anderman and his eligible dependents under Title X of the COBRA beginning on the date of termination and ending on the earlier of: (i) twenty-four months after the date when the employment termination is effective or (ii) the upon which Mr. Anderman or his eligible dependents become eligible for coverage under a similar plan; provided, however that Mr. Anderman will be solely responsible for timely electing of such coverage. Mr. Anderman’s severance amount is to be paid in a single lump sum as soon as administratively practicable following the date his release of claims is no longer subject to revocation. In the event such termination takes place within 24 months following a change in control, Mr. Anderman’s equity awards will vest with respect to 100% of the shares subject to the awards.

We have also entered into offer letter agreements with Messrs. Luce, Langner and Corr in connection with their commencement of employment with us. These offer letter agreements typically include the executive officer’s initial base salary, stock option grant and bonus arrangement for the fiscal year in which they commenced employment. We no longer have any executory obligations under these agreements.

In connection with this offering, we expect to enter into change in control severance agreements with each of our named executive officers other than Mr. Anderman. Under the terms of the change in control severance agreements, each named executive officer, other than Mr. Anderman, will be entitled to receive severance benefits and accelerated vesting if his employment is terminated other than for cause or as the result of a constructive termination within 60 days prior to or 12 months following a change in control, in each case, within the meaning of the change in control severance agreements, and such executive officer provides us a general release of claims within 60 days following such termination. The severance benefits consist of a lump sum cash payment equal to 12 months’ base salary), as well as continued payment of group health continuation coverage premiums for the executive officer and his eligible dependents under Title X of the COBRA beginning on the date of termination and ending on the earlier of: (i) 12 months after the date when the employment termination is effective or (ii) the upon which the executive officer or his eligible dependents become eligible for coverage under another plan.

 

91


Table of Contents

Potential Payments Upon Termination, Change in Control or Upon Termination Following Change in Control

Potential Payments Upon a Change in Control

The following table sets forth quantitative estimates of the benefits that would have accrued to each of our named executive officers upon a change in control of our company on December 31, 2009. Amounts below reflect potential payments pursuant to stock options granted under our Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and our 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan upon a change in control in which our outstanding options are not assumed or substituted.

 

Name of Executive Officer

   Value of Accelerated
Options if Not
Assumed or
Substituted ($)(1)

Sigmund Anderman

   $ 2,896,231

Edgar Luce

     405,817

Limin Hu

     433,318

Joseph Langner

     680,241

Jonathan Corr

     394,472

 

(1) Amounts calculated based on the aggregate amount by which the fair market value of the common stock subject to unvested equity awards exceeded the aggregate exercise price of the awards as of December 31, 2009, using a per share fair market value equal to $2.18.

Potential Payments Upon Termination Apart From a Change in Control

The following table sets forth quantitative estimates of the benefits that would have accrued to Mr. Anderman if his employment had been involuntarily terminated by us without cause or had he experienced a constructive termination on December 31, 2009, in the event such termination occurred prior to, or more than twelve months following, a change in control of our company, pursuant to Mr. Anderman’s employment agreement described above under “—Offer Letters and Employment Agreements.” Payments pursuant to Mr. Anderman’s option acceleration agreement for certain terminations within twenty-four months of a change in control are addressed below under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination Following a Change in Control.” During 2009, no other named executive officer was eligible for benefits in the event of termination of employment apart from a change in control.

 

Name of Executive Officer

   Salary
Continuation
($)
   Value of Continued
Health Care
Coverage ($)(1)
   Total ($)

Sigmund Anderman

   $ 500,000    $ 23,322    $ 523,322

 

(1) If Mr. Anderman elects to receive continued healthcare coverage pursuant to the provisions of COBRA, the executive will be eligible for reimbursement or direct payment of COBRA coverage premiums for the executive and any dependents for up to a maximum of 24 months. If Mr. Anderman and/or his dependents become eligible for healthcare coverage under a subsequent employer’s plans, payment of health care coverage premiums will cease.

Potential Payments Upon Termination Following a Change in Control

On June 15, 2006 we entered into option acceleration agreements with each of the named executive officers providing for acceleration of their unvested options, following a “change of control” of the Company, in the event (i) the executive’s employment by the Company, or its successor, is terminated by the Company, or its successor, other than for “just cause,” or (ii) the executive

 

92


Table of Contents

terminates his employment with the Company, or its successor, with “good reason,” in either case within 24 months after such “change of control,” all as defined in their respective agreements. All options to purchase shares of common stock of the Company, or its successor, then held by the executive shall, notwithstanding any contrary provision in any applicable stock option plan or stock option agreement, become fully vested and exercisable as of the date immediately preceding the date of such termination and the executive shall be permitted to exercise all of such options until the originally stated expiration date in the applicable stock option agreement.

The following table sets forth quantitative estimates of the benefits that would have accrued to Mr. Anderman pursuant to Mr. Anderman’s employment agreement described above under “—Offer Letters and Employment Agreements” and the value of accelerated equity awards to each named executive officer pursuant to their individual option acceleration agreements.

 

Name of Executive Officer

   Salary
Continuation
($)
   Value of
Accelerated
Equity
Awards ($)(1)
   Value of
Continued
Health Care
Coverage ($)(2)
   Total ($)

Sigmund Anderman(3)

   $ 500,000    $ 2,896,231    $ 23,322    $ 3,419,553

Edgar Luce

          405,817           405,817

Limin Hu

          433,318           433,318

Joseph Langner

          680,241           680,241

Jonathan Corr

          394,472           394,472

 

(1) Amounts calculated based on the aggregate amount by which the fair market value of the common stock subject to unvested equity awards exceeded the aggregate exercise price of the awards as of December 31, 2009, using a per share fair market value equal to $2.18.
(2) If Mr. Anderman elects to receive continued healthcare coverage pursuant to the provisions of COBRA, the executive will be eligible for reimbursement or direct payment of COBRA coverage premiums for the executive and any dependents. If Mr. Anderman and/or his dependents become eligible for healthcare coverage under a subsequent employer’s plans, payment of health care coverage premiums will cease.
(3) Salary continuation and the value of continued health care and term life insurance coverage premiums for Mr. Anderman are pursuant to his employment agreement. Mr. Anderman is entitled to these payments regardless of whether his termination occurs following a change in control.

Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements

Each of our named executive officers has entered into a standard form agreement with respect to proprietary information and inventions. Among other things, this agreement obligates each named executive officer to refrain from disclosing any of our proprietary information received during the course of employment and, with some exceptions, to assign to us any inventions conceived or developed during the course of employment.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan

We intend to adopt a 2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan, or the 2010 Plan, which will be effective on the date of adoption. The principal purpose of the 2010 Plan is to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards and cash-based performance bonus awards. The 2010 Plan is also designed to permit us to make cash-based awards and equity-based awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code.

 

93


Table of Contents

The principal features of the 2010 Plan are summarized below. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the 2010 Plan, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Share Reserve

Under the 2010 Plan,              shares of our common stock will be initially reserved for issuance pursuant to a variety of stock-based compensation awards, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, deferred stock awards, dividend equivalent awards, stock payment awards and performance awards and other stock-based awards, plus the number of shares remaining available for future awards under our 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2009 Plan, as of the completion of this offering. The number of shares initially reserved for issuance or transfer pursuant to awards under the 2010 Plan will be increased by (i) the number of shares represented by awards outstanding under our 2009 Plan and Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 1999 Plan, and together with the 2009 Plan, the Prior Plans) that are forfeited or lapse unexercised and which following the effective date are not issued under the Prior Plans and (ii) an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2011 and ending in 2020, equal to the least of (A)              shares, (B)              percent (        %) of the shares of stock outstanding (on an as converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (C) such smaller number of shares of stock as determined by our board of directors; provided, however, no more than              shares of stock may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options.

The following counting provisions will be in effect for the share reserve under the 2010 Plan:

 

  Ÿ  

to the extent that an award terminates, expires or lapses for any reason or an award is settled in cash without the delivery of shares, any shares subject to the award at such time will be available for future grants under the 2010 Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

to the extent shares are tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant, exercise price or tax withholding obligation with respect to any award under the 2010 Plan, such tendered or withheld shares will be available for future grants under the 2010 Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

to the extent that shares of our common stock are repurchased by us prior to vesting so that shares are returned to us, such shares will be available for future grants under the 2010 Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

the payment of dividend equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding awards will not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan; and

 

  Ÿ  

to the extent permitted by applicable law or any exchange rule, shares issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of combination by us or any of our subsidiaries will not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan.

Administration

The compensation committee of our board of directors will administer the 2010 Plan unless our board of directors assumes authority for administration. The compensation committee must consist of at least two members of our board of directors, each of whom is intended to qualify as an “outside director,” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and an “independent director” within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE, or other principal securities market on which shares of our common stock are traded. The 2010 Plan provides that the compensation committee may delegate its authority to grant awards to employees other than executive officers and

 

94


Table of Contents

certain senior executives of the company to a committee consisting of one or more members of our board of directors or one or more of our officers, but our compensation committee charter prohibits such delegation in the case of awards to employees at or above the level of vice president, and the equity awards policy we adopted in                     , 2010 calls for the compensation committee to approve all equity awards, other than awards made to our non-employee directors, which must be approved by our full board of directors.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2010 Plan, the administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the number of shares to be subject to awards and the terms and conditions of awards, and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2010 Plan. The administrator is also authorized to adopt, amend or rescind rules relating to administration of the 2010 Plan. Our board of directors may at any time remove the compensation committee as the administrator and revest in itself the authority to administer the 2010 Plan. The full board of directors will administer the 2010 Plan with respect to awards to non-employee directors.

Eligibility

Options, SARs, restricted stock and all other stock-based and cash-based awards under the 2010 Plan may be granted to individuals who are then our officers, employees or consultants or are the officers, employees or consultants of certain of our subsidiaries. Such awards also may be granted to our directors. Only employees of our company or certain of our subsidiaries may be granted incentive stock options, or ISOs.

Awards

The 2010 Plan provides that the administrator may grant or issue stock options, SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock, dividend equivalents, performance awards, stock payments and other stock-based and cash-based awards, or any combination thereof. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.

Nonstatutory Stock Options , or NSOs, will provide for the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a specified price which may not be less than fair market value on the date of grant, and usually will become exercisable (at the discretion of the administrator) in one or more installments after the grant date, subject to the participant’s continued employment or service with us and/or subject to the satisfaction of corporate performance targets and individual performance targets established by the administrator. NSOs may be granted for any term specified by the administrator that does not exceed ten years.

Incentive Stock Options , or ISOs, will be designed in a manner intended to comply with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code and will be subject to specified restrictions contained in the Code. Among such restrictions, ISOs must have an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant, may only be granted to employees, and must not be exercisable after a period of ten years measured from the date of grant. In the case of an ISO granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock, the 2010 Plan provides that the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant and the ISO must not be exercisable after a period of five years measured from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock may be granted to any eligible individual and made subject to such restrictions as may be determined by the administrator. Restricted stock, typically, may be forfeited for no consideration or repurchased by us at the original purchase price if the conditions or restrictions on vesting are not met. In general, restricted stock may not be sold or otherwise transferred until

 

95


Table of Contents

restrictions are removed or expire. Purchasers of restricted stock, unlike recipients of options, will have voting rights and will have the right to receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the restrictions lapse, however, extraordinary dividends will generally be placed in escrow, and will not be released until restrictions are removed or expire.

Restricted Stock Units may be awarded to any eligible individual, typically without payment of consideration, but subject to vesting conditions based on continued employment or service or on performance criteria established by the administrator. Like restricted stock, restricted stock units may not be sold, or otherwise transferred or hypothecated, until vesting conditions are removed or expire. Unlike restricted stock, stock underlying restricted stock units will not be issued until the restricted stock units have vested, and recipients of restricted stock units generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when vesting conditions are satisfied.

Deferred Stock Awards represent the right to receive shares of our common stock on a future date. Deferred stock may not be sold or otherwise hypothecated or transferred until issued. Deferred stock will not be issued until the deferred stock award has vested, and recipients of deferred stock generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when the vesting conditions are satisfied and the shares are issued. Deferred stock awards generally will be forfeited, and the underlying shares of deferred stock will not be issued, if the applicable vesting conditions and other restrictions are not met.

Stock Appreciation Rights , or SARs, may be granted in connection with stock options or other awards, or separately. SARs granted in connection with stock options or other awards typically will provide for payments to the holder based upon increases in the price of our common stock over a set exercise price. The exercise price of any SAR granted under the 2010 Plan must be at least 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. Except as required by Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to a SAR intended to qualify as performance-based compensation as described in Section 162(m) of the Code, there are no restrictions specified in the 2010 Plan on the exercise of SARs or the amount of gain realizable therefrom, although restrictions may be imposed by the administrator in the SAR agreements. SARs under the 2010 Plan will be settled in cash or shares of our common stock, or in a combination of both, at the election of the administrator.

Dividend Equivalents represent the value of the dividends, if any, per share paid by us, calculated with reference to the number of shares covered by the award. Dividend equivalents may be settled in cash or shares and at such times as determined by the compensation committee or board of directors, as applicable.

Performance Awards may be granted by the administrator on an individual or group basis. Generally, these awards will be based upon specific performance targets and may be paid in cash or in common stock or in a combination of both. Performance awards may include “phantom” stock awards that provide for payments based upon the value of our common stock. Performance awards may also include bonuses that may be granted by the administrator on an individual or group basis and which may be payable in cash or in common stock or in a combination of both.

Stock Payments may be authorized by the administrator in the form of common stock or an option or other right to purchase common stock as part of a deferred compensation on other arrangement in lieu of all or any part of compensation, including bonuses, that would otherwise be payable in cash to the employee, consultant or non-employee director.

Change in Control

In the event of a change in control where the acquiror does not assume or replace awards granted, prior to the consummation of such transaction, awards issued under the 2010 Plan will be

 

96


Table of Contents

subject to accelerated vesting such that 100% of such awards will become vested and exercisable or payable, as applicable. In addition, the administrator will also have complete discretion to structure one or more awards under the 2010 Plan to provide that such awards will become vested and exercisable or payable on an accelerated basis in the event such awards are assumed or replaced with equivalent awards but the individual’s service with us or the acquiring entity is subsequently terminated within a designated period following the change in control event. The administrator may also make appropriate adjustments to awards under the 2010 Plan and is authorized to provide for the acceleration, cash-out, termination, assumption, substitution or conversion of such awards in the event of a change in control or certain other unusual or nonrecurring events or transactions. Under the 2010 Plan, a change in control is generally defined as:

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by our stockholders of more than 50% of our voting stock to a person or group;

 

  Ÿ  

a change in the composition of our board of directors over a two-year period such that 50% or more of the members of the board of directors were elected through one or more contested elections;

 

  Ÿ  

a merger, consolidation, reorganization or business combination in which we are involved, directly or indirectly, other than a merger, consolidation, reorganization or business combination which results in our outstanding voting securities immediately before the transaction continuing to represent a majority of the voting power of the acquiring company’s outstanding voting securities and after which no person or group beneficially owns 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity immediately after the transaction;

 

  Ÿ  

the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of our assets; or

 

  Ÿ  

stockholder approval of our liquidation or dissolution.

Adjustments of Awards

In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, spin-off, recapitalization, distribution of our assets to stockholders (other than normal cash dividends) or any other corporate event affecting the number of outstanding shares of our common stock or the share price of our common stock that would require adjustments to the 2010 Plan or any awards under the 2010 Plan in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the potential benefits intended to be made available thereunder, the administrator will make appropriate, proportionate adjustments to:

 

  Ÿ  

the aggregate number and type of shares subject to the 2010 Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding awards and terms and conditions of outstanding awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect to such awards); and

 

  Ÿ  

the grant or exercise price per share of any outstanding awards under the 2010 Plan.

Amendment and Termination

Our board of directors or the committee (with board approval) may terminate, amend or modify the 2010 Plan at any time and from time to time. However, we must generally obtain stockholder approval:

 

  Ÿ  

to increase the number of shares available under the 2010 Plan (other than in connection with certain corporate events, as described above);

 

  Ÿ  

to grant options with an exercise price that is below 100% of the fair market value of shares of our common stock on the grant date;

 

97


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

to extend the exercise period for an option beyond ten years from the date of grant; or

 

  Ÿ  

to the extent required by applicable law, rule or regulation (including any applicable stock exchange rule).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an option may be amended to reduce the per share exercise price below the per share exercise price of such option on the grant date and options may be granted in exchange for, or in connection with, the cancellation or surrender of options having a higher per share exercise price without receiving additional stockholder approval.

Expiration Date

The 2010 Plan will expire on, and no option or other award may be granted pursuant to the 2010 Plan after, the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the 2010 Plan. Any award that is outstanding on the expiration date of the 2010 Plan will remain in force according to the terms of the 2010 Plan and the applicable award agreement.

Securities Laws and U.S. Federal Income Taxes

The 2010 Plan is designed to comply with various securities and U.S. federal tax laws as follows:

Securities Laws .    The 2010 Plan is intended to conform to all provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the SEC thereunder, including without limitation, Rule 16b-3. The 2010 Plan will be administered, and options will be granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

Section 409A of the Code .    Certain awards under the 2010 Plan may be considered “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, which imposes certain additional requirements regarding the payment of deferred compensation. Generally, if at any time during a taxable year a nonqualified deferred compensation plan fails to meet the requirements of Section 409A, or is not operated in accordance with those requirements, all amounts deferred under the 2010 Plan and all other equity incentive plans for the taxable year and all preceding taxable years by any participant with respect to whom the failure relates are includible in gross income for the taxable year to the extent not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture and not previously included in gross income. If a deferred amount is required to be included in income under Section 409A, the amount also is subject to interest and an additional income tax. The interest imposed is equal to the interest at the underpayment rate plus one percentage point, imposed on the underpayments that would have occurred had the compensation been includible in income for the taxable year when first deferred, or if later, when not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. The additional U.S. federal income tax is equal to 20% of the compensation required to be included in gross income. In addition, certain states, including California, have laws similar to Section 409A, which impose additional state penalty taxes on such compensation.

Section 162(m) of the Code .    In general, under Section 162(m) of the Code, income tax deductions of publicly held corporations may be limited to the extent total compensation (including, but not limited to, base salary, annual bonus, and income attributable to stock option exercises and other non-qualified benefits) for certain executive officers exceeds $1,000,000 (less the amount of any “excess parachute payments” as defined in Section 280G of the Code) in any taxable year of the corporation. However, under Section 162(m), the deduction limit does not apply to certain “performance-based compensation” established by an independent compensation committee that is adequately disclosed to and approved by stockholders. In particular, stock options and SARs will satisfy the “performance-based compensation” exception if the awards are made by a qualifying

 

98


Table of Contents

compensation committee, the 2010 Plan sets the maximum number of shares that can be granted to any person within a specified period and the compensation is based solely on an increase in the stock price after the grant date. Specifically, the option exercise price must be equal to or greater than the fair market value of the stock subject to the award on the grant date. Under a Section 162(m) transition rule for compensation plans of corporations which are privately held and which become publicly held in an initial public offering, the 2010 Plan will not be subject to Section 162(m) until a specified transition date, which is the earlier of:

 

  Ÿ  

the material modification of the 2010 Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

the issuance of all of the shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2010 Plan;

 

  Ÿ  

the expiration of the 2010 Plan; or

 

  Ÿ  

the first meeting of our stockholders at which members of our board of directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which our initial public offering occurs.

After the transition date, rights or awards granted under the 2010 Plan, other than options and SARs, will not qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m) unless such rights or awards are granted or vest upon pre-established objective performance goals, the material terms of which are disclosed to and approved by our stockholders. Thus, after the transition date, we expect that such other rights or awards under the plan will not constitute performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m).

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of our common stock issuable under the 2010 Plan.

2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

Our board of directors has adopted and we expect our stockholders to approve a 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2009 Plan. The 2009 Plan is an amendment, restatement, continuation and renaming of our Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “Prior Plan”). The principal purpose of the 2009 Plan is to promote the interests of the company and its stockholders by (i) providing certain employees of and consultants to the company with additional incentives to continue to increase their efforts with respect to achieving success in the business of the company and (ii) attracting and retaining the best available personnel to participate in the ongoing business operations of the company.

As of                     , 2010, options to purchase                      shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price per share of $             remained outstanding under the 2009 Plan. No stock purchase rights have been granted under the 2009 Plan. As of                     , 2010, options to purchase              shares of our common stock remained available for future issuance pursuant to awards granted under the 2009 Plan. Following the completion of this offering, no further awards will be granted under the 2009 Plan; all outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms

The principal features of the 2009 Plan are summarized below. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the 2009 Plan, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Share Reserve

Under the 2009 Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares under the 2009 Plan is the number of shares of common stock available for future grant or sale under the Prior Plan on the date of

 

99


Table of Contents

the adoption of this Plan plus up to 10,493,424 shares of common stock covered by awards outstanding under the Prior Plan on the date of adoption of the 2009 Plan that may become available under the 2009 Plan. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2009 Plan pursuant to incentive stock options is 1,058,348 plus up to 10,493,424 shares of common stock covered by the awards under the Prior Plan on the date of the adoption of the 2009 Plan. The shares may be authorized but unissued, reacquired common stock, or both. If an option or stock purchase right (whether issued under the 2009 Plan or the Prior Plan) should expire, terminate or be cancelled or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, then the unpurchased shares of common stock that were subject thereto shall, unless the 2009 Plan has been terminated, become available for future grant or sale under the 2009 Plan. In addition, shares of common stock issued under the 2009 Plan or the Prior Plan and later forfeited, repurchased or otherwise reacquired by the Company shall, unless the 2009 Plan has been terminated, become available for future grant or sale under the 2009 Plan.

Administration

The 2009 Plan shall be administered by the board of directors of the Company unless and until the board of directors delegates administration to a committee, as provided for in the 2009 Plan. The board of directors may appoint a committee consisting of not less than two members of our board of directors, each of whom is intended to qualify as an “outside director,” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and an “independent director” within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE, or other principal securities market on which shares of our common stock are traded.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2009 Plan, the administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the number of shares to be subject to awards and the terms and conditions of awards, and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2009 Plan. The administrator is also authorized to adopt, amend or rescind rules relating to administration of the 2009 Plan. Our board of directors may at any time remove the committee members as the administrator and revest in itself the authority to administer the 2009 Plan. Members of the committee who are either eligible for awards or who have been granted an award may vote on any matters affecting the administration of the 2009 Plan, except that no member shall be able to act or vote on granting an award to such member.

Eligibility

Options, stock appreciation rights, stock purchase rights, restricted shares and all other stock-based awards under the 2009 Plan may be granted to individuals who are then our officers, employees or consultants or are the officers, employees or consultants of any of our majority-owned subsidiaries. Such awards also may be granted to our directors. Only employees may be granted incentive stock options, or ISOs.

Awards

The 2009 Plan provides that the administrator may grant or issue stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock purchase rights, restricted shares and other stock-based awards, or any combination thereof. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.

Nonstatutory stock options will provide for the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a specified price which may not be less than fair market value on the date of grant, and usually will

 

100


Table of Contents

become exercisable (at the discretion of the administrator) in one or more installments after the grant date, subject to the participant’s continued employment or service with us and/or subject to the satisfaction of corporate performance targets and individual performance targets established by the administrator. NSOs may be granted for any term specified by the administrator, but may not exceed ten years.

Incentive stock options will be designed in a manner intended to comply with the provisions of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and will be subject to specified restrictions contained in the Internal Revenue Code. Among such restrictions, ISOs must have an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant, may only be granted to employees, and must not be exercisable after a period of ten years measured from the date of grant. In the case of an ISO granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock, the 2009 Plan provides that the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant and the ISO must not be exercisable after a period of five years measured from the date of grant.

Restricted shares may be granted to any eligible individual and made subject to such restrictions as may be determined by the administrator. Restricted stock, typically, may be forfeited for no consideration or repurchased by us at the original purchase price if the conditions or restrictions on vesting are not met. In general, restricted stock may not be sold, or otherwise transferred, until restrictions are removed or expire. Purchasers of restricted stock, unlike recipients of options, will have voting rights, but will not have the right to receive dividends.

Stock appreciation rights may be granted in connection with stock options or other awards, or separately. SARs granted in connection with stock options or other awards typically will provide for payments to the holder based upon increases in the price of our common stock over a set exercise price. SARs under the 2009 Plan will be settled in cash or shares of our common stock, or in a combination of both, at the election of the administrator.

Stock purchase rights may be authorized by the administrator in the form of an offer to purchase a certain number of shares of our common stock. The administrator shall determine the time within which the offeree must accept such offer, which in no event can exceed forty-five days from the date upon which the board of directors, or committee appointed thereby, made the determination to grant such offeree the stock purchase right. Following acceptance of such offer and payment therefore, the shares of common stock subject to the stock purchase right shall be duly issued, subject to federal and state tax withholdings.

Corporate Transactions

In the event of a corporate transaction, whereby the acquiror does not assume or replace awards issued under the 2009 Plan, the vesting and exercisability of each outstanding award shall accelerate such that the award shall become vested and exercisable in full prior to the consummation of such corporate transaction at such time and on such conditions as the board of directors, or a committee thereof shall determine. Under the 2009 Plan, a corporate transaction is generally defined as:

 

  Ÿ  

a sale, transfer or disposition of all or substantially all of the company’s assets other than to certain entities controlled by us or our holders of capital stock, or in which the holders of at least a majority of the shares of our voting capital stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by such shares remaining outstanding in the continuing entity or by their being converted into shares of voting capital common stock of the surviving entity) a majority of the voting power represented by the shares of our (or the surviving entity’s) voting capital stock outstanding immediately after such transaction; or

 

101


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

any merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction of the company with or into another corporation, entity or person other than a transaction with or into another corporation, entity or person in which the holders of at least a majority of the shares of our voting capital stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by such shares remaining outstanding in the continuing entity or by their being converted into shares of voting capital common stock of the surviving entity) a majority of the voting power represented by the shares of our (or the surviving entity’s) voting capital stock outstanding immediately after such transaction.

Changes in Capitalization

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the company and the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, the number of shares of common stock covered by each outstanding award, and the number of shares of common stock which have been authorized for issuance under the 2009 Plan but as to which no awards have yet been granted or which have been returned to the 2009 Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an award, or repurchase of shares of common stock subject to an award from a participant upon termination of employment or otherwise, as well as the price per share of common stock covered by each such outstanding award, shall be proportionately adjusted in the event of the following with respect to the company’s shares of common stock: a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination, reclassification or other distribution of the company’s equity securities without the receipt of consideration by the company. Such adjustment shall be made by the board of directors or committee thereof whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of common stock subject to an award.

Amendment and Termination

Our board of directors or committee thereof may terminate, suspend, amend or modify the 2009 Plan at any time and from time to time, subject to approval by our stockholders where required by law. We may cancel an option at any time before it would have otherwise expired by its own terms and grant to the same person a replacement option with a new option price that is lower (but not higher) than the option price of the cancelled option.

Expiration Date

Unless terminated earlier by our board of directors or committee thereof the 2009 Plan will expire on, and no option or other award may be granted pursuant to the 2009 Plan after, ten years after the effective date of the 2009 Plan. Any award that is outstanding on the expiration date of the 2009 Plan will remain in force according to the terms of the 2009 Plan and the applicable award agreement.

Securities Laws and Federal Income Taxes

The 2009 Plan is designed to comply with various securities and federal tax laws as follows:

Securities Laws .    The 2009 Plan is intended to conform to all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the SEC thereunder, including, without limitation, Rule 16b-3. The 2009 Plan will be administered, and options will be granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

 

102


Table of Contents

Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code .    Certain awards under the 2009 Plan may be considered “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, which imposes certain additional requirements regarding the payment of deferred compensation. Generally, if at any time during a taxable year a nonqualified deferred compensation plan fails to meet the requirements of Section 409A, or is not operated in accordance with those requirements, all amounts deferred under the 2009 Plan and all other equity incentive plans for the taxable year and all preceding taxable years, by any participant with respect to whom the failure relates, are includible in gross income for the taxable year to the extent not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture and not previously included in gross income. If a deferred amount is required to be included in income under Section 409A, the amount also is subject to interest and an additional income tax. The interest imposed is equal to the interest at the underpayment rate plus one percentage point, imposed on the underpayments that would have occurred had the compensation been includible in income for the taxable year when first deferred, or if later, when not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. The additional federal income tax is equal to 20% of the compensation required to be included in gross income. In addition, certain states, including California, have laws similar to Section 409A, which impose additional state penalty taxes on such compensation.

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of our common stock issuable under the 2009 Plan.

Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan in December 1999, which was amended and restated in February 2006. An aggregate of              shares of our common stock is reserved for issuance under the 1999 Plan. The 1999 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs, NSOs, restricted shares and other stock-based awards. As of                     , 2010, options to purchase              shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price per share of $             remained outstanding under the 1999 Plan. Since the adoption of the 2009 Plan, no additional awards have be granted under the 1999 Plan, but all outstanding awards under the 1999 Plan continue to be governed by their existing terms. Our board of directors, or a committee thereof, has the authority to administer the 1999 Plan and the awards granted under it. All of the material terms and definitions of the 1999 Plan are substantially similar to the 2009 Plan.

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of our common stock issuable under the 1999 Plan.

401(k) Plan

Currently, all of our employees over the age of 18 are eligible to participate in our 401(k) Plan. Under the 401(k) Plan, eligible employees may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the lesser of 100% of their base salary and cash compensation or the prescribed annual limit and contribute these amounts to the 401(k) Plan. The annual limit in 2009 was $16,500. We may make matching or other contributions to the 401(k) Plan on behalf of eligible employees. In 2009, we matched up to 50% of each employee’s contributions to the 401(k) Plan subject to a maximum of 6% of such employee’s salary. The 401(k) Plan is intended to qualify under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code so that contributions by employees to the 401(k) Plan, and income earned on the 401(k) Plan contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) Plan. The trustees under the 401(k) Plan, at the direction of each participant, invest the 401(k) Plan employee salary deferrals in selected investment options.

 

103


Table of Contents

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits our amended and restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not eliminate a director’s duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law. This provision also does not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Under our amended and restated bylaws, we will also be empowered to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we are required or permitted to indemnify.

In addition to the indemnification required in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we plan to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors, officers and some employees before the completion of this offering. These agreements will provide for the indemnification of our directors, officers and some employees for certain expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or hearing, inquiry or investigation that may lead to the foregoing, to which they are a party, or are threatened to be made a party, by reason of the fact that they are or were a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of our company, or any of our subsidiaries, by reason of any action or inaction by them while serving as an officer, director, agent or fiduciary, or by reason of the fact that they were serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another entity. Under the indemnification agreements, indemnification will only be provided in situations where the indemnified parties acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interest, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to situations where they had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful. In the case of an action or proceeding by or in the right of our company or any of our subsidiaries, no indemnification will be provided for any claim where a court determines that the indemnified party is prohibited from receiving indemnification. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors,

 

104


Table of Contents

officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend or terminate the plan in some circumstances. Our directors and executive officers may also buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material, nonpublic information.

 

105


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

We describe below transactions and series of similar transactions, during our last three fiscal years, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

  Ÿ  

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

  Ÿ  

any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our common stock or any member of their immediate family had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We are party to an investors’ rights agreement which provides that holders of our convertible preferred stock have the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Transactions with Directors

Director Carl Buccellato is the chief executive officer of Savings Street LLC (formerly New Casa 188, LLC), or SavingStreet, and owns 32% of the membership interests of SavingStreet. On February 16, 2008, we entered into a strategic relationship agreement with SavingStreet pursuant to which we provide to SavingStreet certain information from borrowers who consent to the distribution of such information, SavingStreet uses this borrower information to market certain move-related and home ownership-related products and services and we receive a specified percentage of net income generated by SavingStreet under a profit sharing arrangement. In connection with this transaction, we issued to SavingStreet a five-year warrant to purchase up to 400,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.98 per share. This warrant may only be exercised at any time after we have received an aggregate of $5.0 million pursuant to the agreement and prior to the termination date of the warrant, which is December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2009, we have not been paid any amounts pursuant to the agreement.

Director Jerald Hoerauf is a senior vice president of First American CoreLogic, Inc., a subsidiary of The First American Corporation, one of our stockholders. During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, revenues derived from the First American Corporation were $1,513,664, $854,377 and $797,413, respectively.

Director Robert Levin was a senior officer at Fannie Mae from 1998 to February 2009. Fannie Mae is an Ellie Mae Network participant. During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, revenues derived from the Fannie Mae were $766,356, $817,744 and $734,709, respectively.

Other Transactions

We intend to enter into change of control agreements with certain of our executive officers that, among other things, provide for certain severance and change of control benefits. For a description of these agreements, see “Management—Termination-Based Compensation.”

We have granted stock options to our executive officers and all of our directors. For a description of these options, see “Management—Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for 2009.”

We will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and officers before the completion of this offering. See “Management—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

 

106


Table of Contents

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors intends to adopt a written related party policy to set forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person.

 

107


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2009, information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock by:

 

  Ÿ  

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our voting securities;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our named executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our directors;

 

  Ÿ  

all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

  Ÿ  

each of the selling stockholders.

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC and generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable.

Common stock subject to stock options and warrants currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2009 are deemed to be outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of the person holding these options and warrants and the percentage ownership of any group of which the holder is a member but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person.

We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to the offering on 45,356,318 shares of common stock outstanding on December 31, 2009 (as adjusted to reflect at that date the conversion on a 1-for-1 basis of all shares of our preferred stock outstanding into 35,311,759 shares of common stock). We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership after the offering on              shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option).

 

108


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise noted below, the address for each of the stockholders in the table below is c/o Ellie Mae, Inc., 4155 Hopyard Road, Suite 200, Pleasanton, California 94588.

 

     Beneficial Ownership
Prior to the
Offering(1)
         Beneficial Ownership
After the Offering(1)

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

   Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
   Percent     Shares
Being
Offered
   Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
   Percent

5% Stockholders:

             

The First American Corporation(2)

   7,526,150    16.59        

Charter Legacy, LLC(3)

   7,125,759    15.60        

Funds affiliated with Alloy Ventures(4)

   3,920,576    8.60        

Funds affiliated with Alta Partners(5)

   5,555,651    12.18        

Executive Officers and Directors:

             

Sigmund Anderman(6)

   2,690,097    5.82        

Jonathan Corr(7)

   351,041    *           

Limin Hu(8)

   1,958,134    4.28        

Joseph Langner(9)

   532,289    1.16        

Edgar Luce(10)

   196,875    *           

Carl Buccellato(11)

   318,103    *           

Craig Davis(12)

   82,000    *           

A. Barr Dolan

               

Jerald L. Hoerauf

                

Robert Levin(13)

   18,333    *           

Bernard M. Notas(14)

   460,000    1.01        

Frank Schultz(15)

   324,778    *           

All executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons)(16)

   6,931,650    14.21        

Selling Stockholders

             

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding common stock.
(1) Shares shown in the table above include shares held in the beneficial owner’s name or jointly with others, or in the name of a bank, nominee or trustee for the beneficial owner’s account.
(2) The First American Corporation, is a California corporation. George L. Argyros, Bruce S. Bennett, Matthew B. Botein, J. David Chatham, Glenn C. Christenson, William G. Davis, James L. Doti, Lewis W. Douglas, Jr., Christopher V. Greetham, Parker S. Kennedy, Thomas C. O’Brien, Frank E. O’Bryan, John W. Peace, D. Van Skilling, Herbert B. Tasker, Virginia M. Ueberroth and Mary Lee Widener, in their capacities as directors of The First American Corporation, may be deemed to have shared voting or dispositive power over these shares. Each of them, however, disclaims this beneficial ownership except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of The First American Corporation is 1 First American Way, Santa Ana, California 92707.
(3) Includes 250,000 shares that may be acquired by Charter Legacy, LLC pursuant to the exercise of outstanding warrants. The warrants are exercisable at any time prior to the consummation of the offering contemplated by this prospectus and may be net exercised at the option of the holder. Includes beneficial ownership of 12,000 shares subject to options held by Ravi Chiruvolu, a former director of the Company, that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2009. Mr. Chiruvolu disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Charter Legacy, LLC is a wholly owned investment vehicle of the CMC Master Fund LP. C.M. Capital Advisors, LLC is the fund manager of CMC Master Fund LP and the manager of Charter Legacy, LLC. C.M. Capital Advisors, LLC, as manager of Charter Legacy, LLC, has the voting and dispositive power over these shares. The managing directors of C.M. Capital Advisors, LLC are Elizabeth Hammack, Mark Louie, John Couch and Jenchyn Luh. Each managing director disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of Charter Legacy, LLC is c/o C.M. Capital Advisors, LLC at 525 University Avenue, Suite 1400, Palo Alto, CA 94301.
(4)

Consists of: (a) 2,758,448 shares held of record held by AMA98 Ventures, L.P. and 187,875 shares that may be acquired by the entity pursuant to the exercise of outstanding warrants; (b) 414,168 shares held of record

 

109


Table of Contents
 

by AMA98 Investors, L.P. and 28,209 shares that may be acquired by the entity pursuant to the exercise of outstanding warrants, (c) 331,014 shares held of record by AMA98 Corporate, L.P. and 22,546 shares that may be acquired by the entity pursuant to the exercise of outstanding warrants, and (d) 166,946 shares held of record by AMA98 Partners, L.P and 11,370 shares that may be acquired by the entity pursuant to the exercise of outstanding warrants. The warrants are exercisable at any time prior to the consummation of the offering contemplated by this prospectus and may be net exercised at the option of the holder. Alloy Ventures 1998, LLC is the General Partner of AMA98 Ventures, L.P., AMA98 Investors, L.P., AMA98 Corporate, L.P., and AMA98 Partners, L.P. The managing members of Alloy Ventures 1998, LLC are Craig C. Taylor, John F. Shoch, Douglas E. Kelly and Tony Di Bona. Each managing member disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of the entities affiliated with Alloy Ventures is 400 Hamilton Avenue, Fourth Floor, Palo Alto, CA 94301.

(5) Consists of: (a) 5,239,457 shares held by Alta California Partners II, L.P. and 246,881 shares that may be acquired by the entity pursuant to the exercise of outstanding warrants; and (b) 66,194 shares held by Alta Embarcadero Partners II, LLC and 3,119 shares that may be acquired by the entity pursuant to the exercise of outstanding warrants. The warrants are exercisable at any time prior to the consummation of the offering contemplated by this prospectus and may be net exercised at the option of the holder. Alta Partners Management Corp. provides investment advisory services to Alta California Partners II, L.P., and Alta Embarcadero Partners II, LLC which we refer to collectively as the Alta California II Funds. The managing directors of Alta California Management II, LLC (which is the general partner of Alta California Partners II, L.P.) exercise sole dispositive voting power over the Alta California II Funds. Jean Deleage, Garrett Gruener, Guy Nohra and Daniel Janney are managing directors of Alta California Management II, LLC and share voting and investment control with regard to the shares held by Alta California Partners II, L.P. Jean Deleage, Garrett Gruener and Guy Nohra are members of Alta Embarcadero Partners II, LLC and share voting and investment control with regard to shares held by Alta Embarcadero Partners II, LLC. Each of the above listed individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of their proportionate pecuniary interest therein. Garrett Gruener, a managing director of Alta California Management II, LLC and a member of Alta Embarcadero Partners II, LLC, resigned from our board of directors effective March 2, 2010. Mr. Gruener disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his proportionate pecuniary interest therein. The address of Alta Partners Management Corp. is One Embarcadero Center, Suite 3700, San Francisco, California 94111.
(6) Consists of 1,855,722 shares held of record by The Sigmund and Susan Anderman Family Trust and 834,375 shares subject to options held by Sigmund Anderman that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2009, but excludes 1,350,000 shares subject to an option exercisable upon the achievement of performance-based goals (see Note 3 to the Summary Compensation Table for 2009 under the Section captioned “Executive Compensation”).
(7) Consists of 351,041 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2009.
(8) Consists of 1,526,781 shares held of record by Limin and Christine Hu, and 431,353 shares subject to options held by Limin Hu that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2009.
(9) Consists of 532,289 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2009.
(10) Consists of 196,875 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2009.
(11) Includes 123,500 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2009.
(12) Includes 32,000 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2009.
(13) Consists of 18,333 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2009.
(14) Consists of 312,000 shares held of record by The Notas Family Trust and 60,000 shares held of record by Bernard Notas.
(15) Includes (a) 200,000 shares held of record by The Frank J. and Paula C. Schultz 1989 Revocable Trust, (b) 12,000 shares held of record by The Frank J. Schultz Roth IRA, (c) 15,000 shares held of record by The Frank J. Schultz, Charles Schwab & Company Inc., Custodian, Roth Contributory IRA, (d) 12,100 shares held of record by The Frank J. Schultz, IRA UTA Charles Schwab & Company Inc, (e) 66,500 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2009 and (f) 12,501 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of outstanding warrants. The warrants are exercisable at any time prior to the consummation of the offering contemplated by this prospectus and may be net exercised at the option of the holder.
(16) Includes 2,686,767 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2009.

 

110


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue up to              shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and              shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The following information reflects a 1-for-    reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected immediately prior to the effectiveness of our initial public offering registration statement, the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

As of December 31, 2009, there were outstanding:

 

  Ÿ  

10,044,559 shares of common stock held by approximately 99 stockholders; and

 

  Ÿ  

9,062,617 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options.

All of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock and preferred stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Our shares of common stock are not redeemable and, following the closing of this offering, will not have preemptive rights.

As of December 31, 2009, there were warrants outstanding for the purchase of an aggregate of 1,604,288 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.27 per share.

The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering. Copies of these documents have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds.

Voting Rights

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the voting shares are able to elect all of the directors.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

 

111


Table of Contents

Rights and Preferences

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Warrants

In September 2008, we issued a warrant to New Casa 188, LLC (currently known as SavingStreet.com, LLC) to purchase an aggregate of 400,000 shares of our common stock at $1.98 per share. The warrant remains outstanding at December 31, 2009 and will expire on December 31, 2012. Such warrant contains a performance requirement with vesting triggered by certain minimum payments to us resulting from a strategic relationship arrangement and, as of December 31, 2009, the warrant was unvested as the minimum payments under the strategic relationship had not been met.

In March 2004, we issued a warrant to FL Advisors, LLC, a financial advisor, to purchase a maximum of 41,840 shares of our common stock at $2.39 per share. This warrant potentially vests in five annual tranches, dependent upon certain performance criteria being met. The first and second benchmarks were met in 2004 and 2005 and 8,368 shares underlying the warrant vested in each of those years. The third benchmark was met in 2006 and an additional 12,552 shares underlying the warrant vested. The benchmarks for the remaining two tranches had not been met as of December 31, 2009 and the agreement was terminated during 2009. Therefore, the remaining two tranches of the warrant relating to the remaining 12,552 shares will never vest under the arrangement. The warrant remains outstanding at December 31, 2009 and expires in 2011, seven years from the date of issuance.

During July, August and October 2001, we issued warrants to existing holders of our preferred stock to purchase an aggregate of 1,175,000 shares of our common stock at $1.00 per share as additional consideration for a bridge financing. The warrants remain exercisable and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and expire upon the closing of the offering.

Preferred Stock

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to              shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of our company or other corporate action. Upon completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights

Demand Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately              shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time following the 180th day after the

 

112


Table of Contents

consummation of this offering, the holders of at least 25% of these shares can, on not more than two occasions, request that we register all or a portion of their shares. Such request for registration must cover at least that number of shares with a reasonably expected aggregate offering price that equals or exceeds $5.0 million. If we determine that it would be seriously detrimental to us for a registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer such registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12 month period, for a period of up to 120 days.

Piggyback Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, in the event that we propose to register the offer and sale of any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of approximately              shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing the holder to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related to employee benefit plans, debt securities or corporate reorganizations, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately              shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of these shares can make a written request that we register the offer and sale of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $500,000. We will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 if we have effected one such registration in a given 12 month period, and we will not be required to effect any further registrations on Form S-3 after we have effected four such registrations that have been declared or ordered effective.

We will pay the registration expenses, subject to certain specified exceptions, of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described above. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include.

The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described above will expire, with respect to any particular stockholder, six years following the completion of this offering or when that stockholder is able to sell all of its shares under Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any three-month period.

Pursuant to the investors’ rights agreement, each stockholder that has registration rights has agreed that to the extent requested by us and the underwriters, such stockholder will not sell or otherwise dispose of any securities for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain terms and conditions. See “Underwriting.”

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to be in Effect Upon the Completion of this Offering

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our

 

113


Table of Contents

stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering will provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by a consent in writing, and that only our board of directors, chairman of the board, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer) may call a special meeting of stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require a 66  2 / 3 % stockholder vote for the amendment, repeal or modification of certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws relating to the classification of our board of directors, the requirement that stockholder actions be effected at a duly called meeting and the designated parties entitled to call a special meeting of the stockholders. The combination of the classification of our board of directors, the lack of cumulative voting and the 66  2 / 3 % stockholder voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control or management. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit increases in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

  Ÿ  

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

  Ÿ  

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66- 2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

114


Table of Contents

In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

 

  Ÿ  

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

  Ÿ  

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loss, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Acceleration of Options Upon Change of Control

Generally, under our 1999 Stock Plan and 2009 Plan, in the event of certain mergers, a reorganization or consolidation of our company with or into another corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets or all of our capital stock wherein the successor corporation does not assume outstanding options or issue equivalent options, our board of directors is required to accelerate vesting of options outstanding under such plans.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

See “Management—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Listing

We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for quotation on the NYSE under the symbol “ELLI.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Wells Fargo Bank N.A.

 

115


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and although we expect that our common stock will be approved for listing on the NYSE, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock following this offering. We cannot predict what effect, if any, sales of our shares in the public market or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, or the perception that such sales may occur, however, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and also could adversely affect our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our common stock or other equity-related securities of ours at times and prices we believe appropriate.

Upon completion of this offering, based on our shares outstanding as of              and after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock,              shares of our common stock will be outstanding. All of the shares of common stock expected to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered under the Securities Act or if those securities qualify for an exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

As a result of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 or 701, and assuming no extension of the lock-up period and no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option, the shares of our common stock that will be deemed “restricted securities” will be available for sale in the public market following the completion of this offering as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

                 shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus; and

 

  Ÿ  

                 shares will be eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described below 181 days after the date of this prospectus.

We may issue shares of our common stock from time to time for a variety of corporate purposes, including in capital-raising activities through future public offerings or private placements, in connection with exercise of stock options or warrants, vesting of restricted stock units and other issuances relating to our employee benefit plans and as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other purposes. The number of shares of our common stock that we may issue may be significant, depending on the events surrounding such issuances. In some cases, the shares we issue may be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act; in other cases, we may grant registration rights covering the shares issued in connection with these issuances, in which case the holders of the shares will have the right, under certain circumstances, to cause us to register any such shares for resale to the public.

Lock-up Agreements

We and our officers, directors, and substantially all of the holders of our equity securities, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, other than the shares which the selling stockholders may sell in this offering, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the Goldman, Sachs & Co., subject to specified exceptions and a possible extension of up to 34 additional days beyond the end of such 180-day period, after the date of this prospectus. These agreements are described below under the section captioned “Underwriting.”

 

116


Table of Contents

Goldman, Sachs & Co. has advised us that they have no present intent or arrangement to release any shares subject to a lock-up, and will consider the release of any lock-up on a case-by-case basis. Upon a request to release any shares subject to a lock-up, Goldman, Sachs & Co. would consider the particular circumstances surrounding the request, including, but not limited to, the length of time before the lock-up expires, the number of shares requested to be released, the reasons for the request, the possible impact on the market for our common stock and whether the holder of our shares requesting the release is an officer, director or other affiliate of ours.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the completion of this offering, without regard to the registration requirements of the Securities Act or the availability of public information about us, if:

 

  Ÿ  

the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and

 

  Ÿ  

the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. To the extent that shares were acquired from one of our affiliates, a person’s holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 would commence on the date of transfer from the affiliate.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 a person who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale or public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such Rule 701 shares pursuant to Rule 144. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements or market stand-off provisions as discussed above, and, as a result, these shares will only become eligible for sale at the earlier of the expiration of the lock-up period or upon obtaining the consent of the underwriters to release all or any portion of these shares from the lock-up agreements.

 

117


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

Upon the expiration of the lock-ups described above, the holders of approximately              shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of those shares under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, please see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” After these shares are registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act.

Stock Options

As soon as practicable after the completion of this offering, we intend to file a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our 1999 Stock Plan and 2009 Incentive Award Plan. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by this registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements described above and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. For a more complete discussion of our stock plans, see “Management—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

Warrants

Upon completion of this offering, a warrant entitling a holder to purchase 29,288 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.39 per share (subject to adjustment as provided in the warrants) will remain outstanding. In addition, a warrant entitling a holder to purchase 400,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.98 remains outstanding, but is subject to vesting requirements that have not yet been met. See “Description of Capital Stock—Warrants” for additional information. Such shares issued upon exercise of the warrant may be able to be sold after the expiration of the lock-up period described above subject the requirements of Rule 144 described above.

 

118


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX

CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating thereto, nor does it address any tax consequences arising under any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws, the U.S. federal estate tax or gift tax rules or any other U.S. federal tax laws. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), all as in effect as of the date of this offering. These authorities may change, possibly retroactively, resulting in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS with respect to the matters discussed below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary position regarding the tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our common stock, or that any such contrary position would not be sustained by a court.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular holder in light of that holder’s particular circumstances. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including, without limitation, certain former citizens or permanent residents of the United States, an integral part or controlled entity of a foreign sovereign, partnerships and other pass-through entities, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, banks, financial institutions, insurance companies, brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies, tax-exempt organizations, tax-qualified retirement plans, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation, persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment or persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

If a partnership (or other entity taxed as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock and partners in such partnerships are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the specific U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of acquiring, owning or disposing of our common stock.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS, THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES, ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

 

119


Table of Contents

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a “U.S. person” or a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any of the following:

 

  Ÿ  

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

  Ÿ  

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

  Ÿ  

a trust (i) if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust or (ii) that has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock. If, however, we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described under the section titled “—Gain on Sale or Disposition of Our Common Stock” below.

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock that are not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by such holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, or such lower rate specified by an applicable tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (or applicable successor form) certifying such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, who then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide us or our paying agent with the required certification, but which qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding possible entitlement to benefits under a tax treaty.

If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and dividends paid on the common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States), the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form), certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

 

120


Table of Contents

Any dividends paid on our common stock that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if such holder were a U.S. person and, for a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation, also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable tax treaty). Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

A non-U.S. holder that claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty generally will be required to satisfy applicable certification and other requirements prior to the distribution date. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

Gain on Sale or Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or disposition of our common stock unless:

 

  Ÿ  

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the sale or disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

  Ÿ  

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (a “USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes during the relevant statutory period.

Unless an applicable tax treaty provides otherwise, the gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if such holder were a U.S. person. A non-U.S. holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable tax treaty). Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain described in the second bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such a lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe that we currently are not, and we do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, however, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. In the event we do become a USRPHC, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, our common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only with respect to a non-U.S. holder that actually or constructively holds more than 5 percent of our common stock at any time during the relevant statutory period, i.e., the shorter of the five-year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder’s holding period.

 

121


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those dividends. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Under certain circumstances, the Code imposes a backup withholding obligation (currently at a rate of 28%) on certain reportable payments. Backup withholding generally will not, however, apply to payments of dividends to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

New Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts

Newly enacted legislation may impose withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” and certain other non-U.S. entities. Under this legislation, the failure to comply with additional certification, information reporting and other specified requirements could result in withholding tax being imposed on payments of dividends and sales proceeds to foreign intermediaries and certain non-U.S. holders. The legislation imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign non-financial entity, unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations or (ii) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner. If the payee is a foreign financial institution, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements. The legislation would apply to payments made after December 31, 2012. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding this legislation.

 

122


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. is the representative of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

William Blair & Company

  

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods

  

Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc.

  

Piper Jaffray

  

ThinkEquity LLC

  
    

Total

  
    

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional              shares from the selling stockholders. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. The amounts for the selling stockholders are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase              additional shares from the selling stockholders.

Paid by Ellie Mae

 

Per Share

   $                 

Total

   $  

Paid by the Selling Stockholders

 

     No Exercise    Full Exercise

Per Share

   $                     $                 

Total

   $      $  

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors, and substantially all of the holders of our equity securities, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not

 

123


Table of Contents

to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to (i) issuance by us of shares of common stock pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date of this prospectus or (ii) subject to certain conditions, transfers of shares by our directors, officers or other equity holders (A) as a bona fide gift or gifts, (B) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of such person or the immediate family of such person, (C) with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., or (D) if an equity holder is a corporation, to any wholly-owned subsidiary of such corporation. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (i) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (ii) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We intend to apply to list the common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “ELLI”. In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the common stock on the NYSE, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial holders.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Shorts sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

 

124


Table of Contents

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

  (a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

  (b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (i) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (ii) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (iii) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

  (c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms for the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

 

125


Table of Contents

We and the selling stockholders estimate that the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us will be approximately $                 . We will pay all expenses of this offering, including expenses of the selling stockholders pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Investors’ Rights Agreement,” other than the underwriting discounts and commissions attributable to shares sold by the selling stockholders.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters with respect to the legality of the issuance of the shares of common stock offered by us by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, Menlo Park, California. Certain legal matters with respect to the legality of the issuance of the shares of common stock offered by the selling stockholders by this prospectus will be passed upon for the selling stockholders by Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., Wilmington, Delaware. The underwriters are being represented by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto, California, in connection with the offering. Investment partnerships comprised of members of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. beneficially own less than 0.01% of shares of our common stock which it received upon a December 2009 distribution by an investment fund to its limited partners.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accountants, as indicated in their report with respect thereto, and is included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said report.

The consolidated financial statements for our subsidiary, Mavent Holdings Inc., as of December 31, 2008 and December 11, 2009 and for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the period ended December 11, 2009 included elsewhere in this prospectus, have been audited by Haskell & White LLP, an independent auditor, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the consolidated financial statements). Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

126


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov. We also maintain a website at www.elliemae.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above.

 

127


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

Ellie Mae, Inc.

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009

   F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-7

Mavent Holdings Inc.

  

Independent Auditors’ Report

   F-36

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and December 11, 2009

   F-37

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December  31, 2008 and for the period ended December 11, 2009

   F-38

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the year ended December  31, 2008 and for the period ended December 11, 2009

   F-39

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December  31, 2008 and for the period ended December 11, 2009

   F-41

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-42

Pro Forma Financial Statements

  

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2009

   P-1

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors

Ellie Mae, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Ellie Mae, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Ellie Mae, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

San Francisco, California

April 30, 2010

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

     December 31,
2008
    December 31,
2009
    Pro Forma
December 31,
2009
 
                 (unaudited)  

Assets

      

Current assets

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 10,754      $ 11,491     

Short-term investments

     997        4,719     

Accounts receivable, net

     3,096        2,720     

Prepaid expenses and other

     376        898     

Deferred offering costs

            828     
                  

Total current assets

     15,223        20,656     

Property and equipment, net

     4,924        2,921     

Deposits and other assets

     624        637     

Note receivable

            1,000     

Other intangibles, net

     900        983     

Goodwill

     31,005        31,521     
                  

Total assets

   $ 52,676      $ 57,718     
                  

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

      

Current liabilities

      

Accounts payable

   $ 609      $ 1,134     

Accrued and other current liabilities

     2,090        3,687     

Deferred revenue

     2,660        3,367     

Deferred rent

     703        527     

Leases payable

     327        393     
                  

Total current liabilities

     6,389        9,108     

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     59        37     

Deferred rent, net of current portion

     1,530        1,003     

Other long term liabilities

     139        300     

Leases payable, net of current portion

     452        114     
                  

Total liabilities

     8,569        10,562     
                  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

      

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value;

      

Authorized shares at December 31, 2008 and 2009 are 42,971,150; no shares authorized pro forma (unaudited)

      

Issued and outstanding shares at December 31, 2008 and 2009 are 35,311,759; no shares issued or outstanding proforma (unaudited)

   $ 82,672      $ 82,672      $   

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Common stock, $0.0001 par value;

      

Authorized shares at December 31, 2008 and 2009 are 65,000,000;

      

Issued and outstanding shares at December 31, 2008 and 2009 are 9,632,260 and 10,044,559, respectively; 45,356,318 shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

     1        1        5   

Additional paid-in capital

     4,649        6,036        88,704   

Accumulated deficit

     (43,215     (41,553     (41,553
                        

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (38,565     (35,516     47,156   
                        

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ 52,676      $ 57,718      $ 57,718   
                        

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009  

Revenues

   $ 38,493      $ 33,573      $ 37,707   

Cost of revenues

     12,823        12,875        11,896   
                        

Gross profit

     25,670        20,698        25,811   

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing

     9,890        7,553        7,532   

Research and development

     7,140        6,898        7,945   

General and administrative

     8,273        7,470        8,213   

Amortization of intangibles

     273        153        267   
                        
     25,576        22,074        23,957   
                        

Income (loss) from operations

     94        (1,376     1,854   

Interest expense

     (73     (35     (41

Interest income

     617        328        113   
                        

Income (loss) before income taxes

     638        (1,083     1,926   

Income tax provision (benefit)

     104        (24     264   
                        

Net income (loss)

     534        (1,059     1,662   

Accretion on preferred stock to redemption value, net

     (96              
                        

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

   $ 438      $ (1,059   $ 1,662   
                        

Net income (loss) per share of common stock:

      

Basic

   $ 0.05      $ (0.11   $ 0.17   
                        

Diluted

   $ 0.01      $ (0.11   $ 0.04   
                        

Weighted average common shares used in computing net income (loss) per share of common stock:

      

Basic

     9,576,474        9,620,871        9,798,399   
                        

Diluted

     46,400,281        9,620,871        46,606,150   
                        

Pro forma net income per share of common stock (unaudited):

      
      

Basic and diluted

       $ 0.04   
            

Weighted average common shares used in computing pro forma net income per share of common stock (unaudited):

      
      

Basic

         45,110,158   
            

Diluted

         46,606,150   
            

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

     Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock
          Common Stock    Additional
Paid-in

Capital
     Accumulated
Deficit
     Total
Stockholders'

Deficit
 
     Shares    Amount           Shares    Amount         

Balances, December 31, 2006

   35,311,759    $ 82,576          9,513,059    $ 1    $ 4,431       $ (42,690    $ (38,258

Issuance of common stock for cash

                 52,645           88                 88   

Issuance of common stock for services

                 27,778           50                 50   

Stock-based compensation expense

                           (150              (150

Amortization of premium on preferred stock to redemption value

        (98                 98                 98   

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value

        194                    (194              (194

Net income

                                   534         534   
                                                       

Balances, December 31, 2007

   35,311,759      82,672          9,593,482      1      4,323         (42,156      (37,832

Issuance of common stock for cash

                 11,000           20                 20   

Issuance of common stock for services

                 27,778           27                 27   

Stock-based compensation expense

                           279                 279   

Net loss

                                   (1,059      (1,059
                                                       

Balances, December 31, 2008

   35,311,759      82,672          9,632,260      1      4,649         (43,215      (38,565

Issuance of common stock for cash

                 212,299           66                 66   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options in exchange for an employee note receivable

                 100,000                             

Issuance of common stock in conjunction with acquisition

                 100,000           198                 198   

Stock-based compensation expense

                           1,123                 1,123   

Net income

                                   1,662         1,662   
                                                       

Balances, December 31, 2009

   35,311,759    $ 82,672          10,044,559    $ 1    $ 6,036       $ (41,553    $ (35,516
                                                       

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 534      $ (1,059   $ 1,662   

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     3,806        3,976        2,592   

Provision for uncollectible accounts receivable

     903        490        191   

Amortization of intangible assets

     273        153        267   

Accretion of short term investments

     (95              

Common stock issued in exchange for services

     50        27          

Stock based compensation

     (150     279        1,123   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (194     (460     506   

Prepaid expenses and other

     (142     740        (405

Deferred offering costs

                   (63

Deposits and other assets

     (63     27        (2

Accounts payable

     995        (1,471     (31

Accrued liabilities

     (538     (661     630   

Deferred revenue

     (512     (1,986     685   

Deferred rent

     1,376        (230     (702

Other liabilities

     (1,262              
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     4,981        (175     6,453   
                        

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

      

Acquisition of property and equipment

     (4,603     (557     (268

Purchase of short-term investments

     (6,418     (997     (7,701

Issuance of note receivable

                   (1,000

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

            (96     (453

Sale of short-term investments

     8,000               3,979   
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (3,021     (1,650     (5,443
                        

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Payment of capital lease and installment obligations

     (1,202     (452     (338

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     88        20        65   
                        

Net cash used in financing activities

     (1,114     (432     (273
                        

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     846        (2,257     737   

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, Beginning of year

     12,165        13,011        10,754   
                        

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, End of year

   $ 13,011      $ 10,754      $ 11,491   
                        

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 73      $ 35      $ 41   

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 61      $ 129      $ 395   

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

      

Acquisition of property and equipment under capital leases

   $      $ 898      $ 25   

Accrued fixed asset purchases

   $ 1,071      $ 9      $ 195   

Termination of capital lease

   $      $ (87   $   

Accrued deferred offering costs

   $      $      $ 765   

Issuance of common stock in conjunction with acquisition

   $      $      $ 198   

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—The Company

Ellie Mae, Inc. (the “Company” or “Ellie Mae”) was originally incorporated in California in August 1997 and reincorporated in Delaware in November 2009. The Company hosts one of the largest electronic mortgage origination networks in the United States. The Company’s network and the technology-enabled solutions it provides help streamline and automate the mortgage origination process, increasing efficiency, facilitating regulatory compliance and reducing documentation errors for network participants.

In late 2000, Ellie Mae launched the Ellie Mae Network, connecting mortgage professionals to mortgage lenders, investors and service providers integral to the origination and funding of residential mortgages.

In late 2003 and in 2005, the Company launched the Encompass ® software and Encompass ® Anywhere hosted solution (together “Encompass”). Encompass provides mortgage originators a comprehensive operating system that handles key business and management functions involved in running a mortgage origination business. Mortgage originators use Encompass as a single tool for loan processing, marketing, customer communication and electronic interaction with lenders, investors and service providers over the Ellie Mae Network. The Company also offers Encompass users a variety of additional services, including automated preparation of the disclosure and closing documents borrowers must sign to obtain a loan, electronic document management and websites used for customer relationship management. In 2009, the Company launched Encompass360, a full-service mortgage software solution which further incorporated processes from origination and processing to closing, business intelligence and reporting.

In September 2008, the Company purchased the assets of Online Documents, Inc. (“ODI”) for aggregate initial purchase consideration of $1,313,000 and potential performance-based payments. In December 2009, the Company paid cash consideration, issued common stock and agreed to pay amounts based on certain performance-based targets for aggregate purchase consideration of $848,000 to acquire all of the outstanding shares of Mavent Holdings Inc. (“Mavent”). Refer to Note 4 for additional information.

The Company is subject to risks that may affect business, financial and operating performance and growth. These include, but are not limited to the current and future state of the mortgage industry (including regulation and interest rates), dependence on key personnel, rapid technological change, competition from substitute services, the need for continued market acceptance of the Company’s services, protection of intellectual property, current and future litigation, business interruption and uncertainty of future profitability.

NOTE 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Ellie Mae, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation, including $703,000 of deferred rent that was reclassified from non-current to current liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2008. The reclassification had no impact on gross profit, net loss, net loss per share of common stock, or operating cash flows.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Principles of Consolidation (continued)

 

The Company has also reclassified amounts between common stock and additional paid in capital for all periods presented to reflect the reincorporation in Delaware and the establishment of par value of $0.0001 per share for each share of capital stock.

Subsequent Events Evaluation

Subsequent events have been evaluated through April 30, 2010, the date these financial statements were available to be issued.

Applicable Accounting Guidance

Any reference in these notes to applicable accounting guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative non-governmental generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”), as found in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”).

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

On or after September 1, 2007, the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding shares of Series A, B, C, D, E, F, G, G-2 and H redeemable convertible preferred stock (collectively referred to as the “Preferred Stock”) may require the Company to redeem up to all shares of Preferred Stock to the extent permitted by law. As the redemption of the Preferred Stock is outside of the Company’s control, all shares of Preferred Stock have been presented outside of permanent equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets for all periods presented.

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet

In the event that an initial public offering is consummated that results in the automatic conversion of the Company’s Preferred Stock, as described in Note 8, all of the Preferred Stock outstanding will automatically convert into 35,311,759 shares of common stock based on the number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding at December 31, 2009. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information at December 31, 2009, as set forth in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, gives effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock to common stock.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make judgments, assumptions and estimates that affect the amounts reported in its consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The Company’s management regularly assesses these estimates which primarily affect revenue recognition, the valuation of accounts receivable, intangible assets and goodwill arising out of business acquisitions, common stock, stock options and the valuation allowances associated with deferred tax assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

All highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity date of 90 days or less are considered to be cash equivalents. The Company invests excess cash primarily in money market accounts, certificates of deposit, and short-term commercial paper, which are subject to minimal credit and market risks.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, note receivable and accounts payable approximates their carrying values due to the short maturity or market rate equivalent structure of the instruments. The fair value of the Company’s capital lease obligations approximate the carrying value due to the short-term maturity of the leases.

Fair Value Measurements

During 2008, the Company adopted on a prospective basis new accounting guidance for financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at each reporting period. Fair value is now defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

Fair value measurements are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

Level 1—Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Valuations based on other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3—Valuations based on inputs that are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The Company has cash equivalent investments and short term investments that are subject to fair value measurement and are valued using Level 1 inputs.

Short-Term Investments

All of the Company’s investments are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses, if any, are reported in stockholders’ deficit as other comprehensive income. Realized gains and losses are included in interest income and other expense, respectively. Interest and dividends are included in interest income when they are earned. The Company had $997,000 of short-term investments as of December 31, 2008 which consisted of U.S. government notes that had a maturity of greater than 90 days but less than one year. The Company had $4,719,000 of short-term investments as of December 31, 2009 which consisted of U.S. government notes and agencies, commercial paper and treasury bills that had maturities of greater than 90 days but less than one year.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company analyzes trade accounts receivable by considering historical bad debts, customer creditworthiness, current economic trends, changes in customer payment terms and collection trends when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. Allowances for doubtful accounts are recognized in the period in which the associated receivable balance is not considered recoverable. Any change in the assumptions used in analyzing accounts receivable may result in changes to the allowance for doubtful accounts and are recognized in the period in which the change occurs.

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are deposited with major financial institutions in the United States. At times, such deposits may be in excess of insured limits. Management believes that the Company’s investments in cash equivalents are financially sound and have minimal credit risk. The Company’s accounts receivable are derived from revenue earned from customers located in the United States. The Company had no customers that represented 10% or more of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009. No customer represented more than 10% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2008 and 2009.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs of $828,000 consisted primarily of professional and registration fees directly related to the Company’s proposed initial public offering of its common stock, and are included on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2009. Upon the consummation of the offering, these amounts will be offset against the proceeds of the offering. If the offering is terminated, the deferred offering costs will be expensed. There were no amounts capitalized as of December 31, 2008.

Note Receivable

The Company analyzes the note receivable for recoverability whenever potential indicators of impairment are identified. Any change in expected recoverability is recognized in the period identified.

Software Development Costs

Software development costs are included in research and development and are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility is achieved. After technological feasibility is achieved, material software development costs are capitalized until the product is available for general release. The capitalized cost is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated product life, or on the ratio of current revenues to total projected project revenues, whichever is greater. To date, the period between achieving technological feasibility, which the Company has defined as the establishment of a working model, and the point at which the product is ready for general release has been short and software development costs qualifying for capitalization have been insignificant. Accordingly, the Company has not capitalized any software development costs.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Website Development Costs

The Company expenses costs related to the planning and post implementation phases of its website development efforts. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, direct costs incurred in the development phase have not been material and, as a result, any development phase costs have been expensed to cost of revenues as incurred. Costs associated with minor enhancements and maintenance for the website are included in cost of revenues in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which is generally three years. Leasehold improvements and assets acquired under capital leases are amortized over the shorter of the asset’s useful life or term of the lease.

Business Combinations

The Company adopted the FASB issued update to ASC 805, Business Combinations , on a prospective basis for all business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after January 1, 2009. The most significant changes from prior practice will require the Company to recognize contingent consideration arrangements at their acquisition-date fair values, with subsequent changes in fair value generally reflected in earnings; with certain exceptions, recognize preacquisition loss and gain contingencies at their acquisition-date fair values; capitalize in-process research and development assets; expense acquisition-related transaction costs as incurred; and limit the capitalization of acquisition-related restructuring as of the acquisition date. In addition, changes in accounting for deferred tax asset valuation allowances and acquired income tax uncertainties after the measurement period will be recognized in earnings rather than as an adjustment to the cost of acquisition.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization. Other intangible assets include developed technology, tradenames and customer lists and contracts. Intangibles with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated periods of benefit, as follows:

 

Developed technology

   3-5 years

Tradenames

   3 years

Customer list and contracts

   3-7 years

The Company evaluates its finite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset group to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. There have been no such impairments of finite-lived intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 or 2009.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (continued)

 

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but are tested for impairment at least annually, or whenever changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of goodwill or intangible assets may not be recoverable. These tests are performed at the reporting unit level using a two-step, fair-value based approach. The Company’s operations are organized as one reporting unit. In testing for a potential impairment of goodwill, the Company first compares the carrying value of assets and liabilities to the estimated fair value. If estimated fair value is less than carrying value, then potential impairment exists. The amount of any impairment is then calculated by determining the implied fair value of goodwill using a hypothetical purchase price allocation, similar to that which would be applied if it were an acquisition and the purchase price was equivalent to fair value as calculated in the first step. Impairment is equivalent to any excess of goodwill carrying value over its implied fair value.

To determine estimated fair value in the current year analyses, the Company used the income approach under which the estimated fair value was calculated based on estimated discounted future cash flows. The methodology applied in the current year analysis was consistent with the methodology applied in the prior year analysis, but was based on updated assumptions, as appropriate.

The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill requires significant judgment at many points during the analysis, including calculating fair value of each reporting unit based on estimated future cash flows and discount rates to be applied.

The Company completed its annual impairment tests during the fourth quarters of 2007, 2008 and 2009 and determined that goodwill was not impaired.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates its long-lived assets for indications of possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. There have been no such impairments of long-lived assets for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 or 2009.

Revenue Recognition

The Company generates revenue primarily from transaction-based fees and fees for software and related services. Sales taxes assessed by a governmental authority are excluded from revenues.

Network Transaction Revenues

The Company has entered into agreements with various lenders, service providers and certain government agencies participating in the mortgage origination process that provides them access to, and interoperability with, mortgage originators on the Ellie Mae Network. Under these agreements, the Company has the opportunity to earn transaction fees when transactions are processed through the Company’s Ellie Mae Network. Transaction revenues are recognized when there is evidence that the qualifying transactions have occurred on the Ellie Mae Network and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. Associated set-up fees are recognized ratably, beginning upon completion of the integration and continuing over the remaining estimated life of the relationship with its customer, which generally is the remaining life of the contract.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Revenue Recognition (continued)

 

Software and Services Revenues

These revenues include:

License and Maintenance Revenues. Revenue from the sale of software licenses is recognized in the month in which the required revenue recognition criteria are met, generally in the month in which the software is delivered. Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists which is evidenced by a signed agreement, the product has been downloaded or delivered freight on board shipping point, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.

The fair value of maintenance services for software licenses is based upon contractual rates and is recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance contract. Maintenance renewal revenues are recognized ratably over the period of the contract.

For arrangements with multiple elements (e.g., undelivered maintenance and support contracts bundled with licenses), the Company, when vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) is determinable, allocates revenue to the delivered elements of the arrangement using the residual value method based on objective evidence of the fair value of the undelivered elements, which is specific to the Company. When VSOE is not determinable, the Company allocates all revenue to the undelivered elements and the entire arrangement is recognized ratably over the term of the contract. The Company recognizes revenue under this model upon receipt of cash payment from the customer, if collectability is not reasonably assured. The VSOE of fair value for maintenance and support obligations related to licenses is based upon the prices paid for the separate renewal of these services by the customer. License revenues include the nominal shipping and handling charges associated with most license orders. Actual shipping costs incurred by the Company are included in cost of revenues.

Encompass SaaS Revenues . The Company offers web-based access to its Encompass software for a monthly recurring fee. The Company provides the right to access its loan origination software and handles the responsibility of managing the servers, providing robust security, backing-up the data and applying updates; however, customers under these arrangements may not take possession of the software at any time during the term of the agreement. Associated set-up fees are recognized ratably over the life of the relationship with its customers, which is generally the life of the contract. Contracts generally range from one to three years. Alternatively, customers can elect to pay on a closed loan basis with a monthly minimum. The closed loan basis contracts generally have a term of two years. Monthly minimums are recognized as the service is performed and additional amounts arising from closed loans are recognized when the loans close.

Centerwise for Encompass Licenses . The Company provides a bundled offering of electronic document management and websites used for customer relationship management. The Company recognizes revenue for Centerwise as the service is performed. It is also automatically included in the Encompass SaaS offering, and the associated revenue is recognized accordingly.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Revenue Recognition (continued)

 

Software and Services Revenues (continued)

 

Services Revenues. The Company has entered into agreements with customers that provide mortgage related and other business services, including automated documentation preparation and compliance reports. Revenue is recognized only when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the service is performed, and collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.

Warranties and Indemnification

The Company provides a warranty for its software products and services to its customers and accounts for its warranties as a contingent liability. The Company’s products are generally warranted to perform substantially as described in the associated product documentation for a period of 90 days. The Company’s services are generally warranted to be performed consistent with industry standards for a period of 90 days from delivery. If there is a failure of such warranties, the Company generally is obligated to correct the product or service to conform to the warranty provision or, if the Company is unable to do so, the customer is entitled to seek a refund of the purchase price of the product or service. With respect to Encompass Compliance Service, we provide a limited warranty, which limits our liability to the reimbursement for losses incurred by a customer due to fines, penalties or judgments imposed or levied upon a customer as a result of a violation of a specific law, rule or regulation resulting from an error in the provision of our Encompass Compliance Service. Our maximum exposure is limited under our services agreements to the greater of the total service fees paid to us by a customer for such services during the specified period preceding the relevant claim, typically six to 12 months, or a specified dollar amount ranging from $1.0 million to $5.0 million. We have not historically incurred any claims and maintain a total of $5.0 million in professional liability insurance coverage. The Company has not provided for a warranty accrual as of December 31, 2008 and 2009. To date, the Company’s product warranty expense has not been significant.

The Company generally agrees to indemnify its customers against legal claims that the Company’s software products infringe certain third-party intellectual property rights and accounts for its indemnification obligations as a contingent liability. In the event of such a claim, the Company is obligated to defend its customer against the claim and to either settle the claim at the Company’s expense or pay damages that the customer is legally required to pay to the third-party claimant. In addition, in the event of an infringement, the Company agrees to modify or replace the infringing product, or, if those options are not reasonably possible, to refund the cost of the software, as pro-rated over a period of years. To date, the Company has not been required to make any payment resulting from infringement claims asserted against its customers. As such, the Company has not recorded a liability for infringement costs as of December 31, 2008 or 2009.

The Company has obligations under certain circumstances to indemnify each member of the Company’s board of directors against judgments, fines, settlements and expenses related to claims against such directors and otherwise to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law and our bylaws and certificate of incorporation.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

NOTE 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Cost of Revenues

Our cost of revenues consists primarily of salaries, benefits and related costs for operations and customer support personnel (including stock-based compensation), allocated facilities costs, expenses for document preparation and compliance services, depreciation on computer equipment used in supporting the Ellie Mae Network, our Encompass SaaS and CenterWise offerings and professional services associated with implementation of software.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Advertising Expenses

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expenses for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 were $204,000, $227,000, and $211,000, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes expenses related to stock-based compensation awards that are ultimately expected to vest based on estimated fair values on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which generally equals the vesting period.

The Company is required to estimate potential forfeitures of stock grants and adjust compensation cost recorded accordingly. The estimate of forfeitures is based on historical experience and is adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from the prior estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures will be recognized in the period of change and will impact the amount of stock-based compensation expense to be recognized in future periods.

All stock option awards to non-employees are accounted for at the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, as calculated using the Black-Scholes model. The measurement of stock-based compensation for non-employees is subject to periodic adjustments as the options vest, and the expense is recognized over the period services are rendered.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of taxes payable or refundable for the current year, and deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. The measurement of current and deferred tax liabilities and assets is based on provisions of the enacted tax law; the effects of future changes in tax laws or rates are not anticipated. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that the Company believes is more likely than not to be realized.

The Company operates in various tax jurisdictions and is subject to audit by various tax authorities. The Company adopted authoritative guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

taxes on January 1, 2007, which did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Accordingly, tax positions are based upon their technical merits, relevant tax law and the specific facts and circumstances as of each reporting period. Changes in facts and circumstances could result in material changes to the amounts recorded for such tax positions. A tax position is only recognized in the financial statements if it is “more likely than not” to be sustained based solely on its technical merits as of the reporting date. The Company considers many factors when evaluating and estimating its tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments that could result in recognition of additional tax benefits or additional charges to the tax provision and may not accurately reflect actual outcomes. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties relating to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share of Common Stock

Net income (loss) per share of common stock is calculated by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share of common stock is calculated by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average shares of common stock outstanding and potential shares of common stock during the period. Potential shares of common stock include dilutive shares attributable to the assumed exercise of stock options and warrants using the treasury stock method and contingent issuances of common stock related to redeemable convertible preferred stock, if dilutive.

The components of net income (loss) per share of common stock are as follows:

 

    Years Ended December 31,
                2007                              2008                              2009             
    (in thousands except share and per share amounts)

Net income (loss)

  $ 534      $ (1,059   $ 1,662

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value, net

    (96           
                     

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

  $ 438      $ (1,059   $ 1,662
                     

Basic shares:

     

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

    9,576,474        9,620,871        9,798,399
                     

Diluted shares:

     

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic net income (loss) per share

    9,576,474        9,620,871        9,798,399

Effect of potentially dilutive securities:

     

Warrants to purchase common stock

    362,360               130,322

Employee stock options

    1,149,688               1,365,670

Preferred stock

    35,311,759               35,311,759
                     

Weighted-average shares used to compute diluted net income (loss) per share

    46,400,281        9,620,871        46,606,150
                     

Net income (loss) per share:

     

Basic

  $ 0.05      $ (0.11   $ 0.17
                     

Diluted

  $ 0.01      $ (0.11   $ 0.04
                     

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Net Income (Loss) Per Share of Common Stock (continued)

 

The following potential common shares were excluded from the computation of diluted income (loss) per share, as their effect would have been anti-dilutive:

 

     Years Ended December 31,
   2007    2008    2009

Warrants to purchase common stock

   29,288    1,204,288    29,288

Employee stock options

   4,876,994    10,454,806    5,654,708

Preferred stock

      35,311,759   
              
   4,906,282    46,970,853    5,683,996
              

Performance-based awards are included in the diluted shares outstanding each period if established performance criteria have been met at the end of the respective periods. However, if none of the required performance criteria have been met for such awards then the Company excludes the shares of such awards from its diluted shares outstanding. Accordingly, weighted average shares of 1,362,552, 1,762,552 and 1,750,000 have been excluded from the dilutive shares outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

Pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share of common stock have been computed to give effect to the conversion of the Company’s Preferred Stock (using the if-converted method) into common stock as though the conversion had occurred on the original dates of issuance.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2009
(Unaudited)
   (In thousands
except share
and per share
amounts)

Net income and net income available to common stockholders

   $ 1,662
      

Basic shares:

  

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic net income per share

     9,798,399

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed conversion of preferred stock

     35,311,759
      

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic pro forma net income per share

     45,110,158
      

Diluted shares:

  

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic pro forma net income per share

     45,110,158

Effect of potentially dilutive securities:

  

Warrants to purchase comment stock

     130,322

Employee stock options

     1,365,670
      

Weighted-average shares used to compute diluted pro forma net income per share

     46,606,150
      

Pro forma net income per share:

  

Basic and diluted

   $ 0.04
      

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Net Income (Loss) Per Share of Common Stock (continued)

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes certain changes in equity that are excluded from net income (loss), specifically unrealized gains (losses) on short-term investments, which have been insignificant for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009. As a result, comprehensive income (loss) is equivalent to net income (loss) for all periods presented.

Geographical Information

The Company is domiciled in the United States and had no international operations or sales to customers outside of the United States for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 or 2009.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2009, the FASB issued an update to ASC 810, Consolidation , which modifies how a company determines when an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be consolidated. The modification clarifies that the determination of whether a company is required to consolidate an entity is based on, among other things, an entity’s purpose and design and a company’s ability to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance. This modification to ASC 810 requires an ongoing reassessment of whether a company is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. It also requires additional disclosures about a company’s involvement in variable interest entities and any significant changes in risk exposure due to that involvement. This modification to ASC 810 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009 and is effective for the Company on January 1, 2010. The Company expects this modification may have an impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations in future periods, but the nature and magnitude of the specific effects will depend upon the nature, terms and size of the transactions the Company consummates in the future.

In October 2009, the FASB issued an amendment to ASC 605-25, Multiple Element Arrangements , which modifies how a company separates consideration in multiple-delivery arrangements. The amendment establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable. The amendment also clarifies the allocation of revenue is based on entity-specific assumptions rather than assumptions of a marketplace participant. The amendment also eliminates the residual method of allocating revenue and requires the use the relative selling price method. This amendment to ASC 605-25 is effective for new revenue arrangements entered into or modified in fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this amendment is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In October 2009, the FASB issued an amendment to ASC 985-605, Software-Revenue Recognition , which modifies the accounting model for revenue arrangements that include both tangible products and software elements. This amendment to ASC 985-605 is effective for new revenue arrangements entered into or modified in fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not sell products that include both tangible products and software elements, therefore this amendment will not impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 3—Financial Instruments

 

The carrying amounts and estimated fair value of cash and cash equivalents, and short-term investments consisted of the following as of December 31, 2008 and 2009:

 

     December 31, 2008
   Amortized
Cost
   Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
    Carrying or
Fair Value
     (in thousands)

Cash and equivalents:

       

Cash

   $ 413    $         —      $ 413

Money market funds

     8,705             8,705

Certificates of deposit

     1,036             1,036

U.S. government notes

     600             600
                     
   $ 10,754    $      $ 10,754
                     

Short-term investments:

       

U.S. government notes

   $ 1,000    $ (3   $ 997
                     
     December 31, 2009
   Amortized
Cost
   Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
    Carrying or
Fair Value
     (in thousands)

Cash and equivalents:

       

Cash

   $ 1,198    $      $ 1,198

Money market funds

     10,193             10,193

U.S. government notes

     100             100
                     
   $ 11,491    $      $ 11,491
                     

Short-term investments:

       

Commercial paper

   $ 550    $      $ 550

Treasury bills

     799             799

U.S. government notes

     1,556             1,556

U.S. government agencies

     1,814             1,814
                     
   $ 4,719    $      $ 4,719
                     

NOTE 4—Acquisitions

Online Documents, Inc. (“ODI”)

In September 2008, the Company purchased the assets of ODI, a provider of technology and services to provide and support the preparation and delivery of electronic mortgage documents. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination and, accordingly, the purchase consideration was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values. ODI’s results of operations are included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations from the date of acquisition.

The aggregate purchase consideration was $1,313,000, consisting of cash of $80,000, a liability to the seller of $164,000, an assumed lease liability of $1,049,000 and acquisition costs of $20,000. The amount allocated to intangibles was determined based on management’s estimate of fair value using a probability weighted discounted cash flow model.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 4—Acquisitions (continued)

 

Online Documents, Inc. (“ODI”) (continued)

 

The initial purchase price of $1,313,000 exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired of $982,000, resulting in goodwill of $331,000, all of which is deductible for income tax purposes. Goodwill arising from the acquisition consists largely of the synergies and economies of scale expected from integrating the service offering and operations of ODI with those of the Company. The allocation of the initial purchase price was as follows:

 

     (in thousands)

Current assets

   $ 273

Fixed assets

     19

Developed technology

     470

Customer list and contracts

     220

Goodwill

     331
      
   $ 1,313
      

The acquisition agreement also contained provisions for performance-based payments to the seller. As of December 31, 2009, an additional payment of $171,000 was due under this agreement and resulted in an adjustment to purchase price during 2009. This amount has been included in goodwill and accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2009.

Mavent Holdings Inc. (“Mavent”)

In December 2009, the Company paid cash consideration, issued 100,000 shares of common stock and agreed to pay amounts in accordance with certain performance-based targets in order to acquire all the outstanding capital stock of Mavent, a provider of automated solutions designed to analyze mortgage loan data for regulatory compliance with federal and state laws related to mortgage lending. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination and, accordingly, the purchase consideration was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values. Mavent’s results of operations are included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations from the date of acquisition. Future adjustments to the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and estimated performance-based payments, related to the acquisition of Mavent, will be reflected in the consolidated statements of operations in the period they are identified.

The aggregate purchase consideration was $848,000, consisting of cash of $500,000; 100,000 shares of common stock valued at $198,000 and an estimated earn-out of $150,000. The amount allocated to intangibles was determined based on management’s estimate of fair value using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model, and used Level 3 inputs in calculating the associated fair value measurements. The valuation of common stock issued was determined based on management’s estimate of fair value using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model, and used Level 3 inputs in calculating the associated fair value measurements. Transaction costs of $42,000 were expensed as incurred and were included as a component of general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations for the period ended December 31, 2009.

The purchase price of $848,000 exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired of $503,000, resulting in goodwill of $345,000, none of which is deductible for income tax purposes. Goodwill arising

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 4—Acquisitions (continued)

 

Mavent Holdings Inc. (“Mavent”) (continued)

 

from the acquisition consists largely of the synergies and economies of scale expected from integrating the service offering and operations of Mavent with those of the Company. The fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed was as follows:

 

     (in thousands)  

Current assets (including $47 of cash and cash equivalents)

   $ 492   

Fixed assets

     101   

Developed technology

     220   

Customer list and contracts

     100   

Tradename

     30   

Goodwill

     345   

Deferred tax assets

     443   

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     (400

Capital lease obligations

     (40

Deferred tax liabilities

     (180

Valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets

     (263
        
   $ 848   
        

The fair value of assets acquired included trade receivables with a fair value of $320,000. The gross amount due was $522,000, of which $202,000 is expected to be uncollectible.

The acquisition agreement contains provisions for performance-based payments to the seller equal to a percentage of adjusted revenues for sales of Mavent products being sold as of the acquisition date in excess of a minimum amount (as defined in the contract) for each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012. The estimated fair value of these performance-based payments of $150,000 was determined based on management’s estimate of fair value using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model, which uses Level 3 inputs for fair value measurements. This contingent consideration was included as a component of the purchase price and has been accrued in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2009. There is no maximum to the amount that may be due under the terms of the performance-based payment agreement.

The amounts of Mavent revenue and earnings included in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $113,000 and $6,000, respectively. The revenue and earnings of the combined entity had the acquisition date been January 1, 2009, or January 1, 2008, are:

 

       Year Ended December 31,
   2008     2009
     (unaudited)     (unaudited)
     (in thousands except per share amounts)

Revenue

   $ 37,043      $ 41,310

Net income (loss)

     (5,313     161

Net income (loss) per share

    

Basic

     (0.55     0.02

Diluted

     (0.55     0.00

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 4—Acquisitions (continued)

 

Mavent Holdings Inc. (“Mavent”) (continued)

 

This unaudited pro forma financial information is presented for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that actually would have been achieved had the acquisition been consummated as of that time, nor is it intended to be a projection of future results.

NOTE 5—Balance Sheet Components

Accounts Receivable

As of December 31, accounts receivable, net, consists of the following:

 

       December 31,  
     2008     2009  
     (in thousands)  

Accounts receivable

   $ 3,152      $ 2,750   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (56     (30
                
   $ 3,096      $ 2,720   
                

Prepaid Expenses and Other

As of December 31, prepaid expenses and other consists of the following:

 

     December 31,
     2008        2009  
     (in thousands)

Prepaid expenses

   $ 223    $ 607

Income tax receivable

     101      115

Other receivables

     52      176
             
   $ 376    $ 898
             

Property and Equipment

 

       December 31,  
   2008     2009  
     (in thousands)  

Computer equipment

   $ 8,280      $ 8,772   

Software

     4,579        4,655   

Office equipment

     1,310        1,328   

Telecom equipment

     595        598   

Leasehold improvements

     1,973        1,973   
                
     16,737        17,326   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (11,813     (14,405
                
   $ 4,924      $ 2,921   
                

Depreciation and amortization expense for 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $3,806,000, $3,976,000 and $2,592,000, respectively.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 5—Balance Sheet Components (continued)

 

Property and Equipment (continued)

 

Property and equipment at December 31, 2008 and 2009 included a total of $898,000 and $974,000, respectively, under capital leases. Accumulated amortization relating to equipment and software under capital leases totaled $212,000 and $604,000, respectively, at December 31, 2008 and 2009. Amortization of assets under capital leases is included in depreciation and amortization expense.

Deposits and Other Assets

 

       December 31,
     2008        2009  
     (in thousands)

Deposits

   $ 124    $ 137

Restricted cash

     500      500
             
   $ 624    $ 637
             

Restricted cash represents collateral for a capital lease.

Note Receivable

On September 30, 2009, the Company advanced $1,000,000 to a private company in the form of a secured promissory note receivable. The note receivable is secured by all tangible and intangible assets and property of the private company and bears interest at 10% per annum with interest only payments through September 30, 2012, at which time the principal balance and any remaining accrued interest is due and payable. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded interest income of $25,000 related to this note receivable. The Company has identified no events indicating that the carrying amount of the note receivable is not recoverable as of December 31, 2009.

Other Intangibles

As of December 2008 and 2009, other intangibles, net, consisted of:

 

       December 31, 2008
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Intangibles
     (in thousands)

Developed technology

   $ 2,862    $ (2,420   $ 442

Tradenames

     1,346      (1,346    

Customer lists and contracts

     3,354      (2,896     458
                     
   $ 7,562    $ (6,662   $ 900
                     
     December 31, 2009
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Intangibles
     (in thousands)

Developed technology

   $ 3,082    $ (2,530   $ 552

Tradenames

     1,376      (1,346     30

Customer lists and contracts

     3,453      (3,052     401
                     
   $ 7,911    $ (6,928   $ 983
                     

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 5—Balance Sheet Components (continued)

 

Other Intangibles (continued)

 

During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the Company recorded amortization of other intangible assets of $273,000, $153,000 and $267,000, respectively.

Minimum future amortization expense for other intangible assets at December 31, 2009 is as follows:

 

     (in thousands)

2010

   $ 370

2011

     287

2012

     250

2013

     56

2014

     20
      
   $ 983
      

Goodwill

The changes in the carrying value of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 were as follows:

 

     (in thousands)

Balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 30,674

Addition: ODI acquisition

     331
      

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 31,005

Addition: ODI performance payment accrual

     171

Addition: Mavent acquisition

     345
      

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 31,521
      

Accrued and Other Liabilities

 

       December 31,
     2008    2009
     (in thousands)

Accrued payroll and related expenses

   $ 1,399    $ 1,839

Accrued commissions

     155      287

Accrued professional fees

     55      329

Accrued offering costs

          590

Payable to seller of ODI

     164      171

Sales and other taxes

     19      45

Other accrued expenses

     298      426
             
   $ 2,090    $ 3,687
             

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 6—Income Taxes

 

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

 

       December 31,
     2007    2008     2009
     (in thousands)

Current

       

Federal

   $ 32    $ (52   $ 32

State

     72      26        221
                     
     104      (26     253

Deferred

       

Federal

          2        9

State

                 2
                     
          2        11
                     

Income tax provision (benefit)

   $ 104    $ (24   $ 264
                     

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income taxes determined by applying the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009  
     (in thousands)  

Tax at federal statutory rate (34%)

   $ 217      $ (369   $ 655   

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     58        (47     121   

Stock-based compensation

     (73     109        416   

Other non-deductible items

     70        27        54   

Tax credits

     (434     (295     (359

Valuation allowance

     266        551        (623
                        

Provision for income taxes

   $ 104      $ (24   $ 264   
                        

Deferred tax assets consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2008     2009  
     (in thousands)  

Deferred tax assets

    

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 506      $ 703   

Net operating loss carryforwards

     6,923        5,990   

Reserves and accruals

     1,220        1,298   

Research and development credits

     2,424        2,722   
                

Total gross deferred tax assets

     11,073        10,713   

Valuation allowance

     (11,073     (10,713
                

Net deferred tax assets

   $      $   
                

Deferred tax liabilities

    

Book/tax basis in acquired assets

     (2     (13
                

Total deferred tax liabilities

   $ (2   $ (13
                

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 6—Income Taxes (continued)

 

Due to the uncertainty surrounding the realization of the deferred tax assets in future tax returns, the Company has placed a valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance increased by $551,000 during the year ended December 31, 2008 and decreased by $360,000 during the year ended December 31, 2009 which includes a $263,000 increase due to the Mavent purchase further described in Note 4 above.

At December 31, 2009, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $15.0 million and $15.1 million, respectively. These net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire commencing in 2020 and 2013 for federal and state purposes, respectively. The Company also has federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards at December 31, 2009 of approximately $1.4 million and $1.6 million, respectively. The federal tax credit carryforwards begin to expire commencing in 2021. The state tax credit carryforwards may be carried forward indefinitely.

Internal Revenue Code Section 382 places a limitation (the “Section 382 Limitation”) on the amount of taxable income that can be offset by net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards after a change in control (generally greater than 50% change in ownership) of a loss corporation. California has similar rules. The Company’s capitalization as described herein may have experienced such a change. Generally, after a control change, a loss corporation cannot deduct NOL carryforwards in excess of the Section 382 Limitation. Due to these “change in ownership” provisions, utilization of the NOL carryforwards may be subject to an annual limitation regarding their utilization against taxable income in future periods. The Company has prepared a Section 382 Limitation analysis and does not believe that any of its NOL carryforwards are subject to expiration prior to utilization.

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted new accounting guidance for income taxes, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company is now required to recognize in the financial statements the impact of a tax position, if that position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. There was no adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated deficit for the cumulative effect of adopting the new guidance as a change in accounting principle as the beginning unrecognized tax benefit was in the form of a deferred tax asset subject to a full valuation allowance.

At December 31, 2009, the Company had $1,097,000 of cumulative unrecognized tax benefits. If the unrecognized tax benefit is recognized, it would affect the effective tax rate.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

     (in thousands)

Balance at January 1, 2007

   $ 645

Additions based on tax positions related to the 2007 year

     175
      

Balance at December 31, 2007

     820

Additions based on tax positions related to the 2008 year

     125
      

Balance at December 31, 2008

     945

Additions based on tax positions related to the 2009 year

     152
      

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 1,097
      

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 6—Income Taxes (continued)

 

The Company does not have any tax positions for which it is reasonably possible the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits will increase or decrease within 12 months of the year ended December 31, 2009.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. The Company’s tax years for 1999 and forward are subject to examination by the U.S. tax authorities and for 1997 and forward are subject to examination by the California tax authorities due to the carryforward of unutilized net operating losses and research and development credits.

As of the date of adoption of new guidance for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, the Company did not have any accrued interest or penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits, nor was any interest expense or penalties recognized during the year ended December 31, 2009.

NOTE 7—Commitments and Contingencies

Line of Credit

The Company entered into a new $2 million line of credit in April 2009 for which the full amount is available, expiring in March 2011. No amounts have been borrowed against the line of credit as of December 31, 2009.

Leases

As of December 31, 2009, the Company leased four facilities under operating lease arrangements. The leases expire on September 1, 2010, December 31, 2011, January 31, 2012 and April 29, 2015. Under terms of one agreement, the Company was granted an allowance for tenant improvements of $1,269,000, of which $500,000 was received in 2007 and $769,000 was received in 2008.

Future minimum lease payments under the non-cancellable operating and capital leases consist of the following at December 31, 2009:

 

     Capital
Leases
    Operating
Leases
     (in thousands)

2010

   $ 416      $ 1,350

2011

     116        984

2012

            868

2013

            890

2014

            915

Thereafter

            313
              

Total minimum lease payments

     532      $ 5,320
        

Less amount representing interest

     (25  
          

Present value of minimum lease payments

     507     

Less current portion

     (393  
          

Long-term lease obligation

   $ 114     
          

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 7—Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

 

Leases (continued)

 

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $983,000, $723,000 and $750,000, respectively. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period, and has accrued for rent expense incurred but not paid.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, the Company has been and may be involved in various legal proceedings. Although the outcome of these and other claims cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company’s management does not currently believe that the ultimate resolution of such matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, cash flows, or results of operations.

NOTE 8—Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, the following table summarizes the Company’s Preferred Stock:

 

Series

   Shares
Authorized
   Issued and
Outstanding
   Carrying
Value
   Liquidation
Amount

A

   2,000,000    2,000,000    $ 500,000    $ 500,000

B

   3,000,000    3,000,000      1,500,000      1,500,000

C

   500,000    500,000      500,000      500,000

D

   10,000,000    8,155,737      9,949,998      9,949,998

E

   13,195,000    8,765,395      40,408,471      40,408,471

F

   4,000,000    3,915,731      7,753,198      7,753,198

G

   6,276,150    6,276,150      15,000,000      15,000,000

G-2

   3,000,000    1,698,746      4,060,003      4,060,003

H

   1,000,000    1,000,000      3,000,000      3,000,000
                       
   42,971,150    35,311,759    $ 82,671,670    $ 82,671,670
                       

The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the Preferred Stock are set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and are summarized as follows:

Redemptions

The Preferred Stock may be redeemed beginning September 1, 2007, to the extent permitted by law. The Company will redeem the requested number of shares upon written request of the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock as follows: one third of the shares not more than sixty days from the date of the initial request (not earlier than September 1, 2007), one third of the shares not later than one year from the first redemption and the remainder of the shares not later than two years following the initial redemption. Since the Preferred Stock is redeemable after a fixed date, the value of the Preferred Stock has been adjusted to the expected redemption amount. The Company recorded net accretion of $96,000 to adjust the Preferred Stock from the carrying amount to the redemption value during the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 8—Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (continued)

 

Redemptions (continued)

 

As redemption is outside of the Company’s control, all shares of Preferred Stock have been presented outside of permanent equity.

Dividends

Holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F, Series G, Series G-2 and Series H preferred stock are entitled to receive a noncumulative dividend, when and if declared, at the annual rate of $0.025, $0.05, $0.10, $0.122, $0.461, $0.198, $0.239, $0.239 and $0.30 per share, respectively. Such dividends are payable in preference to any dividends of common stock declared by the board of directors. The Company has declared no dividends to date.

Conversion

Each share of Preferred Stock is convertible at the option of the holder into shares of common stock based on a formula which currently results in a one-for-one exchange ratio of common stock for each share of Preferred Stock. This formula is subject to adjustment, as defined, which essentially provides dilution protection for holders of the Preferred Stock. Such conversion is automatic upon the effective date of a public offering of common stock for which the aggregate net proceeds are at least $20.0 million, with a public offering price per share (prior to commissions and expenses) not less than $7.50, subject to adjustment.

Antidilutive Protection Feature

The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provide for an antidilution provision.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of liquidation, holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to a per share distribution in preference to the holders of common stock. This per share distribution is equal to the original issue price of $0.25 per share for each share of Series A, $0.50 per share for each share of Series B, $1.00 per share for each share of Series C, $1.22 per share for each share of Series D, $4.61 per share for each share of Series E, $1.98 per share for each share of Series F, $2.39 per share for each share of Series G, $2.39 per share for each share of Series G-2 and $3.00 per share for each share of Series H, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. If funds are insufficient to make a complete distribution to the holders of Preferred Stock as described above, the assets will be distributed ratably among the holders of each series in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

After payment of the full liquidation preference of Preferred Stock, as set forth above, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the common stock and the Preferred Stock. This calculation assumes the conversion of Preferred Stock into common stock as described in the section “Conversion,” above. The maximum total distribution that may be made to any holder of series of Preferred Stock is five times the liquidation amount related to the Preferred Stock only.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 8—Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (continued)

 

Mergers

Any merger or transaction or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the transaction do not possess more than 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity shall be deemed to be a liquidation of the Company under the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

Voting

The holders of Preferred Stock have one vote for each share of common stock into which they may be converted. For so long as at least 2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the vote or written consent of the majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, is required for affecting the following actions: (i) any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company that would adversely affect the privileges, rights, preferences or powers of any series of Preferred Stock; (ii) any increase in the number of shares of Preferred Stock; (iii) any authorization, or any designation of any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible into equity securities of the Company ranking on a parity with or senior to the Preferred Stock in rights of dividends, redemptions, liquidation preferences, conversion, voting or other rights or privileges; (iv) any action to sell, license or dispose of all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company; (v) any consolidation, reorganization, merger or other transaction in which the ownership of the majority of the Company’s capital stock is transferred; (vi) any redemption, repurchase or acquisition with respect to the Company’s capital stock, except for acquisitions of common stock by the Company pursuant to agreements which permit the Company to repurchase such shares upon termination of service to the Company or otherwise allowed by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; and (vii) any increase in the authorized number of the Company’s board of directors to more than nine, unless all members of the board of directors have voted to approve such increase.

NOTE 9—Common Stock

At December 31, 2009, the Company had reserved shares of common stock for future issuances as follows:

 

Options outstanding under the stock option plan

   9,062,617

Options available for future grants under the stock option plan

   2,101,856

Redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding

   35,311,759

Warrants to purchase common stock

   1,604,288
    

Total reserved shares

   48,080,520
    

Warrants for Common Stock

Placement Fees

In March 2004, the Company issued a warrant to a financial advisor to purchase a maximum of 41,840 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.39 per share. This warrant potentially vests in five annual tranches, dependent upon certain performance criteria being met. The first, second and third benchmarks were met in 2004, 2005 and 2006, and collectively, 29,288 shares of the warrant

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 9—Common Stock (continued)

 

Warrants for Common Stock (continued)

 

Placement Fees (continued)

 

vested in those years. The benchmarks for the remaining two tranches have not been met as of December 31, 2009 and the agreement was terminated during 2009. Therefore, the remaining two tranches of the warrant, or an aggregate of 12,552 shares, will never vest under the arrangement. The warrant remains outstanding at December 31, 2009 and expires in 2011, seven years from the date of issuance.

In Connection with Notes Payable Relating to Series F Financing

During July, August and October 2001, the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate 1,175,000 shares of common stock at $1.00 as additional consideration for a bridge financing. The warrants remain exercisable and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and expire at the earlier of (i) ten years from the date of issuance and (ii) the closing of a firm underwritten commitment for a public offering.

Related Party Warrants

In September 2008, the Company issued warrants to related parties to purchase an aggregate 400,000 shares of common stock at $1.98 per share. The warrants remain outstanding at December 31, 2009 and expire five years from the date of issuance. Such warrants contain a performance requirement with vesting triggered by certain minimum payments to the Company resulting from the arrangement. No amounts will be recognized for these warrants until the stated minimum payments have been met. Refer to Note 12 for additional information.

NOTE 10—Stock Options

In March 1999, the Company adopted the 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, which expired in March 2009, and was replaced by the 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). As of December 31, 2009, the Plan provides for granting up to 12,250,000 shares of common stock to employees, consultants and advisors of the Company. All shares underlying granted options vest either immediately or over four years from the date of grant and expire not later than 10 years after the grant date. The Company’s policy is to issue new shares in the settlement of option exercises.

In December 2001, the Company made offers to replace employee options with an exercise price of $4.61 with options having an exercise price of $1.25. A total of 2,274,149 shares were cancelled and repriced at $1.25 by December 31, 2001. The replacement options are being accounted for using variable plan accounting. The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of $0 and $514,000 in the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, related to the variable plan accounting for these options. The Company recognized a reduction in compensation expense of $406,000 in 2007 due to a decrease in the market value of the Company’s common stock as of December 31, 2007. As of December 31, 2009, 548,946 shares of these replacement options remain outstanding.

In February 2009, the Company made offers to replace employee options with exercise prices of $1.80 and $1.98 with options having an exercise price of $0.46 and which included new vesting periods in accordance with the terms of the repricing plan. A total of 5,982,000 shares were cancelled

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 10—Stock Options (continued)

 

and repriced at $0.46 in April 2009. The replacement options are being accounted for as a modification to the original option grants and resulted in incremental stock-based compensation expense of approximately $717,000, which is recognized as the awards vest.

Stock-based compensation expense for options granted subsequent to January 1, 2006 was approximately $256,000, $279,000 and $609,000 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

Total stock-based compensation expense (benefit) recognized by the Company for the years ended December 31, consisted of:

 

     2007     2008    2009

Sales and marketing

   $      $ 35,000    $ 145,000

Research and development

     (45,000     78,000      271,000

General and administrative

     (66,000     147,000      563,000

Cost of revenues

     (39,000     19,000      144,000
                     
   $ (150,000   $ 279,000    $ 1,123,000
                     

As of December 31, 2009, total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested awards not yet recognized under all equity compensation plans, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, was $1,052,000 and is expected to vest over a weighted average period of 1.9 years. No stock-based compensation was capitalized as part of the cost of an asset during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 10—Stock Options (continued)

 

The following table summarizes stock option activity under the Company’s stock option and incentive plans:

 

     Number
of Shares
    Options Outstanding
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

(in years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic

Value

Outstanding at January 1, 2007

   7,968,844      $ 1.41      

Granted

   3,590,000        1.98      

Exercised

   (52,645     1.67      

Forfeited or expired

   (629,001     1.72      
              

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

   10,877,198        1.58      

Granted

   314,000        1.98      

Exercised

   (11,000     1.80      

Forfeited or expired

   (782,191     1.96      
              

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

   10,398,007        1.57      

Granted

   6,518,500        0.47      

Exercised

   (312,299     0.37      

Forfeited or expired

   (7,492,591     1.68      
              

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

   9,062,617      $ 0.73    4.78    $ 13,326,152
                        

Ending vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2009

   8,291,254      $ 0.75    4.83    $ 12,015,551
                        

Exercisable at December 31, 2009

   4,611,136      $ 0.97    3.99    $ 5,750,084
                        

The following table summarizes valuation and exercise information regarding the Company’s stock options as of December 31:

 

     2007    2008    2009

Intrinsic value of options exercised(1)

   $   6,000    $    $ 50,000

Weighted average fair value of options granted(2)

     0.52          0.05      0.37

 

(1) The intrinsic value represents the difference between the estimated fair values of the Company’s common stock underlying these options at the dates of exercise and the exercise prices paid.
(2) The fair values were estimated on the grant dates using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions as of December 31:

 

     2007   2008   2009

Expected life

   5.0-6.25 years   5.0-6.08 years   5.0-6.08 years

Volatility

   38.66-41.78%   31.88-36.74%   47.0-48.0%

Risk free interest rate

   3.49-4.79%   1.52-3.46%   1.87-3.21%

Dividend yield

   0%   0%   0%

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 10—Stock Options (continued)

 

The Company estimated the expected term of options granted by taking the average of the vesting term and the contractual term of the option. To estimate volatility, management identified a group of publicly-traded peer companies that operate in a similar industry and an estimate was determined based on the average historical volatilities of these peer companies. The risk-free interest rate used was the Federal Reserve Bank’s constant maturities interest rate commensurate with the expected life of the options. The expected dividend yield was zero, as the Company does not anticipate paying a dividend within the relevant time frame.

The following table summarizes information regarding the Company’s stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2009:

 

     Options Outstanding    Options Exercisable

Exercise Price

   Number    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

(in Years)
   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
   Number    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

$0.46

   6,352,554    5.83    $ 0.46    2,010,728    $ 0.46

$0.52

   50,000    9.64      0.52    16,222      0.52

$1.22

   367,000    0.23      1.22    367,000      1.22

$1.25

   2,004,871    2.13      1.25    2,004,871      1.25

$1.35

   58,000    9.81      1.35        

$1.80

   111,500    6.03      1.80    109,604      1.80

$1.98

   47,000    8.40      1.98    31,019      1.98

$4.61

   71,692    1.18      4.61    71,692      4.61
                  
   9,062,617         0.73    4,611,136      0.97
                  

In August 2007, the Company granted an option to purchase 1,350,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $1.98 per share to an executive officer of the Company. The option was cancelled and repriced at $0.46 as part of the April 2009 repricing. Such option contains a performance requirement with vesting triggered by a liquidity event of the Company and the number of vested shares determined based upon a return multiple as defined in the agreement. No compensation expense will be recognized on this award until the occurrence of a liquidity event, as defined in the agreement.

In March 2009, the Company accepted a promissory note receivable from a non-officer employee in consideration for the exercise of 100,000 fully vested stock options. The promissory note is secured by the underlying shares of common stock. The note receivable, totaling $50,000, bears interest at 3.25% per annum and is due on March 30, 2010. The note receivable is considered a non-recourse note under relevant accounting guidance. Since the note is non-recourse, the resulting exercise of the stock option was determined to not be substantive. Therefore, the Company has not reflected the exercise of the stock option for accounting purposes in its balance sheet.

NOTE 11—Employee Benefit Plan

The Company offers a qualified 401(k) defined contribution plan to substantially all of the Company’s employees. Eligible employees may contribute up to 15% of their pretax annual

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

NOTE 11—Employee Benefit Plan (continued)

 

compensation, up to the amount allowed pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code. In 2007, 2008 and 2009, the Company matched 50% of each dollar of employee contribution, up to a maximum match of three percent of the employee’s compensation. The Company’s contributions to the 401(k) plan for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 were $312,000, $282,000 and $340,000, respectively, which were recognized as expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

NOTE 12—Related Party Transactions

In the ordinary course of business, certain investors in the Company are also trade customers. Revenues earned from these related parties for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 were $2,329,000, $1,720,000 and $1,580,000, respectively. There were no expenses incurred from these related parties for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009.

Accounts receivable with respect to these related parties under these arrangements were $385,000 and $233,000 as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. There were no amounts payable with respect to these parties as of December 31, 2008 and 2009.

During 2008, the Company also issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 400,000 shares of common stock to a private company. Two of the founders of such company are also investors in the Company and one of whom serves on the Company’s board of directors. The warrants are outstanding as of December 31, 2009, but are unvested and will remain unvested until certain performance requirements under the arrangement are met.

NOTE 13—Segment Information

The Company has concluded that it operates in one industry—mortgage related software and services. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is its chief executive officer, who reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it has a single reporting segment and operating unit structure, specifically technology-enabled solutions to help streamline and automate the mortgage origination process for our network participants.

For enterprise-wide disclosure, we are organized primarily on the basis of service lines. Supplemental disclosure of revenue by service type is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
   2007    2008    2009
     (in thousands)

Software and services revenue

   $ 24,018    $ 23,683    $ 29,195

Network transactions revenue

     14,475      9,890      8,512
                    

Total

   $ 38,493    $ 33,573    $ 37,707
                    

 

F-35


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Stockholders

Mavent Holdings Inc. and Subsidiary

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Mavent Holdings Inc. and Subsidiary (the Company) as of December 31, 2008 and December 11, 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2008 and for the period ended December 11, 2009. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Mavent Holdings Inc. and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2008 and December 11, 2009, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2008 and for the period ended December 11, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Haskell & White LLP

HASKELL & WHITE LLP

March 8, 2010

Irvine, California

 

F-36


Table of Contents

MAVENT HOLDINGS INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,
2008
    December 11,
2009
 
Assets     

Current assets:

    

Cash

   $ 11,531      $ 47,140   

Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $95,520 and $202,300 as of December 31, 2008 and December 11, 2009, respectively

     399,243        322,179   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     149,797        124,898   
                

Total current assets

     560,571        494,217   

Property and equipment, net

     867,850        320,546   

Other assets

     44,929        3,724   
                

Total assets

   $ 1,473,350      $ 818,487   
                
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity     

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 205,528      $ 399,619   

Unearned revenue

     4,165        62,397   

Accrued payroll liabilities

     331,848          

Other liabilities

     2,750        2,155   

Short-term debt

     350,000          

Current portion of capital lease obligations

     24,415        27,552   
                

Total current liabilities

     918,706        491,723   

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion

     37,988        12,596   
                

Total liabilities

     956,694        504,319   
                

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 3, 4, 6 and 7)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Convertible Series C-2 preferred stock, $0.001 par value. Authorized 1,088,000 shares; issued and outstanding 106,713 shares in 2008 and 2009.

     1,199,807        1,429,266   

Convertible Series C-1 preferred stock, $0.001 par value. Authorized 2,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 1,578,129 shares in 2008 and 2009.

     8,062,280        8,510,265   

Convertible Series B preferred stock, $0.001 par value. Authorized 1,023,750 shares; issued and outstanding 1,000,000 shares in 2008 and 2009.

     6,005,965        6,289,836   

Convertible Series A-1 preferred stock, $0.001 par value. Authorized, issued, and outstanding 843,794 shares in 2008 and 2009.

     5,160,712        5,387,810   

Convertible Series A preferred stock, $0.001 par value. Authorized, issued, and outstanding 1,898,544 shares in 2008 and 2009.

     7,749,428        8,090,430   

Common stock, $0.001 par value. Authorized 19,945,912 shares in 2008 and 2009; issued and outstanding 3,128,352 and 3,124,323 shares in 2008 and 2009, respectively

     2,967        3,125   

Additional paid-in capital

            481,403   

Accumulated deficit

     (27,664,503     (29,877,967
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     516,656        314,168   
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 1,473,350      $ 818,487   
                

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

MAVENT HOLDINGS INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2008
    For the
Period Ended
December 11,
2009
 

Net sales

   $ 3,470,003      $ 3,593,537   
                

Costs and expenses:

    

Cost of sales

     3,712,270        2,767,262   

Impairment charge

     169,265        95,388   

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

     3,052,001        2,275,805   

Research and development expenses

     782,072        558,406   
                
     7,715,608        5,696,861   
                

Operating loss

     (4,245,605     (2,103,324

Interest income (expense), net

     (11,567     (110,140
                

Net loss

   $ (4,257,172   $ (2,213,464
                

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

MAVENT HOLDINGS INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

 

    Series C-2
Preferred stock
  Series C-1
Preferred stock
  Series B
Preferred stock
  Series A-1
Preferred stock
    Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount

Balance at December 31, 2007

  104,713   $ 556,962   1,380,129   $ 6,651,402   1,000,000   $ 5,705,965   843,794   $ 4,920,712

Exercise of stock options

                       

Current year vesting of restricted stock

                       

Forfeitures of restricted stock

                       

Issuance of preferred stock, net of offering costs

  2,000     10,000   198,000     972,103            

Accretion of preferred stock redemption value

      632,845       438,775       300,000       240,000

Stock-based compensation

                       

Net loss

                       
                                       

Balance at December 31, 2008

  106,713     1,199,807   1,578,129     8,062,280   1,000,000     6,005,965   843,794     5,160,712

Exercise of stock options

                       

Current year vesting of restricted stock

                       

Forfeitures of restricted stock

                       

Capital contributions

                       

Accretion of preferred stock redemption value

      229,459       447,985       283,871       227,098

Net loss

                       
                                       

Balance at December 11, 2009

  106,713   $ 1,429,266   1,578,129   $ 8,510,265   1,000,000   $ 6,289,836   843,794   $ 5,387,810
                                       

 

F-39


Table of Contents

MAVENT HOLDINGS INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

    Series A
Preferred stock
  Common stock   Additional
paid-in

capital
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

equity
 
    Shares   Amount   Shares     Amount      

Balance at December 31, 2007

  1,898,544   $ 7,389,428   3,126,047      $ 2,792   $      $ (21,463,591   $ 3,763,670   

Exercise of stock options

        10,500        10     515               525   

Current year vesting of restricted stock

               165     8,010               8,175   

Forfeitures of restricted stock

        (8,195                         

Issuance of preferred stock, net of offering costs

                                 982,103   

Accretion of preferred stock redemption value

      360,000              (27,880     (1,943,740       

Stock-based compensation

                   19,355               19,355   

Net loss

                          (4,257,172     (4,257,172
                                             

Balance at December 31, 2008

  1,898,544     7,749,428   3,128,352        2,967            (27,664,503     516,656   

Exercise of stock options

        13,750        14     674               688   

Current year vesting of restricted stock

               144     7,073               7,217   

Forfeitures of restricted stock

        (17,779                         

Capital contributions

                   2,003,071               2,003,071   

Accretion of preferred stock redemption value

      341,002              (1,529,415              

Net loss

                          (2,213,464     (2,213,464
                                             

Balance at December 11, 2009

  1,898,544   $ 8,090,430   3,124,323      $ 3,125   $   481,403      $ (29,877,967   $ 314,168   
                                             

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

MAVENT HOLDINGS INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2008
    For the
Period Ended
December 11,
2009
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (4,257,172   $ (2,213,464

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     684,966        480,575   

Impairment charge

     169,265        95,388   

Gain on sale of assets

     (1,775       

Share-based compensation

     27,528        7,217   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Trade accounts receivable

     433,835        77,063   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     46,875        66,104   

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     (120,214     194,091   

Unearned revenue

     (16,668     58,232   

Accrued payroll liabilities

     2,342        (331,848

Other liabilities

     (4,152     (595
                

Net cash used in operating activities

     (3,035,170     (1,567,237
                

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (25,236     (28,658
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (25,236     (28,658
                

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     525        688   

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

     1,000,000          

Costs related to preferred stock offering

     (17,897       

Payments on short-term debt

            (2,000,000

Proceeds from short-term debt

     350,000        1,650,000   

Proceeds from capital contributions

            2,003,071   

Payments of capital lease obligations

     (15,428     (22,255
                

Net cash provided by financing activities

     1,317,200        1,631,504   
                

Net (decrease) increase in cash

     (1,743,206     35,609   

Cash at beginning of year/period

     1,754,737        11,531   
                

Cash at end of year/period

   $ 11,531      $ 47,140   
                

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

MAVENT HOLDINGS INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 1—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices

Description of the Company and its Business

Mavent Holdings Inc. (Mavent or the Company), a Delaware corporation, was incorporated on February 22, 2000 as Mavent Inc. The name of the Company was changed from Mavent Inc. to Mavent Holdings Inc. on December 29, 2003 by an amendment filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware. Mavent provides regulatory compliance solutions for the financial services industry. The Company has developed the Mavent Expert System, which is an automated compliance system that has the ability to review loan files in a residential mortgage lender’s production pipeline prior to funding or an investor’s pool of whole loans for compliance with applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, and regulations. The Company is headquartered in California and has a sales office in New York (closed in September 2009). The Company’s revenue is solely derived from the mortgage industry; including lenders in the subprime mortgage market (see Note 7). The Company’s financial condition, results of operations, and liquidity are affected by the concentration in this industry.

Sale of Company

Effective September 15, 2009, the Company laid off 31 employees that accounted for approximately 90% of its workforce, as a result of difficulties in the financial and credit markets and cash constraints experienced by the Company. Subsequent to this date, approximately 60% of the Company’s workforce was hired back as independent contractors on a temporary basis.

In November 2009, the Company entered into an agreement to sell the Company with Ellie Mae, Inc. (Ellie Mae). Ellie Mae paid the Company $500,000 in cash to cover the Company’s acquisition costs including a partial payment of $176,200 on the outstanding $2,000,000 bridge loan. Financial Technology Ventures, L.P. (FTV), a significant investor in the Company, paid off the remaining bridge loan balance, plus interest, totaling $1,826,871. FTV received 100,000 shares of Ellie Mae common stock in exchange for such payment. Both the $176,200 and $1,826,871 payments are recorded as capital contributions for the period ended December 11, 2009. The Company’s stockholders are to receive 20% of revenues in excess of $3,600,000 in 2010, 2011, and 2012 on specified products and services as the main consideration for this acquisition. The sale of the Company was effective December 11, 2009.

Going Concern

As shown in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the Company incurred a net loss of $2,213,464 during the period ended December 11, 2009. For the period ended December 11, 2009, the Company incurred negative cash flows from operations of $1,567,237. On December 11, 2009, management and the board of directors completed the agreement to sell the Company to Ellie Mae which has sufficient capital to fund the operations of the Company.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Mavent Holdings Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary Mavent Inc. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

MAVENT HOLDINGS INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Note 1— Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (continued)

 

Revenue Recognition

The Company generates revenue in several ways in accordance with a signed contract with each customer. Primarily, the Company charges its customers fees based upon loan review activity through the Company’s compliance engine. Revenue is recognized in the month in which services are performed and customers are billed monthly. Revenue is reduced for estimated contractually obligated price adjustments which may occur subsequent to the month in which services are performed. To a lesser extent, the Company earns revenue from monthly contract minimum commitments, which are recognized in the month of the minimum volume commitment shortfall. In addition, the Company provides professional services related to automating regulatory compliance. Professional services are recognized in the month in which services are performed unless they are performed in connection with automated loan compliance services, in which case they are recognized over the contract period.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and other highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less from the date of purchase.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization on property and equipment are computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

   5 to 7 years

Leasehold improvements

   Lesser of 5 years or lease term

Computers and software

   3 to 5 years

Maintenance and repairs are charged directly to expense as incurred. Additions and improvements to property and equipment are capitalized at cost.

Capitalized software costs are comprised of purchased software and internal software development costs. In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 350-40, Internal Use Software , the Company capitalizes qualifying computer software costs which are incurred during the application development stage and amortizes them over the software’s estimated useful life.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with the ASC Topic 360-10-35 regarding impairment or disposal of long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value

 

F-43


Table of Contents

MAVENT HOLDINGS INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Note 1— Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (continued)

 

of the asset. Assets to be disposed of would be separately presented in the consolidated balance sheets and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, and are no longer depreciated. The assets and liabilities of a disposed group classified as held-for-sale would be presented separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the consolidated balance sheets. During 2008, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $169,265 for leasehold improvements and equipment that were abandoned and for furniture that was sold for less than its carrying value when the Company reduced its office space at the end of its lease term in 2008.

In connection with the Company’s lease termination in December 2009, an impairment charge of $22,545 was also recorded in the consolidated statement of operations for the period ended December 11, 2009 for similar abandonments and for furniture that was sold for less than its carrying value in 2010.

As of December 11, 2009, management determined the Company’s capitalized software was impaired as the carrying value exceeded the sum of undiscounted cash flows attributable to this asset. Accordingly, the fair value was determined to be less than the carrying value and an impairment charge of $72,843 was recorded in the consolidated statement of operations for the period ended December 11, 2009. The fair value of the capitalized software was determined based on an independent valuation obtained by the Acquirer in connection with the acquisition of the Company as described in Note 1— Sale of the Company .

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Accordingly, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes all stock-based compensation as an expense in the financial statements and such costs are measured at the fair value of the award. For stock-based awards granted, the Company recognizes compensation expense based upon estimated grant date fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

MAVENT HOLDINGS INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Note 1—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (continued)

 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Although management believes these estimates and assumptions are adequate, actual results could differ from the estimates and assumptions used.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2009, the FASB issued ASC Topic 105, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles . This statement modifies the GAAP hierarchy by establishing only two levels of GAAP, authoritative and non-authoritative accounting literature. Effective July 2009, the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, also known collectively as the “Codification,” is considered the single source of authoritative U.S. accounting and reporting standards, except for additional authoritative rules and interpretive releases issued by the SEC. The Codification was developed to organize GAAP pronouncements by topic so that users can more easily access authoritative accounting guidance. It is organized by topic, subtopic, section, and paragraph, each of which is identified by a numerical designation. The Company has adopted ASC Topic 105 prospectively beginning in the second quarter of fiscal 2009, resulting in no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2009, FASB issued ASC 855-10-05 through ASC 855-10-55, Subsequent Events (ASC 855-10), which establishes principles and standards related to the accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are issued. ASC 855-10-25, Recognition requires an entity to recognize, in the financial statements, subsequent events that provide additional information regarding conditions that existed at the balance sheet date. Subsequent events that provide information about conditions that did not exist at the balance sheet date shall not be recognized in the financial statements under ASC 855-10. ASC 855-10 was effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009. The Company adopted ASC 855-10 on June 30, 2009, and the adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through March 8, 2010, the date which these financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

MAVENT HOLDINGS INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Note 2—Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following at:

 

     December 31,
2008
    December 11,
2009
 
    

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

   $ 488,585      $ 481,786   

Computer hardware

     672,110        680,769   

Computer software

     3,235,606        2,895,606   
                
     4,396,301        4,058,161   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (3,528,451     (3,737,615
                
   $ 867,850      $ 320,546   
                

 

Note 3—Short-Term Debt

In November 2008, the Company obtained a bridge loan from a bank for $1,000,000, of which approximately $350,000 had been advanced as of December 31, 2008. Additional borrowings are permitted up to February 15, 2009. The maturity date of the loan was March 1, 2009, at which time the borrowed principal balance and all accrued and unpaid interest was to be due in full. The bridge loan requires interest only payments on the amounts advanced through the maturity date. The interest rate is the greater of one percentage point above the bank’s prime rate, or 5.0%, which is payable monthly. The interest rate at December 31, 2008 was 5%. The bridge loan is guaranteed by FTV, a significant investor in the Company and secured by the Company’s tangible and intangible property, except for its intellectual property. This bridge loan agreement was amended in March 2009, which increased the borrowing amount to $2,000,000 and extended the maturity date to December 31, 2009. The outstanding borrowing was paid in full on December 11, 2009 by FTV and the Acquirer as described in Note 1(b) Sale of the Company .

 

Note 4—Stockholders’ Equity

Stock Option Plan

In February 2003, the Company adopted the Mavent Inc. 2003 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Purchase Plan (the 2003 Plan) and authorized up to 595,864 shares to be issued under the 2003 Plan. On February 1, 2006, the board of directors increased the authorized shares to be issued under the 2003 Plan to 1,033,263. The 2003 Plan provides for the grant by the Company of options or restricted stock to key employees, directors, and consultants. The 2003 Plan is to be administered by a committee appointed by the board of directors (the Committee). The Committee has discretion, subject to the terms of the 2003 Plan, to select the persons entitled to receive options or restricted stock under the 2003 Plan, the terms and conditions on which options or restricted stock are granted, the exercise price, the time period for vesting such shares, the number of shares thereto, and whether such options shall qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code or “nonqualified stock options.”

In August 2007, the Company adopted the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (2007 Plan) and suspended the previous 2003 Plan so that no additional options or other awards may be granted under the 2003 Plan.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

MAVENT HOLDINGS INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Note 4—Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

Under the terms of the 2007 Plan, the administrator of the 2007 Plan is either the board of directors (the Board) or a committee appointed by the board comprising members of the board (the Administrator). The Administrator of the 2007 Plan has the discretion, subject to the terms of the 2007 Plan to, among other things, select participants, and determine the type(s) of award(s) that they are to receive and determine the number of shares that are subject to awards and the terms and conditions of the awards, including the price, if any, to be paid for the shares or the awards. Persons eligible to receive awards under the 2007 Plan include employees, directors, and consultants. The types of awards that may be granted under the 2007 Plan include stock options, stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalent rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, or other rights or benefits under the 2007 Plan. Under the terms of the 2007 Plan, the exercise price for the incentive stock option (ISOs) and the non-qualified stock options (NQSOs) may not be less than the FMV on the date of grant. For ISOs, the exercise price may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the grant date for any individual who, at the time of the grant of such option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company. With regards to the sale of shares of common stock and other awards issued under the 2007 Plan, the per share price shall be determined by the Administrator. Stock options granted under the 2007 Plan and the 2003 Plan generally become exercisable over periods of one to four years and expire not more than 10 years from the date of grant.

The maximum aggregate number of shares which may be issued pursuant to all awards is 2,300,000 shares of common stock. The shares may be authorized, but unissued or reacquired common stock. The Company currently uses authorized and unissued shares to satisfy share award exercises.

At December 31, 2008, additional shares available for the Company to grant under the 2007 Plan were 1,190,834. The fair value of each option award in 2008 is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions: no expected dividend yield, expected volatility of 42.18%, risk free interest rate of 2.37% which is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant, and an expected term of 10 years. The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during 2008 was $.03. No compensation expense for stock options was recorded during the period ended December 11, 2009.

At December 11, 2009, both the 2007 Plan and 2003 Plan were terminated upon the completion of the sale of the Company. All outstanding vested and unvested stock options were cancelled.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

MAVENT HOLDINGS INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Note 4—Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

Stock option activity for the 2003 Plan and 2007 Plan during the period indicated is as follows:

 

     Number of
Shares
Under Option
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

Balance at January 1, 2009

   426,639      $ 0.05

Granted, at fair market value

   —          —  

Exercised

   (13,750     0.05

Cancelled

   (412,889     0.05
            

Balance at December 11, 2009

   —        $ —  
            

Exercisable at December 11, 2009

   —        $ —  
            

During 2007, 1,002,361 shares of restricted stock were awarded to employees for a total estimated fair value of $50,118. The weighted average grant date fair value for restricted stock awarded during 2007 was $0.05. As of December 31, 2008 and December 11, 2009, 832,035 and 976,387 shares subject to restricted stock awards had vested, respectively. Stock compensation expense of $8,175 and $7,217 was recorded in 2008 and 2009, respectively, relating to these restricted stock awards. In connection with the sale of the Company, all outstanding, unvested restricted stock awards immediately vested on December 11, 2009.

Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement

In March 2003, the Company authorized for issuance 3,375,188 shares of preferred stock, of which, 1,898,544 shares are designated as Series A, 843,794 shares are designated as Series A-1, and 632,847 shares are designated as Series A-2. The rights and preferences of this issuance were later amended in conjunction with the Series C preferred stock issuance in 2006.

In conjunction with this preferred stock authorization, the Company entered into the Series A Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement with FTV. Under this FTV agreement, the Company issued 949,272 shares of its Series A Preferred Stock for $3.16 per share for total gross proceeds of $3,000,000. Along with these shares, the Company issued a warrant to FTV (FTV Warrant 1). If FTV exercises the FTV Warrant 1 prior to its first anniversary date, FTV may purchase up to 421,898 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock at $4.74 per share for a total purchase price of $2,000,000. If FTV exercises the FTV Warrant 1 after its first anniversary date, FTV may purchase up to 316,423 shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock at $6.32 per share for a total purchase price of $2,000,000.

On October 20, 2003, the Company met certain provisions in the agreement which required FTV to purchase an additional 949,272 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at $3.16 per share for a total purchase price of $3,000,000. At that time, FTV received another warrant (FTV Warrant 2) with the same terms as FTV Warrant 1.

On February 29, 2004, FTV exercised its FTV warrants for the purchase of 843,797 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at $4.74 per share for a total purchase price of $4,000,000.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

MAVENT HOLDINGS INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Note 4—Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

In May 2005, the Company authorized for issuance of 1,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock. The original rights and preferences of this issuance were later amended in conjunction with the Series C preferred stock issuance in 2006.

In conjunction with this preferred stock authorization, the Company entered into the Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement with FTV and common stockholders. In May and July 2005, under this agreement, the Company issued 1,000,000 shares of its Series B Preferred Stock for $5.00 per share for total gross proceeds of $5,000,000.

In March 2006, the Company authorized for issuance an additional 23,750 shares of Series B Preferred Stock. In conjunction with this preferred stock authorization, the Company issued warrants to purchase up to 23,750 shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock for $5.00 per share. These warrants contain a cashless exercise provision and expire seven years from the issue date. The Company previously recorded $69,640 in interest expense relating to these warrants. On December 11, 2009, these warrants were terminated upon the completion of the sale of the Company.

In September 2006, the Company authorized for issuance 3,088,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, of which, 2,000,000 shares are designated as Series C-1 and 1,088,000 are designated as Series C-2. Since no shares of Series A-2 were ever issued, these shares are no longer authorized for issuance. In addition, the Company amended all prior rights and preferences of Preferred Stock Series A, A-1 and B so that they are the same as the Series C.

The Company’s preferred stock is redeemable at the option of the holder after three years from the original issuance date of September 6, 2006 for an amount per share equal to the following redemption price: (i) the original issue price for each such series of preferred stock, plus (ii) all accrued and unpaid dividends on such share, plus (iii) the number of shares of common stock that would have been issued upon the conversion of such preferred stock if the preferred stock had been converted at the then applicable conversion rate and in the case of Series C-2, an additional $7.50 per share. The redemption request can be made by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

The Company’s preferred stock is convertible into common and the Series C-2 Preferred Stock shall be converted into Series C-1 Preferred Stock either optionally or automatically. At the option of the holder, each share of preferred stock shall be convertible at any time prior to the date fixed for redemption. The conversion rate (Conversion Rate) is determined by dividing the original issue price by the corresponding conversion price that is in effect at the time of conversion, see conversion price details below. Initially, these common share equivalents are as follows: 1.26 for Series A, 1.90 for Series A-1, and 2.00 for Series B, C-1, and C-2. Each share of preferred stock shall be automatically converted into one share of common stock upon the closing of a public offering meeting specified terms or upon the consent of a majority of the preferred stockholders.

Upon an automatic conversion, the shares of preferred stock shall be converted into the number of shares of common stock, that results from dividing the original issue price applicable to such preferred stock series by the conversion price that is in effect at the time of conversion plus the number of shares of common stock (Participation Shares) equal to the original issue price plus all accrued and

 

F-49


Table of Contents

MAVENT HOLDINGS INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Note 4—Stockholders’ Equity (continued)

 

unpaid dividends divided by the fair market value price per share/initial public offering price, provided, however, that the Company may, in lieu of Participation Shares, pay to such holder cash equal to the original issue price for such share plus all accrued unpaid dividends on such share, plus solely with respect to shares of Series C-2 Preferred Stock, a number of shares of common stock equal to $7.50 divided by then fair market value price per share/initial public offering price, provided, however, that the Company may, in lieu of additional shares of common stock, pay to such holder cash equal to $7.50 for each share of Series C-2 Preferred Stock.

The preferred stockholders have a liquidation preference over the common stockholders for an amount equal to the original preferred stock issue price applicable to the shares of such series of preferred stock plus all accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares. The holders of each share of Series C-2 Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid prior and in preference to any payment on any shares of common stock an amount equal to $7.50 per share. Any remaining funds or assets after payment of the above shall be distributed among the holders of the then outstanding common and preferred stock pro rata according to the number of shares of common stock held by each holder, treating all preferred shares as if they have been converted to common.

The holders of the Company’s preferred stock are entitled to the same voting rights as the common stockholders.

Dividends are cumulative and paid at a per share per annum rate as follows: $0.30 rate for Series C-2, C-1 and B, $0.28443 for Series A-1 and $0.18962 for Series A. Before any dividends can be paid to the holders of the Company’s common stock, the full amount of any accrued and unpaid cumulative dividends on the preferred stock must be paid.

In conjunction with this preferred stock authorization, the Company entered into the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement with FTV. In September and November 2006, under this agreement, the Company issued 1,182,968 shares of its Series C-1 Preferred Stock for $5.00 per share for total gross proceeds of $5,914,840.

Under the terms of this agreement the common stockholders were granted an opportunity to participate in the Series C Preferred Stock issuance financing by purchasing shares of Series C-2 Preferred Stock determined by multiplying such stockholders pro rata share by the total number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock authorized for sale. Three stockholders participated and purchased 17,032 shares of Series C-2 Preferred Stock for $5.00 per share for total gross proceeds of $85,160.

In September 2006, in connection with the Series C Preferred Stock issuance, the Company’s board of directors declared a special dividend to common stockholders whereby one share of Series C-2 stock was issued for every 25 shares of common stock held by such stockholder as of November 13, 2006. As a result, 84,842 shares of Series C-2 were granted to common stockholders.

In July 2007, the Company issued additional shares of Preferred Stock under the terms of the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement. The Company issued 197,161 shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock for $5.00 per share for total gross proceeds of $985,805 and 2,839 shares of Series C-2 Preferred Stock for $5.00 per share for gross proceeds of $14,195.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

MAVENT HOLDINGS INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

In July and August 2008, the Company issued additional shares of Preferred Stock under the terms of the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement. The Company issued 198,000 shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock for $5.00 per share for total gross proceeds of $990,000 and 2,000 shares of Series C-2 Preferred Stock for $5.00 per share for gross proceeds of $10,000.

Note 5—Income Taxes

The Company recorded no provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2008 and for the period ended December 11, 2009 as the Company was at a tax loss for those periods.

At December 31, 2008 and December 11, 2009, net deferred tax assets of approximately $9,700,000 and $10,400,000, respectively, are primarily the result of net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards. The Company’s federal and state NOLs at December 11, 2009 of approximately $25,400,000 and $30,300,000 begin expiring in 2021 and 2011, respectively. A valuation allowance has been established to fully reserve for the deferred tax assets and is the primary difference between the Company’s expected income tax expense (benefit) and actual income tax expense. The NOL carryforwards may be subject to certain limitations, including Section 382 and Separate Limitation Year Return. The ultimate realization of the NOL carryforwards is dependent upon the Company obtaining future taxable earnings. The valuation allowance increased by approximately $2,200,000 in 2008 and $700,000 in 2009 due to the increase in federal and state NOLs.

Note 6—Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

During 2008 and 2009, the Company leased certain office space and equipment under noncancelable operating leases. The lease for the office space was terminated in December 2009 as part of the sale of the Company. As part of the lease termination, a payment of $175,182 was paid to the landlord by Ellie Mae. Ellie Mae entered into a new lease for part of the space with the landlord, expiring in January 1, 2012. The equipment leases were assigned to Ellie Mae. Rental expense for operating leases during 2008 and 2009 was $407,513 and $376,642, respectively. During 2008, the Company subleased part of its office space. Rental expense was reduced by sublease rental income of $13,104 in 2008. This sublease expired in February 2008.

At December 11, 2009, the Company had $88,722 in computer software and $40,307 in accumulated depreciation recorded under capital leases that were included in property and equipment.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

MAVENT HOLDINGS INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Note 6—Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

 

Leases (continued)

 

Future annual minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases (with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year) and under capital leases as of December 11, 2009 are:

 

     Capital
leases
    Operating
leases

Year ending December 31:

    

2010

   $ 33,844      $ 105,214

2011

     10,413        108,360

2012

     —          2,610
              

Total minimum lease payments

     44,257      $ 216,184
        

Less amount representing executory costs

     —       
          

Net minimum lease payments

     44,257     

Less amount representing interest at 13%

     (4,109  
          

Present value of net minimum lease payments

     40,148     

Less current obligations under capital leases

     (27,552  
          

Obligations under capital leases, excluding current

   $ 12,596     
          

License Agreements

In October 2007, the Company entered into a licensing and maintenance agreement with Hudson Cook, LLP and its affiliate CounselorLibrary.com LLC, (Hudco), whereby Hudco will review and update the Company’s licensing and compliance documentation matrices and provide access to a database of federal and state laws and regulations applicable to mortgage lending in the United States. Hudco will also maintain the database to ensure it is updated for any changes in the laws and regulations. This agreement replaces a previous agreement with Hudco which expired on December 31, 2006. The term of this new agreement is for five years commencing on January 1, 2007. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company will pay Hudco maintenance service fees equal to 5% of the first $5,000,000 of the Company’s annual revenues, as defined in the agreement, plus 1% of the Company’s annual review revenues in excess of $5,000,000. In addition, the Company was obligated to make a one time payment of an additional $50,000 prior to December 31, 2008 and will be charged for other services that do not fall under the scope of maintenance service fees. This $50,000 payment was paid in 2009. The Company incurred $140,485 and $141,053 in maintenance service fees under this agreement during 2008 and 2009, respectively.

In June 2009, the Company amended a software license agreement with Pitney Bowes Software, which allows for the Mavent Expert System to validate the address and county of a given property, and to apply the appropriate county’s high cost limits to the compliance review. The amended agreement extended the term through June 2012. The initial license fee of $20,000 has been capitalized and is being amortized over the three year term. The agreement also contains a $25,000 annual maintenance/subscription fee. Payments for the license fee and maintenance/subscription fee are due in six equal monthly payments of $7,500 commencing July 1, 2009 and then eight equal quarterly payments of $6,250 commencing June 30, 2010.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

MAVENT HOLDINGS INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Note 6—Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

 

Compliance Warranty

 

The Company provides its customers with a “Compliance Warranty” for its regulatory compliance solutions. This contractual responsibility limits the Company’s liability to reimbursement for losses incurred by a customer due to fines, penalties, or judgments imposed or levied upon a customer as a result, solely, of a violation of a specific law, rule, or regulation resulting from an error in the Company’s compliance review. The Company’s maximum exposure is limited under its service agreements to the greater of the total service fees paid by a customer to the Company for base services during a specified period preceding the relevant claim, typically six to twelve months, or a specified dollar amount ranging from $1.0 million to $5.0 million. The Company has not historically incurred any such claims. Since this type of product is new to the market, management is unaware of any historical industry data to actuarially project frequency or severity. The Company maintains a total of $5 million in professional liability insurance coverage with a $10,000 deductible through December 11, 2009. Management believes this will be adequate to cover potential future claims, if any. Therefore, no accrual has been made for this contingent liability.

Litigation

The Company has been involved in an employment matter arising in the ordinary course of business. This matter was settled in September 2008 and paid in October 2008.

Note 7—Business and Credit Concentrations

The Company’s customers are concentrated in the financial services industry, as the Company’s product evaluates residential mortgage loans for regulatory compliance. The financial services industry has been affected by credit concerns, mainly in the areas of consumer real estate and residential construction, declining interest rates, tightened liquidity, and a slowing economy. These factors have resulted in continued lower levels of earnings and stock prices of financial institutions, industry consolidation, and regulatory take over of several financial institutions.

The Company’s accounts receivable are due primarily from customers in the United States and are typically unsecured. Management specifically analyzes the accounts receivable balances, historical bad debts, customer credit worthiness, and current economic trends when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts.

The Company had five customers that accounted for 71% and 63% of net sales in 2008 and 2009, respectively. One customer accounted for approximately 40% of net sales in 2008 and 2009.

At December 31, 2008, 70% of the trade accounts receivable balance was due from seven customers. At December 11, 2009, 54% of the trade accounts receivable balance was due from six customers.

The Company maintains its cash accounts in a commercial bank. Cash on deposit was fully insured by the FDIC.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

MAVENT HOLDINGS INC.

AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Note 8—Retirement Savings Plan

 

Substantially all employees are eligible to participate in the Company’s defined contribution savings plan qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Participating employees may defer a portion of their earnings up to the Internal Revenue Service annual contribution limit. The Company did not make any matching contributions to the plan for the years ended December 31, 2008 and for the period ended December 11, 2009. At December 11, 2009, this plan was terminated upon the completion of the sale of the Company.

Note 9—Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

 

     2008    2009

Interest paid

   $ 23,629    $ 111,489

Income taxes paid

     3,744      1,890

Noncash financing activities:

     

Accretion of preferred stock redemption value

     1,971,620      1,529,415

Computer hardware purchased under capital lease

     86,080     

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement Of Income

For the year ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands except share and per share data)

Effective December 11, 2009, Ellie Mae, Inc. (the “Company”) acquired Mavent Holdings, Inc. (“Mavent”), a provider of automated solutions designed to analyze mortgage loan data for regulatory compliance with federal and state laws related to mortgage lending.

For purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company assumed that the Mavent acquisition occurred on January 1, 2009. As a result, the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated income statement was derived from:

 

  Ÿ  

the audited historical consolidated statement of income of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2009; and

 

  Ÿ  

the audited historical consolidated statement of operations of Mavent for the period from January 1, 2009 to December 11, 2009 (“the period ended December 11, 2009”).

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income has been prepared based on amounts allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on management’s estimate of fair value. In determining the fair value estimates, management relied in part on an appraisal completed by an independent third party using established valuation techniques. The purchase consideration in excess of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income is presented for illustration purposes only and does not necessarily indicate the operating results that would have been achieved if the Mavent acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the period presented, nor is it indicative of future operating results.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income and the Company’s and Mavent’s historical consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in this prospectus.

 

P-1


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement Of Income (continued)

For the year ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands except share and per share data)

 

    Ellie Mae, Inc.
Historical
    Mavent Holdings, Inc.
period ended
December 11, 2009
    Acquisition
Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma  

Revenues

  $ 37,707      $ 3,594      $      $ 41,301   

Cost of revenues

    11,896        2,470               14,366   
                               

Gross profit

    25,811        1,124               26,935   

Operating expenses:

       

Sales, marketing, general and administrative

    15,745        2,276        (42 ) (A)       17,979   

Research and development

    7,945        558               8,503   

Amortization of intangibles

    267        298        (204 ) (B)       361   

Impairment charges

           95               95   
                               
    23,957        3,227        (246     26,938   
                               

Income from operations

    1,854        (2,103     246        (4

Interest expense

    (41     (110     91 (C)       (60

Interest income

    113                      113   
                               

Income (loss) before income taxes

    1,926        (2,213     337        50   

Income tax provision (benefit)

    264               (257 ) (D)       7   
                               

Net income (loss)

  $ 1,662      $ (2,213   $ 594      $ 43   

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value

           (1,529     1,529 (E)         
                               

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

  $ 1,662      $ (3,742   $ 2,123      $ 43   
                               

Net income per share:

       

Basic

  $ 0.17          $ 0.00   
                   

Diluted

  $ 0.04          $ 0.00   
                   

Weighted average shares used for calculation:

       

Basic

    9,798,399          94,247 (F)       9,892,646   
                         

Diluted

    46,606,150          94,247 (F)       46,700,397   
                         

 

P-2


Table of Contents

Ellie Mae, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement Of Income (continued)

For the year ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands except share and per share data)

 

(A) Deal related costs

The pro forma adjustment represents the reduction of transaction related expenses incurred as part of the acquisition. The Company would not have incurred these deal related expenses for the period ended December 11, 2009.

 

(B) Amortization of intangibles

The pro forma adjustment reflects the amortization of intangible assets over their useful lives. The useful life of an intangible asset is the period over which the asset is expected to contribute directly or indirectly to the future cash flows of the Company. The pro forma amount has been reduced by amounts already recorded in the Mavent financial statements for the amortization of information technology assets.

 

     Useful Life    Pro forma
2009
amortization
 

Developed technology

   3 yrs    $ 69   

Tradenames

   3 yrs      19   

Customer lists and contracts

   5 yrs      6   
           
        94   

Less: Mavent information technology amortization

          (298
           

Pro forma adjustment

      $ (204
           

 

(C) Interest expense

The Company would not have incurred interest expense for the period ended December 11, 2009 as the interest relates to borrowings that were retained by the sellers of Mavent.

 

(D) Income taxes

The pro forma adjustment represents pro forma net income before income taxes at the Company’s effective rate of 13.7% for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

(E) Redeemable preferred stock

The pro forma adjustment reflects the elimination of the accretion of Mavent preferred stock to redemption value resulting from the cancellation of all Mavent capital stock upon acquisition.

(F) Net income per share

The pro forma basic earnings per share assumes that the 100,000 shares of common stock issued to the sellers was outstanding from January 1, 2009 to December 31, 2009.

 

Incremental weighted average shares pro forma

   100,000

Less: Basic weighted average shares already included in Company calculations

   5,753
    

Revised incremental weighted average shares proforma

   94,247
    

 

P-3


Table of Contents

 

 

             Shares

Ellie Mae, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

William Blair & Company

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods

Macquarie Capital

Piper Jaffray

ThinkEquity LLC

 

 

Through and including                     , 2010 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee. All the expenses below will be paid by Ellie Mae.

 

Item

   Amount

SEC registration fee

   $ 6,150

FINRA filing fee

     9,125

Initial New York Stock Exchange listing fee

     *

Legal fees and expenses

     *

Accounting fees and expenses

     *

Printing and engraving expenses

     *

Transfer Agent and Registrar fees

     *

Blue Sky fees and expenses

     *

Miscellaneous Fees and expenses

     *
      

Total

   $  
      

 

* To be provided by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provides for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, we will enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers and some employees containing provisions which are in some respects broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. The indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors and to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. Reference is also made to the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, which provides for indemnification by the underwriters of our officers and directors against certain liabilities.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

During the last three years, we made sales of the following unregistered securities:

 

  1. On April 15, 2010, we issued and sold 45,000 shares of our common stock to our former chief operating officer at a purchase price of $1.22 per share.

 

  2. On December 11, 2009, we issued 99,410 shares of our common stock to Financial Technology Ventures II, L.P. and 590 shares of our common stock to Financial Technology Ventures II (Q), L.P. as partial consideration for our acquisition of Mavent, Inc.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
  3. On September 30, 2008, we issued a warrant to purchase up to 400,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.98 per share to New Casa 188, LLC (currently known as SavingStreet.com, LLC). This warrant may only be exercised at any time after we have received an aggregate of $5.0 million pursuant to a strategic relationship agreement between us and New Casa 188, LLC and prior to the termination date of the warrant, which is December 31, 2012.

 

  4. Since December 31, 2006, we have granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 11,174,000 shares of our common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.46 to $2.25 per share to a total of 183 employees, consultants, officers and directors under our 1999 Plan and our 2009 Plan.

 

  5. Since December 31, 2006, we have issued and sold an aggregate of 466,670 shares of our common stock to employees, consultants and directors at prices ranging from $0.46 to $2.25 per share pursuant to exercises of stock options granted under our 1999 Plan and our 2009 Plan.

 

  6. Since December 31, 2006, we have issued and sold an aggregate of 12,501 shares of our common stock to an investor at a price of $1.00 per share pursuant to an exercise of warrants.

Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with Ellie Mae, to information about Ellie Mae.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statements

 

  (a) Exhibits

 

Exhibit
No.
  

Description of Exhibit

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1    Asset Purchase Agreement, by and among Ellie Mae, Inc., Stewart Lender Services, Inc. and Online Documents, Inc., dated as of September 30, 2008.
  2.2    Agreement and Plan of Merger, by and among Ellie Mae, Inc., Mavent Acquisition Corp., Mavent Holdings Inc. and the principal stockholders listed therein, dated as of November 25, 2009.
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Ellie Mae, Inc., as currently in effect.
  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Ellie Mae, Inc., to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
  3.3    Bylaws of Ellie Mae, Inc., as currently in effect.
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Ellie Mae, Inc., to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
  4.1*    Form of Ellie Mae, Inc.’s Common Stock Certificate.
  4.2    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, by and among Ellie Mae, Inc. and the investors listed therein, dated December 21, 2005.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Exhibit
No.
  

Description of Exhibit

  4.3    Amendment and Waiver to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, by and among Ellie Mae, Inc. and the investors listed therein, dated March 31, 2010.
  4.4    Common Stock Purchase Warrant, issued to FL Advisors, LLC, dated March 23, 2004.
  4.5    Common Stock Purchase Warrant, issued to New Casa 188, LLC, dated September 30, 2008.
  4.6    Form of Warrants issued to existing stockholders in connection with the Company’s 2001 bridge financing.
  5.1*    Form of Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP.
  5.2*    Form of Opinion of Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A.
10.1    Ellie Mae, Inc. Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, including the form of stock option agreement.
10.2    Ellie Mae, Inc. 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, including the form of stock option agreement.
10.3*    Form of Indemnification Agreement made by and between Ellie Mae, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.4    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, between Ellie Mae, Inc. and Sigmund Anderman, dated April 30, 2002.
10.5    Offer Letter, between Ellie Mae, Inc. and Jonathan Corr, dated November 5, 2002.
10.6    Offer Letter, between Ellie Mae, Inc. and Joseph Langner, dated December 11, 2002.
10.7    Offer Letter, between Ellie Mae, Inc. and Edgar Luce, dated July 14, 2005.
10.8    Amended and Restated Business Loan Agreement, by and between Comerica Bank and Ellie Mae, Inc., dated as of June 20, 2006.
10.9    First Modification to Business Loan Agreement and Master Revolving Note and Waiver, by and between Ellie Mae, Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated as of May 15, 2008.
10.10    Second Modification to Business Loan Agreement and Master Revolving Note, by and between Ellie Mae, Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated as of April 2, 2009.
10.11    Sublease, by and between ADP Pleasanton National Service Center, Inc. and Ellie Mae, Inc., dated as of July 30, 2007.
10.12    SAVVIS Master Services Agreement, by and between SAVVIS Communications Corporation and Ellie Mae, Inc., dated as of December 15, 2006.
21.1    List of subsidiaries.
23.1*    Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2*    Consent of Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A. (included in Exhibit 5.2).
23.3    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.4    Consent of Haskell & White LLP, independent auditor.
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-5).

 

* To be filed by Amendment. All other exhibits are filed herewith.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
  (b) Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

Item 17. Undertakings

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted as to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus as filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this Registration Statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, we have duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Pleasanton, State of California, on the 29th day of April, 2010.

 

ELLIE MAE, INC.

By:

 

 /s/ Sigmund Anderman

 

Sigmund Anderman

Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Sigmund Anderman and Edgar Luce, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by the Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Sigmund Anderman

Sigmund Anderman

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(principal executive officer)

  April 29, 2010

/s/ Edgar Luce

Edgar Luce

  

Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial and accounting officer)

  April 29, 2010

/s/ Carl Buccellato

Carl Buccellato

   Director   April 29, 2010

/s/ Craig Davis

Craig Davis

   Director   April 29, 2010

/s/ A. Barr Dolan

A. Barr Dolan

   Director   April 29, 2010

/s/ Jerald L. Hoerauf

Jerry Hoerauf

   Director   April 29, 2010

/s/ Robert J. Levin

Robert J. Levin

   Director   April 29, 2010

/s/ Bernard M. Notas

Bernard M. Notas

   Director   April 29, 2010

/s/ Frank Schultz

Frank Schultz

   Director   April 29, 2010

/s/ Alan Henricks

Alan Henricks

   Director   April 29, 2010

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
No.
  

Description of Exhibit

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1    Asset Purchase Agreement, by and among Ellie Mae, Inc., Stewart Lender Services, Inc. and Online Documents, Inc., dated as of September 30, 2008.
  2.2    Agreement and Plan of Merger, by and among Ellie Mae, Inc., Mavent Acquisition Corp., Mavent Holdings Inc. and the principal stockholders listed therein, dated as of November 25, 2009.
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Ellie Mae, Inc., as currently in effect.
  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Ellie Mae, Inc., to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
  3.3    Bylaws of Ellie Mae, Inc., as currently in effect.
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Ellie Mae, Inc., to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
  4.1*    Form of Ellie Mae, Inc.’s Common Stock Certificate.
  4.2    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, by and among Ellie Mae, Inc. and the investors listed therein, dated December 21, 2005.
  4.3    Amendment and Waiver to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, by and among Ellie Mae, Inc. and the investors listed therein, dated March 31, 2010.
  4.4    Common Stock Purchase Warrant, issued to FL Advisors, LLC, dated March 23, 2004.
  4.5    Common Stock Purchase Warrant, issued to New Casa 188, LLC, dated September 30, 2008.
  4.6    Form of Warrants issued to existing stockholders in connection with the Company’s 2001 bridge financing.
  5.1*    Form of Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP.
  5.2*    Form of Opinion of Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A.
10.1    Ellie Mae, Inc. Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, including the form of stock option agreement.
10.2    Ellie Mae, Inc. 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, including the form of stock option agreement.
10.3*    Form of Indemnification Agreement made by and between Ellie Mae, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.4    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, between Ellie Mae, Inc. and Sigmund Anderman, dated April 30, 2002.
10.5    Offer Letter, between Ellie Mae, Inc. and Jonathan Corr, dated November 5, 2002.
10.6    Offer Letter, between Ellie Mae, Inc. and Joseph Langner, dated December 11, 2002.
10.7    Offer Letter, between Ellie Mae, Inc. and Edgar Luce, dated July 14, 2005.
10.8    Amended and Restated Business Loan Agreement, by and between Comerica Bank and Ellie Mae, Inc., dated as of June 20, 2006.
10.9    First Modification to Business Loan Agreement and Master Revolving Note and Waiver, by and between Ellie Mae, Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated as of May 15, 2008.
10.10    Second Modification to Business Loan Agreement and Master Revolving Note, by and between Ellie Mae, Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated as of April 2, 2009.


Table of Contents
Exhibit
No.
  

Description of Exhibit

10.11    Sublease, by and between ADP Pleasanton National Service Center, Inc. and Ellie Mae, Inc., dated as of July 30, 2007.
10.12    SAVVIS Master Services Agreement, by and between SAVVIS Communications Corporation and Ellie Mae, Inc., dated as of December 15, 2006.
21.1    List of subsidiaries.
23.1*    Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2*    Consent of Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A. (included in Exhibit 5.2).
23.3    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.4    Consent of Haskell & White LLP, independent auditor.
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-5).

 

* To be filed by Amendment. All other exhibits are filed herewith.

Exhibit 2.1

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Asset Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of September 30, 2008, by and among Ellie Mae, Inc., a California corporation (“ Buyer ”), Stewart Lender Services, Inc., a Texas corporation (“ Parent ”) and Online Documents, Inc., a California corporation (“ Seller ”) and wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent.

RECITAL

Seller is a provider of technology and services to provide and support the preparation and delivery of electronic mortgage documents including electronic disclosures and loan origination closing packages (the “ Business ”). Buyer desires to acquire from Seller, and Seller desires to sell to Buyer, substantially all of the assets of the Business on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the mutual agreements, representations, warranties and covenants set forth below, Buyer and Seller agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions .

1.1     Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a)     “ Affiliate ” means with respect to any Person, a Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under common control with such Person. For the purpose of this definition, the term “control” when used with respect to any Person means the possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract.

(b)     “ Closing ” means the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(c)     “ Closing Date ” means the date of the Closing.

(d)     “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e)     “ Darwin Software ” means the application framework consisting of a suite of tools and services that improves the operational workflow and production systems of the Seller which was designed to replace the Legacy Software and adds integrated customer service, accounting, reporting, and order entry and transaction processing components.

(f)     “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles of the United States as set forth by the Financial Accounting Standards Board as in effect from time to time.


(g)     “ Governmental Authorizations ” means the permits, authorizations, consents or approvals of any Governmental Entity which are a condition to the lawful consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby listed on Schedule 1.1(g) to this Agreement.

(h)     “ Governmental Entity ” means any court, or any federal, state, municipal or other governmental authority, department, commission, board, agency or other instrumentality (domestic or foreign).

(i)     “ Knowledge ” shall mean the (i) actual knowledge of the employees of Seller and (ii) the actual and constructive knowledge of the officers and directors of Seller and the officers and directors of Parent having responsibility for the Parent oversight of Seller.

(j)     “ Legacy Software ” means the current production systems that include form creation, form programming, transaction processing and delivery and customer support tools.

(k)     “ Lien ” means, with respect to any Purchased Asset, any mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest, option, covenant, condition, restriction, encumbrance, charge or other third-party claim of any kind.

(l)     “ Material Adverse Effect ” with respect to a Person means any event, change or effect that is materially adverse to the condition (financial or otherwise), properties, assets, liabilities, business, operations, results of operations, or prospects of such Person and its Affiliates, taken as a whole.

(m)    “ Non-Transferred Employees ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.

(n)     “ Non-Transferred Employee Termination Fees ” shall mean documented fees paid by Seller to Non-Transferred Employees for accrued benefits and vacation in connection with the termination of such employees.

(o)     “ Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust, government or political subdivision or agent or instrumentality thereof, or other entity or organization.

(p)     “ Taxes ” means all taxes, however denominated, including any interest, penalties or other additions to tax that may become payable in respect thereof, (i) imposed by any federal, territorial, state, local or foreign government or any agency or political subdivision of any such government, for which Buyer could become liable as successor to or transferee of the Business or the Purchased Assets or which could become a charge against or Lien on any of the Purchased Assets, which taxes shall include, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all sales and use taxes, ad valorem taxes, excise taxes, business license taxes, occupation taxes, real and personal property taxes, stamp taxes, environmental taxes, real property gains taxes, transfer taxes, payroll and employee withholding taxes, unemployment insurance contributions, social security

 

2


taxes, and other governmental charges, and other obligations of the same or of a similar nature to any of the foregoing, which are required to be paid, withheld or collected, or (ii) any liability for amounts referred to in (i) as a result of any obligations to indemnify another person.

(q)     “ Transferred Employees ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

 

2. Sale and Purchase .

2.1     Transfer of Assets . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Seller shall sell, assign, grant, transfer, and deliver (or cause to be sold, assigned, granted, transferred and delivered) to Buyer, and Buyer shall purchase and accept from Seller as of the Closing Date, free and clear of all Liens, all of Seller’s rights, title and interest in and to all of the assets, properties and business, other than the Excluded Assets, owned, held or used in the conduct of the Business by Seller as the same shall exist on the Closing Date (the “ Purchased Assets ”), including, without limitation:

(a)     the real property lease listed on Schedule 2.1(a) ;

(b)     all equipment, furniture, supplies and other tangible personal property and leases of and other interests in tangible personal property used in connection with the Business, including, without limitation, the items listed on Schedule 2.1(b) ;

(c)     all rights under contracts, agreements, leases and other interests in real and personal property, licenses, commitments, sales and purchase orders and other instruments, including, without limitation, the items listed on Schedule 2.1(c) (the “ Contracts ”);

(d)     all accounts receivable, notes receivable and other receivables (“ Accounts Receivables ”);

(e)     all prepaid expenses relating to the operation of the Business including, but not limited to Taxes, excluding federal, state, and local corporate taxes on revenues, leases and rentals;

(f)     all copyrights, copyright registrations, proprietary processes, trade secrets, license rights, specifications, technical manuals and data, drawings, inventions, designs, patents, patent applications, trade names, trademarks, service marks, product information and data, know-how and development work in progress, customer lists, software, business and marketing plans and other intellectual or intangible property embodied in or pertaining to the Business, whether pending, applied for or issued, whether filed in the United States or in other countries, including without limitation the items listed in Schedule 2.1(f) , together with all associated goodwill;

(g)     all things authored, discovered, developed, made, perfected, improved, designed, engineered, acquired, produced, conceived or first reduced to

 

3


practice by Seller or any of its employees or agents that are embodied in, derived from or relate to the Business, in any stage of development, including, without limitation, modifications, enhancements, designs, concepts, techniques, methods, ideas, flow charts, coding sheets, notes and all other information relating to the Business;

(h)      any and all design and code documentation, methodologies, processes, trade secrets, copyrights, design information, product information, technology, formulae, routines, engineering specifications, technical manuals and data, drawings, inventions, know-how, techniques, engineering work papers, and notes, development work-in-process, and other proprietary information and materials of any kind relating to, used in, or derived from the Purchased Assets (collectively with subsections (f) and (g), the “ Intellectual Property ”);

(i)     all permits, authorizations, consents and approvals of any Governmental Entity affecting or relating in any way to the Business, including without limitation, the items listed on Schedule 2.1(i) (the “ Permits ”);

(j)     all books, records files and papers, whether in hard copy or electronic format, used in the Business, including without limitation, engineering information, sales and promotional literature, manuals and data, sales and purchase correspondence, lists of present, former and prospective suppliers or customers, personnel and employment records for the Transferred Employees (as defined below), and any information relating to Taxes imposed on the Business or Purchased Assets, excluding federal, state, or local Taxes imposed on the Corporation;

(k)     all computer software programs, data and associated licenses used in connection with the Business; and

(l)     all goodwill associated with the Business or the Purchased Assets, together with the right to represent to third parties that Buyer is the successor to the Business.

2.2     Excluded Assets . Buyer agrees that notwithstanding any provision of Section 2.1 the assets of Seller set forth on Schedule 2.2 (the “ Excluded Assets ”) shall be excluded from the Purchased Assets.

2.3     Assumed Liabilities . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer designated by Buyer agrees, effective as of the Closing Date, to assume the following liabilities (the “ Assumed Liabilities ”):

(a)     the liabilities set forth on Schedule 2.3(a) to the extent set forth thereon; and

(b)     the liabilities and obligations of Seller or Parent arising under the Contracts, other than the liabilities attributable to any failure by Seller or Parent to comply with the terms thereof on or before the Closing Date (or after the Closing Date with respect to obligations of Seller or Parent that survive assignment of the Contracts).

 

4


2.4     Retained Liabilities . Except for those liabilities expressly assumed by Buyer or any Affiliate designated by Buyer pursuant to Section 2.3, Buyer shall not assume and shall not be liable for, and Seller and Parent shall retain and remain solely liable for and obligated to discharge, all of the debts, contracts, agreements, commitments, obligations and other liabilities of any nature whatsoever of Seller and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, whether known or unknown, accrued or not accrued, fixed or contingent, including without limitation, the following (the “ Retained Liabilities ”):

(a)     Any liability for breaches by Seller or Parent on or prior to the Closing Date of any contract or any other instrument, contract or purchase order or any liability for payments or amounts due under any Contract or any other instrument, contract or purchase order on or prior to the Closing Date;

(b)     Any liability or obligation for Taxes attributable to or imposed upon Seller or Parent, or attributable to or imposed upon the Purchased Assets or the Business for any period (or portion thereof) through the Closing Date, including, without limitation, any Taxes attributable to or arising from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(c)     Any liability or obligation for or in respect of any loan, other indebtedness for money borrowed, or account payable of Seller or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, including any such liabilities owed to Affiliates of Seller;

(d)     Any liability or obligation arising as a result of any legal or equitable action or judicial or administrative proceeding initiated at any time, to the extent relating to any action or omission on or prior to the Closing Date by or on behalf of Seller, including, without limitation, any liability for infringement of intellectual property rights, breach of product warranty, injury or death caused by products, or violations of federal or state securities or other laws;

(e)     Any liability or obligation arising on or prior to the Closing Date out of any “employee benefit plan,” as such term is defined by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ ERISA ”) or other employee benefit plans;

(f)     Any liability or obligation for making payments of any kind (including as a result of the sale of Purchased Assets or as a result of the termination of employment by Seller of employees, or other claims arising out of the terms and conditions of employment with Seller, or for vacation or severance pay or otherwise) to employees of Seller or in respect of payroll taxes for employees of Seller, except as set forth on Schedule 2.4(f) ;

(g)     Any liability of Seller or Parent incurred in connection with the making or performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby;

(h)     Any liability of Seller arising out of the violation of or failure to comply with any Environmental Regulations (as hereinafter defined) applicable to any aspect of the Business; and

 

5


(i)     Any costs or expenses of Seller or Parent incurred in connection with shutting down, deinstalling and removing equipment not purchased by Buyer, and the costs associated with all contracts and agreements not assumed by Buyer.

2.5     Purchase Price . Subject to the performance by Seller and Parent of all of its obligations under this Agreement (including delivering all documents agreed to be required to be delivered) at the Closing, in consideration of the acquisition of the Purchased Assets under Section 2.1, Buyer agrees (a) to assume the Assumed Liabilities, (b) pay Seller an amount equal to two-thirds (66-2/3%) of any collected Accounts Receivables on the 15th day of each month following the date on which such Accounts Receivables are collected by Buyer, (c) to pay Parent (subject to adjustment for Undisclosed Liabilities and Damages) the Revenue Share as described in Section 6.10, and (d) to pay Seller up to a maximum $80,000 for Non-Transferred Employee Termination Fees.

Buyer shall use its reasonable efforts to collect the Accounts Receivable and Buyer shall deliver to Parent on a monthly basis a status of Accounts Receivable and related collection efforts, including any reserves for doubtful accounts. Additionally, Parent or its agents or representatives may conduct on an annual basis only onsite and/or offsite audits of Buyer’s or its applicable Affiliates, business, operations, books, and records to determine whether Buyer is in compliance with the terms and conditions of Section 2.5 of this Agreement. Each such audit shall be conducted during reasonable business hours, for a reasonable duration and upon reasonable advance written notice to Buyer, and at Parent’s expense.

2.6     Allocation of Purchase Price . Buyer shall within 90 days after the Closing provide Seller with a schedule showing the allocation of the Purchase Price (and any other relevant items) among the Purchased Assets. Seller and Buyer shall file all tax returns and reports consistent with such allocation. If any Tax authority challenges such allocation, the party receiving notice of such challenge shall give the other prompt written notice thereof and the parties shall cooperate in order to preserve the effectiveness of such allocation.

 

3. Closing .

3.1      Closing . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Closing shall take place on September 30, 2008 or such date as the parties may agree (the “ Closing Date ”).

3.2      Actions at the Closing . At the Closing, Seller shall deliver the Purchased Assets to Buyer and Buyer, Seller and Parent shall take such actions and execute and deliver such agreements, bills of sale, and other instruments and documents as reasonably required to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in accordance with its terms, including without limitation the following:

(a)      Bill of Sale; Assignment and Assumption Agreement . Seller shall deliver to Buyer a general Bill of Sale substantially in the form attached as

 

6


Exhibit B and with respect to the Contracts and the Intellectual Property, an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form attached as Exhibit C (the “ Transfer Documents ”) executed by Seller, and in the aggregate assigning to Buyer all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the Purchased Assets. Buyer may designate one or more of its Affiliates as the recipient of certain of the Purchased Assets, and as the party to assume certain of the Assumed Liabilities, in which case Seller shall transfer such Purchased Assets and Assumed Liabilities to Buyer or the Affiliate(s) designated by Buyer pursuant to such Transfer Documents.

(b)       Third Party Consents and Assignments . Seller shall deliver to Buyer those Required Consents which Seller has received prior to the Closing Date duly executed by parties having the authority to so assign or consent to assign, in form and substance as Buyer and Seller have previously agreed.

(c)      Seller Documents . At the Closing, Seller and Parent shall deliver to Buyer those documents specified herein required to be delivered at Closing and any other closing documents reasonably requested by Buyer.

(d)      Buyer Documents . At the Closing, Buyer shall deliver to Seller those documents specified herein required to be delivered at the Closing and any other closing documents reasonably requested by Seller.

3.3     Actions Post- Closing . As soon as practicable following the Closing, Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the remaining Required Consents duly executed by parties having the authority to so assign or consent to assign, in form and substance as Buyer and Seller have previously agreed.

4.      Representations and Warranties of Seller and Parent . Each representation and warranty set forth below is qualified by any exception or disclosures set forth in the representation and warranty below or in the Seller Disclosure Schedule attached hereto, which exceptions specifically reference the Section(s) to be qualified. In all other respects, each representation and warranty set out in this Section 4 is not qualified in any way whatsoever, will not merge on Closing or by reason of the execution and delivery of any agreement, document or instrument at the Closing, will remain in force on and after the Closing Date, is given with the intention that liability is not confined to breaches discovered before Closing, is separate and independent and is not limited by reference to any other representation or warranty or any other provision of this Agreement, and is made and given with the intention of inducing the parties to enter into this Agreement. Each of Seller and Parent represents and warrants to Buyer as follows:

4.1     Organization, Standing and Power . Seller is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization. Seller has the requisite corporate power and authority and all necessary permits, authorizations, consents, and approvals of all Governmental Entities to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on the Business as now being conducted and as proposed to be conducted, except where the failure to have such power, authority and governmental approvals would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material

 

7


Adverse Effect on the Business. Seller is duly qualified or licensed as a foreign corporation to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the character of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its business makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except for failures to be so qualified or licensed and in good standing that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect on the Business. Seller’s foreign qualifications are set forth on Schedule 4.1 .

4.2     Authority . The execution and delivery of this Agreement (and all other agreements and instruments contemplated under this Agreement) by Seller and Parent, the performance by Seller and Parent of each of their obligations hereunder and thereunder, and the consummation by Seller and Parent of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action by the Board of Directors and shareholders of Seller and Parent, and no other act or proceeding on the part of or on behalf of Seller or Parent is necessary to approve the execution and delivery of this Agreement and such other agreements and instruments, the performance by Seller and Parent of their obligations hereunder and thereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The signatory officers of Seller and Parent have the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and all of the other agreements and instruments to be executed and delivered by Seller and Parent pursuant hereto, to consummate the transactions hereby and thereby contemplated and to take all other actions required to be taken by Seller and Parent pursuant to the provisions hereof and thereof.

4.3     Execution and Binding Effect . This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Seller and Parent and constitutes, and the other agreements and instruments to be executed and delivered by Seller and Parent pursuant hereto, upon their execution and delivery by Seller and Parent, will constitute (assuming, in each case, the due and valid authorization, execution and delivery thereof by Buyer), legal, valid and binding agreements of Seller and Parent, enforceable against Seller and Parent in accordance with their respective terms.

4.4     Consents and Approvals of Governmental Entities . Other than the Governmental Authorizations there is no requirement applicable to Seller or Parent to make any filing, declaration or registration with, or to obtain any permit, authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity as a condition to the lawful consummation by Seller or Parent of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other agreements and instruments to be executed and delivered by Seller or Parent pursuant hereto or the consummation by Seller or Parent of the transactions contemplated herein or therein.

4.5     No Violation . Neither the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all of the other agreements and instruments to be executed and delivered pursuant hereto, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, will, with or without the passage of time or the delivery of notice or both, (a) conflict with, violate or result in any breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of Seller, (b) to the Knowledge of Seller or Parent,

 

8


conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, or constitute a default or require consent of any Person (or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration) under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any contract, notice, bond, mortgage, indenture, license, franchise, permit, agreement, lease or other instrument or obligation to which Seller is a party or by which Seller or any of the Purchased Assets may be bound, (c) to the Knowledge of Seller or Parent, violate any statute, ordinance or law or any rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Entity applicable to Seller or by which any properties or assets of Seller may be bound, or (d) result in any cancellation of, or obligation to repay, any grant, loan or other financial assistance received by Seller from any Governmental Entity. No “bulk sales” legislation applies to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

4.6     Consents . Schedule 4.6 sets forth each agreement, contract or other instrument binding upon Seller which by the terms thereof require a consent as a result of the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except such consents as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect if not received by the Closing Date (each a “ Required Consent ”).

4.7     Financial Information . Seller has delivered to Buyer a balance sheet for the Business at August 31, 2008 (the “ August Balance Sheet ”), a copy of which is set forth in the Seller Disclosure Schedule as Schedule 4.7 . The monetary amounts for the accounts included in the August Balance Sheet were prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied. The August Balance Sheet accurately and correctly discloses the amounts of the Purchased Assets as of the Closing Date. Seller has delivered to Buyer copies of its statements of income for the Business for 2008 fiscal year through July 2008 and the fiscal year ended 2007 (together with the August Balance Sheet, the “ Financial Statements ”). The Financial Statements have been prepared consistently for all periods presented, and revenues presented on the Financial Statements have been recognized in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied. The Financial Statements present fairly the financial condition, operating results and cash flows of the Business as of the dates and during the periods indicated therein, subject to normal year-end adjustments, which will not be material in amount or significance.

4.8     No Undisclosed Liabilities . To the Knowledge of Seller or Parent, Seller does not have any liability, indebtedness, obligation, expense, claim, deficiency, guaranty or endorsement of any type whether accrued, absolute, contingent, matured, unmatured or other (whether or not required by GAAP to be reflected in the Financial Statements) which (i) has not been reflected in the August Balance Sheet, or (ii) has not arisen in the ordinary course of Seller’s business since the date of the August Balance Sheet (an “ Undisclosed Liability ”).

4.9     Absence of Certain Changes . Since the date of the August Balance Sheet and except as set forth on Schedule 4.9 , Seller has conducted the Business in the ordinary course consistent with past practice and Seller:

(a)     has not created, incurred or assumed (i) any borrowings under capital leases or (ii) any obligation which in any material way affects the Business, the Purchased Assets, or Buyer’s ability to conduct the Business in substantially the same manner and condition as conducted by Seller on the date of this Agreement;

 

9


(b)     has not changed in any manner the compensation of, or agreed to provide additional benefits to, or enter into any employment agreement with, any Employee (as hereinafter defined);

(c)     has maintained insurance coverage in amounts adequate to cover the reasonably anticipated risks of the business conducted with the Purchased Assets excluding the Darwin Software;

(d)     has not acquired or agreed to acquire by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing any assets or equity securities of, or by any other manner, any business or any corporation, partnership, association or other business organization or division thereof, or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire any assets which are material, individually or in the aggregate, to the Business.

(e)     has not sold, disposed of, or encumbered any of the Purchased Assets or licensed any Purchased Assets to any Person except in the normal course of business consistent with past practice;

(f)      has not engaged in any special promotion which promotes the sale of products or services with highly discounted terms;

(g)     has not entered into any agreements or commitments relating to the Business conducted with the Purchased Assets, except on commercially reasonable terms in the ordinary course of business;

(h)     has complied in all material respects with all laws and regulations applicable to the Business;

(i)      has not entered into any agreement with any third party for the distribution of any of the Purchased Assets;

(j)      has not changed or announced any change to the products or services sold by the Business except with Buyer’s written consent or at Buyer’s request;

(k)     has not expanded the use of the Purchased Assets within the organization of Seller;

(l)      has not violated, amended, or otherwise changed in any material respect the terms of any of the Contracts;

(m)    has not commenced a lawsuit related to or involving the Purchased Assets other than for the routine collection of bills; or

 

10


(n)     has not assigned, sold or otherwise conveyed to any third party, any of its accounts receivable prior to the Closing Date; or

(o)     made any agreement to do any of the foregoing.

4.10   Assets Generally .

(a)     The Purchased Assets (excluding the Darwin Software) and Excluded Assets include all properties, tangible and intangible, currently used by Seller in operating the Business and necessary for Buyer to operate the Business after the Closing Date in a manner substantially equivalent to the manner in which Seller has operated the Business prior to and through the Closing Date. Other than the Required Consents and the Governmental Approvals, no licenses or other consents from, or payments to, any other Person are or will be necessary for Buyer to operate the Business and use the Purchased Assets in the manner in which Seller has operated the same.

(b)     Seller holds good and valid title, license to or leasehold interest in all of the Purchased Assets and subject to Required Consents has the complete and unrestricted power and the unqualified right to sell, assign and deliver the Purchased Assets to Buyer. Upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, Buyer will acquire good and valid title, license or leasehold interest to the Purchased Assets free and clear of any Liens and there exists no restriction on the use or transfer of the Purchased Assets, except as may be assumed hereunder by Buyer as an Assumed Liability or pursuant to Required Consents. No Person other than Seller has any right or interest in the Purchased Assets, including the right to grant interests in the Purchased Assets to third parties, except for Purchased Assets licensed or leased from third parties which are set forth in the Seller Disclosure Schedule and identified as such or the contractual interest of the other parties to a Contract.

(c)     Except as set forth in the Seller Disclosure Schedule, none of the Purchased Assets that constitute tangible personal property is held under any lease, security agreement, conditional sales contract, lien, or other title retention or security arrangement.

(d)     Except as provided in this Agreement or Seller’s Disclosure Schedules, no restrictions will exist on Buyer’s right to sell, resell, license or sublicense any of the Purchased Assets or engage in the Business, nor will any such restrictions be imposed on Buyer as a consequence of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or by any agreement referenced in this Agreement.

(e)     Excepts as set forth in this Agreement or Seller’s Disclosure Schedules, there are no developments affecting any of the Purchased Assets pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller or Parent threatened, which might materially detract from the value of such Purchase Assets, materially interfere with any present or intended use of any such Purchased Assets or have a Material Adverse Effect on the marketability of the Purchased Assets.

 

11


4.11   Intellectual Property .

(a)     The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (including without limitation the continued conduct by Buyer after the Closing Date of the Business as presently conducted by Seller) will not breach, violate or conflict with any instrument or agreement governing any intellectual property necessary or required for, or used in, the conduct of the Business as presently conducted and will not cause the forfeiture or termination or give rise to a right of forfeiture or termination of any such Intellectual Property or in any material way impair the right of Buyer or any of its Affiliates to use, sell, license or dispose of, or to bring any action for the infringement of, any such intellectual property or portion thereof.

(b)     Neither the development, manufacture, marketing, license, sale or use of any product or intellectual property currently licensed, used or sold by Seller or currently under development violates or will violate any license or agreement to which Seller is a party or infringes or will infringe any copyright, patent, trademark, service mark, trade secret or other intellectual property or other proprietary right of any other party. All registered trademarks, service marks, patents and copyrights held by Seller are valid and subsisting. There is no pending or to the Knowledge of Seller and Parent threatened claim or litigation contesting the validity, ownership or right to use, sell, license or dispose of any of the Purchased Assets (including without limitation the Intellectual Property) necessary or required for, or used in, the conduct of the business of Seller as presently conducted nor is there any basis for any such claim, nor has Seller received any notice asserting that any such Purchased Asset (including without limitation the Intellectual Property) or the proposed use, sale, license or disposition thereof conflicts or will conflict with the rights of any other party, nor is there any basis for any such assertion. To the Knowledge of Seller and Parent, there is no material unauthorized use, infringement or misappropriation on the part of any third party of the Purchased Assets (including without limitation the Intellectual Property).

(c)     Seller has taken reasonable steps (including, without limitation, entering into confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with all officers and employees of and consultants to Seller with access to or knowledge of the Purchased Assets (including without limitation the Intellectual Property) to maintain the secrecy and confidentiality of, and its proprietary rights in, the Purchased Assets (including without limitation the Intellectual Property) necessary or required for, or used in, the conduct of the business of Seller as presently conducted. The Seller Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of all applications, filings and other formal actions made or taken pursuant to federal, state, local and foreign laws by Seller to perfect or protect its interest in the Purchased Assets, including, without limitation, all patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark applications, service marks and copyright or mask work registrations.

(d)     All fees to maintain Seller’s rights in the Intellectual Property, including, without limitation, patent and trademark registration and prosecution fees and all professional fees in connection therewith pertaining to the Intellectual Property due and payable on or before the Closing Date, have been paid by Seller or will be paid by Seller within a reasonable period after the Closing.

 

12


4.12   Warranties and Indemnities . The Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth Contracts which include all warranties and indemnities relating to products sold or services rendered by Seller, and no warranty or indemnity has been given by Seller which is not included in the Contracts listed on the Seller Disclosure Schedule or which differs therefrom in any material respect. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.12 , Seller is in compliance with all warranties described in the Seller Disclosure Schedule. The Seller Disclosure Schedule also indicates all warranty and indemnity claims currently pending against Seller.

4.13   Real Property .

(a)      Schedule 2.1(a) sets forth a list of all real property currently owned or leased by Seller and which relates to the Business, and in the case of any leases, the name of the lessor, the date of the lease and each amendment thereto and the aggregate annual rental and/or other fees payable under any such lease. All such leases are in full force and effect. All such current leases are valid and effective in accordance with their respective terms against Seller and the other party thereto. Seller has delivered to Buyer a true, correct and complete copy of each lease identified on Schedule 2.1(a) . The premises or property described in said leases are presently occupied or used by Seller as lessee under the terms of said leases. Seller is the legal and equitable owner and holder of the leasehold interest in each such lease. Seller has all right, title and interest of the lessee under the terms of said leases, free of all Liens. Seller is not in default under any such leases (and has not caused an event which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default), and to the Knowledge of Seller and Parent, the other party thereto is not in default (and has not caused an event which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under any such leases. There is no requirement in any lease to make any improvements, restorations or other capital expenditures in connection with any such lease.

4.14   Accounts Receivable . All accounts receivable, notes receivable and other receivables included in the Purchased Assets are valid, genuine and to the Knowledge of Seller and Parent, fully collectible in the aggregate amount thereof, subject to normal and customary trade discounts less any reserves for doubtful accounts recorded on the August Balance Sheet. All accounts, notes receivable, and other receivables arising out of or relating to the Business on August 31, 2008 have been included in the August Balance Sheet. Schedule 4.14 sets forth a list of all Accounts Receivable of Seller as of the Closing.

4.15   Licenses and Permits . Seller holds all consents, approvals, registrations, certifications, authorizations, permits and licenses of, and has made all filings with, or notifications to, all Governmental Entities pursuant to applicable requirements of all federal, state, local and foreign laws, ordinances, governmental rules or regulations applicable to the business, including, but not limited to, all such laws, ordinances, governmental rules or regulations relating to registration of the products of the Business (at their current level of development and use) and certification of the facilities of the Business. The Business is in compliance with all federal, state, local and foreign laws, ordinances, governmental rules and regulations relating to the products manufactured by

 

13


the Business or otherwise related to the Business and Seller has no reason to believe that any consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations, certifications, permits, filings or notifications that it has received or made to operate the Business are invalid or have been or are being suspended, canceled, revoked or questioned. There is no investigation or inquiry to which Seller is a party or, to Seller’s or Parent’s knowledge, pending or threatened, relating to the Business and its compliance with applicable foreign, state, local or foreign laws, ordinances, governmental rules or regulations. Each such consent, approval, registration, certification, authorization, permit or license related to the Purchased Assets is transferable and shall be transferred to Buyer in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

4.16   Employees .

(a)      Schedule 4.16(a) sets forth the names of all of the Transferred Employees. All employees, consultants, and officers of Seller that have access to the Purchased Assets are parties to a written agreement (a “ Confidentiality Agreement ”), under which each such person or entity (i) is obligated to disclose and transfer to Seller, without the receipt by such person of any additional value therefor (other than normal salary or fees for consulting services), all inventions, developments and discoveries which, during the period of employment with or performance of services for Seller, he or she makes or conceives of either solely or jointly with others, that relate to any subject matter with which his or her work for Seller may be concerned, or relate to or are connected with the Business, products or projects of Seller, or involve the use of the time, material or facilities of Seller, and (ii) is obligated to maintain the confidentiality of proprietary information of Seller. None of Seller’s employees, consultants, officers or directors is obligated under any contract (including licenses, covenants or commitments of any nature) or other agreement, or subject to any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative agency, that would conflict with their obligation to promote the interests of Seller with regard to the Business or the Purchased Assets or that would conflict with the Business or the Purchased Assets. Neither the execution nor the delivery of this Agreement, nor the carrying on of the Business by the Transferred Employees, will conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any contract, covenant or instrument under which any Transferred Employee is obligated. It is currently not necessary nor will it be necessary for Seller to utilize in the Business any inventions of any of such persons or entities (or people it currently intends to hire) made or owned prior to their employment by or affiliation with Seller, nor is it or will it be necessary to utilize any other assets or rights of any such persons or entities (or people it currently intends to hire) made or owned prior to their employment with or engagement by Seller, in violation of any registered patents, trade names, trademarks or copyrights or any other limitations or restrictions to which any such persons or entity is a party or to which any of such assets or rights may be subject. To Seller’s or Parent’s knowledge, none of Seller’s employees, consultants, officers, directors or shareholders that has had knowledge or access to information relating to the Purchased Assets has taken, removed or made use of any proprietary documentation, manuals, products, materials, or any other tangible item from his or her previous employer relating to the Purchased Assets by such previous employer which has resulted in Seller’s access to or use of such proprietary items included in the Purchased

 

14


Assets, and Seller will not gain access to or make use of any such proprietary items in the Business, except to the extent that any such activities would not have a material adverse effect on the Purchased Assets or the Business.

(b)     Except for the Confidentiality Agreements and agreements set forth on Schedule 4.16(b) , there are no written or oral contracts of employment between Seller and any Transferred Employee.

(c)     Seller is not a party to a collective bargaining agreement with any trade union, Seller’s employees are not members of a trade union certified as a bargaining agent with Seller and no proceedings to implement any such collective bargaining agreement or certifications are pending.

4.17   Employee Benefit and Compensation Plans . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.17 , Buyer will incur no liability with respect to, or on account of, and Seller will retain any liability for, and on account of, any employee benefit plan of Seller, any of its Affiliates or any predecessor employer of any employee, including, but not limited to, liabilities Seller may have to such employees under all employee benefit schemes, incentive compensation plans, bonus plans, sales commissions, pension and retirement plans, vacation, profit-sharing plans (including any profit-sharing plan with a cash-or-deferred arrangement), share purchase and option plans, savings and similar plans, medical, dental, travel, accident, life, disability and other insurance and other plans or arrangements, whether written or oral and whether “qualified” or “non-qualified,” or to any employee as a result of termination of employment by Seller as contemplated by this Agreement. Seller has not, with respect to any Transferred Employee, maintained or contributed to, or been obligated or required to contribute to, any retirement or pension plan or any employee benefit plan except for a qualified salary deferral plan (401k). Seller is not a party to any collective bargaining agreement covering any employee and Seller knows of no effort to organize any such employee as a part of any collective bargaining unit. Seller has complied with all of its obligations (including obligations to make contributions) in respect of the pension funds of which its employees are members, there is no outstanding liability of Seller or any of its Affiliates to any such funds and all such funds are fully funded to meet all potential claims for benefits by any and all such employees and any former employee.

4.18   Taxes . All Taxes required to be paid by Seller or on Seller’s behalf on or before the Closing Date have been or will be paid by Seller for all periods (or portions thereof) prior to and including the Closing Date. Seller and any other person required to file returns or reports of Taxes have duly and timely filed (or will file prior to the Closing Date) all returns and reports of Taxes required to be filed prior to such date, and all such returns and reports are true, correct, and complete. There are no liens for Taxes on any of the Purchased Assets. Seller has complied with all record keeping and tax reporting obligations relating to income and employment taxes due with respect to compensation paid to Transferred employees or independent contractors providing services to the Business. Seller is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of Section 1445(f)(3) of the Code. There are no pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller or Parent, threatened proceedings with respect to Taxes, and there are no outstanding waivers or extensions of

 

15


statutes of limitations with respect to assessments of Taxes related to the Purchased Assets. No agreement or arrangement regarding compensation of any employee providing services to the Business provides for any payments which could result in a nondeductible expense to Buyer pursuant to Section 280G of the Code or an excise tax to the recipient of such payment pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code.

4.19   Compliance with Law . The operation of the Business has been conducted in all material respects in accordance with all applicable laws, regulations and other requirements of Governmental Entities having jurisdiction over the same.

4.20   Environmental Matters .

(a)      Definitions . For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(i)     “ Environmental Conditions ” shall mean any environmental contamination or pollution or threatened contamination or pollution of, or the Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials into, the surface water, groundwater, surface soil, subsurface soil, air and land.

(ii)     “ Environmental Laws ” shall mean all federal, regional, state, county or local laws, statutes, ordinances, decisional law, rules, regulations, codes, orders, decrees, directives and judgments relating to public health or safety, pollution, damage to or protection of the environment, Environmental Conditions, Releases or threatened Releases of Hazardous Materials into the environment or the use, manufacture, processing, distribution, treatment, storage, generation, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials, whether existing in the past or present or hereafter enacted, rendered, adopted or promulgated. Environmental Laws shall include, but are not limited to, the following laws, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time: the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq.) (“ CERCLA ”); the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq.) (“ RCRA ”); the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.); the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.); and state environmental laws.

(iii)     “ Environmental Permits ” shall mean all permits, authorizations, registrations, certificates, licenses, approvals or consents required under or issued by any Governmental Entity pursuant to Environmental Laws.

(iv)     “ Former Facilities ” shall mean any plants, offices, land, manufacturing or other facilities formerly owned, operated, leased, managed, used, controlled or occupied by Seller in connection with the Business.

(v)     “ Hazardous Materials ” shall mean any toxic or hazardous substance, material or waste and any pollutant or contaminant, or infectious or radioactive substance or material, or any substances, materials and wastes defined or regulated under any Environmental Laws, including without limitation, petroleum, polychlorinated byphenyls and urea formaldehyde.

 

16


(vi)     “ Release ” shall mean any intentional or unintentional release, discharge, spill, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, injection, disposal or dumping.

(b)     Seller represents and warrants:

(i)      Permits . Seller possesses all Environmental Permits necessary in order to conduct the Business as it is now being conducted. Each Environmental Permit issued to Seller is in full force and effect. Seller is in compliance with all requirements, terms and provisions of the Environmental Permits issued to Seller and relating to the Business, and has filed on a timely basis (and updated as required) all reports, notices, applications or other documents required to be filed pursuant to the Environmental Permits. Schedule 4.20(b)(i) lists all of the Environmental Permits relating to the Business which have been issued to or are held by Seller which by their terms or by operation of law will expire or otherwise become ineffective on or before the Closing Date or within sixty (60) days thereafter. Seller shall take all necessary actions to have such Environmental Permits renewed or reissued to Seller prior to the Closing Date so as to allow Buyer to continue the Business without interruption after the Closing Date.

(ii)      Compliance With Environmental Laws . The Business is, and at all times has been, in compliance with all Environmental Permits and Environmental Laws applicable to the Business.

(iii)      Reports, Disclosures and Notifications . If required, Seller has filed on a timely basis (and updated as required) all reports, disclosures, notifications, applications, pollution prevention, stormwater prevention or discharge prevention or response plans or other emergency or contingency plans required to be filed under Environmental Laws applicable to the Business, including without limitation, Title III of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act, 42 U.S.C. §11001 et seq. Schedule 4.20(b)(iii) lists all such reports, disclosures, notifications, applications and plans filed by Seller under Environmental Laws. All such reports, disclosures, notifications, applications and plans are true, accurate and complete.

(iv)      Notices . Seller has not received any notice that any of the Purchased Assets or Former Facilities: (i) is in violation of the requirements of any Environmental Permit or Environmental Laws; (ii) is the subject of any suit, claim, proceeding, demand, order, investigation or request or demand for information arising under any Environmental Permit or Environment Laws; or (iii) has actual or potential liability under any Environmental Laws, including without limitation CERCLA, RCRA, or any comparable state or local Environmental Laws.

(v)      No Reporting or Remediation Obligations . There are no Environmental Conditions or other facts, circumstances or activities arising out of or relating to the Business, or the use, operation or occupancy by Seller of the Purchased Assets to the Knowledge of Seller or Parent after reasonable inquiry, that result or reasonably could be expected to result in (A) any obligation of Seller to file any report or

 

17


notice, to conduct any investigation, sampling or monitoring or to effect any environmental cleanup or remediation, whether onsite or offsite; or (B) liability, either to Governmental Entities or third parties, for damages (whether to persons, property or natural resources), cleanup costs or remedial costs of any kind or nature whatsoever.

(vi)      Liens and Encumbrance . No federal, state, local or municipal governmental agency or authority has obtained or asserted an encumbrance or lien upon the Purchased Assets to the Knowledge of Seller or Parent after reasonable inquiry as a result of any Release, use or cleanup of any Hazardous Material for which Seller is legally responsible, nor has any such Release, use or cleanup occurred which could result in the assertion or creation of such a lien or encumbrance.

(vii)     Storage Transport or Disposal of Hazardous Materials .

(1)     There is not now nor has there ever been located on any of the Purchased Assets any areas or vessels used or intended for the treatment, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials, including, but not limited to, drum storage areas, surface impoundments, incinerators, landfills, tanks, lagoons, ponds, waste piles or deep well injunction systems.

(2)     Seller, in connection with the Business, has not transported for, or arranged for the transportation of, storage, treatment or disposal, by contract, agreement or otherwise, or arranged for the transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Material at or to any location including, without limitation, any location used for the treatment, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials.

(viii)   Future Laws . To the Knowledge of Seller or Parent, there are no Environmental Laws currently enacted or promulgated, but as to which compliance is not yet required, that would require Seller or Buyer to take any action with regard to the Purchased Assets within three (3) years from the Closing Date in order to bring the Business as presently conducted into compliance with such Environmental Laws.

4.21   Material Contracts .

(a)      Schedule 4.21 contains a list of all Contracts which are material to the Business (“ Material Contracts ”). “ Material Contracts ” shall include, without limitation, the following and shall be categorized in the Seller Disclosure Schedule as follows:

(i)     each Contract (other than routine purchase orders given and pricing quotes received in the ordinary course of the Business and covering a period of less than one year) for the purchase of inventory, spare parts, other materials or personal property with any supplier or for the furnishing of services to the Business under the terms of which Seller, on behalf of the Business: (A) paid or otherwise gave consideration of more than $10,000 in the aggregate during the fiscal year ended 2007, (B) is likely to pay or otherwise give consideration of more than $10,000 in the aggregate during the fiscal year ended 2008, (C) is likely to pay or otherwise give consideration of more than $20,000 in the aggregate over the remaining term of such contract or (D) cannot be canceled without penalty or further payment of less than $5,000;

 

18


(ii)     each customer contract and agreement of the Business (other than routine purchase orders, pricing quotes with open acceptance and other tender bids, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business and covering a period of less than one year) which (A) involved consideration of more than $10,000 in the aggregate during the fiscal year ended 2007, (B) is likely to involve consideration of more than $10,000 in the aggregate during the fiscal year ended 2008, (C) is likely to involve consideration of more than $20,000 in the aggregate over the remaining term of the contract or (D) cannot be canceled without penalty or further payment of less than $5,000;

(iii)     (A) all distributor, manufacturer’s representative, broker, franchise, agency and dealer contracts and agreements of the Business and (B) all sales promotion, market research, marketing and advertising contracts and agreements of the Business which: (1) involved consideration of more than $10,000 in the aggregate during the fiscal year ended 2007 or (2) are likely to involve consideration of more than $10,000 in the aggregate during the fiscal year ended 2008 or (3) are likely to involve consideration of more than $20,000 in the aggregate over the remaining term of the contract;

(iv)     all management contracts with independent contractors or consultants (or similar arrangements) of the Business and which (A) involved consideration or more than $10,000 in the aggregate during the fiscal year ended 2007, (B) are likely to involve consideration of more than $10,000 in the aggregate during the fiscal year ended 2008, or (C) are likely to involve consideration of more than $20,000 in the aggregate over the remaining term of the contract;

(v)     all contracts and agreements (excluding routine checking account overdraft agreements involving petty cash amounts) under which the Business has created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed (or may create, incur, assume or guarantee) indebtedness or under which the Business has imposed (or may impose) a security interest or lien on any of its assets, whether tangible or intangible, to secure indebtedness;

(vi)     all contracts and agreements that limit the ability of any Person related to the Business, or any of its affiliates, to compete in any line of business or with any person or in any geographic area or during any period of time, or to solicit any customer or client;

(vii)    all Contracts pursuant to which the Business has agreed to license products or services to a customer at specified prices, whether directly or through a specific reseller; and

(viii)   all other Contracts (A) which are material to the Business or (B) the absence of which would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Business, or (C) which are believed by Seller to be of unique value even though not material to the Business.

 

19


(b)     Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect on the Business, each license and each Material Contract is a legal, valid and binding agreement, and none of the Material Contracts is in default by its terms or has been canceled by the other party; Seller is not in receipt of any claim of default under any such agreement; and Seller does not anticipate any termination or change to, or receipt of a proposal with respect to, any such agreement as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby. Seller has furnished Buyer with true and complete copies of all such agreements together with all amendments, waivers or other changes thereto.

4.22   Products . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.22 , each of the products and services produced, sold or provided by Seller in connection with the Business is, and at all times has been, in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations and is, and at all relevant times has been, fit for the ordinary purposes for which it is intended to be used and conforms in all material respects to any promises or affirmations of fact made in connection with the sale of such product or service. There is no defect with respect to any of such products or services, and, except for the Darwin Software, each of such products and services functions substantially in the manner for which it was designed and in compliance with current industry practice with respect to its contents and use.

4.23   Litigation; Other Claims .

(a)     Except as set forth on Schedule 4.23 , there are no claims, actions, suits, proceedings, or investigations against Seller, or any of its officers, directors or shareholders, relating to the Business, the Purchased Assets or Seller’s employees which are currently pending or to the Knowledge of Parent or Seller, threatened, at law or in equity or before or by any Governmental Entity, or which challenges or seeks to prevent, enjoin, alter or materially delay any of the transactions contemplated hereby, nor is Parent or Seller aware of any basis for such claims, actions, suits, inquiries, proceedings, or investigations; and to the Knowledge of Parent or Seller, no Governmental Entity has at any time challenged or questioned the legal right of Seller to offer or sell any of its products or services in the present manner or style thereof.

(b)     To the Knowledge of Parent or Seller, there are no grievance or arbitration proceedings pending or threatened, and there are no actual or threatened strikes or work stoppages with respect to the Business, the Purchased Assets or Seller’s employees, nor is Parent or Seller aware of any basis for such proceedings or events.

4.24   Defaults . Seller is not in default under or with respect to any judgment, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or any Governmental Entity which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Business or any of the Purchased Assets. There does not exist any default by Seller or to the Knowledge of Parent or Seller, by any other Person, or event that, with notice or lapse of time, or both,

 

20


would constitute a default under any agreement entered into by Seller as part of the operations of the Business which could reasonably be expected to have a Material and Adverse Effect on the Business or the Purchased Assets, and no notices of breach thereof have been received by Seller.

4.25   Schedules . The schedules describing the Purchased Assets are complete and accurate and, together with the Excluded Assets, describe the assets in the possession of, or, excluding the Darwin Software, used by Seller in connection with the Business. The property listed in such Schedules and the Excluded Assets constitute all of the tangible and intangible property necessary for the conduct by Seller of the Business.

4.26    Full Disclosure . With the exception of the Darwin Software and industry issues, Seller is not aware of any facts pertaining to the Purchased Assets which affect the Business or the Purchased Assets in a materially adverse manner or which will in the future affect the Business or the Purchased Assets in a materially adverse manner. Neither this Agreement nor any other agreement, exhibit, schedule or officer’s certificate being entered into or delivered pursuant to this Agreement contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such document not misleading.

4.27   Brokers and Finders . Neither Seller nor any of its officers, directors or employees has employed any broker or finder or incurred any liability for any brokerage fee, commission or finder’s fee in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

4.28    No Fraudulent Conveyance . The transactions contemplated in this Agreement or any agreements referenced in this Agreement will not constitute a fraudulent conveyance, or otherwise give rise to any right of any creditor of Seller to any of the Purchased Assets after the Closing.

4.29   Insurance . The Seller Disclosure Schedule lists all insurance policies and fidelity bonds covering the Purchased Assets. There is no claim by Seller pending under any of such policies or bonds as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriters of such policies and bonds. All premiums due and payable under all such policies and bonds have been paid and Seller is otherwise in material compliance with the terms of such policies and bonds (or other policies and bonds providing substantially similar insurance coverage). To the Knowledge of Parent or Seller, there is no threatened termination of, or material premium increase with respect to, any of such policies.

5.      Representations and Warranties of Buyer . Buyer represents and warrants to Seller and Parent as follows:

5.1       Organization . Buyer is a corporation duly formed and validly existing under the laws of California, and has full corporate power and authority and the legal right to execute and deliver this Agreement and all of the other agreements and instruments to be executed and delivered by Buyer pursuant hereto, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

 

21


5.2        Authority . The execution and delivery of this Agreement (and all other agreements and instruments contemplated hereunder) by Buyer, the performance by Buyer of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and the consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action by the Board of Directors of Buyer, and no other act or proceeding on the part of Buyer or its shareholders is necessary to approve the execution and delivery of this Agreement and such other agreements and instruments, the performance by Buyer of its obligations hereunder and thereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The signatory officers of Buyer have the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and all of the other agreements and instruments to be executed and delivered by Buyer pursuant hereto, to consummate the transactions hereby and thereby contemplated and to take all other actions required to be taken by Buyer pursuant to the provisions hereof and thereof.

5.3       Execution and Binding Effect . This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Buyer and constitutes, and the other agreements and instruments to be executed and delivered by Buyer pursuant hereto, upon their execution and delivery by Buyer, will constitute (assuming, in each case, the due and valid authorization, execution and delivery thereof by Seller and Parent), legal, valid and binding agreements of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, or other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or provisions limiting competition, and by equitable principles.

5.4       Consent and Approvals . There is no requirement applicable to Buyer to make any filing, declaration or registration with, or to obtain any permit, authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity as a condition to the lawful consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other agreements and instruments to be executed and delivered by Buyer pursuant hereto, except for filings (a) which are referred to in the Seller Disclosure Schedule or (b) the failure of making which would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the transactions contemplated hereby.

5.5      No Violation . Neither the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and of all the other agreements and instruments to be executed and delivered pursuant hereto, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, will, with or without the passage of time or the delivery of notice or both, (a) conflict with, violate or result in any breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of Buyer, (b) conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, or constitute a default or require consent of any Person (or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration) under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any notice, bond, mortgage, indenture, license, franchise, permit, agreement, lease or other instrument or obligation to which Buyer is a party or by which Buyer or any of its properties or assets may be bound, or (c) violate any statute, ordinance or law or any rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Entity applicable to Buyer or by which any of its properties or assets may be bound.

 

22


6. Covenants .

 

  6.1 Access to Information .

(a)     Prior and subsequent to the Closing, Seller and Parent will permit Buyer to make a full and complete investigation of the Purchased Assets and to receive from Seller and Parent all information of Seller relating to the Purchased Assets or reasonably related to Seller’s conduct of the Business. Without limiting this right, Seller and Parent will give to Buyer and its accountants, legal counsel, and other representatives full access, during normal business hours, at a mutually agreeable location arranged in advance, to all of the books, records, files, documents, properties, and contracts of Seller relating to the Purchased Assets or reasonably related to Seller’s conduct of the Business and allow Buyer and any such representatives to make copies thereof, excluding corporate minutes and consents or non-Transferred Employee files, all of which shall be made available in an organized fashion and so as to facilitate an orderly review. This Section 6.1 shall not affect or be deemed to modify any representation or warranty contained herein or the conditions to the obligations of the parties to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Seller and Parent shall maintain and make available the information and records specified in this Section 6.1(a) in the ordinary course of Seller’s business and document retention policies, as if the transactions contemplated by this Agreement had not occurred.

(b)     At all times following the Closing, each party shall provide the other party (at such other party’s expense) with such reasonable assistance, including the provision of available relevant records or other information and reasonable access to and cooperation of any employees, as may be reasonably requested by either of them in connection with the preparation of any financial statement or tax return, any audit or examination by any taxing authority, or any judicial or administrative proceeding relating to liability for Taxes.

6.2     Third Party Consents . Seller, Parent and Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, within the applicable time periods required, all Required Consents, waivers, permits, consents and approvals and to effect all registrations, filings and notices with or to third parties or Governmental Entities which are necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement so as to preserve all rights of, and benefits to, Buyer in the Purchased Assets.

6.3     Best Efforts . Seller and Parent shall each use its best efforts (i) to cause to be performed all of the matters required of it at the Closing and (ii) to cause the Contracts to be assigned to Buyer.

6.4     Tax Returns . Seller shall, to the extent that failure to do so could adversely affect the Business or the Purchased Assets following Closing, (a) continue to file in a timely manner all returns and reports relating to Taxes, and such returns and reports shall be true, correct and complete, and (b) be responsible for and pay when due any and all Taxes, each for the period prior to the Closing.

 

23


6.5        Post-Closing Access to Information . If, after the Closing Date, in order properly to operate the Business or prepare documents or reports required to be filed with governmental authorities or Buyer’s financial statements, it is reasonably necessary that Buyer obtain additional information within Seller’s or Parent’s possession relating to the Purchased Assets or the Business, Seller or Parent will furnish or cause its representatives to furnish such information to Buyer, at Buyer’s expense, as is reasonable and necessary. Such information shall include, without limitation, all agreements between Seller and any Person relating to the Business. Seller and Parent shall maintain and make available the information and records specified in this Section 6.5 for a period of five (5) years after the Closing Date.

6.6        Post-Closing Cooperation . Seller and Parent agree that, if reasonably requested by Buyer, each of them will cooperate with Buyer, at Buyer’s expense, in enforcing the terms of any agreements between Seller and any third party involving the Business, including without limitation terms relating to confidentiality and the protection of intellectual property rights. In the event that Buyer is unable to enforce its intellectual property rights against a third party as a result of a rule or law barring enforcement of such rights by a transferee of such rights, Seller and Parent agree to reasonably cooperate with Buyer by assigning to Buyer such rights as may be required by Buyer to enforce its intellectual property rights in its own name. If such assignment still does not permit Buyer to enforce its intellectual property rights against the third party, Seller and Parent agree to initiate proceedings against such third party in Seller or Parent’s name, provided that Buyer shall be entitled to participate in such proceedings and provided further that Buyer shall be responsible for the expenses of such proceedings.

6.7        No Post-Closing Retention of Copies . Immediately after the Closing, Seller and Parent shall deliver to Buyer or destroy copies of Purchased Assets in Seller’s and Parent’s possession that are in addition to copies delivered to Buyer as part of the Closing, except as necessary for audit, regulatory, or claims management, whether such copies are in paper form, on computer media or stored in another form; provided, however, that Buyer understands and agrees that Seller and Parent will retain and use financial books and records relating to the Business as well as the Excluded Assets, Retained Liabilities, and records and documents retaining thereto and all other corporate documents owned by Seller and Parent that relate to the Seller as well as other documents required by law to be kept by Seller and Parent.

6.8        Public Announcements . On and prior to the Closing Date, Buyer, Seller and Parent shall advise and confer with each other prior to the issuance of any reports, statements or releases concerning this Agreement (including the exhibits and schedules hereto) and the transactions contemplated herein. Neither Buyer, Seller, nor Parent will make any public disclosure prior to the Closing or with respect to the Closing unless all parties agree on the text and timing of such public disclosure; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall prevent a party at any time from furnishing any information to any Governmental Entity.

 

24


6.9        Post-Closing Actions . Subsequent to the Closing Date, Seller and Parent shall, from time to time, execute and deliver, upon the request of Buyer, all such other and further materials and documents and instruments of conveyance, transfer or assignment as may reasonably be requested by Buyer to effect, record or verify the transfer to, and vesting in Buyer, of Seller and Parent’s right, title and interest in and to the Purchased Assets, free and clear of all Liens, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

6.10      Revenue Share .

   (a)     Subject to adjustment as described below, during the Revenue Share Period (as described below) Buyer agrees to pay Parent, or its assignee, twenty percent (20%) of the aggregate revenue (gross income) in excess of $2,200,000 which Buyer receives each twelve (12) month period after the Closing Date for distribution of its Ellie Mac Docs products (inclusive of Online documents) to customers of Online, customers in the integration pipeline, and customers generated from other existing loan origination system integrations who exist as of the Closing Date (the “ Revenue Share ”), which customers are listed on Exhibit D (the “ Online Customers ”).

   (b)     Buyer will pay such Revenue Share (if any) to Parent sixty (60) day after the end of each twelve (12) month period for a total of three (3) 12-month periods, or thirty-six (36) months (the “ Revenue Share Period ”). Buyer shall provide Parent a report showing how the Revenue Share was calculated with each Revenue Share payment.

   (c)     During the Revenue Share Period, Parent or its agents or representatives may conduct on an annual basis only onsite and/or offsite audits of Buyer’s or its applicable Affiliates, business, operations, books, and records to determine whether Buyer is in compliance with the terms and conditions of Section 6.10 of this Agreement. Each such audit shall be conducted during reasonable business hours, for a reasonable duration and upon reasonable advance written notice to Buyer, and at Parent’s expense.

   (d)     The Revenue Share shall be reduced to the extent of any Damages (as defined below) incurred by Buyer. In the event that Parent or Seller disputes the amount of any such Damages and the parties are unable to come to an agreement as to such amount, the parties shall appoint an independent accountant reasonably acceptable to both parties to review and determine the amount of such Damages.

6.11      Non-Competition Agreement .

   (a)     In consideration of Buyer entering into this Agreement, Seller and Parent undertake that for at least two years after the Closing Date, neither Seller nor Parent will directly or indirectly (including through merger, acquisition of assets or securities or any other form of investment):

   (i)      compete with the Core Business (as defined below);

 

25


   (ii)     solicit, canvass, induce or encourage directly or indirectly any employee of Buyer to leave the employment of Buyer;

   (iii)    solicit, canvass, approach or accept any offer from any person or entity who was at any time during the 24 months immediately preceding the Closing Date a customer of the Business with a view to establishing a relationship with or obtaining the patronage of that person or entity in the Business; or

   (iv)    interfere or seek to interfere, directly or indirectly, with any relationship between Buyer and any customer, employee or supplier of the Business.

   (b)     If any of the separate and independent covenants and restraints referred to in clause (a) of this Section 6.11 are or become invalid or unenforceable for any reason then that invalidity or unenforceability will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other separate and independent covenants and restraints.

   (c)     If any prohibition or restriction contained in clause (a) of this Section 6.11 is judged to go beyond what is reasonable in the circumstances, but would be judged reasonable if that activity was deleted or that period or area was reduced, then the prohibitions or restrictions apply with that activity deleted or period or area reduced by the minimum amount necessary.

   (d)     Seller and Parent acknowledge that:

   (i)      the prohibitions and restrictions contained in clause (a) of this Section 6.11 are reasonable and necessary; and

   (ii)     Seller and Parent have received valuable consideration for agreeing to the covenants in clause (a) of this Section 6.11.

   (e)     Parent, Seller and Buyer acknowledge and agree that it will be difficult to compute the amount of damage or loss to Buyer if Seller or Parent violated any of their agreements under this Section 6.11, that Buyer will be without an adequate legal remedy if Seller or Parent violated the provisions of this Section 6.11, and that any such violation may cause substantial irreparable injury and damage to Buyer not fully compensable by monetary damages. Therefore, Parent, Seller and Buyer agree that in the event of any violation by Seller or Parent of this Section 6.11, Buyer shall be entitled (i) to recover from Parent and/or Seller monetary damages, (ii) to obtain specific performance, injunctive or other equitable relief, of either a preliminary or permanent type, and (iii) to seek any other available rights or remedies at law or in equity which may be exercised concurrently with the rights granted hereunder.

   (f)     “Core Business” shall mean the technology and services of Seller for preparing and delivering electronic mortgage loan origination documents.

6.12      Permits . Seller and Parent will assist Buyer, at Buyer’s expense, in obtaining any licenses, permits or authorizations required for carrying on the Business but which are not transferable.

 

26


6.13      Taxes . Seller and Parent shall be responsible for paying, shall promptly discharge when due, and shall reimburse, indemnify and hold harmless Buyer from, any sales or use, transfer, real property gains, excise, stamp, or other similar Taxes arising from, imposed on or attributable to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

6.14.     Ellie Mae Strategic Relationship .    The parties will work in good faith to reach an agreement on a long term strategic partnership, which agreement will initially include a cooperative effort by the parties regarding e-closing, electronic title ordering and the reselling by Stewart of Ellie Mae Docs.

6.15      Darwin Software . Buyer understands and expressly acknowledges and agrees that the Darwin Software is not used in the Business as it is currently conducted and is not complete, accurate, correct, compliant, useable, or free from error. Seller and Parent expressly disclaim any implied warranties of merchantability, satisfactory quality, accuracy, or fitness for any particular purpose and expressly disclaims any liability to any person for loss or damage caused by errors or omissions in the Darwin Software.

 

7. Employee Matters .

7.1        Transferred Employees .

   (a)      Offer of Employment . Subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7, Buyer may offer employment to any or all of the employees who are employed by Seller in the Business as of the date of this Agreement (the “ Employees ”). Seller agrees that it will cooperate with Buyer to identify those Employees of Seller who are necessary for the conduct the Business. Prior to the Closing, Buyer, after notice to Seller as to the timing and method of contact, shall have the right to contact any or all of the Employees for the purposes of making offers of employment with Buyer (or any Affiliate designated by Buyer) after the Closing Date and receiving written acceptances of such employment (in each case contingent on consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement). Upon Closing, Buyer (or any Affiliates designated by Buyer) shall hire those Employees to whom it has made an offer in accordance with this Section 7.1 and who accept such offer in the manner and within the time frame reasonably established by Buyer. Each such Employee who is employed by Seller on the Closing Date and who actually transfers to employment with Buyer (or any Affiliate designated by Buyer) at or after the Closing Date as a result of an offer of employment made by Buyer is hereafter referred to as a “ Transferred Employee .” Transferred Employees shall not include any person on a disability leave of more than twenty six (26) weeks. On a periodic basis following the date of this Agreement and prior to the Closing, Buyer shall advise Seller of its intentions with respect to the Employees it desires to extend or has extended offers to and the general status of discussions with such Employees. Notwithstanding such periodic disclosures made to Seller, Buyer shall not be obligated to hire any Employee unless an offer of employment is subsequently made to, and accepted by, such Employee; in addition, Buyer shall have no obligation to hire any Employees of Seller after the Closing Date.

 

27


   (b)      Transition . The employment by Seller of the Transferred Employees shall end at the close of business on the Closing Date and the employment of the Transferred Employees by Buyer shall commence at 12:01 a.m. on the day after the Closing Date. The terms of employment with Buyer (or Buyer’s Affiliates) shall be as mutually agreed to between each Transferred Employee and Buyer (or Buyer’s Affiliate, as the case may be), subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1. Except as set forth on Schedule 7.1(b) , Buyer shall have no obligation with respect to payments of salary, compensation, wages, health or similar benefits, commissions, bonuses (deferred or otherwise), severance, stock or stock options or any other sums due to any Transferred Employee that accrued before the Closing Date. Except as set forth on Schedule 7.1(b) , Seller will be fully responsible for all amounts payable to any employee, including (without limitation) all termination payments, redundancy compensation, severance pay, accrued vacation pay and other amounts payable in respect of the termination of employment of any employee in connection with the sale of the Purchased Assets to Buyer. Except as set forth on Schedule 7.1(b) , Seller will be fully responsible for all amounts owing to Transferred Employees prior to Closing.

7.2        Compensation and Benefits of Transferred Employees . Coverage for Transferred Employees under Buyer’s compensation and benefit plans and other programs shall commence as of 12:01 a.m. on the day after the Closing Date. Buyer shall be free to establish its own employee benefit plans. Buyer shall have no obligation to offer benefit plans of the same type or with terms similar to or better than the terms of Seller’s current employee benefit plans.

7.3        Other Employees of the Business . With respect to each Employee of the Business as of the Closing Date who is not a Transferred Employee (each a “ Non-Transferred Employee ”), Seller agrees to either terminate such Non-Transferred Employee’s employment with Seller, effective prior to the Closing or offer such Non-Transferred Employee continued employment with Seller or Parent other than in the Business. Seller and Parent further acknowledge that the Non-Transferred Employees shall not be employees of Buyer after the Closing.

7.4        No Right to Continued Employment or Benefits . No provision in this Agreement shall create any third party beneficiary or other right in any Person (including any beneficiary or dependent thereof) for any reason, including, without limitation, in respect of continued, resumed or new employment with Seller, Parent, or Buyer (or any Affiliate of Seller, Parent, or Buyer) or in respect of any benefits that may be provided, directly or indirectly, under any plan or arrangement maintained by Seller, Parent, Buyer or any Affiliate of Seller, Parent or Buyer. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, Buyer is under no obligation to hire any employee of Seller, provide any employee with any particular benefits, or make any payments or provide any benefits to those employees of Seller whom Buyer chooses not to employ.

7.5        No Solicitation or Hire by Seller or Parent . For a period of one year after the Closing, neither Seller nor Parent will solicit any Transferred Employee for employment. For purposes of this Section 7.5, the term “solicit” shall not include the following activities by Seller: (i) advertising for employment in any bulletin board

 

28


(including electronic bulletin boards), newspaper, trade journal or other publication available for general distribution to the public without specific reference to any particular employees; (ii) participation in any hiring fair or similar event open to the public not targeted at Buyer’s employees; and (iii) use of recruiting or employee search firms that have been instructed by Seller or Parent not to target any Transferred Employee.

 

8. Indemnification .

8.1        Survival of Representations and Warranties . All covenants to be performed prior to the Closing Date, and all representations and warranties in this Agreement or in any instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and continue until the first anniversary of the Closing Date (the “ Survival Date ”); provided that if any claims for indemnification have been asserted with respect to any such representations, warranties and covenants prior to the Survival Date, the representations, warranties and covenants on which any such claims are based shall continue in effect until final resolution of any claims, and provided, further, that representations, warranties and covenants relating to Taxes shall survive until 30 days after expiration of all applicable statutes of limitations relating to such Taxes. All covenants to be performed after the Closing Date shall continue indefinitely.

8.2        Indemnification .

   (a)      Seller Indemnity Obligations . Subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 8, from and after the Closing Date, Seller and Parent shall jointly and severally protect, defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Buyer and Buyer’s Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents (each of the foregoing Persons is hereinafter referred to individually as a “ Seller Indemnified Person ” and collectively as “ Seller Indemnified Persons ”) from and against any and all losses, costs, damages, liabilities, fees (including without limitation attorneys’ fees) and expenses (collectively, the “ Damages ”), that any of the Seller Indemnified Persons incurs by reason of or in connection with the Retained Liabilities, Excluded Assets, or any claim, demand, action or cause of action alleging misrepresentation, breach of, or default in connection with, any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of Seller or Parent contained in this Agreement. Damages in each case shall be net of the amount of any insurance proceeds and indemnity and contribution actually recovered by Buyer.

   (b)      Buyer Indemnity Obligations . Subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 8, from and after the Closing Date, Buyer shall protect, defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Parent, Seller, and Parent’s Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents (each of the foregoing Persons is hereinafter referred to individually as a “ Buyer Indemnified Person ” and collectively as “ Buyer Indemnified Persons ”) from and against any and all losses, costs, damages, liabilities, fees (including without limitation attorneys’ fees) and expenses (collectively, the “ Damages ”), that any of the Buyer Indemnified Persons incurs by reason of or in connection with any claim, demand, action or cause of action alleging misrepresentation, breach of, or default in connection with, any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of

 

29


Buyer contained in this Agreement, or the breach of any responsibilities assumed by Buyer in connection with the Purchased Asset and Assumed Liabilities following the Closing. Damages in each case shall be net of the amount of any insurance proceeds and indemnity and contribution actually recovered by Parent or Seller.

8.3        Claims Processing . Upon receipt by Indemnifying Person of a certificate signed by any executive officer of a Buyer Indemnified Person or a Seller Indemnified Person (an “ Indemnified Person ”): (i) stating that an Indemnified Person has paid or properly accrued or reasonably anticipates that it will have to pay or accrue Damages, and (ii) specifying in reasonable detail the individual items of Damages included in the amount so stated, the date each such item was paid or properly accrued, the basis for such anticipated liability, the Buyer Indemnifying Person or Seller Indemnifying Person (the “ Indemnifying Person ”) shall have thirty (30) days from the receipt of such notice to notify the Indemnified Person, as applicable, whether or not they dispute their liability hereunder with respect to such claim or demand.

8.4        Third Party Claims .

   (a)     If any third party shall notify a Indemnified Person with respect to any matter (hereinafter referred to as a “ Third Party Claim ”) that may result in Damages, then such Indemnified Person shall give prompt notice to the Indemnifying Person (and in any event within 30 days) of such Indemnified Person becoming aware of any such Third Party Claim or of facts upon which any such Third Party Claim will be based setting forth such material information with respect to the Third Party Claim as is reasonably available to such Indemnified Person; provided, however, that no delay or failure on the part of an Indemnified Person in notifying the Indemnifying Person shall relieve the Indemnifying Person from any obligation hereunder unless the Indemnifying Person is thereby materially prejudiced (and then solely to the extent of such prejudice).

   (b)     In case any Third Party Claim is asserted against an Indemnified Person, and such Indemnified Person notifies Indemnifying Person thereof pursuant to Section 8.4(a) above, the Indemnifying Person will be entitled, if it so elects by written notice delivered to Indemnified Person within 30 days after receiving notice of the claim, to assume the defense thereof, at the expense of Indemnifying Person; provided , however , that with respect to a particular Third Party Claim Indemnified Person has reasonably determined based upon advice of its legal counsel at Indemnified Person’s expense, that (A) the Third Party Claim involves only money damages and does not seek an injunction or other equitable relief, (B) settlement of, or an adverse judgment with respect to, the Third Party Claim would not be adverse to the continuing business interests of the Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Person which could have a material adverse effect on the business or operations of the Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Person, or could affect the amount of Taxes of Indemnifying Person or Indemnified Person for a period after the Closing Date; and (C) counsel selected by Indemnifying Person is reasonably acceptable to Indemnified Person; provided , further , however , that the Indemnifying Person shall not be permitted to assume the defense of any Tax matter in which the liability is determined on a consolidated, combined or unitary basis with the Indemnifying Person or any of its subsidiaries. If the Indemnifying

 

30


Person so assumes any such defense, Indemnifying Person shall conduct the defense of the Third Party Claim actively and diligently. The Indemnifying Person shall not compromise or settle such Third Party Claim or consent to entry of any judgment in respect thereof without the prior written consent of Indemnified Person, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

   (c)     In the event that the Indemnifying Person assumes the defense of the Third Party Claim in accordance with Section 8.3(b) above, the Indemnified Persons may retain separate outside legal counsel and participate in the defense of the Third Party Claim, but the fees and expenses of such outside legal counsel shall be at the expense of Indemnified Persons. The Indemnified Persons will not consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement with respect to the Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of Indemnifying Persons. The Indemnified Persons will cooperate in the defense of the Third Party Claim and will provide full access to documents, assets, properties, books and records reasonably requested by the Indemnifying Person and material to the claim and will make available all officers, directors and employees reasonably requested by Indemnifying Person for investigation, depositions and trial.

   (d)     In the event that the Indemnified Person assumes the defense of a Third Party Claim, the Indemnifying Person may retain separate outside legal counsel and participate in the defense of the Third Party Claim, but the fees and expenses of such outside legal counsel shall be at the expense of Indemnifying Person. The Indemnifying Person will not consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement with respect to the Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of Indemnified Person, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Indemnifying Person will cooperate in the defense of the Third Party Claim and will provide access to documents, assets, properties, books and records reasonably requested by the Indemnified Person and material to the claim and will make available all officers, directors and employees reasonably requested by the Indemnified Person for investigation, depositions and trial. If the Indemnified Person so assumes any such defense, Indemnified Person shall conduct the defense of the Third Party Claim actively and diligently.

8.5        Indemnity Limitations . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the indemnity obligations and liability of the parties under this Agreement are expressly limited as follows:

(a)        Parent and Seller’s Indemnity obligations under Section 8.2 (a) are intended solely for the benefit of Buyer Indemnified Person, as defined herein, and may not be relied upon by any other entity or Person for any purpose. Buyer’s Indemnity obligations under Section 8.2 (b) are intended solely for the benefit of Parent and Seller Indemnified Persons, as defined herein, and may not be relied upon by any other entity or Person for any purpose.

(b)        Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, an Indemnifying Person shall not be obligated to provide any indemnification hereunder until the aggregate amount that Indemnified Person is entitled to recover in respect of all such claims, together with any claims under any other agreements contemplated hereby exceeds Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000).

 

31


9. Miscellaneous .

9.1        Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived with the written consent of the parties or their respective successors and assigns. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 9.1 shall be binding upon the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

9.2        Successors and Assigns . The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective permitted successors and assigns of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

9.3        Governing Law; California . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. Each of the parties to this Agreement consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the courts of the state and federal courts of Alameda County, California.

9.4        Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

9.5        Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

9.6        Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon receipt, when delivered personally or by courier, overnight delivery service or confirmed facsimile, or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the regular mail as certified or registered mail (airmail if sent internationally) with postage prepaid, if such notice is addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address or facsimile number as set forth below, or as subsequently modified by written notice.

9.7        Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith, in order to maintain the economic position enjoyed by each party as close as possible to that under the provision rendered unenforceable. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

32


9.8        Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the documents referred to herein are the product of the parties hereto, and constitute the entire agreement between such parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and merge all prior negotiations and drafts of the parties with regard to the transactions contemplated herein and therein. Any and all other written or oral agreements existing among the parties hereto regarding such transactions are expressly canceled.

9.9        Advice of Legal Counsel . Each party acknowledges and represents that, in executing this Agreement, it has had the opportunity to seek advice as to its legal rights from legal counsel and that the person signing on its behalf has read and understood all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement. This Agreement shall not be construed against any party by reason of the drafting or preparation thereof.

9.10.     Confidentiality .

   (a)     All parties hereto shall cause all information regarding the other parties that is learned by them in connection with this Agreement and the transaction contemplated hereby or in connection with the negotiation hereof to be treated as proprietary and confidential (other than information that is a matter of public knowledge or has already been or is hereafter published in any publication for public distribution or filed as public information with any governmental authority) and shall not use or disclose or knowingly permit others to use or disclose, any such information, except as may be required by applicable laws; provided however, either party hereto, for the purposes of negotiating and consummating the transactions, shall have the right to disclose such information to its employees, consultants, lenders, attorneys, and financial advisors. If for any reason the contemplated transactions are not consummated, each party will, upon the request of the other
party(ies), return or destroy all written information such party has received or prepared concerning the other
party(ies) with regard to this transaction. Additionally, the parties hereto shall keep this Agreement and its terms confidential and shall not disclose any information with respect thereto without the prior written consent of the other parties, except to such party’s respective professional advisors.

   (b)     If a party becomes legally compelled (by deposition, interrogatory, request for documents, subpoena, civil investigation, demand, order or other legal process) or is requested by a governmental authority having regulatory jurisdiction over the Contemplated Transactions to make any disclosure that is prohibited or otherwise constrained by this Section 9.10, such party shall provide the other party with prompt notice of such compulsion or request so that it may seek an appropriate protective order or other appropriate remedy or waive compliance with the provisions of this Section 9.10. In the absence of a protective order or other remedy, the party may disclose that portion (and only that portion) of the confidential information that, based upon advice of the party’s counsel, the party is legally compelled to disclose or that has been requested by such governmental authority; provided, however, such party shall use reasonable efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded by any Person to whom any confidential information is so disclosed. The provisions of this Section 9.10 shall not apply to any legal action or other proceeding between the parties to this Agreement.

 

33


   (c)     If this Agreement is terminated, each party shall (a) destroy all confidential information of the other party prepared or generated by the party without retaining a copy of any such material; (b) promptly deliver to the other party all other confidential information of such party, together with all copies thereof, in the possession, custody or control of the party or, alternatively, with the written consent of Seller or Buyer, as applicable, destroy all such confidential information; and (c) certify all such destruction in writing to the other party, provided, however, that the party may retain a list that contains general descriptions of the information it has returned or destroyed to facilitate the resolution of any controversies after the other party’s confidential information is returned.

[Signature pages follow]

 

34


This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the duly authorized officers of Seller, Parent and Buyer as of the date first above written.

 

BUYER:
ELLIE MAE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Edgar Luce

Name:  

EDGAR LUCE

Title:  

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

  9-30-08
Address:  
4155 Hopyard Road, Suite 200
Pleasanton, CA 94588
Fax:
PARENT:
STEWART LENDER SERVICES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  
1980 Post Oak Boulevard, Ste. 300
Houston, TX 77056
Attn: President
Fax:
SELLER:
ONLINE DOCUMENTS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  
1980 Post Oak Boulevard, Ste. 300
Houston, TX 77056
Fax:


This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the duly authorized officers of Seller, Parent and Buyer as of the date first above written.

 

BUYER:
ELLIE MAE, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Address:
4155 Hopyard Road, Suite 200
Pleasanton, CA 94588
Fax:

 

PARENT:
STEWART LENDER SERVICES, INC.
By:  

/s/ JASON NADEAU

Name:  

JASON NADEAU

Title:  

PRESIDENT

 

Address:
1980 Post Oak Boulevard, Ste. 300
Houston, TX 77056
Attn: President
Fax:

 

SELLER:
ONLINE DOCUMENTS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Cynthia L. Plisowski

Name:  

Cynthia L. Plisowski

Title:  

Chief Financial Officer

 

Address:
1980 Post Oak Boulevard, Ste. 300
Houston, TX 77056
Fax:

Exhibit 2.2

EXECUTION VERSION

 

ELLIE MAE, INC.

MAVENT HOLDINGS INC.

MAVENT ACQUISITION CORP.

CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS OF MAVENT HOLDINGS INC.

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

 

NOVEMBER 25, 2009


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page
SECTION ONE    1
            1.          The Merger    1
                        1.1            The Merger    1
                        1.2            Closing; Effective Time    1
                        1.3            Effect of the Merger    2
                        1.4            Certificate of Incorporation; Bylaws    2
                        1.5            Directors and Officers    2
                        1.6            Effect on Capital Stock    2
                        1.7            Surrender of Certificates    4
                        1.8            No Further Ownership Rights in Target Capital Stock    5
                        1.9            Earn-Out Consideration    5
                        1.10          Taking of Necessary Action; Further Action    7
                        1.11          Withholding    7
                        1.12          Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates    7
                        1.13          Cash Payments by Acquiror at Closing    7
                        1.14          Payoff of Silicon Valley Bank Loan    8
SECTION TWO    9
            2.          Representations and Warranties of Target    9
                        2.1            Organization; Subsidiaries    10
                        2.2            Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws    10
                        2.3            Capital Structure    10
                        2.4            Authority    11
                        2.5            No Conflicts; Required Filings and Consents    12
                        2.6            Financial Statements    12
                        2.7            Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities    13
                        2.8            Absence of Certain Changes    13
                        2.9            Litigation    15
                        2.10          Restrictions on Business Activities    15
                        2.11          Permits; Target Products; Regulation    15
                        2.12          Title to Property    16
                        2.13          Intellectual Property    17
                        2.14          Environmental Matters    18
                        2.15          Taxes    19
                        2.16          Employee Benefit Plans    20
                        2.17          Certain Agreements Affected by the Merger    22
                        2.18          Employee Matters    23
                        2.19          Material Contracts    23
                        2.20          Interested Party Transactions    25
                        2.21          Insurance    25
                        2.22          Compliance With Laws    25
                        2.23          Minute Books    26
                        2.24          Complete Copies of Materials    26
                        2.25          Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees    26

 

-1-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page
                        2.26          Vote Required    26
                        2.27          Board Approval    26
                        2.28          Accounts Receivable    26
                        2.29          Customers and Suppliers    27
                        2.30          Third Party Consents    27
                        2.31          No Commitments Regarding Future Products    27
                        2.32          Representations Complete    27
SECTION THREE    28
            3.          Representations and Warranties of Acquiror and Merger Sub    28
                        3.1            Organization, Standing and Power    28
                        3.2            Authority    28
                        3.3            No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents    28
                        3.4            Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws    29
                        3.5            Capital Structure    29
                        3.6            Acquiror Financial Statements    29
                        3.7            Representations Regarding the Acquiror Stock    30
SECTION FOUR    30
            4.          Representations and Warranties of Principal Stockholders    30
                        4.1            Authorization    30
                        4.2            Purchase Entirely for Own Account    30
                        4.3            Disclosure of Information    30
                        4.4            Investment Experience    31
                        4.5            Accredited Investor    31
                        4.6            Restricted Securities    31
                        4.7            Market Standoff Agreement    31
                        4.8            Legends    31
SECTION FIVE    31
            5.          Conduct Prior to the Effective Time    31
                        5.1            Conduct of Business of Target    31
                        5.2            No Solicitation    34
SECTION SIX    35
            6.          Additional Agreements    35
                        6.1            Best Efforts and Further Assurances    35
                        6.2            Consents; Cooperation    35
                        6.3            Access to Information    36
                        6.4            Confidentiality    37
                        6.5            Public Disclosure    37
                        6.6            State Statutes    37
                        6.7            Employee Benefits of Target Employees    37
                        6.8            Indemnification Matters Regarding Target Officers and Directors    38

 

-2-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page
SECTION SEVEN    39
            7.          Conditions to the Merger    39
                        7.1            Conditions to Obligations of Each Party to Effect the Merger    39
                        7.2            Additional Conditions to Obligations of Target    39
                        7.3            Additional Conditions to the Obligations of Acquiror and Merger Sub    41
SECTION EIGHT    42
            8.          Termination, Amendment and Waiver    42
                        8.1            Termination    42
                        8.2            Effect of Termination    43
                        8.3            Expenses and Termination Fees    44
                        8.4            Amendment    45
                        8.5            Extension; Waiver    45
SECTION NINE    45
            9.          Indemnification    45
                        9.1            Survival of Representations and Warranties    45
                        9.2            Indemnification    45
                        9.3            Damages Threshold    47
                        9.4            Procedures for Indemnification    47
SECTION TEN    48
            10.        General Provisions    48
                        10.1          Notices    48
                        10.2          Interpretation    48
                        10.3          Counterparts    49
                        10.4          Entire Agreement; Nonassignability; Parties in Interest    49
                        10.5          Severability    49
                        10.6          Remedies Cumulative    49
                        10.7          Governing Law    49
                        10.8          Rules of Construction    49
                        10.9          Amendments and Waivers    50

 

-3-


AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

This Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of November 25, 2009, by and among Ellie Mae, Inc., a California corporation (which is in the process of reincorporating in Delaware) (“ Acquiror ”), Mavent Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Merger Sub ”) and wholly owned subsidiary of Acquiror, Mavent Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Target ”), and the Principal Stockholders. For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Principal Stockholders ” means Financial Technology Ventures, L.P., Financial Technology Ventures (Q), L.P., Financial Technology Ventures II, L.P., and Financial Technology Ventures II (Q), L.P.

RECITALS

A.     The Boards of Directors of Target, Acquiror and Merger Sub believe it is in the best interests of their respective companies and the stockholders of their respective companies that Target and Merger Sub combine into a single company through the merger of Merger Sub and Target (the “ Merger ”) and, in furtherance thereof, have approved the Merger. Pursuant to the Merger, among other things, the outstanding shares of capital stock of Target (the “ Target Capital Stock ”) shall be converted into the right to receive cash at the rates set forth herein.

B.     Target, Acquiror and Merger Sub desire to make certain representations and warranties and other agreements in connection with the Merger.

AGREEMENT

The parties hereby agree as follows:

SECTION ONE

1.      The Merger .

1.1       The Merger At the Effective Time (as defined in Section 1.2) and subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Certificate of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Certificate of Merger ”) and the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ Delaware Law ”), Merger Sub shall be merged with and into Target, the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub shall cease and Target shall continue as the surviving corporation of the Merger. Target as the surviving corporation after the Merger is hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “ Surviving Corporation .”

1.2       Closing; Effective Time . The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing ”) shall take place as soon as practicable, (and in no event later than 5 business days after the satisfaction or waiver of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4 below or at such other time as the parties agree (the “ Closing Date ”). In connection with the Closing, the parties shall cause the Merger to be consummated by filing the Certificate of Merger, together with the required officers’ certificates, with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, in accordance with the relevant provisions of Delaware Law (the time of such filing being the “ Effective Time ”). The Closing shall take place at the offices of SFVentureLaw, PC,

 

-1-


180 Sansome Street Floor 11, San Francisco, California, or at such other location as the parties agree.

1.3       Effect of the Merger . At the Effective Time, the effect of the Merger shall be as provided in this Agreement, the Certificate of Merger and the applicable provisions of Delaware Law. At the Effective Time, all the property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of Target and Merger Sub shall vest in the Surviving Corporation, and all debts, liabilities and duties of Target and Merger Sub shall become the debts, liabilities and duties of the Surviving Corporation.

1.4       Certificate of Incorporation; Bylaws .

(a)     At the Effective Time, the Certificate of Incorporation of Merger Sub, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended as provided by Delaware Law and such Certificate of Incorporation.

(b)     At the Effective time, the Bylaws of Merger Sub, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended as provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation and such Bylaws.

1.5       Directors and Officers . At the Effective Time, the directors of Merger Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the directors of the Surviving Corporation, and the officers of Merger Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the officers of the Surviving Corporation, in each case until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified.

1.6       Effect on Capital Stock . By virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of Merger Sub, Target or any of their respective stockholders, the following shall occur at the Effective Time:

(a)      Conversion of Target Capital Stock . All of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, par value $.001 per share, and Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, of Target (the “ Target Common Stock ” and “ Target Preferred Stock ,” respectively, and collectively, “ Target Stock ”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than shares to be cancelled pursuant to Section 1.6(b) and shares, if any, held by persons who have not voted such shares for approval of the Merger and with respect to which such persons shall become entitled to exercise dissenters’ rights in accordance with applicable law (“ Dissenting Shares ”)) shall be converted into the right to receive a portion of the Merger Consideration, if any such Merger Consideration becomes payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including in light of any indemnification obligations that may be offset against any such amounts pursuant hereto), based upon the applicable shares of Target Stock (including the class or series thereof) outstanding as of the Effective Time. Such Merger Consideration shall be paid to the applicable former holders of Target Stock pursuant to and in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation of Target as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time. For the avoidance of doubt, the allocation of the Merger Consideration shall be

 

-2-


allocated among the holders of Target Stock as of the Closing in accordance with Schedule 1.6 (the “ Merger Consideration Spreadsheet ”). The Merger Consideration Spreadsheet sets forth the name of each holder of Target Stock and the respective amounts to be paid to each such holder in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation of Target as in effect as of the date hereof, and shall be updated by the Target (to reflect all accrued dividends on the Target Preferred Stock through the Closing Date) and delivered to the Acquiror immediately prior to the Effective Time. All shares of Target Capital Stock, when so converted, shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be cancelled and retired and shall cease to exist, and each holder of a certificate representing any such shares of Target Capital Stock shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto, except the right to receive the Merger Consideration therefor upon the surrender of such certificate in accordance with Section 1.7, without interest.

(b)      Cancellation of Target Capital Stock Owned by Acquiror or Target . At the Effective Time, all shares of Target Capital Stock that are owned by Target as treasury stock, each share of Target Capital Stock owned by Acquiror or any direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Acquiror or of Target immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be cancelled and extinguished without any conversion thereof.

(c)      Target Options and Warrants .

(i)         Target Options . Effective immediately prior to the Effective Time and contingent upon consummation of the Merger, all outstanding options to purchase Target Common Stock (the “ Target Options ”) issued under the Target’s 2003 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Purchase Plan, as amended, the Target’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (collectively, the “ Target Stock Option Plans ”), or otherwise, that have not been exercised shall be cancelled by virtue of the Merger without any action on the part of the holder thereof, and no Target Options shall be assumed by the Acquiror or the Surviving Corporation.

(ii)         Target Warrants . Effective immediately prior to the Effective Time and contingent upon consummation of the Merger, all outstanding warrants to purchase Target Capital Stock (the “ Target Warrants ”) shall terminate unexercised by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof.

(iii)         Notice to Holders of Options and Warrants . Target shall, prior to the Effective Time, provide timely notice in accordance with the terms of the Target Option Plans to all holders of outstanding Target Options and Target Warrants describing the treatment of such Target Options and Target Warrants as provided in this Agreement.

(d)      Capital Stock of Merger Sub . At the Effective Time, each share of Common Stock of Merger Sub (“ Merger Sub Common Stock ”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and exchanged for one validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable share of Common Stock of the Surviving Corporation. Each stock certificate of Merger Sub evidencing ownership of any such shares shall continue to evidence ownership of such shares of capital stock of the Surviving Corporation.

(e)      Adjustments . The Merger Consideration shall be adjusted to reflect fully the effect of any stock split, reverse split, stock dividend (including any dividend or

 

-3-


distribution of securities convertible into Acquiror Common Stock or Target Capital Stock), reorganization, recapitalization or other like change with respect to Acquiror Common Stock or Target Capital Stock occurring after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Effective Time.

(f)      Dissenters’ Rights . Any Dissenting Shares shall not be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration but shall instead be converted into the right to receive such consideration as may be determined to be due with respect to such Dissenting Shares pursuant to applicable law. Target agrees that, except with the prior written consent of Acquiror, or as required under applicable law, it will not voluntarily make any payment with respect to, or settle or offer to settle, any such purchase demand. Each holder of Dissenting Shares who, pursuant to the provisions of applicable law, becomes entitled to payment of the fair value for shares of Target Capital Stock shall receive payment therefor (but only after such value shall have been agreed upon or finally determined pursuant to such provisions). If, after the Effective Time, any Dissenting Shares shall lose their status as Dissenting Shares, Acquiror shall issue and deliver, upon surrender by such holder of certificate or certificates representing shares of Target Capital Stock, the Merger Consideration to which such holder would otherwise be entitled under this Section 1.6 and the Certificate of Merger, as and when such holder becomes so entitled thereto. To the extent that Acquiror, the Surviving Corporation or the Target (i) makes any payment or payments in respect of any Dissenting Shares in excess of the consideration that otherwise would have been payable in respect of such shares in accordance with this Agreement or (ii) incurs any Losses (including attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, costs and expenses and including any such fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with investigating, defending against or settling any action or proceeding) in respect of any Dissenting Shares (excluding payments for such shares) ((i) and (ii) together “ Dissenting Share Payments ”), Acquiror shall be entitled to recover from the Earn-Out Consideration the amount of such Dissenting Share Payments.

1.7       Surrender of Certificates .

(a)      Exchange Agent . Financial Technology Ventures II (Q), L.P. shall act as exchange agent (the “ Exchange Agent ”) in the Merger.

(b)      Exchange Procedures . Prior to the Effective Time, Target shall cause to be mailed to each holder of record of a certificate or certificates (the “ Certificates ”) which immediately prior to the Effective Time represent outstanding shares of Target Capital Stock, whose shares shall be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration pursuant to Section 1.6 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any portion of the Merger Consideration, if applicable, pursuant to Section 1.9), (i) a letter of transmittal (which shall specify that delivery shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to the Certificates shall pass, only upon receipt of the Certificates by the Exchange Agent, and shall be in such form and have such other provisions as Acquiror may reasonably specify) and (ii) instructions for use in effecting the surrender of the Certificates in exchange for the right to receive Merger Consideration, as applicable. Upon surrender of a Certificate for cancellation to the Exchange Agent or to such other agent or agents as may be appointed by Acquiror, together with such letter of transmittal, duly completed and validly executed in accordance with the instructions thereto, the holder of such Certificate shall following the Closing be entitled to receive in exchange therefor the right to receive Merger Consideration, as applicable, and the Certificate so surrendered shall forthwith

 

-4-


be cancelled. Until so surrendered, each Certificate will be deemed from and after the Effective Time, for all corporate purposes, other than the payment of dividends, to evidence the right to receive the Merger Consideration, as applicable.

(c)       No Liability . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 1.7, none of the Exchange Agent, the Surviving Corporation or any party hereto shall be liable to any person for any amount properly paid to a public official pursuant to any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar law. The Exchange Agent shall solely in connection with its role as Exchange Agent: (i) have no obligations, responsibilities or duties except as expressly set forth herein; (ii) have no liabilities to any party hereto (or any third party) arising out of, related to, or otherwise in connection with, the performance of, or the failure to perform, any obligations, responsibilities or duties set forth herein except in the event of the Exchange Agent’s willful misconduct or gross negligence with respect to the performance of its obligations hereunder; and (iii) in no event be liable for any special, exemplary, punitive, consequential, incidental or indirect damages in connection with the performance of its obligations hereunder. Nothing in this subsection 1.7(c) shall be deemed to in any way modify the liability or indemnfication obligations of any Principal Stockholder to the Acquiror under this Agreement.

(d)       Dissenting Shares . The provisions of this Section 1.7 shall also apply to Dissenting Shares that lose their status as such, except that the obligations of Acquiror under this Section 1.7 shall commence on the date of loss of such status and the holder of such shares shall be entitled to receive in exchange for such shares the Merger Consideration to which such holder is entitled pursuant to Section  1.6 hereof.

1.8       No Further Ownership Rights in Target Capital Stock . The receipt at the Effective Time of the right to receive the Merger Consideration as provided herein shall constitute full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such shares of Target Capital Stock, and from and after the Effective Time there shall be no further registration of transfers on the records of the Surviving Corporation of shares of Target Capital Stock which were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time. If, after the Effective Time, Certificates are presented to the Surviving Corporation for any reason, they shall be cancelled and exchanged as provided in this Section 1.

1.9       Earn-Out Consideration .

(a)       For each of the years ending December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 (collectively, the “ Earn-Out Period ”), the Target Stockholders (in the aggregate) shall be entitled to receive (if and to the extent, with respect to any particular Target Stockholder, that such Target Stockholder is entitled to receive Merger Consideration in accordance with Section 1.6), and the Acquiror shall pay, an aggregate amount equal to twenty percent (20%) of revenues (as determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”), consistently applied during the applicable periods) in excess of $3,600,000 (the “ Revenue Minimum ”) received by Acquiror (on a consolidated basis together with all of its subsidiaries and affiliates, including the Surviving Corporation) for each such year from the sale of those Target products that were being sold as of the Closing (including any enhancements, modifications or improvements of such products) to (i) customers of Target identified on Exhibit B attached hereto, (ii) each of the Top 25 Lenders as identified in Exhibit B attached hereto, and

 

-5-


(iii) customers who purchase products or services under Target’s Loan Mod Forensics brand (including license revenue therefrom), reduced by (Y) the amount of any FTV Contingent Payment made with respect to such year as provided in Section 1.14 and (Z) any Reimbursable Indemnification Payments made by the Principal Stockholders pursuant to Section 9.2(c) (collectively, the “ Earn-Out Consideration ”). The aggregate Earn-Out Consideration payable pursuant to this Section 1.9 with respect to the Earn-Out Period is referred to herein as the “ Merger Consideration .” The Earn-Out Consideration payable for any particular fiscal year during the Earn-Out Period shall be determined by the Acquiror in good faith as soon as practicable (and in any event within forty-five (45) days) after the end of such fiscal year, and a reasonably detailed calculation and itemization thereof shall be promptly delivered to the Exchange Agent and the Principal Stockholders. The Earn-Out Consideration payable for any particular fiscal year during the Earn-Out Period as determined by the Acquiror and set forth in the calculation and itemization thereof shall be deemed to be final and conclusive unless the Principal Stockholders object thereto by written notice to Acquiror within twenty (20) business days after their receipt of the same. If the Principal Stockholders shall so object, the parties shall cooperate in good faith for a period of no less than 30 days to resolve any such dispute in a mutually satisfactory manner. If no such resolution can be obtained within such 30-day period, then the undisputed portion (if any) of the Earn-Out Consideration for the period(s) in question shall be promptly paid by Acquiror and at any time thereafter either party may pursue arbitration as set forth herein to resolve the disputed portion of the Earn-Out Consideration. In such case, the parties agree to the appointment of three (3) arbitrators, with one arbitrator selected by each party, and the third selected by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”). The arbitration shall be conducted in Alameda County, California in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules, regulations and procedures of the AAA, and the decision of the arbitration panel shall be final and binding on both parties. Judgment on the arbitrators’ award may be entered by any court having jurisdiction. The Earn-Out Consideration (including any undisputed portions thereof), if any, for each particular fiscal year in the Earn Out Period shall be distributed by Acquiror to Exchange Agent promptly upon its final determination (by agreement of the parties or otherwise) and shall therafter shall be promptly distributed by the Exchange Agent to the Target Stockholders in the manner described in Section 1.6 and in accordance with the Merger Consideration Spreadsheet.

(b)       Earn-Out Generally . The parties acknowledge and agree that Acquiror’s achievement of the revenue targets described above are material factors in determining the valuation of the Target by Acquiror. Therefore, the Target Stockholders shall have no right to receive any portion of the Earn-Out Consideration except as provided herein. The Acquiror shall provide the Principal Stockholders, within thirty (30) days following the end of each completed quarter during the Earn-Out Period, with reasonably detailed unaudited financial information with respect to the revenues received during such quarter that would reasonably be expected to apply to the determination of any Earn-Out Consideration that may be payable for the year in which such quarter occurs. The Acquiror shall provide such additional documentary and other information as the Principal Stockholders (or any of them) may reasonably request from time to time in connection with the verification and evaluation of the amount of Earn-Out Consideration that is or may be payable pursuant to this Agreement (subject to, if deemed necessary by the Acquiror, a customary confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Acquiror and the Principal Stockholders). The Acquiror shall meet and confer with the Principal Stockholders from time to time, as reasonably requested

 

-6-


by the Principal Stockholders, with respect to matters of material significance affecting the generation of revenues that would count towards the accrual of Earn-Out Consideration in any applicable period. The Acquiror shall operate its businesses in good faith and without any intent to prejudice the Surviving Corporation or any of its other businesses that generate revenue applicable to Earn-Out Consideration. Until the end of the Earn-Out Period, the Acquiror agrees that it and its affiliates (including the Surviving Corporation) will continue to support and promote the products that would be counted in the Earn-Out Consideration in a commercially reasonable manner (the “ Product Support Obligation ”). Notwithstanding the above, the Product Support Obligation is not intended to in any way inhibit or restrict Acquiror from choosing alternative methods to promote or support the products so long as Acquiror does so in a commercially reasonable manner.

(c)      Earn-Out as Merger Consideration . The Earn-Out Consideration does not constitute compensation for services, but rather constitutes the consideration for the Target Capital Stock purchased by Acquior in the Merger and shall be treated as such (subject to the requirement to treat a portion as imputed interest) for all tax purposes.

1.10      Taking of Necessary Action; Further Action . If at any time after the Effective Time, any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement and to vest the Surviving Corporation with full right, title and possession to all assets, property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of Target and Merger Sub, the officers and directors of Target and Merger Sub are fully authorized in the name of their respective corporations or otherwise to take, and will take, all such lawful and necessary action, so long as such action is not inconsistent with this Agreement.

1.11      Withholding . Each of the Exchange Agent, Acquiror, and the Surviving Corporation shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any consideration payable or otherwise deliverable pursuant to this Agreement to any holder or former holder of Target Common Stock such amounts as may be required to be deducted or withheld therefrom under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), or any provision of state, local or foreign tax law or under any other applicable legal requirement. To the extent such amounts are so deducted or withheld, such amounts shall be treated for all purposes under this Agreement as having been paid to the person to whom such amounts would otherwise have been paid.

1.12      Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . In the event any Certificates shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, the Exchange Agent shall pay in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificates, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the holder thereof, such Merger Consideration as may be required pursuant to Section 1.6; provided, however, that Acquiror may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to such payment, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificates to deliver a bond in such sum as Acquiror may reasonably direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against Acquiror, the Surviving Corporation or the Exchange Agent with respect to the Certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

1.13      Cash Payments by Acquiror at Closing . In addition to its payment of the Merger Consideration as provided herein, at the Closing the Acquiror shall pay on behalf of

 

-7-


the Target, an aggregate of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) (the “ Closing Cash Payment ”) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts and in the amounts designated on Schedule 1.13 in payment of (i) Target’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and (ii) a portion of the outstanding amounts under the Target’s existing credit facility (the “ Silicon Valley Bank Loan ”) with Silicon Valley Bank (“ SVB ”). Schedule 1.13 shall be updated by the Target (to reflect its costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement through the Closing Date) and delivered to the Acquiror immediately prior to the Effective Time. The portion of the Closing Cash Payment so paid to SVB (the “ SVB Payment ”) shall be in partial satisfaction of amounts then owed by Target under the Silicon Valley Bank Loan.

1.14      Payoff of Silicon Valley Bank Loan .

(a)     Prior to the Closing Date, the Target shall obtain a payoff letter in customary form (and otherwise reasonably satisfactory (as to form) to the Acquiror) indicating the amount payable by the Target to SVB in satisfaction of all amounts (including, without limitation, any applicable outstanding borrowings, interest and fees) owed by the Target under the Silicon Valley Bank Loan as of the Closing Date (the “ Payoff Amount ”) and providing that upon receipt of the Payoff Amount, SVB will promptly release (including by filing, or permitting the Surviving Corporation to file, any necessary termination statements) all liens and encumbrances it has (including of record) on all collateral therefor (collectively, the “ Payoff Letter ”). At the Closing, the Principal Stockholders identified on Schedule 1.14 (the “ FTV Fund II Stockholders ”) shall pay to SVB, on the Target’s behalf, any portion of the Payoff Amount that is not satisfied by the SVB Payment (such amount paid by the FTV Fund II Stockholders to SVB, the “ FTV Payoff Amount ”). Without limiting the obligations of the Acquiror or the Surviving Corporation under Section 1.14(b), neither FTV nor any of the Principal Stockholders shall be permitted any right of subrogation, recoupment or repayment against the Target, the Surviving Corporation, the Acquiror or any affiliate of any such company in connection with the payment of the FTV Payoff Amount. Each of the parties hereto agrees that the payment of the FTV Payoff Amount and the waiver of any subrogation, recoupment or repayment rights shall be deemed to occur prior to the Effective Time of the Merger; each of the parties hereto agrees that it will not, in any state or federal tax filings, take a position that is inconsistent with the terms hereof.

(b)     In consideration for making the FTV Payoff Amount, the Surviving Corporation shall make (and the Acquiror shall cause the Surviving Corporation to make) the following payments to the FTV Fund II Stockholders, as follows:

(i)     If and to the extent that any Earn-Out Consideration becomes due and payable in any given year pursuant to Section 1.9(a) hereof (without giving effect to the FTV Contingent Payment), the Surviving Corporation shall pay to the FTV Fund II Stockholders, out of any such Earn-Out Consideration and prior to the payment of any such Earn-Out Consideration pursuant to Section 1.9 hereof, an amount equal to the FTV Payoff Amount, less the amount of the Acquiror Stock Value (the “ FTV Contingent Payment ”).

 

-8-


(ii)     The Surviving Corporation’s obligation to make any portion of the FTV Contingent Payment shall continue from year to year during the Earn-Out Period until the entire amount of the FTV Contingent Payment has been made.

(iii)     The Surviving Corporation’s obligation to pay any remaining unpaid portion of the FTV Contingent Payment (that is not due and payable under this Section 1.14(b)) shall terminate at the time that the Acquiror has no further actual or contingent obligation to make payments of Earn-Out Consideration pursuant hereto (without giving effect to the FTV Contingent Payment).

(c)     As partial consideration for making the FTV Payoff Amount, at the Closing the Acquiror shall issue to the FTV Fund II Stockholders, in the amounts set forth on Schedule 1.14 , an aggregate of One Hundred Thousand (100,000) shares of common stock of the Acquiror (the “ Acquiror Stock ”), which the parties hereto hereby agree for purposes of this Agreement have as of the Effective Date an aggregate fair market value of One Hundred Thirty-Five Thousand Dollars ($135,000) (the “ Acquiror Stock Value ”) as of the date hereof. Each of the parties hereto agrees that it will not, in any state or federal tax filings, take a position with respect to the Acquiror Stock Value that is inconsistent with the terms hereof. The number of shares of Acquiror Stock to be issued at the Closing pursuant hereto shall be subject to proportionate adjustment in the event of any stock split, stock dividend, or similar matters affecting the outstanding shares of Acquiror Stock between the date hereof and the Closing.

SECTION TWO

2.       Representations and Warranties of Target .

In this Agreement, any reference to a “ Material Adverse Effect ” with respect to any entity or group of entities means any event, change or effect that, when taken individually or together with all other adverse changes and effects, is or is reasonably likely to be materially adverse to the condition (financial or otherwise), properties, assets, liabilities, business, operations, results of operations of such entity and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or to prevent or materially delay consummation of the Merger or otherwise to prevent such entity and its subsidiaries from performing their obligations under this Agreement, except in each case for any such events, changes or effects resulting from or relating to (a) the entry into or announcement of this Agreement and the other transactions contemplated hereby, (b) any natural disaster or act of god (provided that such event does not affect such entity disproportionately as generally compared to other companies operating in such industry), (c) changes in general economic conditions or changes affecting the industry in which the relevant entity operates (provided that such changes do not affect such entity disproportionately as generally compared to other companies operating in such industry), or (d) changes in applicable legal requirements or GAAP.

In this Agreement, any reference to a party’s “ knowledge ” means such party’s actual knowledge after due and diligent inquiry of officers, directors and other employees of such party reasonably believed to have knowledge of the matter in questions.

 

-9-


Except as disclosed in a document dated as of the date of this Agreement and delivered by Target to Acquiror prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and referring to the representations and warranties in this Agreement (the “ Target Disclosure Schedule ”), of Target represents and warrants to Acquiror and Merger Sub as follows:

2.1      Organization; Subsidiaries . Each of Target and each subsidiary of Target (each a “ Subsidiary ”) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization. Each of Target and each Subsidiary has the requisite corporate power and authority and all necessary government approvals to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted and as proposed to be conducted, except where the failure to have such power, authority and governmental approvals would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect on Target and/or each Subsidiary. Each of Target and each Subsidiary is duly qualified or licensed as a foreign corporation to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the character of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its business makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except for such failures to be so qualified or licensed and in good standing that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect on Target and/or each Subsidiary. A true and complete list of all the Subsidiaries, together with the jurisdiction of incorporation of each Subsidiary, is set forth in Section 2.1 of the Target Disclosure Schedule. Target is the owner of all outstanding shares of capital stock of each Subsidiary and all such shares are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of each Subsidiary are owned by Target free and clear of all liens, charges, claims, encumbrances or rights of others. There are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, puts, calls, rights, exchangeable or convertible securities or other commitments or agreements of any character relating to the issued or unissued capital stock or other securities of any Subsidiary, or otherwise obligating Target or any Subsidiary to issue, transfer, sell, purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any such securities. Target does not directly or indirectly own any equity or similar interest in, or any interest convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, any equity or similar interest in, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other business association or entity.

2.2      Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws . Target has delivered a true and correct copy of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws or other charter documents, as applicable, of Target and each Subsidiary, each as amended to date, to Acquiror. Neither Target nor any Subsidiary is in violation of any of the provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or equivalent organizational documents.

2.3      Capital Structure . The authorized capital stock of Target consists of 17,645,912 shares of Common Stock and 6,854,088 shares of Preferred Stock, of which there were issued and outstanding as of the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the date hereof, 3,124,323 shares of Common Stock, 1,898,544 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (of a total of 1,898,544 shares of Series A Preferred Stock designated) (the “ Series A Preferred ”), 843,794 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock (of a total of 843,794 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock designated) (the “ Series A-1 Preferred ) , 1,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (of a total of 1,023,750 shares of Series B Preferred Stock designated) (the “ Series B Preferred ”), 1,578,129 shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock (of a total of

 

-10-


2,000,000 shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock designated) (the “ Series C-1 Preferred ”) and 106,713 shares of Series C-2 Preferred Stock (of a total of 1,088,000 shares of Series C-2 Preferred Stock designated) (the “ Series C-2 Preferred ”). There are no other outstanding shares of capital stock or voting securities and no outstanding commitments to issue any shares of capital stock or voting securities other than pursuant to (i) outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 23,750 shares of Series B Preferred and (ii) the exercise of options outstanding as of the date hereof under the Target Stock Option Plans as set forth on Section 2.3 of the Target Disclosure Schedule. All outstanding shares of Target Capital Stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and are free of any liens or encumbrances other than any liens or encumbrances created by or imposed upon the holders thereof, and are not subject to preemptive rights or rights of first refusal created by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of Target or any agreement to which Target is a party or by which it is bound. All outstanding shares of Target Common Stock, Series A-1 Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C-1 Preferred and Series C-2 Preferred were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. Target has reserved (i) sufficient shares of Common Stock for issuance upon conversion of the Series A-1 Preferred, the Series A-2 Preferred, the Series B Preferred, the Series C-1 Preferred, and the Series C-2 Preferred, and (ii) sufficient shares of Common Stock for issuance to employees and consultants pursuant to the Target Stock Option Plans, of which 261,854 shares are subject to outstanding, unexercised options. Section 2.3 of the Target Disclosure Schedule sets forth the number of outstanding Target Options and all other rights to acquire shares of Target Common Stock pursuant to the Target Stock Option Plans and the applicable exercise prices. Except (i) for the rights created pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) for Target’s right to repurchase any unvested shares under the Target Stock Option Plans and (iii) as set forth in this Section 2.3, there are no options, warrants, calls, rights, commitments, agreements or arrangements of any character to which Target or any Subsidiary is a party or by which Target or any Subsidiary is bound relating to the issued or unissued capital stock of Target or any Subsidiary or obligating Target or any Subsidiary to issue, deliver, sell, repurchase or redeem, or cause to be issued, delivered, sold, repurchased or redeemed, any shares of capital stock of Target or any Subsidiary or obligating Target or any Subsidiary to grant, extend, accelerate the vesting of, change the price of, or otherwise amend or enter into any such option, warrant, call, right, commitment or agreement. There are no contracts, commitments or agreements relating to voting, purchase or sale of Target’s Capital Stock (i) between or among Target and any of its stockholders and (ii) to the best of Target’s knowledge, between or among any of Target’s stockholders. The terms of the Target Stock Option Plans permit the cancellation of the Target Options as provided in this Agreement, without the consent or approval of the holders of such securities, the Target stockholders, or otherwise and without any acceleration of the exercise schedule or vesting provisions in effect for those options (provided that prior notice is provided to such holders of Target Stock Options in accordance with the terms of the Target Option Plans, as applicable). True and complete copies of all agreements and instruments relating to or issued under the Target Stock Option Plans have been made available to Acquiror and such agreements and instruments have not been amended, modified or supplemented, and there are no agreements to amend, modify or supplement such agreements or instruments in any case from the form made available to Acquiror.

2.4       Authority . Target has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby

 

-11-


have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Target, subject only to the approval of the Merger by Target’s stockholders as contemplated by Section 6.1(a). Target’s Board of Directors has unanimously approved the Merger and this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Target and assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Acquiror and Merger Sub, constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Target enforceable against Target in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) general equitable principles.

2.5       No Conflicts; Required Filings and Consents .

(a)        The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Target does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not, conflict with, or result in any violation of, or default under (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or loss of any benefit under (i) any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of Target or any Subsidiary, as amended, or (ii) any material mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement or instrument, permit, concession, franchise, license, judgment, order, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to Target or any Subsidiary or any of their properties or assets.

(b)        No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any court, administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality (“ Governmental Entity ”) is required by or with respect to Target or any Subsidiary in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for (i) the filing of the Certificate of Merger, together with the required officers’ certificates, as provided in Section 1.2, (ii) such consents, approvals, orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations and filings as may be required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), applicable state securities laws and the securities laws of any foreign country; (iii) such filings as may be required under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (“ HSR ”); and (iv) such other consents, authorizations, filings, approvals and registrations which, if not obtained or made, would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Target and would not prevent, or materially alter or delay any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

2.6       Financial Statements . Section 2.6 of the Target Disclosure Schedule includes a true, correct and complete copy of Target’s audited financial statements for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and its unaudited financial statements (balance sheet, statement of operations and statement of cash flows) on a consolidated basis as at, and for the twelve and nine-month periods ended December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2009 (collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”). The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that the unaudited financial statements do not have notes thereto) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated and with each other. The Financial Statements accurately set out and describe the financial condition and operating results of Target and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the dates, and for the periods, indicated therein, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments. Target maintains and will

 

-12-


continue to maintain a standard system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP.

2.7        Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities . Neither Target nor any Subsidiary has material obligations or liabilities of any nature (matured or unmatured, fixed or contingent) other than (i) those set forth or adequately provided for in the Balance Sheet for the period ended September 30, 2009 ( the “ Target Balance Sheet ”), (ii) those incurred in the ordinary course of business and not required to be set forth in the Target Balance Sheet under GAAP, (iii) those incurred in the ordinary course of business since the date of the Target Balance Sheet and consistent with past practice, and (iv) those incurred in connection with the execution of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the above, immediately upon payment at closing of the Silicon Valley Bank Loan pursuant to Section 1.14, neither Target, the Surviving Corporation nor any Subsidiary shall have any obligation or liability under the Silicon Valley Bank Loan.

2.8        Absence of Certain Changes . Except as set forth in Section 2.8 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, since September 30, 2009 (the “ Target Balance Sheet Date ”) there has not been, occurred or arisen any:

(a)        transaction by Target or any Subsidiary except in the ordinary course of business as conducted on that date and consistent with past practices;

(b)        amendments or changes to the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of Target;

(c)        capital expenditure or commitment by Target or any Subsidiary, in any individual amount exceeding $5,000, or in the aggregate, exceeding $20,000;

(d)        destruction of, damage to, or loss of any assets (including, without limitation, intangible assets), business or customer of Target or any Subsidiary (whether or not covered by insurance) which would constitute a Material Adverse Effect;

(e)        labor trouble or claim of wrongful discharge or other unlawful labor practice or action;

(f)        change in accounting methods or practices (including any change in depreciation or amortization policies or rates, any change in policies in making or reversing accruals , or any change in capitalization of software development costs) by Target or any revaluation by Target of any of its or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets;

(g)        revaluation by the Target or any Subsidiary of any of their respective assets;

(h)        declaration, setting aside, or payment of a dividend or other distribution in respect to the capital stock of Target, or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase or other acquisition by Target of any of its capital stock, except repurchases of Target Common Stock from terminated Target employees at the original per share purchase price of such shares;

 

-13-


(i)        increase in the salary or other compensation payable or to become payable by Target to any officers, directors, employees or advisors of Target or any Subsidiary, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, or the declaration, payment, or commitment or obligation of any kind for the payment by Target of a bonus or other additional salary or compensation to any such person except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, or other than as set forth in Section 2.16 below, the establishment of any bonus, insurance, deferred compensation, pension, retirement, profit sharing, stock option (including without limitation, the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance awards), stock purchase or other employee benefit plan;

(j)        sale, lease, license of other disposition of any of the assets or properties of Target or any Subsidiary, except in the ordinary course of business and not in excess of $5,000 in the aggregate, and except for the granting of licenses to the Target’s and its Subsidiaries’ respective customers in connection with the sale of their products and services in the ordinary course of business;

(k)        termination or material amendment of any material contract, agreement or license (including any distribution agreement) to which Target or any Subsidiary is a party or by which it is bound;

(l)        loan by Target or any Subsidiary to any person or entity, or guaranty by Target or any Subsidiary of any loan, except for travel or similar advances made to employees in connection with their employment duties in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practices;

(m)        waiver or release of any right or claim of Target or any Subsidiary, including any write-off or other compromise of any account receivable of Target or any Subsidiary, in excess of $5,000 in the aggregate;

(n)        the commencement or notice or threat of commencement of any lawsuit or proceeding against or, to the Target’s or Target’s officers’ or directors’ knowledge, investigation of Target or any Subsidiary or their respective affairs;

(o)        notice of any claim of ownership by a third party of Target’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property (as defined in Section 2.13 below) or of infringement by Target or any Subsidiary of any third party’s Intellectual Property rights;

(p)        issuance or sale by Target or any Subsidiary of any of its shares of capital stock, or securities exchangeable, convertible or exercisable therefor, or of any other of its securities;

(q)        change in pricing or royalties set or charged by Target or any Subsidiary to its customers or licensees or in pricing or royalties set or charged by persons who have licensed Intellectual Property to Target or any Subsidiary;

(r)        event or condition of any character that has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Target or any Subsidiary; or

 

-14-


(s)        agreement by Target, any Subsidiary or any officer or employee of either on behalf of such entity to do any of the things described in the preceding clauses (a) through (r) (other than negotiations with Acquiror and its representatives regarding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement).

2.9        Litigation . There is no private or governmental action, suit, proceeding, claim, arbitration or investigation pending before any agency, court or tribunal, foreign or domestic, or, to the knowledge of Target or any Subsidiary, threatened against Target or any Subsidiary or any of their respective properties or any of their respective officers or directors (in their capacities as such) that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Target or any Subsidiary. There is no judgment, decree or order against Target or any Subsidiary or, to the best knowledge of Target and its Subsidiaries, any of their respective directors or officers (in their capacities as such), that could prevent, enjoin, or materially alter or delay any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Target or its Subsidiaries. All litigation to which Target or any Subsidiary is a party (or, to the knowledge of Target, threatened to become a party) is disclosed in the Target Disclosure Schedule.

2.10      Restrictions on Business Activities . There is no agreement, judgment, injunction, order or decree binding upon Target or any Subsidiary which has or could reasonably be expected to have the effect of prohibiting or materially impairing any current or future business practice of Target or any Subsidiary, any acquisition of property by Target or any Subsidiary or the overall conduct of business by Target or any Subsidiary as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted by Target or by any Subsidiary. Neither Target nor any Subsidiary has entered into any agreement under which Target or any Subsidiary is restricted from selling, licensing or otherwise distributing any of its products to any class of customers, in any geographic area, during any period of time or in any segment of the market.

2.11      Permits; Target Products; Regulation .

(a)        Each of Target and each Subsidiary is in possession of all franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, variances, exceptions, consents, certificates, approvals and orders necessary for Target or that Subsidiary, to own, lease and operate its properties or to carry on its business as it is now being conducted (the “ Target Authorizations ”) and no suspension or cancellation of any Target Authorization is pending or, to the best of Target’s knowledge, threatened, except where the failure to have, or the suspension or cancellation of, any Target Authorization would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Target or any Subsidiary. Neither Target nor any Subsidiary is in conflict with, or in default or violation of, (i) any laws applicable to Target or any Subsidiary or by which any property or asset of Target or any Subsidiary is bound or affected, (ii) any Target Authorization, or (iii) any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement, lease, license, permit, franchise or other instrument or obligation to which Target or any Subsidiary is a party or by which Target or any Subsidiary or any property or asset of Target or any Subsidiary is bound or affected, except for any such conflict, default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect on Target or any Subsidiary.

 

-15-


(b)        Except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Target or any Subsidiary, since September 30, 2009, there have been no written notices, citations or decisions by any Governmental Entity that any product or service produced, manufactured, marketed, distributed or sold at any time by Target or any Subsidiary (the “ Products ”) is defective or fails to meet any applicable standards promulgated by any such Governmental Entity. To the best knowledge of Target, Target and each Subsidiary has complied in all material respects with the laws, regulations, policies, procedures and specifications with respect to the design, manufacture, labeling, testing and inspection of the Products. Since September 30, 2009, there have been no recalls, field notifications or seizures ordered or, to Target’s knowledge, threatened by any such Governmental Entity with respect to any of the Products.

(c)        (i) The Products comply in all material respects with the compliance specifications referenced in all licenses, sublicenses and other agreements as to which Target or any Subsidiary is a party and pursuant to which any person is authorized to use such Products (“ Compliance Specifications ”); (ii) where applicable, and as indicated in its legal rules documentation, Target has obtained the advice of legal counsel regarding relevant applicable law and has configured such Compliance Specifications for the Products and the Products in accordance with such advice; (iii) Target has conducted reasonable testing to determine that the Products will process data in compliance with such Compliance Specifications; (iv) Target has monitored for changes in applicable laws, rules and government agency guidance applicable to the matters covered by the Compliance Specifications and made timely changes to the Products based on such changes; and (v) Target has made timely changes to applicable government-sponsored enterprise (“ GSE ”) compliance guidelines covered by the Compliance Specifications at the direction of the relevant GSEs.

2.12      Title to Property .

(a)        Target and each Subsidiary has good and marketable title to all of its respective properties, interests in properties and assets, real and personal, reflected in the Target Balance Sheet or acquired after the Target Balance Sheet Date (except properties, interests in properties and assets sold or otherwise disposed of since the Target Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course of business), or with respect to leased properties and assets, valid leasehold interests in, free and clear of all mortgages, liens, pledges, charges or encumbrances of any kind or character, except (i) the lien of current taxes not yet due and payable, (ii) such imperfections of title, liens and easements as do not and will not materially detract from or interfere with the use of the properties subject thereto or affected thereby, or otherwise materially impair business operations involving such properties, and (iii) liens securing debt which is reflected on the Target Balance Sheet. The plants, property and equipment of Target and Subsidiaries that are used in the operations of their businesses are in good operating condition and repair (except for ordinary wear and tear). All properties used in the operations of Target and its Subsidiaries are reflected in the Target Balance Sheet to the extent GAAP requires the same to be reflected. Section 2.12(a) of the Target Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true, correct and complete list of all real property owned or leased by Target and by each Subsidiary, the name of the lessor, the date of the lease and each amendment thereto and the aggregate annual rental and other fees payable under such lease. Such leases are in good standing, are valid and effective in accordance with their respective terms, and there is not under any such leases any

 

-16-


existing default or event of default (or event which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default).

(b)        Section 2.12(b) of the Target Disclosure Schedule also sets forth a true, correct and complete list of all equipment (the “ Equipment ”) owned or leased by Target and its Subsidiaries, and such Equipment is, taken as a whole, (i) adequate for the conduct of Target’s business as it is currently conducted, consistent with its past practice, and (ii) in good operating condition (except for ordinary wear and tear).

2.13      Intellectual Property .

(a)        Target and each of its Subsidiaries own, or are licensed or otherwise possess legally enforceable rights to use all patents, patent rights, trademarks, trademark rights, trade names, trade name rights, service marks, copyrights, and any applications for any of the foregoing, maskworks, net lists, schematics, industrial models, inventions, technology, know-how, trade secrets, inventory, ideas, algorithms, processes, computer software programs or applications (in both source code and object code form), and tangible or intangible proprietary information or material (“ Intellectual Property ”) currently used or necessary for the operation of the business of Target or any Subsidiary as currently conducted, except to the extent that the failure to have such rights have not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Target or any Subsidiary (“ Business Intellectual Property ”).

(b)        Section 2.13 of the Target Disclosure Schedule lists (i) all patents and patent applications and all registered and material unregistered trademarks, trade names and service marks, and registered copyrights, included in the Intellectual Property, including the jurisdictions in which each such Business Intellectual Property right has been issued or registered or in which any application for such issuance and registration has been filed, (ii) all licenses, sublicenses and other agreements as to which Target or any Subsidiary is a party and pursuant to which any third party is authorized to use any Business Intellectual Property (other than “shrinkwrap” licenses and software demonstration agreements entered into between the Target or its Subsidiaries and their customers and prospective customers, respectively, in the ordinary course of business), and (iii) all licenses, sublicenses and other agreements as to which Target or any Subsidiary is a party and pursuant to which Target or any Subsidiary is authorized to use any third party Intellectual Property (“ Third Party Intellectual Property Rights ”) which are incorporated in, are, or form a part of any Target product that is material to its business. Neither Target nor any Subsidiary is in violation of any license, sublicense or agreement described in Section 2.13 of the Target Disclosure Schedule. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Target and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will neither cause Target or any Subsidiary to be in violation or default under any such license, sublicense or agreement, nor entitle any other party to any such license, sublicense or agreement to terminate or modify such license, sublicense or agreement. Target is the sole and exclusive owner or licensee of, with all right, title and interest in and to (free and clear of any liens), the Business Intellectual Property, and has sole and exclusive rights (and is not contractually obligated to pay any compensation to any third party in respect thereof) to the use thereof or the material covered thereby in connection with the services or products in respect of which Business Intellectual Property is being used.

 

-17-


(c)        To the knowledge of Target, there is no unauthorized use, disclosure, infringement or misappropriation of any Business Intellectual Property rights of Target or any Subsidiary, any trade secret material to Target or any Subsidiary, by any third party, including any employee or former employee of Target or any Subsidiary. Neither Target nor any Subsidiary has entered into any agreement to indemnify any other person against any charge of infringement of any Business Intellectual Property, other than indemnification provisions contained in purchase orders or otherwise arising in the ordinary course of business.

(d)        Neither Target nor any Subsidiary is or will be as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, in breach of any license, sublicense or other agreement relating to the Business Intellectual Property or Third Party Intellectual Property Rights, the breach of which would have a Material Adverse Effect on Target.

(e)        To the knowledge of Target, all patents, registered trademarks, service marks and copyrights held by Target or any Subsidiary are valid and existing and there is no assertion or claim (or basis therefor) challenging the validity, title or ownership of any such registered Business Intellectual Property of Target or any Subsidiary. Target has not been sued in any suit, action or proceeding which involves a claim of infringement of any Intellectual Property of any third party. The conduct of the business of Target and each Subsidiary as currently conducted has not and does not infringe on or conflict with, in any way, any Intellectual Property of any third party that, individually or in the aggregate, is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on Target.

(f)        Target has secured valid written assignments from all consultants and employees who contributed to the creation or development of Business Intellectual Property of the rights to such contributions that Target does not already own by operation of law.

(g)        Target has taken commercially reasonable steps to protect and preserve the confidentiality of any trade secrets included in the Business Intellectual Property owned by Target or a Subsidiary (“ Confidential Information ”). Each of Target and its respective Subsidiaries has a policy requiring each employee, consultant and independent contractor to execute proprietary information and confidentiality agreements substantially in Target’s standard forms and all current and former employees, consultant and independent contractors of Target and each Subsidiary have executed such an agreement. Target has not made any of its Confidential Information that it intended to maintain as confidential (including source code with respect to the Business Intellectual Property) available to any other Person except pursuant to written agreements requiring such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information.

2.14      Environmental Matters . Target represents and warrants Target’s and its Subsidiaries use of its facilities and activities therein have at all times complied with all environmental and safety laws, except for any such non-compliance as would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect on Target. Target and its Subsidiaries have all the permits and licenses required to be issued and are in full compliance with the terms and conditions of those permits; and neither Target nor any of its Subsidiaries is liable for any off-site contamination nor under any environmental and safety laws.

 

-18-


2.15      Taxes .

(a)        The Target and each Subsidiary has filed all tax returns and reports (including information returns and reports) as required by law, and has delivered to Acquiror true and correct copies of all tax returns and reports (including information returns and reports) filed for the preceding three years. These returns and reports are true and correct in all material respects. The Target and each Subsidiary has paid all taxes and other assessments due, except those contested by it in good faith that are listed in the Disclosure Schedule. The unpaid taxes of the Target and each Subsidiary (including all taxes accrued through the date of the Closing based on the income and other items of the Target and each Subsidiary through the date of the Closing, even if such taxes are not yet due and payable as of the date of the Closing, but only to the extent such taxes exceed the benefit derived from the Target’s existing net operating losses) do not exceed the reserve for tax liability set forth on the face of the balance sheets contained in the Financial Statements (rather than in any notes thereto). The Target and each Subsidiary has never had any tax deficiency proposed or assessed against it and has not executed any waiver of any statute of limitations on the assessment or collection of any tax or governmental charge. None of the Target or any Subsdiary’s federal income tax returns and none of its state income or franchise tax or sales or use tax returns has ever been audited by governmental authorities. The Target and each Subsidiary has withheld or collected from each payment made to each of its employees, the amount of all taxes (including, but not limited to, federal income taxes, Federal Insurance Contribution Act taxes and Federal Unemployment Tax Act taxes) required to be withheld or collected therefrom, and has paid the same to the proper tax receiving officers or authorized depositories.

(b)        No written claim has ever been made by an authority in a jurisdiction in which either the Target or any Subsidiary does not file tax returns that such company is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. None of the Target or the Subsidiaries (i) has agreed, nor is required, to make any adjustment under Section 481(a) of the Code by reason of a change in accounting method or otherwise; or (ii) has made any of the foregoing elections nor is not required to apply any of the foregoing rules under any comparable state or local tax provision. None of the Target or the Subsidiaries has ever been a member of an affiliated group of corporations within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Code or has liability for the taxes of any other Person (i) under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law), (ii) as a transferee or successor, (iii) by contract or (iv) otherwise. There are no, and at the Closing Date there will be no, tax-sharing agreements or similar arrangements with respect to or involving the Target or the Subsidiaries, and, after the Closing Date, none of the Target or the Subsidiaries will be bound by any such tax-sharing agreements or similar arrangements or have any liability thereunder for amounts due in respect of periods prior to the Closing Date.

(c)        None of the Target or the Subsidiaries has been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code during the applicable period specified in Section 897 of the Code.

(d)        None of the Target or the Subsidiaries is a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or plan that has resulted or could result, separately or in the aggregate, in

 

-19-


the payment of any “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code.

(e)        None of the Target or the Subsidiaries (i) is subject to any joint venture, partnership, or other arrangement or contract which is treated as a partnership for tax purposes, (ii) owns any single member limited liability company or other entity which is treated as a disregarded entity, or (iii) is a “United States shareholder” of a “controlled foreign corporation” as such terms are respectively defined in Section 951 and Section 957 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law).

(f)        None of the Target or the Subsidiaries has participated in, or is participating in, any reportable transaction described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4.

(g)        The Target and the Subsidiaries have never participated in and do not currently participate in an international boycott within the meaning of Section 999 of the Code. The Target and the Subsidiaries do not have and never have had a permanent establishment in any foreign country, as defined in any applicable tax treaty or convention between the United States and such foreign country. None of the Target or the Subsidiaries have any deferred intercompany gains under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-13 or any excess loss accounts under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-19. There is no power of attorney granted by any of the Target or the Subsidiaries relating to taxes that is currently in force. None of the Target or the Subsidiaries has requested or received any ruling from any taxing authority, or signed any agreement with any taxing authority, which would impact the amount of tax liability of any of the Target or the Subsidiaries after the Closing Date. None of the Target or the Subsidiaries has been a party to any distribution occurring during the two years preceding the date of this Agreement in which the parties to such distribution treated the distribution as one to which Section 355 of the Code is applicable.

2.16          Employee Benefit Plans .

(a)        Schedule 2.16 lists, with respect to Target, each Subsidiary of Target and any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is treated as a single employer with Target (an “ ERISA Affiliate ”) within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code, (i) all employee benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”)), (ii) each loan to a non-officer employee in excess of $10,000, loans to officers and directors, and any stock option, stock purchase, phantom stock, stock appreciation right, supplemental retirement, severance, sabbatical, medical, dental, vision care, disability, employee relocation, cafeteria benefit (Code Section 125) or dependent care (Code Section 129), life insurance or accident insurance plans, programs or arrangements, (iii) all contracts and agreements relating to employment that provide for annual compensation in excess of $100,000 and all severance agreements, with any of the directors, officers or employees of Target or its Subsidiaries (other than, in each case, any such contract or agreement that is terminable by Target or its Subsidiary at will or without penalty or other adverse consequence), (iv) all bonus, pension, profit sharing, savings, deferred compensation or incentive plans, programs or arrangements, (v) other fringe or employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements that apply to senior management of Target or any Subsidiary and that do not generally apply to all employees, and (vi) any current or, within the last six (6)

 

-20-


years, former employment or executive compensation or severance agreements, written or otherwise, as to which unsatisfied obligations of Target or any Subsidiary of greater than $10,000 remain for the benefit of, or relating to, any present or former employee, consultant or director of Target or any Subsidiary (together, the “ Target Employee Plans ”).

(b)        Target has furnished to Acquiror a copy of each of the Target Employee Plans and related plan documents (including trust documents, insurance policies or contracts, employee booklets, and summary plan descriptions , and, to the extent still in its possession, any material employee communications relating thereto) and has, with respect to each Target Employee Plan which is subject to ERISA reporting requirements, provided copies of the Form 5500 reports, if any, filed for the last three plan years. Any Target Employee Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has either obtained from the Internal Revenue Service an opinion letter or favorable determination letter as to its initial qualified status under the Code, including all amendments to the Code effected by the Tax Reform Act of 1986 and subsequent legislation; may rely on an opinion or advisory letter issued to a prototype plan sponsor with respect to a pre-approved plan adopted by Target in accordance with the requirements for such reliance; or has applied to the Internal Revenue Service for such a determination letter (or has time remaining to apply for such a determination letter) prior to the expiration of the requisite period under applicable Treasury Regulations or Internal Revenue Service pronouncements in which to apply for such determination letter and to make any amendments necessary to obtain a favorable determination with respect to all periods since the date of adoption of such Target Employee Plan. Target has also furnished Acquiror with the most recent Internal Revenue Service determination letter issued with respect to each such Target Employee Plan, and to the knowledge of Target nothing has occurred since the issuance of each such letter which could reasonably be expected to cause the loss of the tax-qualified status of any Target Employee Plan subject to Code Section 401(a).

(c)        (i) None of the Target Employee Plans promises or provides retiree medical or other retiree welfare or life insurance benefits to any person except as may be required by the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 and the regulations promulgated thereunder (“ COBRA ”) or under any individually negotiated arrangements; (ii) to the knowledge of Target, there has been no “prohibited transaction,” as such term is defined in Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code, and not exempt under Section 408 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, with respect to any Target Employee Plan, which could reasonably be expected to have, in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) each Target Employee Plan has been administered in accordance with its terms and in compliance with the requirements prescribed by any and all statutes, rules and regulations (including ERISA and the Code), except as would not have, in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and Target and each Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate have performed all obligations required to be performed by them under, are not in any material respect in default under or violation of, and have no knowledge of any material default or violation by any other party to, any of the Target Employee Plans; (iv) neither Target nor any Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate is subject to any liability or penalty under Sections 4976 through 4980D of the Code or Title I of ERISA with respect to any of the Target Employee Plans; (v) all material contributions required to be made by Target or any Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate to any Target Employee Plan have been made on or before their due dates and a reasonable amount has been accrued for contributions to each Target Employee Plan for the current plan years; (vi) with respect to each Target Employee Plan, no “reportable

 

-21-


event” within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA (excluding any such event for which the thirty (30) day notice requirement has been waived under the regulations to Section 4043 of ERISA) nor any event described in Section 4062, 4063 or 4041 or ERISA has occurred; (vii) no Target Employee Plan is covered by, and neither Target nor any Subsidiary or ERISA Affiliate has incurred or expects to incur any direct or indirect liability under, arising out of or by operation of Title IV of ERISA in connection with the termination of, or an employee’s withdrawal from, any Target Employee Plan or other retirement plan or arrangement, and no fact or event exists that could give rise to any such liability, or under Section 412 of the Code; and (viii) no compensation paid or payable to any employee of Target or any Subsidiary has been, or will be, non-deductible by reason of application of Section 162(m) or 280G of the Code. With respect to each Target Employee Plan subject to ERISA as either an employee pension plan within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA or an employee welfare benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(1) of ERISA, Target has prepared in good faith and timely filed all requisite governmental reports (which were true and correct as of the date filed), if any, and has properly and timely filed and distributed or posted all notices and reports to employees required to be filed, distributed or posted with respect to each such Target Employee Plan, if any. No suit, administrative proceeding, action or other litigation has been brought, or to the best knowledge of Target is threatened, against or with respect to any such Target Employee Plan within the last six (6) years, including any audit or inquiry by the IRS or United States Department of Labor. Neither Target nor any Subsidiary or other ERISA Affiliate is a party to, or has made any contribution to or otherwise incurred any obligation under, any “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA.

(d)        With respect to each Target Employee Plan, Target and each of its Subsidiaries have complied with (i) the applicable health care continuation and notice provisions of COBRA and the regulations thereunder or any similar applicable state law, (ii) the applicable requirements of the Health Insurance Portability Amendments Act (“HIPAA”) and the regulations thereunder and (iii) the applicable requirements of the Family Medical Leave Act of 1993 and the regulations thereunder or any similar applicable state law, except to the extent that such failure to comply would not, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(e)        The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not (i) entitle any current or former employee or other service provider of Target, any Subsidiary or any other ERISA Affiliate to severance benefits or any other payment (including, without limitation, unemployment compensation, golden parachute or bonus), except as expressly provided in this Agreement, or (ii) accelerate the time of payment or vesting of any such benefits, or increase the amount of compensation due any such employee or service provider.

(f)        There has been no amendment to, written interpretation or announcement (whether or not written) by Target, any Subsidiary or other ERISA Affiliate relating to, or change in participation or coverage under, any Target Employee Plan which would materially increase the expense of maintaining such Plan above the level of expense incurred with respect to that Plan for the most recent fiscal year included in Target’s financial statements.

2.17     Certain Agreements Affected by the Merger . Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will

 

-22-


(i) result in any payment (including, without limitation, severance, unemployment compensation, golden parachute, bonus or otherwise) becoming due to any director or employee of Target or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) materially increase any benefits otherwise payable by Target, or (iii) result in the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any such benefits.

2.18           Employee Matters . Target and each of its Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with all currently applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations respecting employment, discrimination in employment, terms and conditions of employment, wages, hours and occupational safety and health and employment practices, and is not engaged in any unfair labor practice. There are no pending claims against Target or any of its Subsidiaries under any workers compensation plan or policy or for long term disability. Neither Target nor any of its Subsidiaries has any material obligations under COBRA or any similar state law with respect to any former employees or qualifying beneficiaries thereunder. There are no controversies pending or, to the knowledge of Target or any of its Subsidiaries, threatened, between Target or any of its Subsidiaries and any of their respective employees or former employees, which controversies have or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Target or any Subsidiary. Neither Target nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any collective bargaining agreement or other labor unions contract nor does Target or any of its Subsidiaries know of any activities or proceedings of any labor union or other group to organize any such employees. Target and the Subsidiaries have not incurred any liability under, and have complied in all respects with, the Worker Adjustment Retraining Notification Act (the “ WARN Act ”), and no fact or event exists that could give rise to liability under the WARN Act. Section 2.18 of the Target Disclosure Schedule contains a list of all employees who are currently on a leave of absence (whether paid or unpaid), the reasons therefor, the expected return date, and whether reemployment of such employee is guaranteed by contract or statute, and a list of all employees who have requested a leave of absence to commence at any time after the date of this Agreement, the reason therefor, the expected length of such leave, and whether reemployment of such employee is guaranteed by contract or statute.

2.19          Material Contracts .

(a)     Subsections (i) through (ix) of Section 2.19(a) of the Target Disclosure Schedule contain a list of all contracts and agreements to which Target or any Subsidiary is a party and that are material to the business, results of operations, or condition (financial or otherwise), of Target and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole (such contracts, agreements and arrangements as are required to be set forth in Section 2.19(a) of the Target Disclosure Schedule being referred to herein collectively as the “ Material Contracts ”). Material Contracts shall include, without limitation, the following and shall be categorized in the Target Disclosure Schedule as follows:

(i)      each contract and agreement (other than routine purchase orders and pricing quotes in the ordinary course of business covering a period of less than 1 year) for the purchase of inventory, spare parts, other materials or personal property with any supplier or for the furnishing of services to Target or any Subsidiary under the terms of which Target or any Subsidiary: (A) paid or otherwise gave consideration of more than $20,000 in the aggregate during the most recently completed calendar year, (B) is likely to pay or otherwise give consideration of more than $20,000 in the aggregate during the current calendar year, (C) is

 

-23-


likely to pay or otherwise give consideration of more than $20,000 in the aggregate over the remaining term of such contract, or (D) cannot be cancelled by Target or such Subsidiary without penalty or further payment of less than $5,000;

(ii)        each customer contract and agreement (other than routine purchase orders, pricing quotes with open acceptance and other tender bids, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business and covering a period of less than one year) to which Target or any Subsidiary is a party which (A) involved consideration of more than $20,000 in the aggregate during the most recently completed calendar year, (B) is likely to involve consideration of more than $20,000 in the aggregate during the current calendar year, (C) is likely to involve consideration of more than $20,000 in the aggregate over the remaining term of the contract, (D) cannot be cancelled by Target or such Subsidiary without penalty or further payment of less than $5,000, or (E) provides for potential liability to a customer in excess of the lesser of (x) $50,000 or (y) fees paid under the agreement in the prior six months, under its limitation of liability provision (or which does not contain such a provision);

(iii)        (A) all distributor, manufacturer’s representative, broker, franchise, agency and dealer contracts and agreements to which Target or any Subsidiary is a party (specifying on a matrix, in the case of distributor agreements, the name of the distributor, product, territory, termination date and exclusivity provisions) and (B) all sales promotion, market research, marketing and advertising contracts and agreements to which Target or any Subsidiary is a party which: (1) involved consideration of more than $20,000 in the aggregate during the most recently completed calendar year, (2) are likely to involve consideration of more than $20,000 in the aggregate during the current calendar year, or (3) are likely to involve consideration of more than $20,000 in the aggregate over the remaining term of the contract;

(iv)        all management contracts with independent contractors or consultants (or similar arrangements) to which Target or any Subsidiary is a party;

(v)         all contracts and agreements (excluding routine checking account overdraft agreements involving petty cash amounts) under which Target or any Subsidiary has created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed (or may create, incur, assume or guarantee) indebtedness or under which Target or any Subsidiary has imposed (or may impose) a security interest or lien on any of their respective assets, whether tangible or intangible, to secure indebtedness;

(vi)        all contracts and agreements that limit the ability of Target or any Subsidiary or, after the Effective Time, Acquiror or any of its affiliates, to compete in any line of business or with any person or in any geographic area or during any period of time, or to solicit any customer or client;

(vii)      all contracts and agreements between or among Target or any Subsidiary, on the one hand, and any affiliate of Target (other than a wholly owned subsidiary), on the other hand:

(viii)     all contracts and agreements to which Target or any Subsidiary is a party under which it has agreed to supply products to a customer at specified

 

-24-


prices, whether directly or through a specific distributor, manufacturer’s representative or dealer, other than any such contracts and agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

(ix)        all other contracts or agreements (A) which are material to Target and its Subsidiaries or the conduct of their respective businesses, (B) the absence of which would have a Material Adverse Effect on Target, or (C) which are believed by Target to be of unique value even though not material to the business of Target.

(b)      Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect on Target, each Target license and each Material Contract is a legal, valid and binding agreement, and Target is not in default of any Material Contract nor has any Material Contract been cancelled by the other party; Target and the Subsidiaries are not in receipt of any claim of default under any such agreement; and none of Target or any of the Subsidiaries anticipates any termination or change to, or receipt of a proposal with respect to, any such agreement as a result of the Merger or otherwise. Target has furnished Acquiror with true and complete copies of all such agreements together with all amendments, waivers or other changes thereto.

2.20       Interested Party Transactions . Neither Target nor any Subsidiary is indebted to any director, officer, employee or agent of Target or any Subsidiary (except for amounts due as normal salaries and bonuses and in reimbursement of ordinary expenses), and no such person is indebted to Target or any Subsidiary. To Target’s knowledge, none of Target or any Subsidiary’s officers or directors, or any members of their immediate families, are, directly or indirectly, indebted to Target or any Subsidiary (other than in connection with purchases of the Target or Subsidiary’s stock) or have any direct or indirect ownership interest in any firm or corporation with which Target or any Subsidiary is affiliated or with which Target or any Subsidiary has a business relationship, or any firm or corporation which competes with Target or any Subsidiary except that officers, directors and/or stockholders of Target or any Subsidiary may own stock in (but not exceeding two percent of the outstanding capital stock of) any publicly traded companies that may compete with Target or any Subsidiary. To Target’s knowledge, none of Target or any Subsidiary’s officers or directors or any members of their immediate families are, directly or indirectly, interested in any Material Contract with Target or any Subsidiary. Neither Target nor any Subsidiary is a guarantor or indemnitor of any indebtedness of any other person, firm or corporation.

2.21       Insurance . Target and each of its Subsidiaries have policies of insurance and bonds of the type and in amounts customarily carried by persons conducting businesses or owning assets similar to those of Target and its Subsidiaries. There is no material claim pending under any of such policies or bonds as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriters of such policies or bonds. All premiums due and payable under all such policies and bonds have been paid and Target and its Subsidiaries are otherwise in compliance with the terms of such policies and bonds. Target has no knowledge of any threatened termination of, or material premium increase with respect to, any of such policies.

2.22       Compliance With Laws . Each of Target and its Subsidiaries has complied with, are not in violation of, and have not received any notices of violation with respect to, any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law or regulation with respect to the conduct of its

 

-25-


business, or the ownership or operation of its business, except for such violations or failures to comply as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Target and its Subsidiaries.

2.23          Minute Books . The minute books of Target and its Subsidiaries made available to Acquiror contain a complete summary of all meetings of directors and stockholders or actions by written consent since the time of incorporation of Target and the respective Subsidiaries through the date of this Agreement, and reflect all transactions referred to in such minutes accurately in all material respects.

2.24          Complete Copies of Materials . Target has delivered or made available true and correct copies of each document (to the extent such document exists) which has been requested by Acquiror or its counsel in connection with their legal and accounting review of Target and its Subsidiaries.

2.25          Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees . Target has not incurred, nor will it incur, directly or indirectly, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or investment bankers’ fees or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.

2.26          Vote Required . The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Target Capital Stock, voting together as a class (the “ Stockholder Approval ”), is the only vote of the holders of any of Target’s capital stock necessary under applicable law or under Target’s charter, bylaws or similar document to approve this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

2.27          Board Approval . The Board of Directors of Target has unanimously (i) approved this Agreement and the Merger, (ii) determined that the Merger is in the best interests of the stockholders of Target and is on terms that are fair to such stockholders and (iii) recommended that the stockholders of Target approve this Agreement and the Merger.

2.28          Accounts Receivable .

(a)      Target has made available to Acquiror a list of all accounts receivable of Target and each Subsidiary reflected on the Financial Statements (“ Accounts Receivable ”) along with a range of days elapsed since invoice.

(b)      All Accounts Receivable of Target and its Subsidiaries arose in the ordinary course of business, are carried at values determined in accordance with GAAP consistently applied. No person has any lien on any of such Accounts Receivable and no request or agreement for deduction or discount has been made with respect to any of such Accounts Receivable.

(c)      All of the inventories of Target and each Subsidiary reflected in the Financial Statements and Target’s books and records on the date hereof were purchased, acquired or produced in the ordinary and regular course of business and in a manner consistent with Target’s regular inventory practices and are set forth on Target’s books and records in accordance with the practices and principles of Target consistent with the method of treating said

 

-26-


items in prior periods. None of the inventory of Target or any Subsidiary reflected on the Financial Statements or on Target’s books and records as of the date hereof (in either case net of the reserve therefor) is obsolete, defective or in excess of the needs of the business of Target reasonably anticipated for the normal operation of the business consistent with past practices and outstanding customer contracts.

2.29       Customers and Suppliers . As of the date hereof, no customer which individually accounted for more than 10% of Target’s gross revenues during the 12-month period preceding the date hereof, and no supplier of Target, has cancelled or otherwise terminated, or made any written threat to Target to cancel or otherwise terminate its relationship with Target, or has at any time on or after September 30, 2009 decreased materially its services or supplies to Target in the case of any such supplier, or its usage of the services or products of Target in the case of such customer, and to Target’s knowledge, no such supplier or customer intends to cancel or otherwise terminate its relationship with Target or to decrease materially its services or supplies to Target or its usage of the services or products of Target, as the case may be. Target has not knowingly breached, so as to provide a benefit to Target that was not intended by the parties, any agreement with, or engaged in any fraudulent conduct with respect to, any customer or supplier of Target.

2.30       Third Party Consents . Except as set forth in Section 2.30 of the Target Disclosure Schedule, no consent or approval is needed from any third party in order to effect the Merger, this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

2.31       No Commitments Regarding Future Products . Target has made no sales to customers that are contingent upon providing future enhancements of existing products, to add features not presently available on existing products or to otherwise enhance the performance of its existing products (other than beta or similar arrangements pursuant to which Target’s customers from time to time test or evaluate products). The products Target has delivered to customers substantially comply with published specifications for such products and Target has not received material complaints from customers about its products that remain unresolved. Section 2.31 of the Target Disclosure Schedule accurately sets forth a complete list of products in development (exclusive of mere enhancements to and additional features for existing products).

2.32       Representations Complete . None of the representations or warranties made by Target herein or in any Schedule hereto, including the Target Disclosure Schedule, or certificate furnished by Target pursuant to this Agreement, when all such documents are read together in their entirety, contains or will contain at the Effective Time any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits or will omit at the Effective Time to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein, in the light of the circumstances under which made, not misleading.

 

-27-


SECTION THREE

3.       Representations and Warranties of Acquiror and Merger Sub .

Except as disclosed in a document dated as of the date of this Agreement and delivered by Acquiror to Target prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and referring to the representations and warranties in this Agreement (the “ Acquiror Disclosure Schedule ”), Acquiror and Merger Sub hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to Target and the Principal Stockholders as follows:

3.1        Organization, Standing and Power . Each of Acquiror and Merger Sub is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization. Each of Acquiror and Merger Sub has the corporate power to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted and as proposed to be conducted and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to be so qualified and in good standing would have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror.

3.2         Authority . Acquiror and Merger Sub have all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Acquiror and Merger Sub (other than, with respect to the Merger, the filing and recordation of appropriate merger documents as required by Delaware Law). This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Acquiror and Merger Sub and constitutes the valid and binding obligations of Acquiror and Merger Sub enforceable against Acquiror and Merger Sub in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) general equitable principles.

3.3        No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents .

(a)        The execution and delivery of this Agreement do not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not, conflict with, or result in any violation of, or default under (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or loss of a benefit under (i) any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of Acquiror or Merger Sub, as amended, or (ii) any material mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement or instrument, permit, concession, franchise, license, judgment, order, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to Acquiror or Merger Sub or their properties or assets.

(b)        No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Entity, is required by or with respect to Acquiror or Merger Sub in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Acquiror and Merger Sub or the consummation by Acquiror and Merger Sub of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for (i) the filing of appropriate merger documents as required by Delaware Law, (ii) such filings as may be required under HSR, (iii) such other consents, authorizations, filings, approvals and registrations which, if not obtained or made, would not have a Material Adverse

 

-28-


Effect on Acquiror and would not prevent, materially alter or delay any the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

3.4       Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of Acquiror . Acquiror has delivered a true and correct copy of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws or other charter documents, as applicable, of Acquiror and Merger Sub, as amended to date, to the Principal Stockholders. Neither Acquiror nor any Subsidiary of Acquiror is in violation of any of the provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or equivalent organizational documents.

3.5       Capital Structure . The authorized capital stock of Acquiror consists of 65,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 42,971,150 shares of Preferred Stock, of which there were issued and outstanding as of the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the date hereof, 9,940,260 shares of Common Stock, 2,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (of a total of 2,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock authorized) (the “Series A Preferred”), 3,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (of a total of 3,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock authorized) (the “Series B Preferred”), 500,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (of a total of 500,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock authorized) (the “Series C Preferred”), 8,155,737 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (of a total of 8,155,737 shares of Series D Preferred Stock authorized) (the “Series D Preferred”), 8,765,395 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (of a total of 8,765,395 shares of Series E Preferred Stock authorized) (the “Series E Preferred”), 3,915,732 shares of Series F Preferred Stock (of a total of 3,915,732 shares of Series F Preferred Stock authorized) (the “Series F Preferred”), 7,974,896 shares of Series G Preferred Stock (of a total of 7,974,896 shares of Series G Preferred Stock authorized) (the “Series G Preferred”), and 1,000,000 shares of Series H Preferred Stock (of a total of 1,000,000 shares of Series H Preferred Stock authorized) (the “Series H Preferred”). There are no other outstanding shares of capital stock or voting securities and no outstanding commitments to issue any shares of capital stock or voting securities other than pursuant to: (i) options to purchase an aggregate of 9,276,155 shares of Acquiror Common Stock outstanding under the Acquiror’s stock incentive plans, and (ii) warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,204,288 shares of Acquiror Common Stock. All outstanding shares of Acquiror Capital Stock were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

3.6       Acquiror Financial Statements . Acquiror has provided to the Target, the Principal Stockholders and the Exchange Agent a true, correct and complete copy of Acquiror’s audited financial statements for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, and its unaudited financial statements (balance sheet, statement of operations and statement of cash flows) on a consolidated basis as at, and for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2009 (collectively, the “ Acquiror Financial Statements ”). The Acquiror Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that the unaudited financial statements do not have notes thereto) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated and with each other. The Acquiror Financial Statements accurately set out and describe the financial condition and operating results of Acquiror and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates, and for the periods, indicated therein, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments. Acquiror maintains and will continue to maintain a standard system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP.

 

-29-


3.7         Representations Regarding the Acquiror Stock . Upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and issuance of the Acquiror Stock to the Principal Stockholders pursuant to the terms hereof, all such Acquiror Stock will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free and clear of any lien or encumbrance other than transfer restrictions with respect to state and federal securities laws referenced on the legends on the certificates evidencing such shares. The issuance of the Acquiror Stock pursuant to the terms of this Agreement will not violate the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Acquiror or any agreement or other contract to which Acquiror is a party or by which Acquiror is bound or give rise to preemptive rights, preferential rights or any such other rights or claims on the part of any person or entity. There has not been any event, development or change (individually or collectively) that has resulted in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Acquiror since June 30, 2009, and since such date no event, development or change has occurred, and no circumstance exists, that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Acquiror.

SECTION FOUR

4.       Representations and Warranties of Principal Stockholders .

Each Principal Stockholder hereby represents and warrants to Acquiror as follows:

4.1         Authorization . Principal Stockholder has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement, and this Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of Investor, enforceable in accordance with its terms except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

4.2         Purchase Entirely for Own Account . This Agreement is made with Investor in reliance upon Principal Stockholder’s representation to the Acquiror, which by Principal Stockholder’s execution of this Agreement Principal Stockholder hereby confirms, that the Acquiror Stock will be acquired for investment for Principal Stockholder’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that Principal Stockholder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. Principal Stockholder further represents that Principal Stockholder does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or to any third person, with respect to any of the Securities.

4.3         Disclosure of Information . Principal Stockholder has received or has been provided access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to regarding its investment decision in Acquiror’s Stock. Principal Stockholder further represents that it has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Acquiror regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Acquiror Stock and the current business, properties, prospects and financial condition of the Acquiror.

 

-30-


4.4        Investment Experience . Principal Stockholder can bear the economic risk of its investment, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Acquiror Stock. Principal Stockholder Investor has not been organized for the purpose of acquiring the Acquiror Stock.

4.5        Accredited Investor . Principal Stockholder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Rule 501 of Regulation D, as presently in effect.

4.6        Restricted Securities . Principal Stockholder understands that the shares of Acquiror Stock are characterized as “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Acquiror in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act, only in certain limited circumstances. In this connection, Principal Stockholder represents that it is familiar with SEC Rule 144, as presently in effect, and understands the resale limitations imposed thereby and by the Securities Act.

4.7        Market Standoff Agreement . Upon receipt of a written request by the Acquiror or by its underwriters, Principal Stockholder shall not sell, sell short, grant an option to buy, or otherwise dispose of shares of the Acquiror’s Common Stock or other securities (except for any such shares included in the registration) for a period of 180 days following the effective date of the initial registration of the Acquiror’s securities; provided, however, that Principal Stockholder shall have no obligation to enter into the agreement described in this Section 4.7 unless all executive officers and directors of Acquiror enter into similar agreements. Acquiror may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares (or securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said 180-day period.

4.8        Legends . It is understood that the certificates evidencing the Acquiror Stock may bear the following legend (and such other legends as may be required under applicable federal and state securities laws):

“These securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. They may not be sold, offered for sale, pledged or hypothecated in the absence of a registration statement in effect with respect to the securities under such Act or an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company that such registration is not required or unless sold pursuant to Rule 144 of such Act.”

SECTION FIVE

5.       Conduct Prior to the Effective Time .

5.1        Conduct of Business of Target . During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Effective Time, except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, Target shall not do, cause or permit any of the following, or allow, cause or permit any of its subsidiaries to do, cause or permit any of the following, without the prior written consent of Acquiror:

 

-31-


(a)         Charter Documents . Cause or permit any amendments to its or its Subsidiaries’ Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws;

(b)         Dividends; Changes in Capital Stock . Declare or pay any dividends on or make any other distributions (whether in cash, stock or property) in respect of any of its capital stock, or split, combine or reclassify any of its capital stock or issue or authorize the issuance of any other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for shares of its capital stock, or repurchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares of its capital stock except from former employees, directors and consultants in accordance with agreements providing for the repurchase of shares in connection with any termination of service to it or its subsidiaries;

(c)         Stock Option Plans, Etc . Accelerate, amend or change the period of exercisability or vesting of options or other rights granted under its stock plans or authorize cash payments in exchange for any options or other rights granted under any of such plans;

(d)         Material Contracts . Enter into any material contract or commitment, or violate, amend or otherwise modify or waive any of the terms of any of its Material Contracts, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(e)         Issuance of Securities . Issue, deliver or sell or authorize or propose the issuance, delivery or sale of, or purchase or propose the purchase of, any shares of its capital stock or securities convertible into, or subscriptions, rights, warrants or options to acquire, or other agreements or commitments of any character obligating it to issue any such shares or other convertible securities, other than the issuance of shares of its Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of stock options, warrants or other rights therefor outstanding as of the date of this Agreement;

(f)         Intellectual Property . Transfer to any person or entity any rights to its Intellectual Property;

(g)         Exclusive Rights . Enter into or amend any agreements pursuant to which any other party is granted exclusive marketing or other exclusive rights of any type or scope with respect to any of its products or technology;

(h)         Dispositions . Sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of or encumber any of its properties or assets which are material, individually or in the aggregate, to its and its Subsidiaries’ business, taken as a whole, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(i)         Indebtedness . Incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or guarantee any such indebtedness or issue or sell any debt securities or guarantee any debt securities of others, in each case that will be outstanding immediately following the Closing;

(j)         Leases . Enter into operating lease;

(k)         Payment of Obligations . Pay, discharge or satisfy in an amount in excess of $10,000 in any one case or $25,000 in the aggregate, any claim, liability or

 

-32-


obligation (absolute, accrued, asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise) arising other than in the ordinary course of business, other than the payment, discharge or satisfaction of liabilities reflected or reserved against in the Target Financial Statements;

(l)         Capital Expenditures . Make any capital expenditures, capital additions or capital improvements except in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

(m)         Insurance . Materially reduce the amount of any material insurance coverage provided by existing insurance policies;

(n)         Termination or Waiver . Terminate or waive any right of substantial value, other than in the ordinary course of business;

(o)         Employee Benefit Plans; New Hires; Pay Increases . Adopt or amend any employee benefit or stock purchase or option plan, or hire any new director level or officer level employee (except that it may hire a replacement for any current director level or officer level employee if it first provides Acquiror advance notice regarding such hiring decision), pay any special bonus or special remuneration to any employee or director, or increase the salaries or wage rates of its employees;

(p)         Severance Arrangement . Grant any severance or termination pay (i) to any director or officer or (ii) to any other employee except (A) payments made pursuant to standard written agreements outstanding on the date of this Agreement or (B) grants which are made in the ordinary course of business in accordance with its standard past practice;

(q)         Lawsuits . Commence a lawsuit other than (i) for the routine collection of bills, (ii) in such cases where it in good faith determines that failure to commence suit would result in the material impairment of a valuable aspect of its business, provided that it consults with Acquiror prior to the filing of such a suit, or (iii) for a breach of this Agreement;

(r)         Acquisitions . Acquire or agree to acquire by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing a substantial portion of the assets of, or by any other manner, any business or any corporation, partnership, association or other business organization or division thereof, or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire any assets which are material, individually or in the aggregate, to its and its Subsidiaries’ business, taken as a whole;

(s)         Taxes . Other than in the ordinary course of business, make or change any material election in respect of Taxes, adopt or change any accounting method in respect of Taxes, file any material Tax Return or any amendment to a material Tax Return, enter into any closing agreement, settle any claim or assessment in respect of Taxes, or consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any claim or assessment in respect of Taxes;

(t)         Notices . Target shall give all notices and other information required to be given to the employees of Target, any collective bargaining unit representing any group of employees of Target, and any applicable government authority under the WARN Act,

 

-33-


the National Labor Relations Act, the Internal Revenue Code, COBRA, and other applicable law in connection with the transactions provided for in this Agreement;

(u)         Revaluation . Revalue any of its assets, including without limitation writing down the value of inventory or writing off notes or accounts receivable other than in the ordinary course of business; or

(v)         Other . Take or agree in writing or otherwise to take, any of the actions described in Sections 5.2(a) through (u) above, or any action which would make any of its representations or warranties contained in this Agreement untrue or incorrect or prevent it from performing or cause it not to perform its covenants hereunder.

5.2         No Solicitation . Target and its Subsidiaries and the officers, directors, employees or other agents of Target and its Subsidiaries will not, directly or indirectly, (i) take any action to solicit, initiate or encourage any Takeover Proposal (as defined below) or (ii) subject to the terms of the immediately following sentence, engage in negotiations with, or disclose any nonpublic information relating to Target or any of it Subsidiaries to, or afford access to the properties, books or records of Target or any of its Subsidiaries to, any person that has advised Target that it may be considering making, or that has made, a Takeover Proposal. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, if an unsolicited Takeover Proposal, or an unsolicited written expression of interest that can reasonably be expected to lead to a Takeover Proposal, shall be received by the Board of Directors of Target, then, to the extent the Board of Directors of Target believes in good faith (after consultation with its financial advisor) that such Takeover Proposal would, if consummated, result in a transaction more favorable to Target’s stockholders from a financial point of view than the transaction contemplated by the Agreement (any such more favorable Takeover Proposal being referred to in this Agreement as a “ Superior Proposal ”) and the Board of Directors of Target determines in good faith after consultation with outside legal counsel that it is necessary for the Board of Directors of Target to comply with its fiduciary duties to stockholders under applicable law, Target and its officers, directors, employees, investment bankers, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants and other representatives retained by it may furnish in connection therewith information and take such other actions as are consistent with the fiduciary obligations of Target’s Board of Directors, and such actions shall not be considered a breach of this Section 5.3 or any other provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that Target shall not, and shall not permit any of its officers, directors, employees or other representatives to agree to or endorse any Takeover Proposal unless Target shall have terminated this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1(e) and paid Acquiror all amounts payable to Acquiror pursuant to Section 8.3(b). Target will promptly notify Acquiror after receipt of any Takeover Proposal or any notice that any person is considering making a Takeover Proposal or any request for nonpublic information relating to Target or any of its Subsidiaries or for access to the properties, books or records of Target or any of its Subsidiaries by any person that has advised Target that it may be considering making, or that has made, a Takeover Proposal and will keep Acquiror fully informed of the status and details of any such Takeover Proposal notice or request. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Takeover Proposal ” means any offer or proposal for, or any indication of interest in, a merger or other business combination involving Target or any of its Subsidiaries or the acquisition of any significant equity interest in, or a significant portion of the assets of, Target or any of its Subsidiaries, other than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

-34-


SECTION SIX

6.         Additional Agreements .

6.1       Reasonable Best Efforts and Further Assurances . Each of the parties to this Agreement shall use its reasonable best efforts to effectuate the transactions contemplated hereby and to fulfill and cause to be fulfilled the conditions to closing under this Agreement. Each party hereto, at the reasonable request of another party hereto, shall execute and deliver such other instruments and do and perform such other acts and things as may be necessary or desirable for effecting completely the consummation of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

6.2       Consents; Cooperation.

(a)        Each of Acquiror and Target shall use its reasonable best efforts to promptly (i) obtain from any Governmental Entity any consents, licenses, permits, waivers, approvals, authorizations or orders required to be obtained or made by Acquiror or Target or any of their subsidiaries in connection with the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder, including those required under HSR, and (ii) make all necessary filings, and thereafter make any other required submissions, with respect to this Agreement and the Merger required under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any other applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws.

(b)        Each of Acquiror and Target shall use all reasonable efforts to resolve such objections, if any, as may be asserted by any Governmental Entity with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement under the HSR, the Sherman Act, as amended, the Clayton Act, as amended, the Federal Trade Commission Act, as amended, and any other Federal, state or foreign statutes, rules, regulations, orders or decrees that are designed to prohibit, restrict or regulate actions having the purpose or effect of monopolization or restraint of trade (collectively, “ Antitrust Laws ”). In connection therewith, if any administrative or judicial action or proceeding is instituted (or threatened to be instituted) challenging any transaction contemplated by this Agreement as violative of any Antitrust Law, each of Acquiror and Target shall cooperate and use all reasonable efforts vigorously to contest and resist any such action or proceeding and to have vacated, lifted, reversed, or overturned any decree, judgment, injunction or other order, whether temporary, preliminary or permanent (each an “ Order ”), that is in effect and that prohibits, prevents, or restricts consummation of the Merger or any such other transactions, unless by mutual agreement Acquiror and Target decide that litigation is not in their respective best interests. The parties hereto will consult and cooperate with one another, and consider in good faith the views of one another, in connection with any analyses, appearances, presentations, memoranda, briefs, arguments, opinions and proposals made or submitted by or on behalf of any party hereto in connection with proceedings under or relating to any Antitrust Laws. Notwithstanding the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, it is expressly understood and agreed that Acquiror shall have no obligation to litigate or contest any administrative or judicial action or proceeding or any Order beyond December 31, 2009. Each of Acquiror and Target shall use all reasonable efforts to take such action as may be required to cause the expiration of the notice periods under the HSR or other Antitrust Laws with respect to such transactions as promptly as possible after the execution of this Agreement.

 

-35-


(c)        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6.2(a) or (b), (i) neither Acquiror nor any of it subsidiaries shall be required to divest any of their respective businesses, product lines or assets, or to take or agree to take any other action or agree to any limitation that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Acquiror or of Acquiror combined with the Surviving Corporation after the Effective Time or (ii) neither Target nor its Subsidiaries shall be required to divest any of their respective businesses, product lines or assets, or to take or agree to take any other action or agree to any limitation that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Target.

(d)        From the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Effective Time or the termination of this Agreement, each party shall promptly notify the other party in writing of any pending or, to the knowledge of such party, threatened action, proceeding or investigation by any Governmental Entity or any other person (i) challenging or seeking material damages in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereunder or (ii) seeking to restrain or prohibit the consummation of the Merger or the transactions contemplated hereunder or otherwise limit the right of Acquiror or its subsidiaries to own or operate all or any portion of the businesses or assets of Target or its subsidiaries.

(e)        Each of Acquiror and Target shall give or cause to be given any required notices to third parties, and use its reasonable best efforts to obtain all consents, waivers and approvals from third parties (i) necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated hereunder, (ii) disclosed or required to be disclosed in the Target Disclosure Schedule or the Acquiror Disclosure Schedule, or (iii) required to prevent a Material Adverse Effect on Target or Acquiror from occurring prior or after the Effective Time. In the event that Acquiror or Target shall fail to obtain any third party consent, waiver or approval described in this Section 6.2(e), it shall use its reasonable best efforts, and shall take any such actions reasonably requested by the other party, to minimize any adverse effect upon Acquiror and Target, their respective subsidiaries and their respective businesses resulting (or which could reasonably be expected to result after the Effective Time) from the failure to obtain such consent, waiver or approval.

(f)        Each of Acquiror and Target will, and will cause their respective subsidiaries to, take all reasonable actions necessary to comply promptly with all legal requirements which may be imposed on them with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and will promptly cooperate with and furnish information to any party hereto necessary in connection with any such requirements imposed upon such other party in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and will take all reasonable actions necessary to obtain (and will cooperate with the other parties hereto in obtaining) any consent, approval, order or authorization of, or any registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Entity or other person, required to be obtained or made in connection with the taking of any action contemplated by this Agreement.

6.3       Access to Information .

(a)        Target shall afford Acquiror and its accountants, counsel and other representatives, reasonable access during normal business hours during the period prior to the Effective Time to (i) all of Target’s and its Subsidiaries’ properties, books, contracts,

 

-36-


commitments and records, and (ii) all other information concerning the business, properties and personnel of Target and its Subsidiaries as Acquiror may reasonably request. Target agrees to provide to Acquiror and its accountants, counsel and other representatives copies of internal financial statements promptly upon request. Acquiror shall afford Target and its accountants, counsel and other representatives, reasonable access during normal business hours during the period prior to the Effective Time to (i) all of Acquiror’s and its subsidiaries’ properties, books, contracts, commitments and records, and (ii) all other information concerning the business, properties and personnel of Acquiror and its subsidiaries as Target may reasonably request. Acquiror agrees to provide to Target and its accountants, counsel and other representatives copies of internal financial statements promptly upon request.

(b)        Subject to compliance with applicable law, from the date hereof until the Effective Time, each of Acquiror and Target shall confer on a regular and frequent basis with one or more representatives of the other party to report operational matters of materiality and the general status of ongoing operations.

(c)        No information or knowledge obtained in any investigation pursuant to this Section 6.3 shall affect or be deemed to modify any representation or warranty contained herein or the conditions to the obligations of the parties to consummate the Merger.

6.4       Confidentiality . The parties acknowledge that Acquiror and Target have previously executed a non-disclosure agreement (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”), which Confidentiality Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

6.5       Public Disclosure . Unless otherwise permitted by this Agreement, Acquiror and Target shall consult with each other before issuing any press release or otherwise making any public statement or making any other public (or non-confidential) disclosure (whether or not in response to an inquiry) regarding the terms of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and neither shall issue any such press release or make any such statement or disclosure without the prior approval of the other (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), except as may be required by law.

6.6       State Statutes . If any state takeover law shall become applicable to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, Acquiror and its Board of Directors or Target and its Board of Directors, as the case may be, shall use their reasonable best efforts to grant such approvals and take such actions as are necessary so that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement may be consummated as promptly as practicable on the terms contemplated by this Agreement and otherwise to minimize the effects of such state takeover law on the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

6.7       Employee Benefits of Target Employees and Consultants. Target shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Acquiror to ensure that employees and/or consultants selected by Acquiror will become employees of Acquiror. Acquiror and Target shall cooperate to identify employees and/or consultants of Target who are necessary or desirable for Acquiror’s proposed operations and offer such employees of Target employment by Acquiror after the Effective Time. Each such offer shall (i) include a compensation package in accordance with Acquiror’s compensation policy, (ii) to the extent permitted by Acquiror’s employee benefit

 

-37-


programs, enable such eligible employee to participate in Acquiror’s employee benefit programs and other individual benefits as outlined in each employee’s individual offer, such as life insurance, health, medical, dental and vision coverage and the Acquiror’s 401(k) plan (collectively, “ Acquiror’s Plans ”), and (iii) be in the form of an individual offer letter prepared in accordance with Acquiror’s customary form. Such persons, if they accept employment, shall be “at will” employees and may be terminated by Acquiror at any time for any reason or for no reason (except if otherwise agreed to between Acquiror and the applicable persons).

6.8       Indemnification Matters Regarding Target Officers and Directors .

(a)        As of the Effective Time, the indemnification and exculpation provisions contained in the Bylaws and the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation shall be at least as favorable to individuals who immediately prior to the Closing Date were directors, officers, agents or employees of Target or otherwise entitled to indemnification under the Target’s Bylaws or Certificate of Incorporation (a “ Target Indemnified Party ”) as those contained in the Bylaws and the Certificate of Incorporation of Target, respectively, and shall not be amended, repealed or otherwise modified for a period of six (6) years after the Closing Date in any manner that would adversely affect the rights thereunder of any Target Indemnified Party; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall limit Acquiror’s ability to merge the Surviving Corporation into Acquiror or any of its subsidiaries or any other person or otherwise eliminate the Surviving Corporation’s corporate existence so long as such rights are preserved. All rights to indemnification and exculpation from liabilities for acts or omissions occurring at or prior to the Effective Time now existing in favor of any Target Indemnified Party as provided in the Target’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws and any indemnification agreement which are existing as of the date hereof, shall survive the Merger and shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

(b)        The Target shall cause to be obtained effective at the Effective Time a “tail” insurance policy with a claims period of at least six years from the Effective Time with respect to directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in accordance with the terms set forth in Exhibit C for claims arising from facts or events that occurred on or prior to the Effective Time (the “ Tail Policy ”). Acquiror shall pay the full amount of the premiums for such Tail Policy prior to the Effective Time. The Surviving Corporation shall not, and the Acquiror shall not cause the Surviving Corporation to, cancel or otherwise terminate the Tail Policy or any other directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy in effect as of the Effective Time in respect of acts or omissions occurring prior to the Closing Date.

(c)        If the Surviving Corporation or any of its successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other person and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any person, then, and in each such case, to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of the Surviving Corporation assume the obligations set forth in this Section 6.8.

(d)        The provisions of this Section 6.8 are intended to be for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, each Target Indemnified Party, his or her heirs and representatives and are in addition to, and not in substitution for, any other rights to

 

-38-


indemnification or contribution that any such person may have by contract or otherwise. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the obligations of the Acquiror, Target and Surviving Corporation under this Section 6.8 shall not be terminated or modified in such a manner as to adversely affect any Target Indemnified Party without the consent of the affected person.

SECTION SEVEN

7.           Conditions to the Merger .

7.1      Conditions to Obligations of Each Party to Effect the Merger . The respective obligations of each party to this Agreement to consummate and effect this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction on or prior to the Effective Time of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing, by agreement of all the parties hereto:

(a)         Stockholder Approval . The Stockholder Approval shall have been obtained.

(b)         No Injunctions or Restraints; Illegality . No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal or regulatory restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Merger shall be in effect, nor shall any proceeding brought by an administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, seeking any of the foregoing be pending; nor shall there be any action taken, or any statute, rule, regulation or order enacted, entered, enforced or deemed applicable to the Merger, which makes the consummation of the Merger illegal. In the event an injunction or other order shall have been issued, each party agrees to use its reasonable diligent efforts to have such injunction or other order lifted.

(c)         Governmental Approval . Acquiror, Target and Merger Sub and their respective subsidiaries shall have timely obtained from each Governmental Entity all approvals, waivers and consents, if any, necessary for consummation of or in connection with the Merger and the several transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, such approvals, waivers and consents as may be required under HSR, under the Securities Act and under any state securities laws.

7.2      Additional Conditions to Obligations of Target . The obligations of Target to consummate and effect this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Effective Time of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing, by Target:

(a)         Representations, Warranties and Covenants (i) Each of the representations and warranties of Acquiror and Merger Sub in this Agreement that is expressly qualified by a reference to materiality shall be true in all respects as so qualified, and each of the representations and warranties of Acquiror and Merger Sub in this Agreement that is not so qualified shall be true and correct in all material respects, on and as of the Effective Time as though such representation or warranty had been made on and as of such time (except that those

 

-39-


representations and warranties which address matters only as of a particular date shall remain true and correct as of such date), and (ii) Acquiror and Merger Sub shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all covenants, obligations and conditions of this Agreement required to be performed and complied with by them as of the Effective Time.

(b)       Certificates of Acquiror .

(i)      Compliance Certificate of Acquiror . Target shall have been provided with a certificate executed on behalf of Acquiror by its President or its Chief Financial Officer to the effect that, as of the Effective Time, each of the conditions set forth in Section 7.2(a) and (e) have been satisfied.

(ii)      Certificate of Secretary of Acquiror . Target shall have been provided with a certificate executed by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Acquiror certifying:

(A)        Resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors Acquiror authorizing the execution of this Agreement and the execution, performance and delivery of all agreements, documents and transactions contemplated hereby; and

(B)        the incumbency of the officers of Acquiror executing this Agreement and all agreements and documents contemplated hereby.

(c)       Certificates of Merger Sub .

(i)      Compliance Certificate of Merger Sub . Target shall have been provided with a certificate executed on behalf of Merger Sub by its President or its Chief Financial Officer to the effect that, as of the Effective Time, each of the conditions set forth in Section 6.2(a) above has been satisfied with respect to Merger Sub.

(ii)      Certificate of Secretary of Merger Sub . Target shall have been provided with a certificate executed by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Merger Sub certifying:

(A)        Resolutions duly adopted by the Sole Director and the sole stockholder of Merger Sub authorizing the execution of this Agreement and the execution, performance and delivery of all agreements, documents and transactions contemplated hereby; and

(B)        the incumbency of the officers of Merger Sub executing this Agreement and all agreements and documents contemplated hereby.

(d)       Closing Cash Payment; Issuance of the Acquiror Stock . The Acquiror shall have made the Closing Cash Payment as provided herein and shall have issued the Acquiror Stock as provided in Section 1.14.

(e)       Tail Policy . The Acquiror shall have paid all premiums required to be paid to bind and put into effect the Tail Policy in accordance with Section 6.8(b).

 

-40-


(f)      No Material Adverse Changes . There shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Acquiror and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

7.3      Additional Conditions to the Obligations of Acquiror and Merger Sub . The obligations of Acquiror and Merger Sub to consummate and effect this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Effective Time of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing, by Acquiror:

(a)      Representations, Warranties and Covenants . (i) Each of the representations and warranties of Target in this Agreement that is expressly qualified by a reference to materiality shall be true in all respects as so qualified, and each of the representations and warranties of Target in this Agreement that is not so qualified shall be true and correct in all material respects, on and as of the Effective Time as though such representation or warranty had been made on and as of such time (except that those representations and warranties which address matters only as of a particular date shall remain true and correct as of such date), and (ii) Target shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all covenants, obligations and conditions of this Agreement required to be performed and complied with by it as of the Effective Time.

(b)      No Material Adverse Changes . There shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Target and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(c)      Certificates of Target .

(i)      Compliance Certificate of Target . Acquiror and Merger Sub shall have been provided with a certificate executed on behalf of Target by its President or its Chief Financial Officer to the effect that, as of the Effective Time, each of the conditions set forth in Section 7.3(a) and (b) above have been satisfied.

(ii)      Certificate of Secretary of Target . Acquiror and Merger Sub shall have been provided with a certificate executed by the Secretary of Target certifying:

(A)        Resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors and the stockholders of Target authorizing the execution of this Agreement and the execution, performance and delivery of all agreements, documents and transactions contemplated hereby;

(B)        The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of Target, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, including all amendments thereto; and

(C)        the incumbency of the officers of Target executing this Agreement and all agreements and documents contemplated hereby.

(d)      Third Party Consents . Acquiror shall have been furnished with evidence satisfactory to it that Target has obtained those consents, waivers, approvals or authorizations of those Governmental Entities and third parties whose consent or approval are required in connection with the Merger as set forth in Sections 6.2(a) and (f).

 

-41-


(e)         Injunctions or Restraints on Merger and Conduct of Business . No proceeding brought by any administrative agency or commission of other governmental authority or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, seeking to prevent the consummation of the Merger shall be pending. In addition, no temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal or regulatory restraint provision limiting or restricting Acquiror’s conduct or operation of the business of Target and its subsidiaries, following the Merger shall be in effect, nor shall any proceeding brought by an administrative agency or commission or other Governmental Entity, domestic or foreign, seeking the foregoing be pending.

(f)         FIRPTA Certificate . Acquiror shall have been furnished with a properly executed Foreign Investment and Real Property Tax Act of 1980 (“ FIRPTA ”) Notification Letter, which shall state that shares of capital stock of Target do not constitute “United States real property interests” under Section 897(c) of the Code, for purposes of satisfying Acquiror’s obligations under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(c)(3). In addition, simultaneously with delivery of such Notification Letter, Target shall have provided to Acquiror, as agent for Target, a form of notice to the Internal Revenue Service in accordance with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h)(2) along with written authorization for Acquiror to deliver such notice form to the Internal Revenue Service on behalf of Target upon the Closing of the Merger.

(g)         Resignation of Directors and Officers . Acquiror shall have received letters of resignation from each of the directors and officers of Target in office immediately prior to the Effective Time, which resignations in each case shall be effective as of the Effective Time.

(h)         Termination of Target’s 401(k) Plan. If Target maintains or sponsors a plan subject to Section 401(k) of the Code, Target’s Board of Directors shall have adopted a resolution terminating such plan contingent on the Closing and effective as of at least one calendar day prior to the Effective Time.

(i)         SVB Payoff . The Payoff Letter shall have been duly received and all amounts due and owing to SVB as reflected in the Payoff Letter shall have been duly paid to SVB.

SECTION EIGHT

8.       Termination, Amendment and W aiver .

8.1       Termination . At any time prior to the Effective Time, whether before or after approval of the matters presented in connection with the Merger by the stockholders of Target, this Agreement may be terminated and the Merger may be abandoned:

(a)        by mutual consent duly authorized by the Boards of Directors of each of Acquiror and Target;

(b)        by either Acquiror or Target, if, without fault of the terminating party, if

 

-42-


(i)        the Effective Time shall not have occurred on or before December 31, 2009 (or such later date as may be agreed upon in writing by the parties); or

(ii)        there shall be any applicable federal or state law that makes consummation of the Merger illegal or otherwise prohibited or if any court of competent jurisdiction or Governmental Entity shall have issued an order, decree, ruling or taken any other action restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Merger and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall have become final and nonappealable.

(c)     by Acquiror, if

(i)        The Board of Directors of Target shall have withdrawn or modified, or shall have resolved to withdraw or modify, its recommendation of this Agreement or the Merger in a manner adverse to Acquiror, or the Board of Directors of Target shall have recommended any Takeover Proposal;

(ii)        The Board of Directors of Target approves, adopts or recommends, or allows the Target or any of its subsidiaries to enter into, any letter of intent, acquisition agreement or other similar agreement with respect to, or that is reasonably expected to result in, a Takeover Proposal; or

(iii)        Target shall materially breach any of its representations, warranties or obligations hereunder and such breach shall not have been cured within ten (10) calendar days of receipt by Target of written notice of such breach, provided that Acquiror is not in material breach of any of its representations, warranties or obligations hereunder, and provided further, that no cure period shall be required for a breach which by its nature cannot be cured;

(d)     by Target, if Acquiror shall materially breach any of its representations, warranties or obligations hereunder and such breach shall not have been cured within ten (10) calendar days following receipt by Acquiror of written notice of such breach, provided that Target is not in material breach of any of its representations, warranties or obligations hereunder, and provided further, that no cure period shall be required for a breach which by its nature cannot be cured.

(e)     by Target, in order to accept a Superior Proposal, provided that substantially concurrently with such termination Target entered into a definitive acquisition or similar agreement with respect to such Superior Proposal.

8.2        Effect of Termination . In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 8.1, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability or obligation on the part of Acquiror, Merger Sub or Target or their respective officers, directors, stockholders or affiliates, except to the extent that such termination results from the breach by a party hereto of any of its representations, warranties or covenants set forth in this Agreement; provided that, the provisions of Section 5.4 (Confidentiality), Section 8.3 (Expenses and Termination Fees) and this Section 8.2 shall remain in full force and effect and survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

-43-


8.3       Expenses and Termination Fees .

(a)     Subject to subsections (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 8.3, and except as provided in Section 1.13, whether or not the Merger is consummated, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated including, without limitation, filing fees and the fees and expenses of advisors, accountants, legal counsel and financial printers, shall be paid by the party incurring such expense.

(b)     In the event that this Agreement is terminated

(i)        by either Acquiror or Target pursuant to Section 8.1(b)(i) and prior thereto (A) Target shall have received, subsequent to the date of this Agreement, an unsolicited proposal that constitutes a Takeover Proposal for 10% or more of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Target and (B) within twelve (12) months following such termination, the Target consummates any Takeover Proposal or enters into an agreement with respect to any Takeover Proposal which is subsequently consummated, or

(ii)        by Acquiror pursuant to Section 8.1(c), due in whole or in part to any failure by Target to use its reasonable best efforts to perform and comply with all agreements and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by Target prior to or on the Closing Date or any failure by Target’s Affiliates to take any actions required to be taken hereby, and prior thereto (A) Target shall have received, subsequent to the date of this Agreement, an unsolicited proposal that constitutes a Takeover Proposal or a tender offer or exchange offer for 10% or more of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Target and (B) within twelve (12) months following such termination, the Target consummates any Takeover Proposal or enters into an agreement with respect to any Takeover Proposal which is subsequently consummated, or

(iii)        by Target pursuant to Section 8.1(e),

then Target shall reimburse Acquiror for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Acquiror in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, filing fees and the fees and expenses of its advisors, accountants, legal counsel and financial printers) (up to a maximum aggregate of $75,000), and, in addition, Target shall promptly pay to Acquiror the sum of $100,000.

(c)     In the event that Acquiror shall terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1(c), Target shall promptly reimburse Acquiror for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Acquiror in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, filing fees and the fees and expenses of its advisors, accountants, legal counsel and financial printers) (up to a maximum aggregate of $75,000); provided that if the comparable costs and expenses of Acquiror are also payable pursuant to Section 8.3(b), this Section 8.3(c) shall be disregarded and no amount shall be due or payable under this section.

(d)     In the event that Target shall terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1(d), Acquiror shall promptly reimburse Target for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Target in connection with this Agreement and the transactions

 

-44-


contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, filing fees and the fees and expenses of its advisors, accountants, legal counsel and financial printers) (up to a maximum aggregate of $75,000).

8.4        Amendment . The boards of directors of the parties may cause this Agreement to be amended at any time by execution of an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the parties; provided that an amendment made subsequent to adoption of the Agreement by the stockholders of Target or Merger Sub shall not (i) alter or change the amount or kind of consideration to be received on conversion of the Target Capital Stock, (ii) alter or change any term of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation to be effected by the Merger, or (iii) alter or change any of the terms and conditions of the Agreement if such alteration or change would adversely affect the stockholders of Target or Merger Sub.

8.5        Extension; Waiver . At any time prior to the Effective Time any party may, to the extent legally allowed, (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other parties, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties made to such party contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto, and (iii) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions for the benefit of such party contained herein. Any agreement on the part of a party to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of such party.

SECTION NINE

9.       Indemnification .

9.1        Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties in this Agreement or in any instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the consummation of the Merger and continue until two (2) years from the Closing Date (the “ Termination Date ”); provided that if any claims for indemnification have been asserted with respect to any such representations and warranties prior to the Termination Date, the representations and warranties on which any such claims are based shall continue in effect until final resolution of any claims, and provided further that representations, warranties and covenants set forth in (i) Section 2.15 (Taxes) shall survive until 30 days after expiration of all applicable statutes of limitations relating to such Taxes and (ii) Section 2.7 (Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities) and Section 2.12 (Title to Property) shall survive indefinitely. All covenants to be performed after the Effective Time shall survive the consummation of the Merger without limitation.

9.2        Indemnification .

(a)         Indemnified Damages . Subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 9, from and after the Effective Time, the Principal Stockholders shall jointly and severally protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Acquiror and the Surviving Corporation and their respective affiliates, officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents (Acquiror, Surviving Corporation and each of the foregoing persons or entities is hereinafter referred to individually as an “ Indemnified Person ” and collectively as “ Indemnified Persons ”) from and against any and all losses, costs, damages, liabilities, fees (including without limitation

 

-45-


attorneys’ fees) and expenses (collectively, the “ Damages ”), that any of the Indemnified Persons incurs by reason of or in connection with (i) any claim, demand, action or cause of action alleging misrepresentation, breach of, or default in connection with, any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of Target contained in this Agreement, including any exhibits or schedules attached hereto, and the Certificate of Merger and (ii) any Dissenting Share Payments or other claim by a target stockholder made in connection with the transaction. Damages in each case shall be net of the amount of any insurance proceeds and indemnity and contribution actually recovered by Acquiror or the Surviving Corporation in connection therewith. Subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 9, from and after the Effective Time, the Acquiror shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Principal Stockholders and their respective affiliates, officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents (the Principal Stockholders and each of the foregoing persons or entities is hereinafter referred to individually as a “ Seller Indemnified Person ” and collectively as “ Seller Indemnified Persons ”) from and against any and all Damages that any of the Seller Indemnified Persons incurs by reason of or in connection with any claim, demand, action or cause of action alleging misrepresentation, breach of, or default in connection with, any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of Acquiror or Merger Sub contained in this Agreement, including any exhibits or schedules attached hereto, and the Certificate of Merger. Damages in each case shall be net of the amount of any insurance proceeds and indemnity and contribution actually recovered by the Principal Stockholders in connection therewith.

(b)         Exclusive Contractual Remedy and Limitations . Acquiror, the Principal Stockholders and Target each acknowledge that Damages, if any, would relate to unresolved contingencies existing at the Effective Time, which if resolved at the Effective Time would have led to a reduction in the total consideration Acquiror would have agreed to pay in connection with the Merger. The maximum liability (if any liability exists) of the Principal Stockholders under Section 9.2(a) shall be limited to the Total Consideration received by the Principal Stockholders under this Agreement; provided, however, that nothing herein shall limit the liability: (i) of Target for any breach of representation, warranty or covenant if the Merger does not close, (ii) of the Principal Stockholders in connection with a breach of the representations and warranties of Target in Section 2.7 (Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities) or any breach by such stockholder of an agreement executed with the Acquiror, or (iii) of any officer, director or stockholder of the Target for such person’s or entity’s fraud or intentional misrepresentation. “Total Consideration” means the total amount paid by Acquiror under this Agreement to or on behalf of Target and all Principal Stockholders of Target including but not limited to the Merger Consideration, the Acquiror Stock Value, the SVB Payment and any other amounts paid by Acquiror to SVB on behalf of Target or a Principal Stockholder, and any amounts paid to a Principal Stockholder towards the FTV Contingent Payment.

(c)         Reimbursement of Indemnification Payments . If and to the extent that any Principal Stockholder makes any indemnification payment to any Indemnified Person under this Section 9.2 (each such payment, a “ Reimbursable Indemnification Payment ”), the amount of such Reimbursable Indemnification Payment shall be deducted from any future Earn-Out Consideration otherwise payable under this Agreement, and shall instead be paid to such Principal Stockholder as reimbursement for the payment by such Principal Stockholder of such Reimbursable Indemnification Payment.

 

-46-


9.3         Damages Threshold . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Acquiror shall not be entitled to any indemnification funds unless and until a certificate signed by an officer of Acquiror (an “ Officer’s Certificate ”) identifying Damages in the aggregate amount in excess of $5,000 has been delivered to the indemnifying party by Acquiror. In determining the amount of any Damages attributable to a breach, any materiality standard contained in a representation, warranty or covenant of Acquiror shall be disregarded.

9.4         Procedures for Indemnification .

(a)        In order for an eligible person making a claim for indemnification under Section 9.2 (an “ Indemnified Party ”) to be entitled to any indemnification provided for under such Section 9.2 in respect of, arising out of or involving a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party must notify the party (or parties) obligated to provide such indemnification under Section 9.2 (an “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing of the Third Party Claim within 20 business days after receipt by such Indemnified Party of notice of the Third Party Claim; provided, however, that failure to give such notification shall not affect the indemnification provided under Section 9.2 except to the extent the applicable Indemnifying Party has been actually prejudiced as a result of such failure. Thereafter, the Indemnified Party shall deliver to the Indemnifying Party, within 10 business days after the Indemnified Party’s receipt thereof, copies of all notices and documents (including court papers) received by the Indemnified Party relating to the Third Party Claim. The Indemnified Party alone shall conduct and control the defense of such Third Party Claim. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement with respect to the Third Party Claim on such terms as it may deem appropriate; provided, however, that the amount of any settlement made or entry of any judgment consented to by the Indemnified Party without the consent of the Indemnifying Party shall not be determinative of the validity or amount of the claim against the Indemnifying Party under Section 9.2 unless the Indemnifying Party shall have consented to such entry or judgment or settlement. For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Third Party Claim ” means any action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, arbitration, charge, complaint, claim, or demand by a person other than a person from which indemnification may be sought under Section 8 hereof.

(b)        In order for an Indemnified Party to be entitled to any indemnification provided for under this Agreement other than in respect of, arising out of or involving a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall deliver written notice of such claim with reasonable promptness to the Indemnifying Party; provided, however, that failure to give such notification shall not affect the indemnification provided under Section 9.2 except to the extent the Indemnifying Party has been actually prejudiced as a result of such failure. If the Indemnifying Party does not notify the Indemnified Party, in writing, within 20 business days following its receipt of such notice that the Indemnifying Party disputes the liability claimed by the Indemnified Party under Section 9.2, such claim specified by the Indemnified Party in such notice shall be conclusively deemed a liability for which the Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification under Section 9.2 and the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to recover the amount of the Losses suffered by the Indemnified Party. If the Indemnifying Party does notify the Indemnified Party, in writing, of its dispute within such 20 business-day period, then the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall cooperate in good faith for a period of no less than 15 days to resolve any such dispute in a mutually satisfactory manner, if no such

 

-47-


resolution can be obtained within such 15-day period, then either party may seek any remedies available to it under applicable law with respect to the resolution of such disputed matters.

SECTION TEN

10.       General Provisions .

10.1         Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon receipt, when delivered personally or by courier, overnight delivery service or confirmed facsimile, or 48 hours after being deposited in the regular mail as certified or registered mail (airmail if sent internationally) with postage prepaid, if such notice is addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address or facsimile number as set forth below, or as subsequently modified by written notice,

 

(a)     

if to Acquiror or Merger Sub, to:

Ellie Mae, Inc.

4155 Hopyard Road, Suite 200

Pleasanton, CA 94588

Attention: President

Facsimile No.: (925) 227-7000

Telephone No.: (925) 227-9030

(b)     

if to Target, to:

Mavent Holdings Inc.

3 Park Plaza, Suite 700

Irvine, CA 92614

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile No.: (949) 474-4703

Telephone No.: (949) 474-4732

(c)     

if to the Principal Stockholders or the Exchange Agent, to:

c/o FTV Capital

555 California Street, Suite 2900

San Francisco, CA 94101

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile No.: (415) 229-3005

Telephone No.: (415) 229-3000

10.2         Interpretation . When a reference is made in this Agreement to Exhibits or Schedules, such reference shall be to an Exhibit or Schedule to this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The words “ include ,” “ includes ” and “ including ” when used herein shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “ without limitation .” The phrase “ made available ” in this Agreement shall mean that the information referred to has been made available if requested by the party to whom such information is to be made available. The phrases “ the date of this Agreement, ” “ the date hereof ,” and terms of similar import, unless the context otherwise requires, shall be deemed to refer to November 25, 2009. The table of contents and

 

-48-


headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

10.3         Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

10.4         Entire Agreement; Nonassignability; Parties in Interest . This Agreement and the documents and instruments and other agreements specifically referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto, including the Exhibits, the Schedules, including the Target Disclosure Schedule and the Acquiror Disclosure Schedule (a) constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, except for the Confidentiality Agreement, which shall continue in full force and effect, and shall survive any termination of this Agreement or the Closing, in accordance with its terms; (b) are not intended to confer upon any other person any rights or remedies hereunder, except as set forth in Sections 1.6(a)-(c) and (f), 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 1.12, 6.8 and 9.2; and (c) shall not be assigned by operation of law or otherwise.

10.5         Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith, in order to maintain the economic position enjoyed by each party as close as possible to that under the provision rendered unenforceable. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

10.6         Remedies Cumulative . Except as otherwise provided herein, any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a party will be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby, or by law or equity upon such party, and the exercise by a party of any one remedy will not preclude the exercise of any other remedy.

10.7         Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. Each of the parties to this Agreement consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the courts of the state and federal courts of County of San Francisco, California.

10.8         Rules of Construction . The parties hereto agree that they have been represented by counsel during the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement and, therefore, waive the application of any law, regulation, holding or rule of construction providing that ambiguities in an agreement or other document will be construed against the party drafting such agreement or document.

 

-49-


10.9         Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the parties or their respective successors and assigns. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 10.9 shall be binding upon the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-50-


Target, Acquiror, Merger Sub and the Principal Stockholders have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

TARGET

MAVENT HOLDINGS INC.

B Y :  

/s/ Louis Pizante

Name:

 

Louis Pizante

Title:

 

(Print)

President and CEO

Address:

 

3 Park Plaza Suite 700, Irvine, CA 92614

ACQUIROR

ELLIE MAE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Sig Anderman

Name:

 

Sig Anderman

Title:

 

(Print)

CEO

Address:

 

4155 Hopyard Road #200

Pleasanton, CA 94588

MERGER SUB:

MAVENT ACQUISITION CORP.

By:

 

/s/ Edgar Luce

Name:

 

Edgar Luce

Title:

 

(Print)

President, CFO

Address:

 

4155 Hopyard Road #200

Pleasanton, CA 94588

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY VENTURES, L.P.
By:   Financial Technology Management, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Huret

  Robert Huret, Managing Member
FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY VENTURES (Q), L.P.
By:   Financial Technology Management, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Huret

  Robert Huret, Managing Member
FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY VENTURES II, L.P.
By:   Financial Technology Management II, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Huret

  Robert Huret, Managing Member
FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY VENTURES II (Q), L.P.
By:   Financial Technology Management II, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Huret

  Robert Huret, Managing Member

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ELLIE MAE, INC.

Ellie Mae, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), hereby certifies that:

ONE:         The Corporation was incorporated on October 14, 2009 pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware General Corporation Law ”).

TWO:        This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be effective as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time, on March 23, 2010.

THREE:    This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242, 245 and 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

FOUR:       This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation amends and restates the Restated Certificate of Incorporation to read as follows:

ARTICLE I.

NAME

The name of the Corporation is Ellie Mae, Inc.

ARTICLE II.

ADDRESS

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, county of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Corporation.

ARTICLE III.

PURPOSES

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE IV.

CAPITAL STOCK

The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 107,971,150, consisting of 65,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per


share, and 42,971,150 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share. The Preferred Stock consists of nine series, of which 2,000,000 shares have been designated as Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”), 3,000,000 shares have been designated as Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”), 500,000 shares have been designated as Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Preferred Stock ”), 10,000,000 shares have been designated as Series D Preferred Stock (the “ Series D Preferred Stock ”), 13,195,000 shares have been designated as Series E Preferred Stock (the “ Series E Preferred Stock ”), 4,000,000 shares have been designated as Series F Preferred Stock (the “ Series F Preferred Stock ”), 6,276,150 shares have been designated as Series G Preferred Stock (the “ Series G Preferred Stock ”), 3,000,000 shares have been designated as Series G-2 Preferred Stock (the “ Series G-2 Preferred Stock ”) and 1,000,000 shares have been designated as Series H Preferred Stock (the “ Series H Preferred Stock ”).

The relative rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed on the respective series or classes of capital stock or the holders thereof are as follows:

Section 1.   Dividends .

(a)   Dividend Rights .  The holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, prior to the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock, at the rate of: (i) $0.025 per annum per share of Series A Preferred Stock; (ii) $0.05 per annum per share of Series B Preferred Stock; (iii) $0.10 per annum per share of Series C Preferred Stock; (iv) $0.122 per annum per share of Series D Preferred Stock; (v) $0.461 per annum per share of Series E Preferred Stock; (vi) $0.198 per annum per share of Series F Preferred Stock; (vii) $0.239 per annum per share of Series G Preferred Stock; (viii) $0.239 per annum per share of Series G-2 Preferred Stock; and (ix) $0.30 per annum per share of Series H Preferred Stock, then held by them out of any funds legally available therefor (the “ Preferred Dividend Rate ”), when and as declared by the Board of Directors. The right to such dividends on the Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right shall accrue to the holders thereof unless declared by the Board of Directors. If any dividends are paid on shares of any series of Preferred Stock, dividends shall be paid on shares of all series of Preferred Stock on a pro rata basis based on the foregoing dividend rates.

Without limiting the foregoing, no distribution shall be made in respect of the Common Stock unless the holders of the Preferred Stock shall receive a proportionate share of any such distribution as though the holders of the Preferred Stock were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which such shares of Preferred Stock are then convertible.

(b)   Definition of Distribution .  For purposes of this Section 1, unless the context otherwise requires, a “ distribution ” shall mean the transfer of cash or other property without consideration whether by way of dividend or otherwise or the purchase or redemption of shares of the Corporation for cash or property; provided , however , that a “ distribution ” shall not include repurchases by the Corporation of (i) shares of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, or (ii) shares of Common Stock for cash consideration in transactions approved

 

2


by the Board of Directors and the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a class).

Section 2.   Liquidation Preference .

(a)  In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, distributions to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be made in the following manner:

 (i)        The holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share (as such amount shall be adjusted to reflect subdivisions and combinations of shares of Preferred Stock and stock dividends upon the Preferred Stock) equal to: (A) $0.25 plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to each share of Series A Preferred Stock; (B) $0.50 plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to each share of Series B Preferred Stock; (C) $1.00 plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to each share of Series C Preferred Stock; (D) $1.22 plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to each share of Series D Preferred Stock; (E) $4.61 plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to each share of Series E Preferred Stock; (F) $1.98 plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to each share of Series F Preferred Stock; (G) $2.39 plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to each share of Series G Preferred Stock; (H) $2.39 plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to each share of Series G-2 Preferred Stock; and (I) $3.00 plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to each share of Series H Preferred Stock. If the assets and funds legally available for distribution among the holders of Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full preferential amount, then such assets and funds shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Preferred Stock in proportion to the total preferential amount which each such holder is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2(a)(i).

 (ii)       Any assets remaining after the distributions pursuant to Section 2(a)(i) above shall be distributed on a pro rata basis to the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock based on the number of shares (assuming conversion of each holder’s shares of Preferred Stock into the number of shares of Common Stock into which such holder’s Preferred Stock is then convertible, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 4 hereof) then held by each holder of Common Stock and Preferred Stock; provided , however , that no Series of Preferred Stock may participate in any distribution under this Section 2(a)(ii) to the extent that the total return on such Series exceeds five (5) times the liquidation preference amount per share specified with respect to such Series in Section 2(a)(i) above.

(b) (i)       If the Corporation should sell all or substantially all of its assets, or should consolidate or merge with or into any other corporation or corporations (other than wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Corporation), or should engage in a transaction or series of related transactions after the Filing Date, as hereinafter defined, in which more than 50% of the voting power of the Corporation is disposed, then such sale, merger or other transaction shall be treated as a liquidation subject to this Section 2. For purposes of this Section 2, “ Filing Date

 

3


shall mean the date on which this Certificate of Incorporation is filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 (ii)       In any of such events, if the consideration received by the Corporation is other than cash or indebtedness, its value will be deemed to be its fair market value. In the case of securities, fair market value shall be determined as follows:

     (A)      securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability:

   (1)    if traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the 30-day period ending three days prior to the closing;

   (2)    if actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the 30-day period ending three days prior to the closing; and

   (3)    if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined by the unanimous consent or vote of the Board of Directors and the approval or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, and such determination shall be binding upon the stockholders.

     (B)      The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in subparagraphs (A)(1), (2) or (3) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined by the unanimous consent or vote of the Board of Directors and the approval or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, and such determination shall be binding upon the stockholders.

Section 3.   Voting Rights .

(a)   General .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate classes.

(b)   Common .  Except with respect to the election of directors of the Corporation as set forth in Section 3(d) below, the holder of each share of Common Stock issued and outstanding shall have one vote for each share thereof held. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

(c)   Preferred .   Except with respect to the election of directors of the Corporation as set forth in Section 3(d) below, each holder of Preferred Stock issued and

 

4


outstanding shall have the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock are then convertible, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 4 hereof, at the record date for determination of the stockholders entitled to vote on such matters or, if no record date is established, at the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is first solicited. The holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive notice, together with the holders of Common Stock, of all stockholder meetings even if only the holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote on the issues addressed at such meeting.

(d)   Board of Directors .  The authorized number of directors shall be set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation and may be increased or decreased by an amendment to such Bylaws in accordance with their provisions. Election of directors need not be by written ballot and unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide. In accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation and except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, a stockholder shall be entitled to cumulate votes when voting for the election of directors. Of the authorized number of members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors:

 (i)        as long as there are at least 1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued and outstanding, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock voting separately as a series shall be entitled to elect one director (and to fill any vacancies with respect thereto), with each holder of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to the number of votes determined as provided in Section 3(a) above;

 (ii)       as long as there are at least 5,000,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued and outstanding, the holders of Series D Preferred Stock voting separately as a series shall be entitled to elect two directors (and to fill any vacancies with respect thereto), and if there are fewer than 5,000,000 shares but not less than 2,500,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued and outstanding, then the holders of Series D Preferred Stock voting separately as a series shall be entitled to elect one director (and to fill any vacancy with respect thereto), in each case with each holder of Series D Preferred Stock entitled to the number of votes determined as provided in Section 3(a) above;

 (iii)      as long as there are at least 1,000,000 shares of Series G Preferred Stock issued and outstanding, the holders of Series G Preferred Stock voting separately as a series shall be entitled to elect one director (and to fill any vacancies with respect thereto), with each holder of Series G Preferred Stock entitled to the number of votes determined as provided in Section 3(a) above; and

 (iv)      the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series G-2 Preferred Stock, Series H Preferred Stock and Common Stock voting together shall be entitled to elect the remaining directors to be elected (and to fill any vacancies with respect thereto).

Any director who shall have been elected by a specified group of stockholders may be removed during the aforesaid term of office, either for or without cause, by and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of such specified group, given at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called or by an action by written consent for that purpose.

 

5


Section 4.   Conversion .  The holders of Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a)   Right to Convert .

(i)         Optional Conversion .

(A)      Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the option of the holder thereof at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation, or at the office of any transfer agent for Series A Preferred Stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $0.25 by the Conversion Price, as defined below, for Series A Preferred Stock at the time in effect.

(B)      Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the option of the holder thereof at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation, or at the office of any transfer agent for Series B Preferred Stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $0.50 by the Conversion Price for Series B Preferred Stock at the time in effect.

(C)      Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the option of the holder thereof at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation, or at the office of any transfer agent for Series C Preferred Stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $1.00 by the Conversion Price for Series C Preferred Stock at the time in effect.

(D)      Each share of Series D Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the option of the holder thereof at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation, or at the office of any transfer agent for Series D Preferred Stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $1.22 by the Conversion Price for Series D Preferred Stock at the time in effect.

(E)      Each share of Series E Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the option of the holder thereof at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation, or at the office of any transfer agent for Series E Preferred Stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $4.61 by the Conversion Price for Series E Preferred Stock at the time in effect.

(F)      Each share of Series F Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the option of the holder thereof at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation, or at the office of any transfer agent for Series F Preferred Stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $1.98 by the Conversion Price for Series F Preferred Stock at the time in effect.

(G)      Each share of Series G Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the option of the holder thereof at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation, or at the office of any transfer agent for Series G Preferred Stock, into

 

6


such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $2.39 by the Conversion Price for Series G Preferred Stock at the time in effect.

(H)      Each share of Series G-2 Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the option of the holder thereof at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation, or at the office of any transfer agent for Series G-2 Preferred Stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $2.39 by the Conversion Price for Series G-2 Preferred Stock at the time in effect.

(I)      Each share of Series H Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the option of the holder thereof at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation, or at the office of any transfer agent for Series H Preferred Stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $3.00 by the Conversion Price for Series H Preferred Stock at the time in effect.

(J)      The “ Conversion Price ” for each series of Preferred Stock shall be a dollar amount equal to the initial Conversion Price for such series as adjusted pursuant to Section 4(c) or 4(d) below. As of the Effective Date, as defined below, the initial Conversion Price for Series A Preferred Stock shall be $0.25, the initial Conversion Price for Series B Preferred Stock shall be $0.50, the initial Conversion Price for Series C Preferred Stock shall be $1.00, the initial Conversion Price for Series D Preferred Stock shall be $1.22, the initial Conversion Price for Series E Preferred Stock shall be $4.61, the initial Conversion Price for Series F Preferred Stock shall be $1.98, the initial Conversion Price for Series G Preferred Stock shall be $2.39, the initial Conversion Price for Series G-2 Preferred Stock shall be $2.39 and the initial Conversion Price for Series H Preferred Stock shall be $3.00.

 (ii)        Automatic Conversion .  Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then-effective Series A Conversion Price in the event of the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding in favor of such conversion. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then-effective Series B Conversion Price in the event of the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding in favor of such conversion. Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then-effective Series C Conversion Price in the event of the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding in favor of such conversion. Each share of Series D Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then-effective Series D Conversion Price in the event of the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding in favor of such conversion. Each share of Series E Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then-effective Series E Conversion Price in the event of the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding in favor of such conversion. Each share of Series F Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then-effective Series F Conversion Price in the event of the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Series F Preferred Stock then outstanding in favor of such conversion. Each

 

7


share of Series G Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then-effective Series G Conversion Price in the event of the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Series G Preferred Stock then outstanding in favor of such conversion. Each share of Series G-2 Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then-effective Series G-2 Conversion Price in the event of the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Series G-2 Preferred Stock then outstanding in favor of such conversion. Each share of Series H Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then-effective Series H Conversion Price in the event of the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Series H Preferred Stock then outstanding in favor of such conversion. Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then-effective Conversion Price for such series in the event of the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1 (or a successor form) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation to the public with net proceeds to the Corporation of not less than $20,000,000 and at a public offering price per share (prior to underwriter commissions and expenses) that is not less than $7.50 (as adjusted to reflect subdivisions and combinations of shares of Common Stock and stock dividends paid in shares of Common Stock). In the event of such a public offering, the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of Common Stock, at which time the Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided , however , that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless certificates evidencing such shares of the Preferred Stock being converted are either delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent, as hereinafter provided, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent, as hereinafter provided, that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection therewith. Upon the automatic conversion of a series the Preferred Stock, the holders of such series of Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Corporation, or at the office of any transfer agent for such Preferred Stock. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder, promptly at such office and in his name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred.

 (iii)      Upon conversion of any Preferred Stock, the Common Stock so issued shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Corporation.

(b)   Mechanics of Conversion .  No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined; provided that the Corporation will not pay cash for fractional shares if such action would result in the cancellation of more than 10 percent of the outstanding shares of any class. Except as provided

 

8


in Section 4(a)(ii) above, before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock, he shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation, or at the office of any transfer agent for such Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice by mail, postage prepaid, to the Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which he shall be entitled as aforesaid and a check payable to the holder in the amount of any cash payable in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock (after aggregating all shares of Common Stock issuable to such holder of Preferred Stock upon conversion of the number of shares of Preferred Stock at the time being converted). In addition, if less than all of the shares represented by such certificates are surrendered for conversion pursuant to Section 4(a)(i) above, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder a new certificate for the balance of the shares of Preferred Stock not so converted. Except as provided in Section 4(a)(ii) above, such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of the surrender of the shares of such Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date. If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offer of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering such Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriter of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive Common Stock issuable upon such conversion of such Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities. In addition, any conversion may be conditional upon the happening of a specific event, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive Common Stock issuable upon such conversion of such Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the happening of such event.

(c)   Adjustment to Conversion Prices for Diluting Issues .

 (i)         Special Definitions .  For purposes of this Section 4(c), the following definitions shall apply:

  (A)      “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

  (B)      “ Options ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire either Common Stock or Convertible Securities, except for those issued to officers, employees of, or consultants to, the Corporation as provided in Section 4(c)(i)(E)(2) below.

  (C)      “ Effective Date ” shall mean March 23, 2010 (and shall include any actions of the Predecessor).

  (D)      “ Predecessor ” shall mean Ellie Mae, Inc., a California corporation, as predecessor to the Corporation.

 

9


  (E)      “ Exchange Agreements shall mean the exchange agreements between the Corporation and each of the Corporation’s stockholders pursuant to which, among other things, shares of capital stock of the Corporation will be issued in exchange for the consideration set forth in such Exchange Agreements.

  (F)      “ Dilutive Financing ” with respect to a series of Preferred Stock means any issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock after the Effective Date for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such sale.

  (G)      “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 4(c)(iii) below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Effective Date, other than shares of Common Stock issued or issuable:

 (1) upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, the Series G Preferred Stock, the Series G-2 Preferred Stock or the Series H Preferred Stock;

 (2) to officers or employees of, or consultants to, the Corporation pursuant to a stock grant, stock option plan, stock purchase plan or other stock incentive agreement up to an aggregate of 12,250,000 shares of Common Stock (including options granted prior to the Effective Date by the Predecessor);

 (3) as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock;

 (4) following a vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, that designated shares of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued shall not constitute Additional Shares of Common Stock;

 (5) pursuant to the Exchange Agreements; or

 (6) in connection with any transaction for which adjustment is made pursuant to Section 4(d) below.

 (ii)        No Adjustment of Conversion Prices .  No adjustment in the Conversion Price of a share of Preferred Stock shall be made with respect to the issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock unless the consideration per share for an Additional Share of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is less than the Conversion Price in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to, such issuance, for such share of Preferred Stock.

 

10


 (iii)       Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock; Options and Convertible Securities .  In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Effective Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date; provided , however , that in any such case in which Additional Shares of Common Stock are deemed to be issued:

  (A)      no further adjustment in the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

  (B)      if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation, or increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable, upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, the Conversion Prices for any series of Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease, insofar as it affects such Conversion Price, but no further change in the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock shall be made upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of such Options or Convertible Securities, and no such adjustment of the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock shall affect Common Stock previously issued upon a conversion of Preferred Stock;

  (C)      if any such Options or Convertible Securities shall expire or be canceled without having been exercised or converted, the Conversion Prices adjusted upon the original issuance thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted as if:

 (1) in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued were shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued or sold on the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, and such Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation for the granting of all such Options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received for issuing or selling the Convertible Securities actually converted plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) on the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities; and

 

11


 (2) in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of all such Options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Corporation upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised; and

    (D)      no readjustment pursuant to clauses (B) or (C) above shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock on the original adjustment date (immediately prior to the adjustment), or (ii) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock that would have resulted from any actual issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

 (iv)       Adjustment of Conversion Prices Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock .  Subject to Section 4(c)(ii) above, the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment under this Section 4(c)(iv) as follows: in the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Effective Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4(c)(iii) above), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then and in such event, the Conversion Price for such series shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to the price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying the Conversion Price for such series by a fraction (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at the Conversion Price for such series immediately prior to such issuance, and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued; provided , however , that, for the purposes of this Section 4(c)(iv), all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be outstanding.

 (v)        Determination of Consideration .  For purposes of this Section 4(c), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issuance of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed, after deducting all commissions, expenses and fees, as follows:

    (A)       Cash and Property .  Such consideration shall:

 (1) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest or accrued dividends;

 

12


 (2) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

 (3) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, by the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (A) and (B) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

    (B)       Options and Convertible Securities .  The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4(c)(iii) above, relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

 (1) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 (2) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(d)   Adjustments for Stock Dividends, Distributions, Subdivisions, Combinations or Consolidations of Common Stock .

 (i)         Stock Dividends, Distributions or Subdivisions . In the event the Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common Stock pursuant to a stock dividend, stock distribution or subdivision, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such stock dividend, stock distribution or subdivision shall concurrently with such stock dividend, stock distribution or subdivision, be proportionately decreased.

 (ii)        Combinations or Consolidations . In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such combination or consolidation shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination or consolidation, be proportionately increased.

 (iii)       Adjustments for Other Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time makes, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, any distribution payable in securities of the Corporation other than shares of Common Stock and other than as otherwise adjusted in

 

13


Section 4(c) above or this Section 4(d) or as otherwise provided in Section 1, then, and in each such event, provision shall be made so that the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive upon conversion thereof, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the amount of securities of the Corporation which they would have received had their Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the date of conversion, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, subject to all other adjustments called for during such period under Section 4(c) above or this Section 4(d) with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock.

 (iv)       Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange, and Substitution .  If the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above), the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such reorganization or reclassification, be proportionately adjusted such that the Preferred Stock shall be convertible into, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive, a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock equivalent to the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been subject to receipt by the holders upon conversion of their Preferred Stock immediately before that change.

(e)   No Impairment .  The Corporation will not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any other terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock against impairment.

(f)   Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion .  The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of shares of its Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holders of Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate actions as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

(g)   Certificate as to Adjustments .  Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of such series of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail

 

14


the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) all such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Prices of all series of Preferred Stock at the time in effect, and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of such Preferred Stock.

(h)   Notices of Record Date .  In the event that the Corporation shall propose at any time:

(i)        to declare any dividend or distribution upon the Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or earned surplus, other than distributions to stockholders in connection with the repurchase of shares of former employees or consultants, to which the holders of Preferred Stock have consented in Section l(b) hereof; or

(ii)       to offer for subscription to the holders of any class or series of its capital stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or any other rights; or

(iii)      to effect any reclassification or recapitalization; or

(iv)      to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease or convey all or substantially all its property or business, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up, or to effect any other transaction subject to the provisions of Section 2 hereof;

then, in connection with each such event, the Corporation shall send to the holders of the Preferred Stock:

   (A)      at least 20 days’ prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto) or for determining the rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in (iii) and (iv) above; and

   (B)      in the case of the matters referred to in (iii) and (iv) above, at least 20 days’ prior written notice of the date of a stockholders meeting at which a vote on such matters shall take place or the effective date of any written consent (and specifying the material terms and conditions of the proposed transaction or event and the date on which the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange their Preferred Stock and Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event and the amount of securities or other property deliverable upon such event).

Each such written notice shall be given personally or by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of Preferred Stock at the address for each such holder as shown on the books of the Corporation.

 

15


Section 5.   Redemption of Preferred Stock .

(a)   Right to Redemption .  Upon the written request of the holders of at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (based on the number of shares of Common Stock into which each holder’s Preferred Stock is then convertible, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 4 hereof) at any time on or after September 1, 2007 (the “ Mandatory Redemption Notice ”), the Corporation shall redeem, to the extent it may lawfully do so, up to all of the shares of Preferred Stock outstanding as of the date of the redemption notice (the “ Redemption Notice Date ”). The percentage of each series of Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall be equal to the overall percentage of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed. The Corporation shall redeem the shares each holder is entitled to have redeemed, as determined for each series of Preferred Stock by such holder’s pro rata ownership of such series of Preferred Stock (the “ Redeemable Shares ”), in three equal annual installments. The Corporation shall redeem one-third of the Redeemable Shares on a date determined by the Corporation not more than sixty (60) days following the date of the Mandatory Redemption Notice (the “ Initial Redemption Date ”), one-third of the Redeemable Shares on a date determined by the Corporation not later than the first anniversary of the Initial Redemption Date (the “ Intermediate Redemption Date ”) and the remainder of the Redeemable Shares on a date determined by the Corporation not later than the second anniversary of the Initial Redemption Date (the “ Final Redemption Date ”), in each case at a redemption price equal to: (i) $0.25 plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to each share of Series A Preferred Stock; (ii) $0.50 plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to each share of Series B Preferred Stock; (iii) $1.00 plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to each share of Series C Preferred Stock; (iv) $1.22 plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to each share of Series D Preferred Stock; (v) $4.61 plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to each share of Series E Preferred Stock; (vi) $1.98 plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to each share of Series F Preferred Stock (subject in each case to appropriate adjustment for all stock splits, dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and the like with respect to the Preferred Stock); (vii) $2.39 plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to each share of Series G Preferred Stock (subject in each case to appropriate adjustment for all stock splits, dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and the like with respect to the Preferred Stock); (viii) $2.39 plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to each share of Series G-2 Preferred Stock (subject in each case to appropriate adjustment for all stock splits, dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and the like with respect to the Preferred Stock); and (ix) $3.00 plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to each share of Series H Preferred Stock (subject in each case to appropriate adjustment for all stock splits, dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and the like with respect to the Preferred Stock) (in each case, the “ Redemption Price ”). The Initial Redemption Date, the Intermediate Redemption Date and the Final Redemption Date are individually or collectively referred to herein as the “ Mandatory Redemption Date .”

(b)   Pro Rata Redemption .  In the event the Corporation is lawfully permitted to redeem only a part of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on any Mandatory Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem the maximum possible number of such shares ratably, so that the Corporation shall redeem from each holder of Preferred Stock that number of shares equal to the product obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of

 

16


Preferred Stock to be redeemed by the Corporation by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Preferred Stock then held by such holder and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding. The shares of Preferred Stock not redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences provided herein. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, such funds will immediately be used to redeem the balance of the shares which the Corporation has become obliged to redeem on any Mandatory Redemption Date but which it has not redeemed.

(c)   Reply Notice .  No later than thirty (30) days before the applicable Mandatory Redemption Date, the Corporation shall provide to the holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock written notice of the intended redemption (the “ Reply Notice ”). The Reply Notice shall state:

 (i)        whether all or less than all of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are proposed to be redeemed and the total number of shares of Preferred Stock proposed to be redeemed;

 (ii)       the number of shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder that the Corporation shall redeem;

 (iii)      the proposed applicable Mandatory Redemption Date and the applicable Redemption Price; and

 (iv)      that the holder’s rights to convert the Preferred Stock shall terminate on the fifth day prior the applicable Mandatory Redemption Date.

(d)   Mechanics of Redemption .

 (i)        On or before the applicable Mandatory Redemption Date, each holder of Preferred Stock to be redeemed, unless such holder has exercised his right to convert the shares as provided in Section 4(a) hereof, shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the Reply Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price for such shares shall be payable on the applicable Mandatory Redemption Date to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof, and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled and retired. In the event that less than all of the shares represented by such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares.

 (ii)       If the Mandatory Redemption Notice and the Reply Notice shall have been duly given, and if on the applicable Mandatory Redemption Date the applicable Redemption Price is either paid or made available for payment through the deposit arrangements specified in Section 5(d)(iii) below, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, any dividends with respect to such shares, and only those shares, to be redeemed on such Mandatory Redemption Date shall cease to accrue after the Mandatory Redemption Date, such shares shall cease to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Mandatory Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the

 

17


applicable Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor.

 (iii)      On or prior to each Mandatory Redemption Date, the Corporation may deposit with any bank or trust corporation having a capital surplus of at least twenty million dollars ($20,000,000), as a trust fund, a sum equal to the aggregate Redemption Price of all shares of Preferred Stock called for redemption on such Mandatory Redemption Date and not yet redeemed, with irrevocable instructions and authority to the bank or trust corporation to pay, on or after such Mandatory Redemption Date, the applicable Redemption Price to the respective holders upon the surrender of their share certificates. From and after the date of such deposit, such shares of Preferred Stock so called for payment shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding, and the holders thereof shall cease to be stockholders with respect to such shares and shall have no rights as stockholders with respect thereto, except for the right to receive from the bank or trust corporation payment of the applicable Redemption Price of the shares, without interest, upon surrender of their certificates therefor. Such instructions shall also provide that any funds so deposited and unclaimed at the end of one year from the applicable Mandatory Redemption Date shall be released or repaid to the Corporation, after which the holders of shares called for redemption shall be entitled to receive payment of the applicable Redemption Price only from the Corporation. Shares of Preferred Stock that are unredeemed following each Mandatory Redemption Date, if any, shall remain outstanding and shall be entitled to all rights applicable thereto.

Section 6.   No Reissuance of Preferred Stock .  No share or shares of Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such shares shall be canceled, retired and eliminated from the shares which the Corporation shall be authorized to issue.

Section 7.   Protective Provisions .  In addition to any other rights provided by law, so long as at least 2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock shall be outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations and the like), the Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class:

  (a)            amend or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation if such action would alter or change the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock, the Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, the Series G-2 Preferred Stock or the Series H Preferred Stock in an adverse manner;

  (b)            increase the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series G-2 Preferred Stock or Series H Preferred Stock;

  (c)            authorize or issue any new shares, or reclassify any Common Stock or other shares into shares of any class or series of stock, senior to or on parity with the Series A

 

18


Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series G-2 Preferred Stock or Series H Preferred Stock as to dividends, redemption rights, liquidation preferences, conversion rights, voting rights or otherwise;

  (d)            sell, license or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Corporation;

  (e)            effect a consolidation, reorganization or merger of the Corporation with or into any other corporation, or any other transaction in which ownership of a majority of the Corporation’s capital stock is transferred;

  (f)            redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of the Corporation’s capital stock (other than redemptions pursuant to Section 5 hereof or repurchases excluded from the definition of distribution pursuant to Section 1(b) hereof); or

  (g)            increase the authorized number of directors of the Corporation to more than nine (9), unless all members of the Board of Directors, including the directors elected pursuant to Sections 3(b)(i) and 3(b)(ii) hereof, shall have voted to approve such increase.

ARTICLE V.

STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

The personal liability of the directors of the Corporation to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Certificate of Incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI, or the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VI, shall only be prospective and shall not adversely affect the rights under this Article VI in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability.

 

19


ARTICLE VII.

INDEMNIFICATION

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of directors, officers and agents (and any other persons to which the Delaware General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with agents, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Any repeal or modification of this Article VII, or the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII, shall only be prospective and shall not adversely affect the rights under this Article VII in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act giving rise to indemnification.

 

20


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Ellie Mae, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by its duly authorized officer on this 22nd day of March, 2010.

 

ELLIE MAE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Sigmund Anderman

  Sigmund Anderman
  Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS

OF

ELLIE MAE, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)


ARTICLE I CORPORATE OFFICES

   1
        1.1   

NAME

   1
        1.2   

PRINCIPAL OFFICE

   1
        1.3   

OTHER OFFICES

   1
        1.4   

REGISTERED AGENT AND OFFICE

   1

ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

   1
        2.1   

PLACE OF MEETINGS

   1
        2.2   

ANNUAL MEETING

   2
        2.3   

SPECIAL MEETINGS

   2
        2.4   

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

   2
        2.5   

MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE

   2
        2.6   

QUORUM

   3
        2.7   

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

   3
        2.8   

VOTING

   3
        2.9   

VALIDATION OF MEETINGS; WAIVER OF NOTICE; CONSENT

   4
        2.10   

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

   5
        2.11   

RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS

   5
        2.12   

PROXIES

   6
        2.13   

INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

   6
        2.14   

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS

   7

ARTICLE III DIRECTORS

   7
        3.1   

POWERS

   7
        3.2   

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

   7
        3.3   

ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

   7
        3.4   

REMOVAL

   8
        3.5   

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

   8
        3.6   

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

   8
        3.7   

REGULAR MEETINGS

   9
        3.8   

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

   9
        3.9   

QUORUM

   9
        3.10   

WAIVER OF NOTICE

   9
        3.11   

ADJOURNMENT

   10
        3.12   

NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT

   10
        3.13   

BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

   10
        3.14   

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

   10


ARTICLE IV COMMITTEES

   10
        4.1   

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

   10
        4.2   

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

   11

ARTICLE V OFFICERS

   11
        5.1   

OFFICERS

   11
        5.2   

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

   11
        5.3   

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

   12
        5.4   

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

   12
        5.5   

VACANCIES IN OFFICES

   12
        5.6   

CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

   12
        5.7   

PRESIDENT

   12
        5.8   

VICE PRESIDENTS

   13
        5.9   

SECRETARY

   13
        5.10   

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

   13

ARTICLE VI INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES,

   14
  

AND OTHER AGENTS

  
        6.1   

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

   14
        6.2   

INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

   15
        6.3   

PAYMENT OF EXPENSES IN ADVANCE

   15
        6.4   

INDEMNITY NOT EXCLUSIVE

   15
        6.5   

INSURANCE INDEMNIFICATION

   15
        6.6   

CONFLICTS

   16
        6.7   

RIGHT TO BRING SUIT

   16
        6.8   

INDEMNITY AGREEMENTS

   16
        6.9   

AMENDMENT, REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

   16

ARTICLE VII RECORDS AND REPORTS

   17
        7.1   

MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF SHARE REGISTER

   17
        7.2   

MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF BYLAWS

   17
        7.3   

MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF OTHER CORPORATE RECORDS

   17
        7.4   

INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS

   18
        7.5   

ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS; WAIVER

   18
        7.6   

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   18
        7.7   

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

   19

ARTICLE VIII GENERAL MATTERS

   19
        8.1   

RECORD DATE FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN NOTICE AND VOTING

   19
        8.2   

CHECKS; DRAFTS; EVIDENCES OF INDEBTEDNESS

   19
        8.3   

CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS: HOW EXECUTED

   20
        8.4   

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

   20
        8.5   

LOST CERTIFICATES

   20
        8.6   

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

   20

ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS    

   21


        9.1   

AMENDMENT BY STOCKHOLDERS

   21
        9.2   

AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS

   21
        9.3   

RECORD OF AMENDMENTS

   21

ARTICLE X INTERPRETATION

   21


BYLAWS

OF

ELLIE MAE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

ARTICLE I

CORPORATE OFFICES

 

  1.1 NAME

The Name of the corporation is Ellie Mae, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”)

 

  1.2 PRINCIPAL OFFICE

The Board of Directors shall fix the location of the principal executive office of the Corporation at any place within or outside the State of Delaware.

 

  1.3 OTHER OFFICES

The Board of Directors may at any time establish branch or subordinate offices at any place or places.

 

  1.4 REGISTERED AGENT AND OFFICE

The Corporation’s registered office is located at 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The Corporation’s registered agent may be changed from time to time by or under the authority of the Board. The address of the Corporation’s registered agent may change from time to time by or under the authority of the Board, or the registered agent.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

  2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware, as designated by the Board of Directors or the officer who called the meeting. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation or at any place consented to in writing by all persons entitled to vote at such meeting, given before or after the meeting and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation.


  2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors. At that meeting, directors shall be elected. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting of stockholders.

 

  2.3 SPECIAL MEETINGS

Special meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time, subject to the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of these Bylaws, by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at that meeting.

If a special meeting is called by anyone other than the Board of Directors or the President or the Chairman of the Board, then the request shall be in writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by other written communication to the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President or the Secretary of the Corporation. The officer receiving the request forthwith shall cause notice to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of these Bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, so long as that time is not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request. If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after receipt of the request, then the person or persons requesting the meeting may give the notice. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

 

  2.4 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

All notices of meetings of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these Bylaws not less than ten (10) (or, if sent by third-class mail pursuant to Section 2.5 of these Bylaws, not less than thirty (30)) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat. Such notice shall state the place, date, and hour of the meeting and (i) in the case of a special meeting, the general nature of the business to be transacted, and no business other than that specified in the notice may be transacted, or (ii) in the case of the annual meeting, those matters which the Board of Directors, at the time of the mailing of the notice, intends to present for action by the stockholders, but, subject to the provisions of the next paragraph of this Section 2.4, any proper matter may be presented at the meeting for such action. The notice of any meeting at which Directors are to be elected shall include the names of nominees intended at the time of the notice to be presented by the Board for election.

 

  2.5 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE

Notice of a stockholders’ meeting shall be given either personally or by United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at the address of the stockholder appearing on the books of the Corporation or given by the stockholder to the Corporation for the purpose of notice; or if no such address appears or is given, at the place where the principal executive office of the

 

2


Corporation is located or by publication at least once in a newspaper of general circulation in the county in which the principal executive office is located. The notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when delivered personally or deposited in the mail.

If any notice (or any report referenced in Article VII of these Bylaws) addressed to a stockholder at the address of such stockholder appearing on the books of the Corporation is returned to the Corporation by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the notice to the stockholder at that address, all future notices or reports shall be deemed to have been duly given without further mailing if the same shall be available to the stockholder upon written demand of the stockholder at the principal executive office of the Corporation for a period of one (1) year from the date of the giving of the notice.

An affidavit of mailing of any notice or report in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.5, executed by the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or any transfer agent, shall be prima facie evidence of the giving of the notice or report.

 

  2.6 QUORUM

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, a majority of the shares entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of the stockholders. The stockholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.

In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of a majority of the shares represented either in person or by proxy, but no other business may be transacted, except as provided in the last sentence of the preceding paragraph.

 

  2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

Any stockholders’ meeting, annual or special, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of the majority of the shares represented at that meeting, either in person or by proxy.

When any meeting of stockholders, either annual or special, is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if its time and place are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. However, if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days from the date set for the original meeting or if a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of these Bylaws. At any adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

  2.8 VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these Bylaws, subject to the provisions of

 

3


Section 217 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”) (relating to voting shares held by a fiduciary, pledgors, or in joint ownership).

Elections for directors and voting on any other matter at a stockholders’ meeting need not be by ballot unless a stockholder demands election by ballot at the meeting and before the voting begins.

Except as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 2.8, or as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Any holder of shares entitled to vote on any matter may vote part of the shares in favor of the proposal and refrain from voting the remaining shares or may vote them against the proposal other than elections to office, but, if the stockholder fails to specify the number of shares such stockholder is voting affirmatively, it will be conclusively presumed that the stockholder’s approving vote is with respect to all shares which the stockholder is entitled to vote.

The affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented and voting at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present (which shares voting affirmatively also constitute at least a majority of the required quorum) shall be the act of the stockholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by the DGCL or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

At a stockholders’ meeting at which directors are to be elected, a stockholder shall be entitled to cumulate votes either (i) by giving one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which that stockholder’s shares are normally entitled or (ii) by distributing the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as the stockholder thinks fit, if the candidate or candidates’ names have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and the stockholder has given notice prior to the voting of the stockholder’s intention to cumulate the stockholder’s votes. If any one stockholder has given such a notice, then every stockholder entitled to vote may cumulate votes for candidates in nomination. The candidates receiving the highest number of affirmative votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, shall be elected; votes against any candidate and votes withheld shall have no legal effect.

 

  2.9 VALIDATION OF MEETINGS; WAIVER OF NOTICE; CONSENT

The transactions of any meeting of stockholders, either annual or special, however called and noticed, and wherever held, are as valid as though they had been taken at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present either in person or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the persons entitled to vote, not present in person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to the holding of the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any annual or special meeting of stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or consent to the holding of the meeting or approval of the minutes thereof. All such waivers, consents, and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of and presence at that meeting, except when the person objects, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of

 

4


any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters required by the DGCL to be included in the notice of such meeting but not so included, if such objection is expressly made at the meeting.

 

  2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

All such consents shall be maintained in the corporate records. Any stockholder giving a written consent, or the stockholder’s proxy holders, or a transferee of the shares, or a personal representative of the stockholder, or their respective proxy holders, may revoke the consent by a writing received by the Secretary of the Corporation before written consents of the number of shares required to authorize the proposed action have been filed with the Secretary.

If the consents of all stockholders entitled to vote have not been solicited in writing, the Secretary shall give prompt notice of any corporate action approved by the stockholders without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent to those stockholders entitled to vote who have not consented in writing. Such notice shall be given in the manner specified in Section 2.5 of these Bylaws.

 

  2.11 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days prior to the date of such meeting nor more than sixty (60) days before any other action. Stockholders at the close of business on the record date are entitled to notice and to vote, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the Corporation after the record date, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting, but the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date if the meeting is adjourned for more than thirty (30) days from the date set for the original meeting.

If the Board of Directors does not so fix a record date:

        (a)      The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

5


(b)      The record date for determining stockholders entitled to give consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, (i) when no prior action by the Board has been taken, shall be the day on which the first written consent is given, or (ii) when prior action by the Board has been taken, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto, or the sixtieth (60th) day prior to the date of such other action, whichever is later.

The record date for any other purpose shall be as provided in Section 8.1 of these Bylaws.

 

  2.12 PROXIES

Every person entitled to vote for directors, or on any other matter, shall have the right to do so either in person or by one or more agents authorized by a written proxy signed by the person and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the stockholder’s name or other authorization is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic or electronic transmission or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholder’s attorney-in-fact. A validly executed proxy which does not state that it is irrevocable shall continue in full force and effect unless (i) the person who executed the proxy revokes it prior to the time of voting by delivering a writing to the Corporation stating that the proxy is revoked or by executing a subsequent proxy and presenting it to the meeting or by attendance at such meeting and voting in person, or (ii) written notice of the death or incapacity of the maker of that proxy is received by the Corporation before the vote pursuant to that proxy is counted; provided , however , that no proxy shall be valid after the expiration of three (3) years from the date thereof, unless otherwise provided in the proxy. The dates contained on the forms of proxy presumptively determine the order of execution, regardless of the postmark dates on the envelopes in which they are mailed. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

 

  2.13 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

In advance of any meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors may appoint inspectors of election to act at the meeting and any adjournment thereof. If inspectors of election are not so appointed or designated or if any persons so appointed fail to appear or refuse to act, then the Chairman of the meeting may, and on the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint inspectors of election (or persons to replace those who so fail to appear) at the meeting. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If appointed at a meeting on the request of one (1) or more stockholders or proxies, the majority of shares represented in person or by proxy shall determine whether one (1) or three (3) inspectors are to be appointed.

The inspectors of election shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies, receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes or consents, determine when the polls shall close, determine the result and do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.

 

6


  2.14 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS

The Secretary of the Corporation shall prepare and make available, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting during ordinary business hours at the Corporation’s principal place of business. The list shall be available for inspection at the time and place of meetings during the whole time thereof

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

 

  3.1 POWERS

Subject to the provisions of the DGCL and any limitations in the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board may delegate the management of the day-to-day operation of the business of the Corporation to a management company or other person provided that the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised under the ultimate direction of the Board.

 

  3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be not less than five (5) nor more than ten (10), and the exact number of directors shall be ten (10) until changed, within the limits specified above, by a resolution amending such exact number, duly adopted by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders. The minimum and maximum number of directors may be changed, or a definite number may be fixed without provision for an indefinite number, by a duly adopted amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation or by an amendment to this Bylaw duly adopted by the vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

  3.3 ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected to hold office until the next annual meeting. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until a successor has been elected and qualified, except in the case of such director’s earlier death, resignation, or removal.

 

7


  3.4 REMOVAL

The entire Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such removal; provided , however , that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election at which the same total number of votes cast were cast and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

 

  3.5 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign effective upon giving oral or written notice to the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary or the Board of Directors, unless the notice specifies a later time for the effectiveness of such resignation.

Except as otherwise provided in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, or if the number of directors then in office is less than a quorum by (i) unanimous written consent of the directors then in office, (ii) the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office at a meeting held pursuant to notice or waivers of notice, or (iii) a sole remaining director; however, a vacancy created by the removal of a director by the vote or written consent of the stockholders or by court order may be filled only by the affirmative vote or written consent of a majority of the shares represented and voting at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present (which shares voting affirmatively also constitute at least a majority of the required quorum). Each director so elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until a successor has been elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

A vacancy or vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist (i) in the event of the death, resignation or removal of any director, (ii) if the Board of Directors by resolution declares vacant the office of a director who has been declared of unsound mind by an order of court or convicted of a felony, (iii) if the authorized number of directors is increased, or (iv) if the stockholders fail, at any meeting of stockholders at which any director or directors are elected, to elect the full authorized number of directors to be elected at that meeting.

The stockholders may elect a director or directors at any time to fill any vacancy or vacancies not filled by the directors, but any such election by written consent shall require the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.

 

  3.6 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware that has been designated from time to time by resolution of the Board. In the absence of such a designation, regular meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation. Special meetings of the Board may be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware that has been designated in the notice of the meeting or, if not stated in the notice or if there is no notice, at the principal executive office of the Corporation.

 

8


Members of the Board may participate in a meeting through the use of conference telephone or similar communications equipment, so long as all directors participating in such meeting can hear one another. Participation in a meeting in accordance with this paragraph constitutes presence in person at such meeting.

 

  3.7 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice if the time and place of such meetings are fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

  3.8 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary or any two (2) directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, or by telecopier, addressed to each director at that director’s address as it is shown on the records of the Corporation, or by electronic mail at an e-mail address at which the relevant director has consented in writing to receive notice. If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is delivered personally or by telephone, telecopier or electronic mail, it shall be delivered personally or by telephone, telecopier or electronic mail at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the purpose of the meeting.

 

  3.9 QUORUM

A majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except to adjourn as provided in Section 3.11 of these Bylaws. Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present is the act of the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of Section 144 of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, and other applicable law.

A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for such meeting.

 

  3.10 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director who signs a waiver of notice or a consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such director. All such waivers, consents, and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. A waiver of notice need not specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

9


  3.11 ADJOURNMENT

A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place.

 

  3.12 NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT

If the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours, notice of any adjournment to another time and place shall be given prior to the time of the adjourned meeting to the directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.

 

  3.13 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board individually or collectively consent in writing (or electronic transmission) to such action. Such written consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board. Such action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the Board of Directors.

 

  3.14 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Directors and members of committees may receive such compensation, if any, for their services and such reimbursement of expenses as may be fixed or determined by resolution of the Board of Directors. This Section 3.14 shall not be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee or otherwise and receiving compensation for those services.

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

 

  4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors, designate one or more committees, each consisting of two (2) or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent member at any meeting of the committee. The appointment of members or alternate members of a committee requires the vote of a majority of the authorized number of directors. Any such committee shall have authority to act in the manner and to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board and may have all the authority of the Board, except with respect to:

(a)      The approval of any action which, under the DGCL, also requires stockholders’ approval or approval of the outstanding shares.

(b)      The filling of vacancies on the Board of Directors or in any committee.

 

10


(c)      The fixing of compensation of the directors for serving on the Board or on any committee.

(d)      The amendment or repeal of these Bylaws or the adoption of new Bylaws.

(e)      The amendment or repeal of any resolution of the Board of Directors which by its express terms is not so amendable or repealable.

(f)      A distribution to the stockholders of the Corporation, except at a rate, in a periodic amount or within a price range set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation or determined by the Board of Directors.

(g)      The appointment of any other committees of the Board of Directors or the members thereof.

 

  4.2 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of the following sections of these Bylaws: Section 3.6 (place of meetings), Section 3.7 (regular meetings), Section 3.8 (special meetings and notice), Section 3.9 (quorum), Section 3.10 (waiver of notice), Section 3.11 (adjournment), Section 3.12 (notice of adjournment) and Section 3.13 (action without meeting), with such changes in the context of those sections as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members; provided , however , that the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee, that special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors, and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

 

  5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the Corporation shall be a President, a Secretary, and a Chief Financial Officer. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these Bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

  5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

The officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 or Section 5.5 of these Bylaws, shall be chosen by the Board and serve at the pleasure of the Board, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

 

11


  5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The Board of Directors may appoint, or may empower the Chairman of the Board or the President to appoint, such other officers as the business of the Corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

  5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, all officers serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in case of an officer chosen by the Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board of Directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

  5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in these Bylaws for regular appointments to that office.

 

  5.6 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

The Chairman of the Board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors or as may be prescribed by these Bylaws. If there is no President, then the Chairman of the Board shall also be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 5.7 of these Bylaws.

 

  5.7 PRESIDENT

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the Corporation. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a Chairman of the Board, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The President shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of President of a Corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

 

12


  5.8 VICE PRESIDENTS

In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors or, if not ranked, a Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the President and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the President. The Vice Presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board of Directors, these Bylaws, the President or the Chairman of the Board.

 

  5.9 SECRETARY

The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the Corporation or such other place as the Board of Directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of Directors, committees of directors and stockholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, whether regular or special (and, if special, how authorized and the notice given), the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the Corporation or at the office of the Corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors required to be given by law or by these Bylaws. The Secretary shall keep the seal of the Corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws.

 

  5.10 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

The Chief Financial Officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the Corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings, and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.

The Chief Financial Officer shall deposit all money and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation with such depositaries as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Chief Financial Officer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, shall render to the President and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his or her transactions as Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the Corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

 

13


ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES,

AND OTHER AGENTS

 

  6.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

The Corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the DGCL, indemnify each of its directors who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director of the Corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such director in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the director acted in good faith and in a manner the director reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable excuse to believe the director’s conduct was unlawful. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided by law, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a current or former director in connection with any action, suit or proceeding commenced by such director only if the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding by such director was authorized in the specific case by the Board of Directors. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the director did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, that he or she had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

The Corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the DGCL, indemnify any director who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director of the Corporation, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided by law, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a current or former director in connection with any action, suit or proceeding commenced by such director only if the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding by such director was authorized in the specific case by the Board.

 

14


For purposes of this Article VI, a “director” of the Corporation includes any person (i) who is or was a director of the Corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was a director of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the Corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

 

  6.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

The Corporation shall have the power, to the extent and in the manner permitted by the DGCL, to indemnify each of its employees, officers, and agents (other than directors) in the same manner as the Company shall indemnify its directors pursuant to Section 6.1 of these Bylaws. For purposes of this Article VI, an “employee” or “officer” or “agent” of the Corporation includes any person (i) who is or was an employee, officer, or agent of the Corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee, officer, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was an employee, officer, or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the Corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

 

  6.3 PAYMENT OF EXPENSES IN ADVANCE

Expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred in defending any civil or criminal action or proceeding for which indemnification is required pursuant to Section 6.1, or if otherwise authorized by the Board of Directors, shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnified party to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the indemnified party is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Article VI.

 

  6.4 INDEMNITY NOT EXCLUSIVE

The indemnification provided by this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The rights to indemnity hereunder shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of the person.

 

  6.5 INSURANCE INDEMNIFICATION

The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation against any liability asserted against or incurred by such person in such capacity or arising out of that person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify that person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VI.

 

15


  6.6 CONFLICTS

No indemnification or advance shall be made under this Article VI, except where such indemnification or advance is mandated by law or the order, judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, in any circumstance where it appears:

        (1)      That it would be inconsistent with a provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, a resolution of the stockholders or an agreement in effect at the time of the accrual of the alleged cause of the action asserted in the proceeding in which the expenses were incurred or other amounts were paid, which prohibits or otherwise limits indemnification; or

        (2)      That it would be inconsistent with any condition expressly imposed by a court in approving a settlement.

 

  6.7 RIGHT TO BRING SUIT

If a claim under this Article is not paid in full by the Corporation within 90 days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation (either because the claim is denied or because no determination is made), the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The Corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the claim. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is permissible in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct, if any, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to such action or create a presumption for the purposes of such action that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

  6.8 INDEMNITY AGREEMENTS

The Board of Directors is authorized to enter into a contract with any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or any person who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, or any person who was a director, officer, employee or agent of a Corporation which was a predecessor Corporation of the Corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor Corporation, providing for indemnification rights equivalent to or, if the Board of Directors so determines and to the extent permitted by applicable law, greater than, those provided for in this Article VI.

 

  6.9 AMENDMENT, REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VI shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

16


ARTICLE VII

RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

  7.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF SHARE REGISTER

The Corporation shall keep either at its principal executive office or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar (if either be appointed), as determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, a record of its stockholders listing the names and addresses of all stockholders and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder.

A stockholder or stockholders of the corporation holding at least five percent (5%) in the aggregate of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation or who hold at least one percent (1%) of such voting shares and have filed a Schedule 14B with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the election of directors, shall have an absolute right to do either or both of the following (i) inspect and copy the record of stockholders’ names, addresses, and shareholdings during usual business hours upon five (5) days’ prior written demand upon the corporation, or (ii) obtain from the transfer agent for the corporation, upon written demand and upon the tender of such transfer agent’s usual charges for such list (the amount of which charges shall be stated to the stockholder by the transfer agent upon request), a list of the stockholders’ names and addresses who are entitled to vote for the election of directors, and their shareholdings, as of the most recent record date for which it has been compiled or as of a date specified by the stockholder subsequent to the date of demand. The list shall be made available on or before the later of five (5) business days after the demand is received or the date specified therein as the date as of which the list is to be compiled.

The record of stockholders shall also be open to inspection and copying by any stockholder or holder of a voting trust certificate at any time during usual business hours upon written demand on the corporation, for a purpose reasonably related to the holder’s interests as a stockholder or holder of a voting trust certificate.

Any inspection and copying under this Section 7.1 may be made in person or by an agent or attorney of the stockholder or holder of a voting trust certificate making the demand.

 

  7.2 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF BYLAWS

The Corporation shall keep at its principal executive office the original or a copy of these Bylaws as amended to date, which shall be open to inspection by the stockholders at all reasonable times during office hours.

 

  7.3 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF OTHER CORPORATE RECORDS

The accounting books and records and the minutes of proceedings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors, and committees of the Board of Directors shall be kept at such place or places as are designated by the Board of Directors or, in absence of such designation, at the principal executive office of the Corporation. The minutes shall be kept in written form, and the accounting books and records shall be kept either in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form.

 

17


The minutes and accounting books and records shall be open to inspection upon the written demand on the corporation of any stockholder or holder of a voting trust certificate at any reasonable time during usual business hours, for a purpose reasonably related to such holder’s interests as a stockholder or as the holder of a voting trust certificate. Such inspection by a stockholder or holder of a voting trust certificate may be made in person or by an agent or attorney and the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts. Such rights of inspection shall extend to the records of each subsidiary corporation of the corporation.

 

  7.4 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS

Every director shall have the absolute right at any reasonable time to inspect and copy all books, records, and documents of every kind and to inspect the physical properties of the Corporation and each of its subsidiary corporations, domestic or foreign. Such inspection by a director may be made in person or by an agent or attorney and the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts.

 

  7.5 ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS; WAIVER

The Board of Directors shall cause an annual report to be sent to the stockholders not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the fiscal year adopted by the Corporation. Such report shall be sent to the stockholders at least fifteen (15) days prior to the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the next fiscal year and in the manner specified in Section 2.5 of these Bylaws for giving notice to stockholders of the Corporation.

The annual report shall contain a balance sheet as of the end of the fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for the fiscal year, accompanied by any report thereon of independent accountants or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized officer of the Corporation that the statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the Corporation.

The foregoing requirement of an annual report shall be waived so long as the shares of the Corporation are held by fewer than one hundred (100) holders of record.

 

  7.6 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

If no annual report for the fiscal year has been sent to stockholders, then the Corporation shall, upon the written request of any stockholder made more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of such fiscal year, deliver or mail to the person making the request, within thirty (30) days thereafter, a copy of a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for such fiscal year.

A stockholder or stockholders holding at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of any class of the Corporation may make a written request to the Corporation for an income statement of the Corporation for the three-month, six-month or nine-month period of the current fiscal year ended more than thirty (30) days prior to the date of the request and a balance sheet of the Corporation as of the end of that period. The statements shall be delivered or mailed to the person making the request within thirty (30) days thereafter. A copy of the statements shall be kept on file in the principal office of the Corporation for twelve (12) months and it shall be exhibited at

 

18


all reasonable times to any stockholder demanding an examination of the statements or a copy shall be mailed to the stockholder. If the Corporation has not sent to the stockholders its annual report for the last fiscal year, the statements referred to in the first paragraph of this Section 7.6 shall likewise be delivered or mailed to the stockholder or stockholders within thirty (30) days after the request.

The quarterly income statements and balance sheets referred to in this section shall be accompanied by the report thereon, if any, of any independent accountants engaged by the Corporation or the certificate of an authorized officer of the Corporation that the financial statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the Corporation.

 

  7.7 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

The Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of this Corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or the President or a Vice President, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this Corporation. The authority herein granted may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL MATTERS

 

  8.1 RECORD DATE FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN NOTICE AND VOTING

For purposes of determining the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any other lawful action (other than with respect to notice or voting at a stockholders meeting or action by stockholders by written consent without a meeting), the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days prior to any such action. Only stockholders of record at the close of business on the record date are entitled to receive the dividend, distribution or allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the Corporation after the record date, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL.

If the Board of Directors does not so fix a record date, then the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto or the sixtieth (60th) day prior to the date of that action, whichever is later.

 

  8.2 CHECKS; DRAFTS; EVIDENCES OF INDEBTEDNESS

From time to time, the Board of Directors shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the Corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

 

19


  8.3 CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS: HOW EXECUTED

The Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

  8.4 CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

A certificate or certificates for shares of the Corporation shall be issued to each stockholder when any of such shares are fully paid. The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of certificates for shares partly paid provided that these certificates shall state the total amount of the consideration to be paid for them and the amount actually paid. All certificates shall be signed in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board or the Vice Chairman of the Board or the President or a Vice President and by the Chief Financial Officer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares and the class or series of shares owned by the stockholder. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be by facsimile.

In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if that person were an officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

  8.5 LOST CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent or registrar and cancelled at the same time. The Board of Directors may, in case any share certificate or certificate for any other security is lost, stolen or destroyed (as evidenced by a written affidavit or affirmation of such fact), authorize the issuance of replacement certificates on such terms and conditions as the Board may require; the Board may require indemnification of the Corporation secured by a bond or other adequate security sufficient to protect the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it, including any expense or liability, on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of the certificate or the issuance of the replacement certificate.

 

  8.6 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term person includes both a Corporation and a natural person.

 

20


ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

 

  9.1 AMENDMENT BY STOCKHOLDERS

Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, new Bylaws may be adopted or these Bylaws may be amended or repealed by the vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

 

  9.2 AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS

Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, and subject to the rights of the stockholders as provided in Section 9.1 of these Bylaws, new Bylaws may be adopted or these Bylaws may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors.

 

  9.3 RECORD OF AMENDMENTS

Whenever an amendment or new Bylaw is adopted, it shall be copied in the book of minutes with the original Bylaws. If any Bylaw is repealed, the fact of repeal, with the date of the meeting at which the repeal was enacted or written consent was filed, shall be stated in said book.

ARTICLE X

INTERPRETATION

Reference in these Bylaws to any provision of the DGCL shall be deemed to include all amendments thereof.

 

21

Exhibit 4.2

ELLIE MAE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

  This Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement is made and entered into as of December 21, 2005 by and among (a) Ellie Mae, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company”), (b) certain persons and entities who are holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities (as defined in Section 1 herein) whose names are set forth on signature pages hereto (collectively, the “Majority Holders”), and (c) the undersigned purchasers of Series H Preferred Stock of the Company (the “Purchasers”).

RECITALS :

  A.        The Majority Holders desire to terminate the Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of January 19, 2005, by and among the Company, the Majority Holders and certain other holders of preferred stock of the Company (the “Prior Agreement”).

  B.        The Purchasers have required the amendment and restatement of the Prior Agreement as set forth herein as a condition to the closing of their investment under the Series H Agreement.

AGREEMENT

  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Restrictions on Transfer; Registration Rights .

1.1       Definitions .  As used herein:

  (a)      The terms “register,” “registered” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

  (b)      For the purposes hereof, the term “Registrable Securities” means shares of (i) any and all Common Stock of the Company issued or issuable upon conversion of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series G-2 Preferred Stock or Series H Preferred Stock of the Company, which have not been previously resold to the public in a registered public offering, (ii) stock issued with respect to or in any exchange for or in replacement of stock included in subparagraph (i) above which have not been previously resold to the public in a registered public offering, and (iii) stock issued in respect of the stock referred to in (i) and (ii) above as a result of a stock split, stock dividend or the like, which have not been previously resold to the public in a registered public offering. For the purposes hereof, the term “Registrable Securities” also means, only with respect to The First


American Corporation, a California corporation, and its successors and transferees (“First American”), shares of any and all Common Stock of the Company issued upon exercise of that certain warrant of the Company issued to First American pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement entered into as of January 30, 2001 by and among the Company, First American, and Contour Software, Inc., a California corporation (the “Contour Stock Purchase Agreement”).

  (c)      The terms “Holder” or “Holders” mean any person or persons to whom Registrable Securities were originally issued and who execute this Agreement or qualifying transferees under Section 5 hereof who hold Registrable Securities.

  (d)      The term “Initiating Holders” means any Holder or Holders of in the aggregate at least 25% of the Registrable Securities which have not been previously resold to the public in a registered public offering.

1.2       Requested Registration .

  (a)       Request for Registration . In case the Company shall receive from the Initiating Holders a written request that the Company effect any registration with respect to Registrable Securities the reasonably expected aggregate offering price of which equals or exceeds $5,000,000 including underwriting discounts and commissions, the Company will:

  (i)      within ten (10) days after its receipt thereof give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders; and

  (ii)     as soon as practicable, use its best efforts to effect such registration (including, without limitation, preparation of a registration statement and prospectus complying as to form with the requirements of the Securities Act, the execution of an undertaking to file post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under the applicable blue sky or other state securities laws and appropriate compliance with exemptive regulations issued under the Securities Act and any other governmental requirements or regulations) as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as is specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 20 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company;

provided, that the Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect such registration pursuant to this Section 1.2:

    (A) Prior to 180 days following the effective date of the Company’s first registered offering to the general public of its securities for its own account; or

    (B) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act; or

 

2


     (C) After the Company has effected two such registrations pursuant to this subsection 1.2(a) and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective.

Subject to the foregoing clauses (A) through (C), the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities so requested to be registered as soon as practical, but in any event within 75 days, in the case of an initial public offering, or 30 days, in the case of a subsequent offering, after receipt of the request or requests of the Initiating Holders; provided, however, that if the Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors it would be seriously detrimental to the Company for such registration statement to be filed at the date filing would be required and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall be entitled to delay the filing of such registration statement not more than once in any twelve month period for an additional period of up to 90 days.

  (b)       Underwriting .  If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 1.2 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 1.2(a)(i). The right of any Holder to registration pursuant to Section 1.2 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. The Company shall (together with all Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders, provided, however, that the managing underwriter shall be approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities who have elected to participate in such offering, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated among all such Holders thereof in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities held by such Holders. If any Holder of Registrable Securities disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, he may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, the underwriter and the Initiating Holders. Any Registrable Securities which are excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration. If the underwriter has not limited the number of Registrable Securities to be underwritten, the Company, employees of the Company and other holders of the Company’s Common Stock may include securities for its (or their) own account in such registration if the underwriter so agrees and if the number of Registrable Securities which would otherwise have been included in such registration and underwriting will not thereby be limited by the underwriter.

 

3


1.3       Company Registration .

  (a)       Right to Include .  If at any time, or from time to time, the Company proposes to register any of its securities, for its own account or the account of any of its shareholders other than the Holders (other than a registration relating solely to employee stock option or purchase plans, or a registration relating solely to an SEC Rule 145 transaction, or a registration on any other form, other than Form S-1, S-2 or S-3, or any successor to such form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of Registrable Securities) the Company will:

  (i)      promptly give to each Holder written notice thereof; and

  (ii)     include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance with applicable laws), and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request or requests, made within 20 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company, by any Holder or Holders to be included in any such registration, except as set forth in subsection 1.3(b) below.

  (b)       Underwriting .  If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to subsection 1.3(a)(i). In such event the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to Section 1.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and the other holders distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.3, if the underwriter determines that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the underwriter may limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the registration and underwriting (i) completely, in the case of the Company’s initial public offering, or (ii) to not less than 25% of the shares to be included in any other registration. In the event of a cutback by the underwriters of the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the registration and underwriting, the Company shall advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be registered and underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated among all of such Holders in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities held by such Holders. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, he may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration.

1.4       Form S-3 .  After its initial public offering, the Company shall use its best efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form. After the Company has qualified for the use of Form S-3, Holders of the outstanding Registrable Securities shall have the right to request registrations on Form S-3 (such requests shall be in writing and shall

 

4


state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended method of disposition of Shares by such Holders), subject only to the following:

  (a)      The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 1.4 within 120 days of the effective date of any registration referred to in Sections 1.2 or 1.3 above.

  (b)      The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 1.4 unless the Holder or Holders requesting registration propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities having an aggregate disposition price (before deduction of underwriting discounts and expenses of sale) of at least $500,000.

  (c)      The Company shall not be required to effect more than one registration pursuant to this Section 1.4 in any consecutive 12 month period.

  (d)      The Company shall not be required to effect any further registrations under this Section 1.4 after the Company has effected four such registrations that have been declared or ordered effective.

  The Company shall promptly give written notice to all Holders of Registrable Securities of the receipt of a request for registration pursuant to this Section 1.4 and shall provide a reasonable opportunity for other Holders to participate in the registration, provided that if the registration is for an underwritten offering, the terms of subsection 1.2(b) shall apply to all participants in such offering. Subject to the foregoing, the Company will use its best efforts to effect promptly the registration of all shares of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 to the extent requested by the Holder or Holders thereof for purposes of disposition; provided, however, that if the Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgement of the Board of Directors it would be seriously detrimental to the Company for such registration statement to be filed at the date filing would be required and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall be entitled to delay the filing of such registration statement not more than once in any twelve month period for a period of up to 90 days. Any registration pursuant to this Section 1.4 shall not be counted as a registration pursuant to Section 1.2.

1.5       Expenses of Registration .  All expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 1, including without limitation, all registration, filing and qualification fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and one counsel for the selling Holders and expenses of any special audits incidental to or required by such registration, shall be borne by the Company except as follows:

  (a)      The Company shall not be required to pay for expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.2 or 1.4, the request for which has been subsequently withdrawn by the Initiating Holders, in which such case, such expenses shall be borne by the Holders requesting such withdrawal; provided, however, that in lieu of paying such expenses a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders may elect to forfeit their right to request one

 

5


registration pursuant to Section 1.2; provided further, however, that if at the time of such withdrawal the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the business, condition or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any such expenses and shall retain their rights to such registration pursuant to Section 1.2.

  (b)      The Company shall not be required to pay fees of legal counsel of a Holder except for a single counsel acting on behalf of all selling Holders.

  (c)      The Company shall not be required to pay underwriters’ fees, discounts or commissions relating to the Registrable Securities.

1.6       Registration Procedures .  In the case of each registration, qualification or compliance effected by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will keep each Holder participating therein advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration, qualification and compliance and as to the completion thereof. At its expense the Company will:

  (a)      Keep such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Sections 1.2, 1.3 or 1.4 effective for a period of 180 days or until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto, whichever first occurs;

  (b)      Furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by them;

  (c)      Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act or the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

  (d)      Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such United States jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

  (e)      Cause all such Registrable Securities registered under this Section 1 to be listed on each securities exchange or market on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or quoted;

 

6


  (f)      In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering, and each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement;

  (g)      Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration; and

  (h)      Furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with such registration, if such securities are being sold through underwriters or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities, and (ii) a letter dated such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.

1.7       Indemnification .

  (a)      The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Registrable Securities, each of its officers, directors and partners, and each person controlling such Holder, with respect to which such registration, qualification or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Agreement, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls any underwriter of the Registrable Securities held by or issuable to such Holder, against all claims, losses, expenses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any preliminary or final prospectus, offering circular or other document (including any related registration statement, notification or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any violation or alleged violation by the Company relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with the requirements of the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act or any state securities law applicable to the Company and will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners, and each person controlling such Holder, each such underwriter and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any reasonable legal and any other expenses incurred in connection with investigating, defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage or liability arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company in an instrument duly executed by such Holder or underwriter specifically for use therein, and provided further that the agreement of the Company to indemnify any underwriter

 

7


and any person who controls such underwriter contained herein with respect to any such preliminary prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any underwriter, from whom the person asserting any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action purchased the stock which is the subject thereof, if at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such stock, a copy of the prospectus (or the prospectus as amended or supplemented) was not sent or delivered to such person, excluding the documents incorporated therein by reference, and the untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained in such preliminary prospectus was corrected in the prospectus (or the prospectus as amended or supplemented).

  (b)      Each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by or issuable to such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and officers, each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and each other such Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners and each person controlling such Holder, against all claims, losses, expenses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any preliminary or final prospectus, offering circular or other document (including any related registration statement, notification or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company, such Holders, such directors, officers, partners, persons or underwriters for any reasonable legal or any other expenses incurred in connection with investigating, defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company in an instrument duly executed by such Holder specifically for use therein, and provided further that the agreement of the Holder to indemnify any underwriter and any person who controls such underwriter (or to indemnify the Company and each person who controls the Company if the Company is selling directly and not through an underwriter) contained herein with respect to any such preliminary prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any underwriter, from whom the person asserting any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action purchased the stock which is the subject thereof (or the Company if such stock was purchased directly from the Company), if at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such stock, a copy of the prospectus (or the prospectus as amended or supplemented) was not sent or delivered to such person, excluding the documents incorporated therein by reference, and the untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained in such preliminary prospectus was corrected in the prospectus (or the prospectus as amended or supplemented). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the indemnification provided by any Holder hereunder exceed the net proceeds received by such Holder for the sale of such Holder’s securities pursuant to such registration.

  (c)      Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 1.7 (the “Indemnified Party”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought. The Indemnified Party shall promptly permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom,

 

8


provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnified Party may participate in such defense and hire counsel at such party’s own expense; provided, however, that the Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel with the fees and expenses to be paid by the Indemnifying Party if the Indemnifying Party refuses to assume the defense thereof or if representation of such Indemnified Party by the counsel retained by the Indemnifying Party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such Indemnified Party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent that such failure is materially prejudicial to an Indemnifying Party’s ability to defend such action. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of the Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. No Indemnified Party shall be entitled to indemnification hereunder if such Indemnified Party consents to entry of any judgment or enters into any settlement without the consent of the Indemnifying Party. Any Indemnified Party shall cooperate with the Indemnifying Party in the defense of any claim or litigation brought against such Indemnified Party.

1.8       Lock-Up Provision .  Upon receipt of a written request by the Company or by its underwriters, the Holders shall not sell, sell short, grant an option to buy, or otherwise dispose of shares of the Company’s Common Stock or other securities (except for any such shares included in the registration) for a period of 180 days following the effective date of the initial registration of the Company’s securities; provided, however, that such Holder shall have no obligation to enter into the agreement described in this Section 1.8 unless all executive officers and directors enter into similar agreements. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares (or securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said 180-day period.

1.9       Information by Holder .  The Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities included in any registration shall promptly furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder or Holders and the distribution proposed by such Holder or Holders as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to herein.

1.10     Rule 144A and Rule 144 Reporting .

  (a)      If the Company receives a request for the information required in Rule 144A(d)(4) from Initiating Holders on or after May 31, 2001, then the Company shall, within 30 days after the date of such request, provide such information to such Initiating Holders and any person or persons designated by an Initiating Holder as a prospective buyer in a transaction pursuant to Rule 144A. The Company’s obligations pursuant to this Section 1.10(a) shall extend to any permitted transferee of Registrable Securities under Section 5.

 

9


  (b)      With a view to making available to Holders of Registrable Securities the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public the Company agrees to:

  (i)      Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

  (ii)     File with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

  (iii)    So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, to furnish to such Holder forthwith upon such Holder’s request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 (at any time after 90 days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual and quarterly reports of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company as such Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing such Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

1.11     Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights .  From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include such securities in any registration filed under Section 1.2, 1.3 or 1.4 hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of its securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders which is included or (b) to make a demand registration which could result in such registration statement being declared effective prior to the earlier of either of the dates set forth in subsection 1.2(a)(ii)(A) or within 120 days of the effective date of any registration effected pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof.

1.12     Termination .  The rights of a Holder under this Agreement (other than rights under Section 1.7) shall terminate on the earlier to occur of (a) the sixth anniversary of the closing of the Company’s first registered public offering of its securities, or (b) the date on which a Holder can sell all of its Registrable Securities without registration pursuant to Rule 144 within a three month period, unless at the time the Holder’s Registrable Securities represent more than one percent of the outstanding capital stock of the Company.

 

2. Covenants of the Company .

2.1       Financial Information .  So long as a Holder continues to hold at least 200,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock,

 

10


Series G-2 Preferred Stock or Series H Preferred Stock of the Company (including shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series G-2 Preferred Stock or Series H Preferred Stock of the Company) (collectively, the “Securities”), the Company will furnish the following information to each such Holder:

  (a)       Annual Financials .  As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year hereafter, and in any event within 90 days thereafter, the Company will provide each such holder with consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as at the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated income statements and consolidated statements of cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such year, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, all in reasonable detail, certified by independent public auditors of recognized national standing selected by the Company and accompanied by a copy of such auditors’ letter to management.

  (b)       Quarterly Financials .  As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal quarter (except the fourth fiscal quarter), and in any event within 45 days thereafter, the Company will provide each such holder with consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and consolidated income statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such quarter, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (except for required footnotes and for minor year-end adjustments), all in reasonable detail, certified by the chief financial officer of the Company.

  (c)       Monthly Financials .  As soon as practicable after the end of each month (except the last month of the fiscal year), and in any event within 20 days thereafter, the Company will provide each such holder with consolidated balance sheets and income statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of such month, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (except for required footnotes and for minor year end adjustments); provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to provide such monthly financial information to any Purchaser holding less than 1,000,000 shares of Securities.

  (d)       Budget .  As soon as practicable after its adoption or approval by the Company’s Board of Directors, but not later than the commencement of such fiscal year, the Company will provide each such holder with a consolidated annual plan for such fiscal year which shall include monthly capital and operating expense budgets, cash flow statements, projected balance sheets and profit and loss projections for each such month and for the end of the year, itemized in such detail as the Board of Directors may reasonably determine; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to provide such consolidated annual plan to any Purchaser holding less than 1,000,000 shares of Securities.

  (e)       Termination of Covenant .  The Company’s obligation to deliver the information required under subsections (c) and (d) above shall terminate upon the date on which the Company is required to file a report with the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act by reason of (i) the Company’s having registered any of its securities pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act or (ii) a registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act having become effective.

 

11


2.2       Confidentiality of Information .  All information furnished by the Company pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be deemed proprietary and confidential to the Company and will not be disclosed by any Holder to any person or entity without the prior written consent of the Company; provided, however, that such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. This restriction shall not apply to information which becomes known to the public without fault of the recipient or which is disclosed pursuant to a governmental regulation or order, provided that prior to disclosure pursuant to governmental regulation or order the disclosing party shall notify the Company of such proposed disclosure in order to permit the Company to seek confidential treatment of such information.

 

3. Right to Maintain .

3.1       “New Securities” .  For purposes of this Section 3, the term “New Securities” shall mean shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock or any other class of capital stock of the Company, whether or not now authorized, securities of any type that are convertible into shares of such capital stock, and options, warrants or rights to acquire shares of such capital stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “New Securities” will not include (a) securities issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series G-2 Preferred Stock or Series H Preferred Stock; (b) securities offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act; (c) securities issued pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Company by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets, or other reorganization whereby the Company owns not less than 51% of the voting power of such corporation; (d) up to an aggregate of [8,500,000] shares of Common Stock (or related options) issued or issuable at any time to officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, pursuant to any stock grant, stock option plan or stock purchase plan or other stock incentive agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors (which figure shall include any options outstanding on the date hereof); (e) securities issued in connection with equipment lease or working capital debt financings, so long as the number of securities so issued does not exceed one percent of the then outstanding capital stock of the Company; (f) convertible securities issued in connection with business or partnership relationships with third parties designed to incentive such third parties; and (g) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization by the Company.

3.2       Grant of Rights .  Subject to the terms specified in this Section 3, the Company hereby grants to each Holder who at the time holds not less than 200,000 shares of Securities the right of first refusal to purchase a portion of any issue of New Securities which the Company hereafter may from time to time propose to issue and sell as shall maintain such Holder’s pro rata percentage ownership of the Company’s capital stock. The “pro rata” percentage ownership of a Holder is calculated by dividing (i) the number of shares of Common Stock held by such Holder plus the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of all Preferred Stock then held by such Holder by (ii) the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding, including shares issuable upon conversion of any Preferred Stock.

 

12


 3.3       Procedure .

   (a)      In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give those Holders who qualify pursuant to Section 3.2 written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, the price and the material terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. A Holder shall have 20 calendar days from the date of receipt of any such notice to agree to purchase up to its pro rata share of such New Securities for the price and upon the terms specified in the Company’s notice by giving written notice to the Company to such effect and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased.

   (b)      The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Holder electing to purchase its full pro rata share of such New Securities (a “Fully-Exercising Purchaser”) of any other Holder’s failure to do likewise. During the 15 calendar day period commencing after receipt of such information, each Fully-Exercising Holder shall be entitled to purchase that portion of the New Securities for which Holders were entitled to subscribe but which were not subscribed for by the Holders which is equal to multiplying the total number of unsubscribed New Securities by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock held by such Fully-Exercising Holder plus the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of all Preferred Stock then held by such Fully-Exercising Holder, and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock owned by all Fully-Exercising Holders, including shares issuable upon conversion of any Preferred Stock held by Fully-Exercising Holders.

   (c)      If less than all of the New Securities are subscribed for after the expiration of the 20 calendar day period referred to in Section 3.3(a), and (so long as there is at least one Fully Exercising Holder) after the expiration of the additional 15 calendar day period referred to in Section 3.3(b), the Company shall have 90 days thereafter to sell or enter into an agreement to sell any New Securities not purchased by Holders exercising their rights at a price and upon terms no more favorable to the purchaser than the terms specified in the Company’s notice to the Holders, after which 90 day period the Company shall not thereafter sell such New Securities without first offering a portion to the Holders in accordance with this Section 3.

 3.4       Termination of Rights . The rights granted under this Section 3 shall expire as to all Holders upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company to the public with net proceeds to the Company of not less than $20,000,000 and at a public offering price per share (prior to underwriter commissions and expenses) that is not less than $7.50 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock combinations and the like) (a “Qualified Offering”).

4.       Board Observation Rights .

   (a)      So long as Hotung Venture Capital Corporation, Shengtung Venture Capital Corporation, Daitung Venture Capital Corporation and Chung—Shan II Venture Capital Corporation (collectively, “Hotung”) collectively holds at least 500,000 shares (as adjusted for any stock splits or recapitalizations) of Registrable Securities, the Company agrees to permit one observer (the “Observer”) acceptable to the Company, whom will be designated by and

 

13


represents Hotung to be present at all meetings of the Company’s Board of Directors or any committee thereof, and the Company will give the Observer notice of such meetings at the same time notice is provided or delivered to members of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that such Observer may be excluded from any meeting or any portion thereof if, in the reasonable opinion of a majority of the directors present, such exclusion is necessary or appropriate based on the subject matter to be discussed. Materials that are sent to the directors before a meeting of the Board of Directors will be sent simultaneously by the Company to the Observer; provided, however, that the Company may exclude from the materials sent to the Observer any materials that the Company believes relate directly and substantially to any matter in which Hotung, as applicable, has a material business or financial interest (other than by reason of its interests as a Company stockholder).

   (b) In addition and notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company receives advice from legal counsel that there is a substantial risk that discussing a specified matter in the presence of a person who is not a member of the Board of Directors, or sending specified materials to such person, would result in the Company’s loss of attorney-client privilege with respect to a specified matter, then the Company may exclude the Observer or exclude such materials from the materials sent to such person, or both, provided that the Company will promptly notify the Observer that any exclusion from a meeting or materials distributed to directors was effected to preserve its attorney-client privilege or avoid conflicts of interest. Hotung agrees to maintain, and to cause its Observer and their respective officers, directors, employees, and agents to maintain, the confidentiality of any Proprietary Information obtained by Hotung and/or its Observer.

   (c) The rights granted under this Section 4 are not assignable by Hotung and shall expire upon the closing of a Qualified Offering.

5.       Assignment of Rights .

   The rights granted pursuant to this Agreement (other than the rights set forth in Section 4) may be assigned by a Holder, or its transferee, (i) upon sale or transfer (other than a sale to the public) of at least 200,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series G-2 Preferred Stock or Series H Preferred Stock of the Company (including shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) (as adjusted for stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalization and the like) held by a Holder.

6.       Miscellaneous .

 6.1       Aggregation of Stock . All shares of Preferred Stock of the Company held or acquired (or Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof) by affiliated entities or persons (including current or former constituent partners or members of any partnership or limited liability company or affiliated partnerships or other entities) shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability or discharge of any rights under this Agreement.

 6.2       Amendment or Waiver . Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any such term may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and

 

14


either retroactively or prospectively) with the written consent of the Company and holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon all of the parties hereto and their successors and assigns, even if such party did not consent in writing to such amendment or waiver.

 6.3       Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California.

 6.4       Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject hereof and it supersedes, merges, and renders void any and all prior understandings and/or agreements, written or oral, with respect to such subject matter.

 6.5       Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered, mailed by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, or delivered by overnight delivery or express courier, addressed to the Holders at their addresses shown on the records of the Company or, to the Company, at its principal executive office, or at such other address as the Company or any Holder shall hereafter furnish in writing. All notices that are mailed shall be deemed delivered five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail.

 6.6       Severability . In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 6.7       Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 6.8       Additional Parties . The parties hereto agree that additional holders of Preferred Stock of the Company may, with the consent only of the Company, be added as parties to this Agreement with respect to any or all Preferred Stock of the Company held by them, and shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes “Holders” hereunder; provided, however, that from and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not without the prior written consent of the Holders holding at least a majority of the shares of Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company providing for the grant of such holder of rights superior to those granted herein. Any such additional party shall execute a counterpart with this Agreement, and upon execution by such additional party and by the Company, shall be considered a Holder for the purposes of this Agreement.

Signature Page Follows

 

15


   IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  COMPANY:   ELLIE MAE, INC.
    By:  

/s/ Sigmund Anderman

      Sigmund Anderman, Chief Executive Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


  PURCHASERS:    
    GKM SBlC, L.P.
    By:   GKM SBIC Management, LLC, its Managing Partner
    By:  

/s/ Jonathan Bloch

        Jonathan Bloch, its Managing Member
    By:  

/s/ David M. Stastny

        David M. Stastny, its Managing Member
    OSPREY VENTURES, L.P.
    By:   Osprey Management, LLC, its Managing Partner
    By:  

/s/ David M. Stastny

        David M. Stastny, its Managing Member
    OSPREY VENTURES Q, L.P.
    By:   Osprey Management, LLC, its Managing Partner
    By:  

/s/ David M. Stastny

        David M. Stastny, its Managing Member
    OSPREY VENTURES AFFILIATES, L.P.
    By:   Osprey Management, LLC, its Managing Partner
    By:  

/s/ David M. Stastny

        David M. Stastny, its Managing Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


 

  MAJORITY HOLDERS:            
    ALTA CALIFORNIA PARTNERS II, L.P.
             By:   Alta California Management Partners II, LLC, its General Partner
    By:  

/s/ Hilary Strain

      Hilary Strain, Member
    Address:  

One Embarcadero Center, Suite 4050

San Francisco, CA 94111

    Phone:   (415) 362-4022
    Fax:   (415) 362-6178
    ALTA EMBARCADERO PARTNERS II, LLC
    By:  

/s/ Hilary Strain

     

Hilary Strain

Under Power of Attorney

    Address:  

One Embarcadero Center, Suite 4050

San Francisco, CA 94111

    AMA 98 Partners, L.P.
    AMA 98 Ventures, L.P.
    AMA 98 Corp., L.P.
    AMA 98 Investors, L.P.
    By:   ALLOY VENTURES 1998, LLC, General Partner of AMA 98 Partners, L.P., AMA 98 Ventures, L.P., AMA 98 Corp., L.P. and AMA 98 Investors, L.P.
    By:  

 

    Name and Position:  

 

    Address:   Alloy Ventures
      480 Cowper Street, Second Floor
      Palo Alto, CA 94301
    Phone:   (650) 687-5000
    Fax:   (650) 687-5010

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


CAPITAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP OPPORTUNITIES, LLC
Signed:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

CHARTER VENTURES III, LLC
By:  

/s/ A. Barr Dolan

    A. Barr Dolan, Member
Address:   Charter Venture Capital
  525 University Ave. #1400
  Palo Alto, CA 94301
Phone:   (650) 325-6953
Fax:   (650)325-4762
ERIC S. DOBKIN CHARITABLE REMAINDER TRUST
Signed:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

ROY KIRKORIAN
Signed:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


THE PIDWELL FAMILY LIVING TRUST DATED 6/25/87
Signed:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

PIEDMONT CITRUS
Signed:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

PMI MORTGAGE INSURANCE CO.
By:   

/s/ Stanley M. Pachura

Name:  

Stanley M. Pachura

Title:  

Vice President

Address:   3003 Oak Road
  Walnut Creek, CA 94597
Phone:   (925) 658-6318
Fax:   (925) 658-6367
DANIEL I. RUBIN
Signed:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


CHARLES SCHWAB & CO., INC. FBO
FRANK J. SCHULTZ IRA #7924-9330
Signed:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

FRANK STRAFACE
Signed:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

THE FIRST AMERICAN CORPORATION
Signed:  

/s/ Parker S. Kennedy

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  One First American Way

                                     Santa Ana, CA 92707

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


THE PlDWELL FAMILY LIVING TRUST

DATED 6/25/87

Signed:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

PIEDMONT CITRUS
Signed:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

PMI MORTGAGE INSURANCE CO.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:   601 Montgomery St.
  San Francisco, CA 94111
Phone:   (415)291-6134
Fax:   (415) 773-6771
DANIEL I. RUBIN
Signed:  

/s/ Daniel I. Rubin

Address:  

c/o Alloy Ventures

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


HOTUNG VENTURE CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Tsui-Hui Huang

Name:  

Tsui-Hui Huang

Title:  

President

DAITUNG DEVELOPMENT AND INVESTMENT CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Tsui-Hui Huang

Name:  

Tsui-Hui Huang

Title:  

President

CHUNG-SHAN II VENTURE CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Tsui-Hui Huang

Name:  

Tsu-Hui Huang

Title:  

President

SHENGTUNG VENTURE CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Tsui-Hui Huang

Name:  

Tsui-Hui Huang

Title:  

President

Address:  

10F,NQ. 261, SUNG-CHIANG RD.,

TAIPEI, 10477, TAIWAN, R.O.C.

Phone: 886-2-25006700
Fax: 886-2-25029716

  

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

Exhibit 4.3

AMENDMENT AND WAIVER

TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amendment and Waiver to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement (the “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into effective March 31, 2010 by and among Ellie Mae, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the persons holding the majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities and set forth on the signature pages hereto (the “ Majority Holders ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company’s predecessor, Ellie Mae, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Predecessor ”), and the Majority Holders are party to that Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated December 21, 2005 (the “ Investor Rights Agreement ”) (capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meaning ascribed to them in the Agreement);

WHEREAS, the Company became party to the Investor Rights Agreement by operation of law upon the reincorporation of the Predecessor as the Company effective November 30, 2009;

WHEREAS, under Section 6.2 of the Investor Rights Agreement, the Company and Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities (as such term is defined in the Investor Rights Agreement) may amend, on behalf of all other holders of Registrable Securities, terms of the Investor Rights Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Majority Holders hold at least a majority of the Registrable Securities; and

WHEREAS, the Majority Holders and the Company now desire to amend the Investor Rights Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

  1. Section 3.1 of the Investor Rights Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

3.1 “ New Securities ”. For purposes of this Section 3, the term “New Securities” shall mean shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock or any other class of capital stock of the Company, whether or not now authorized, securities of any type that are convertible into shares of such capital stock, and options, warrants or rights to acquire shares of such capital stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “New Securities” shall not include: (a) securities issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series G-2 Preferred Stock or Series H Preferred Stock; (b) securities offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act; (c) securities issued pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Company by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets, or other reorganization whereby the Company owns not less than 51% of the voting power of such corporation; (d) up to an aggregate of 12,250,000 shares of Common Stock (or related options) issued or issuable at any time to officers, directors,


employees or consultants of the Company, pursuant to any stock grant, stock option plan or stock purchase plan or other stock incentive agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors (which figure shall include any options outstanding on the date hereof); (e) securities issued in connection with equipment lease or working capital debt financings, so long as the number of securities so issued does not exceed one percent of the then outstanding capital stock of the Company; (f) convertible securities issued in connection with business or partnership relationships with third parties designed to incentivize such third parties; (g) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization of the Company; and (h) shares of the Company’s capital stock issued pursuant to Exchange Agreements (as such term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation).

 

  2. Each of the undersigned hereby waives on its behalf and on behalf of all Holders of Registrable Securities any provision, right, requirement, or obligation existing in or arising from Section 3 of the Investor Rights Agreement with respect to any issuance of shares of capital stock by the Company prior to the date of this Amendment.

 

  3. From and after the date of this Amendment, the Investor Rights Agreement is amended by this Amendment. Except as expressly amended pursuant hereto, the Investor Rights Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

 

  4. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

  5. This Amendment and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

2


The parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:      

ELLIE MAE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

      By:  

/s/ Sigmund Anderman

      Name:   Sigmund Anderman
      Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Signature Page to Amendment to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


MAJORITY STOCKHOLDERS:

 

Alta California Partners II, LP
By:   Alta California Management Partners II, LLC it General Partner
By:  

/s/ Guy Nohra

Name:   Guy Nohra
Title:   Member
Alta California Partners II, LP – New Pool
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Alta Embarcadero Partners II, LLC
By:  

/s/ Guy Nohra

Name:   Guy Nohra
Title:   Member
AMA98 Corporate, L.P.
AMA98 Investors, L.P.
AMA98 Partners, L.P.
AMA98 Ventures, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Tony Di Bona

  Managing Member of Alloy Ventures 1998, LLC the general partner of AMA98 Corporate, LP, AMA98 Investors, LP, AMA98 Partners LP, AMA98 Ventures, LP
Charter Legacy, LLC
By:  

/s/ ELIZABETH HAMMACK

Name:   ELIZABETH HAMMACK
Title:   EVP

Signature Page to Amendment to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


Dobkin Family Foundation
By:  

/s/ Eric Dobkin

Name:   Eric Dobkin
Title:   Trustee
Eric S. Dobkin
By:  

/s/ Eric Dobkin

Name:   Eric Dobkin
Title:  
Fannie Mae
By:  

/s/ PHILSON LESCOTT    4-9-10

Name:   PHILSON LESCOTT
Title:   VP, SF Customer Technology Officer
Frank J. and Paula C. Schultz 1989 Revocable Trust
By:  

/s/ Frank J. Schultz

Name:  
Title:   Trustee
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. fbo Frank Schultz IRA
By:  

/s/ Frank J. Schultz

Name:  
Title:  
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. fbo Frank Schultz Roth IRA
By:  

/s/ Frank J. Schultz

Name:  
Title:  

Signature Page to Amendment to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


Genworth Financial Services, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Georgette C. Nicholas

Name:   Georgette C. Nicholas
Title:   CFO & SVP
GKM SBIC, L.P.
By:  

/s/ David M. Stastny

Name:   David M. Stastny
Title:   Gr Managing Member of GKM SBIC Mgmt, LLC
Hotung Venture Capital Corporation
By:  

/s/ Tsui-Hui Huang

Name:   Tsui-Hui Huang
Title:   President
Chung-Shan II Venture Capital Corporation
By:  

/s/ Shan-Hui Tseng

Name:  
Title:   President
Shengtung Venture Capital Corporation
By:  

/s/ Tsui-Hui Huang

Name:   Tsui-Hui Huang
Title:   President
Industry Ventures Fund IV, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Justin Burden

Name:   Justin Burden
Title:   Member

Signature Page to Amendment to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


PMI Mortgage Insurance Co.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
The First American Corporation
By:  

/s/ Anthony S. Piszel

Name:   Anthony S. Piszel
Title:   CFO
The Pidwell Family Living Trust dated 6/25/87
By:  

/s/ David W. Pidwell

Name:   David W. Pidwell
Title:   Trustee
Daniel I. Rubin
By:  

/s/ Daniel I. Rubin

Name:  
Title:  
W Capital Partners II, L.P.
By:   WCP GP II, L.P. its General Partner
By:   WCP GP II, LLC its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Stephen Wertheimer

  Stephen Wertheimer
  Managing Member

Signature Page to Amendment to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement

Exhibit 4.4

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. THIS LEGEND SHALL BE ENDORSED UPON ANY WARRANT ISSUED IN EXCHANGE FOR THIS WARRANT.

 

Date of Issuance: March 23, 2004

ELLIE MAE, INC.

Common Stock Purchase Warrant

ELLIE MAE, INC. (the “ Company ”), for value received, hereby certifies that FL Advisors, LLC or its registered assigns (the “ Registered Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the terms set forth below, to purchase from the Company, at any time after the date hereof and on or before the Expiration Date (as defined in Section 8 below), up to that many shares of Common Stock of the Company (“ Common Stock ”) as calculated in Section 1 below at a purchase price of $2.39 per share. The shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and the purchase price per share, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant, are sometimes hereinafter referred to as the “ Warrant Stock ” and the “ Purchase Price ,” respectively. The Warrant and the Warrant Stock together are referred to as the “ Securities .”

This Warrant is issued pursuant to an engagement letter dated December 9, 2002 (the “ Engagement Letter ”) between the Company and the Registered Holder and the Strategic Supplier Agreement, dated February 26, 2004 (the “ Strategic Supplier Agreement ”) between RBC Insurance Holdings Inc. (“ RBC Insurance ”) and the Company and is subject to the terms and conditions of the Engagement Letter and the Strategic Supplier Agreement. Pursuant to the Engagement Letter, this Warrant is issued in connection with the consummation of the Possible Transaction (as defined in the Engagement Letter) with RBC Insurance and the payment of the Exclusivity Fee (as defined in the Strategic Supplier Agreement).

1.   Vesting .

  (a)    The vesting of the Warrant Stock which the Registered Holder is permitted to acquire pursuant to this Warrant shall occur on the dates set forth below. On each such date, this Warrant shall vest with respect to a number of shares of Warrant Stock calculated pursuant to Section 1(b) below. Only the shares of Warrant Stock that have vested may be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant.

(i) The First Vesting Date shall be on the date that the Company receives the first annual Exclusivity Fee of $1,000,000 under the Strategic Supplier Agreement;


(ii) the Second Vesting Date shall be on the date that the Company receives the second annual Exclusivity Fee of $1,000,000 under the Strategic Supplier Agreement;

(iii) the Third Vesting Date shall be on the date that the Company receives the third annual Exclusivity Fee of $1,000,000 under the Strategic Supplier Agreement;

(iv) the Fourth Vesting Date shall be on the date that the Company receives the fourth annual Exclusivity Fee of $1,000,000 under the Strategic Supplier Agreement;

(v) the Fifth Vesting Date shall be on the date that the Company receives the fifth annual Exclusivity Fee of $1,000,000 under the Strategic Supplier Agreement;

Each of the First Vesting Date, Second Vesting Date, Third Vesting Date, Fourth Vesting Date and Fifth Vesting Date shall be referred to herein as a “Vesting Date.”

(b)    On each Vesting Date this Warrant shall vest and become exercisable with respect to 8,368 shares of Warrant Stock. If all of the Vesting Dates occur, this Warrant shall vest and become exercisable with respect to an aggregate of 41,840 shares of Warrant Stock.

2.      Exercise .

(a)     Manner of Exercise . Subject to Section 1, this Warrant may be exercised by the Registered Holder, in whole or in part, by surrendering this Warrant, with the purchase/exercise form appended hereto as Exhibit A duly executed by such Registered Holder or by such Registered Holder’s duly authorized attorney, at the principal office of the Company, or at such other office or agency as the Company may designate, accompanied by payment in full of the Purchase Price payable in respect of the number of shares of Warrant Stock purchased upon such exercise. The Purchase Price may be paid by cash, check, wire transfer or by the surrender of promissory notes or other instruments representing indebtedness of the Company to the Registered Holder.

(b)     Effective Time of Exercise . Each exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on the day on which this Warrant shall have been surrendered to the Company as provided in Section 2(a) above. At such time, the person or persons in whose name or names any certificates for Warrant Stock shall be issuable upon such exercise as provided in Section 2(d) below shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of the Warrant Stock represented by such certificates.

(c)     Net Issue Exercise .

(i) In lieu of exercising this Warrant as set forth in Section 2(a) above, the Registered Holder may elect to receive Common Stock equal to the then current value of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant (with the notice of exercise form attached hereto as Exhibit A duly executed) at the principal office of the Company in which event the Company shall issue to the Registered Holder a number of shares of Common Stock computed using the following formula:

 

2


X = Y(A-B)

  A

 

Where  

  

X  =  The number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Registered Holder.

  

Y  =  The number of vested shares of Common Stock purchasable under this Warrant.

  

A  =  The fair market value of one share of such Common Stock.

  

B  =  The Warrant Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculations).

(ii)  For purposes of this Section 2(c), the “fair market value” of the Common Stock shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith.

(d)      Delivery to Registered Holder . As soon as practicable after the exercise of this Warrant in whole or in part, and in any event within ten (10) days thereafter, the Company at its expense will cause to be issued in the name of, and delivered to, the Registered Holder, or as the Registered Holder (upon payment by the Registered Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct:

(i)  a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Warrant Stock to which such Registered Holder shall be entitled, and

(ii)  in case such exercise is in part only, a new warrant or warrants (dated the date hereof) of like tenor, calling in the aggregate on the face or faces thereof for the number of shares of Warrant Stock equal (without giving effect to any adjustment therein) to the number of such shares called for on the face of this Warrant minus the number of such shares purchased by the Registered Holder upon such exercise as provided in Section 2(a) above.

3.      Adjustments .

(a)     Stock Splits and Dividends . If outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock shall be subdivided into a greater number of shares or a dividend in Common Stock shall be paid in respect of Common Stock, the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision or at the record date of such dividend shall simultaneously with the effectiveness of such subdivision or immediately after the record date of such dividend be proportionately reduced. If outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, simultaneously with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased. When any adjustment is required to be made in the Purchase Price, the number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be changed to the number determined by dividing (i) an amount equal to the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment, by (ii) the Purchase Price in effect immediately after such adjustment.

(b)     Reclassification, Etc . In case of any reclassification or change of the outstanding securities of the Company or of any reorganization of the Company (or any other

 

3


Corporation the stock or securities of which are at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) or any similar corporate reorganization on or after the date hereof, then and in each such case the Registered Holder of this Warrant, upon the exercise hereof at any time after the consummation of such reclassification, change, reorganization, merger or conveyance, shall be entitled to receive, in lieu of the stock or other securities and property receivable upon the exercise hereof prior to such consummation, the stock or other securities or property to which such Registered Holder would have been entitled upon such consummation if such Registered Holder had exercised this Warrant immediately prior thereto, all subject to further adjustment as provided in Section 3(a); and in each such case, the terms of this Section 3 shall be applicable to the shares of stock or other securities properly receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant after such consummation.

(c)     Adjustment Certificate . When any adjustment is required to be made in the Warrant Stock or the Purchase Price pursuant to this Section 3, the Company shall promptly mail to the Registered Holder a certificate setting forth (i) a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment, (ii) the Purchase Price after such adjustment and (iii) the kind and amount of stock or other securities or property into which this Warrant shall be exercisable after such adjustment.

4.      T ransfers .

(a)     Unregistered Security . Each Registered Holder of this Warrant acknowledges that this Warrant and the Warrant Stock have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and agrees not to sell, pledge, distribute, offer for sale, transfer or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or any Warrant Stock issued upon its exercise in the absence of (i) an effective registration statement under the Act as to this Warrant or such Warrant Stock and registration or qualification of this Warrant or such Warrant Stock under any applicable U.S. federal or state securities law then in effect or (ii) an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to the Company, that such registration and qualification are not required. Each certificate or other instrument for Warrant Stock issued upon the exercise of this Warrant shall bear a legend substantially to the foregoing effect.

(b)     Transferability . Subject to the provisions of Section 4(a) hereof, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part, upon surrender of the Warrant with a properly executed assignment (in the form of Exhibit B hereto) at the principal office of the Company

(c)     Warrant Register . The Company will maintain a register containing the names and addresses of the Registered Holders of this Warrant. Until any transfer of this Warrant is made in the warrant register, the Company may treat the Registered Holder of this Warrant as the absolute owner hereof for all purposes; provided , however , that if this Warrant is properly assigned in blank, the Company may (but shall not be required to) treat the bearer hereof as the absolute owner hereof for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Any Registered Holder may change such Registered Holder’s address as shown on the warrant register by written notice to the Company requesting such change.

 

4


5.      Investment Representations and Warranties . Registered Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:

(a)     Purchase Entirely for Own Account . This Warrant is being issued to Registered Holder in reliance upon the Registered Holder’s representation to the Company that the Warrant to be acquired will be acquired for investment for the Registered Holder’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Registered Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. By executing this Warrant, Registered Holder further represents that it does not presently have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or to any third person, with respect to the Securities. Registered Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring any of the Securities.

(b)     Knowledge . Registered Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities.

(c)     Restricted Securities . Registered Holder understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Registered Holder’s representations as expressed herein. Registered Holder understands that the Securities are “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, Registered Holder must hold the Securities indefinitely unless they are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. Registered Holder acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Securities for resale. Registered Holder further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Securities, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Registered Holder’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy.

(d)     No Public Market . Registered Holder understands that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company, that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Securities.

(e)     Legends . Registered Holder understands that the Securities, and any securities issued in respect thereof or exchange therefor, may bear one or all of the following legends:

        (i)    “THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR

 

5


DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.”

        (ii)    Any legend required by the Blue Sky laws of any state to the extent such laws are applicable to the shares represented by the certificate so legended.

(f)     Accredited Investor . Registered Holder is an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

6.      Lock-Up Provision . Upon receipt of a written request by the Company or by its underwriters, the Registered Holder shall not sell, sell short, grant an option to buy, or otherwise dispose of shares of the Company’s Common Stock or other securities (except for any such shares included in the registration) for a period of 180 days following the effective date of the initial registration of the Company’s securities. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares (or securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said 180-day period.

7.      No Impairment . The Company will not, by amendment of its charter or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, sale of assets or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Registered Holder of this Warrant against impairment.

8.      Termination . This Warrant (and the right to purchase securities upon exercise hereof) shall terminate upon the seventh anniversary of the Date of Issuance (the “ Expiration Date ”).

9.      Merger, Sale of Assets, etc . If at any time while this Warrant, or any permissible portion thereof, is outstanding and unexpired there shall be (a) a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity in which the Company is not the surviving entity, or (b) a sale or transfer of the Company’s properties and assets as, or substantially as, an entirety to any other person, then, as a part of such merger, consolidation, sale or transfer, lawful provision shall be made so that the Registered Holder of this Warrant shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, during the period specified herein and upon payment of the Purchase Price then in effect, the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the successor corporation resulting from such merger, consolidation, sale or transfer that a holder of the shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled to receive in such merger, consolidation, sale or transfer if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such merger, consolidation, sale or transfer.

10.      Notices of Certain Transactions . In case:

 

6


(a)    the Company shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other stock or securities at the time deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other right, to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other right, or

(b)    of any capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, any consolidation or merger of the Company, any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the surviving entity), or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or

(c)    of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company,

then, and in each such case, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed to the Registered Holder of this Warrant a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and stating the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other stock or securities at the time deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up) are to be determined. Such notice shall be mailed at least ten (10) days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

11.     Reservation of Stock . The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for the issuance and delivery upon the exercise of this Warrant, such shares of Warrant Stock and other stock, securities and property, as from time to time shall be issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant.

12.     Exchange of Warrants . Upon the surrender by the Registered Holder of any Warrant or Warrants, properly endorsed, to the Company at the principal office of the Company, the Company will, subject to the provisions of Section 4 hereof, issue and deliver to or upon the order of such Registered Holder, at the Company’s expense, a new Warrant or Warrants of like tenor, in the name of such Registered Holder or as such Registered Holder (upon payment by such Registered Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, calling in the aggregate on the face or faces thereof for the number of shares of Common Stock called for on the face or faces of the Warrant or Warrants so surrendered.

13.     Replacement of Warrants . Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) upon delivery of an indemnity agreement in an amount reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or (in the case of mutilation) upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company will issue, in lieu thereof, a new Warrant of like tenor.

 

7


14.     Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Warrant shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon receipt, when delivered personally or by courier, overnight delivery service or confirmed facsimile, or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the regular mail as certified or registered mail (airmail if sent internationally) with postage prepaid, addressed (a) if to the Registered Holder, to the address of the Registered Holder most recently furnished in writing to the Company and (b) if to the Company, to the address set forth below or subsequently modified by written notice to the Registered Holder.

15.     No Rights as Shareholder . Until the exercise of this Warrant, the Registered Holder of this Warrant shall not have or exercise any rights by virtue hereof as a shareholder of the Company.

16.     No Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued in connection with any exercise hereunder. In lieu of any fractional shares which would otherwise be issuable, the Company shall pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock on the date of exercise, as determined in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

17.     Amendment or Waiver . Any term of this Warrant may be amended or waived only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the amendment or waiver is sought.

18.     Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

19.     Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank

 

8


ELLIE MAE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Sigmund Anderman

Name:

 

Sigmund Anderman

Title:

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

   

Address:

   

Ellie Mae, Inc.

   

4140 Dublin Blvd., Suite 300,

   

Dublin, CA 94568

Facsimile:

 

(925) 227-9030

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:

FL ADVISORS, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Francis Lauricella Jr.

Name:

 

Francis Lauricella Jr.

 

        (print)

Title:

 

Managing Director

Address:

 

2360 Vallejo St.

San Francisco, CA 94123

Exhibit 4.5

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. THIS LEGEND SHALL BE ENDORSED UPON ANY WARRANT ISSUED IN EXCHANGE FOR THIS WARRANT.

 

Date of Issuance: September 30, 2008

ELLIE MAE, INC.

Common Stock Purchase Warrant

ELLIE MAE, INC. (the “ Company ”), for value received hereby certifies that New Casa 188, LLC or its registered assigns (the “ Registered Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the terms set forth below, to purchase from the Company, at any time after the Payment Threshold Date (as defined below) and on or before the Expiration Date (as defined in Section 7 below), up to 400,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company (“ Common Stock ”) at a purchase price of $1.98 per share. The shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and the purchase price per share, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant, are sometimes hereinafter referred to as the “ Warrant Stock ” and the “ Purchase Price ,” respectively. The Warrant and the Warrant Stock together are referred to as the “ Securities .” This Warrant is issued pursuant to the Strategic Relationship Agreement, dated February 16, 2008 by and the Company and Registered Holder (the “ Strategic Relationship Agreement ”).

1.         Exercise .

  (a)       Manner of Exercise . This Warrant may be exercised at any time (i) following the date on which Ellie Mae has received an aggregate of $5,000,000 in “Profits” as defined and as set forth in Section 10 of the Strategic Relationship Agreement (the “Payment Threshold Date ”) and (ii) prior to the Expiration Date (the period described in subsection (i) and (ii) referred to herein as the “ Exercise Period ”). This Warrant may be exercised during the Exercise Period by the Registered Holder, in whole or in part, by surrendering this Warrant, with the purchase/exercise form appended hereto as Exhibit A duly executed by such Registered Holder or by such Registered Holder’s duly authorized attorney, at the principal office of the Company, or at such other office or agency as the Company may designate, accompanied by payment in full of the Purchase Price payable in respect of the number of shares of Warrant Stock purchased upon such exercise. The Purchase Price may be paid by cash, check or wire transfer.

  (b)       Effective Time of Exercise . Each exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on the day on which this Warrant shall have been surrendered to the Company as provided in Section 1(a) above. At such time, the person or persons in whose name or names any certificates for Warrant Stock shall be


issuable upon such exercise as provided in Section 1(d) below shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of the Warrant Stock represented by such certificates.

  (c)       Net Issue Exercise .

    (i)      In lieu of exercising this Warrant as set forth in Section 1(a) above, the Registered Holder may elect to receive Common Stock equal to the then current value of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant (with the notice of exercise form attached hereto as Exhibit A duly executed) at the principal office of the Company in which event the Company shall issue to the Registered Holder a number of shares of Common Stock computed using the following formula:

X= Y(A-B)

A

 

Where    X    =   The number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Registered Holder.
   Y    =   The number of vested shares of Common Stock purchasable under this Warrant.
   A    =   The fair market value of one share of such Common Stock.
   B    =   The Warrant Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculations).

    (ii)      For purposes of this Section 1(c), the “fair market value” of the Common Stock shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith.

  (d)       Delivery to Registered Holder . As soon as practicable after the exercise of this Warrant in whole or in part, and in any event within ten (10) days thereafter, the Company at its expense will cause to be issued in the name of, and delivered to, the Registered Holder, or as the Registered Holder (upon payment by the Registered Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct:

    (i)      a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Warrant Stock to which such Registered Holder shall be entitled, and

    (ii)      in case such exercise is in part only, a new warrant or warrants (dated the date hereof) of like tenor, calling in the aggregate on the face or faces thereof for the number of shares of Warrant Stock equal (without giving effect to any adjustment therein) to the number of such shares called for on the face of this Warrant minus the number of such shares purchased by the Registered Holder upon such exercise as provided in Section 1(a) above.

2.         Adjustments .

  (a)       Stock Splits and Dividends . If outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock shall be subdivided into a greater number of shares or a dividend in Common Stock shall be paid in respect of Common Stock, the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision or at the record date of such dividend shall simultaneously with the

 

2


effectiveness of such subdivision or immediately after the record date of such dividend be proportionately reduced. If outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, simultaneously with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased. When any adjustment is required to be made in the Purchase Price, the number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be changed to the number determined by dividing (i) an amount equal to the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment, by (ii) the Purchase Price in effect immediately after such adjustment.

  (b)       Reclassification, Etc. In case of any reclassification or change of the outstanding securities of the Company or of any reorganization of the Company (or any other corporation the stock or securities of which are at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) or any similar corporate reorganization on or after the date hereof, then and in each such case the Registered Holder of this Warrant, upon the exercise hereof at any time after the consummation of such reclassification, change, reorganization, merger or conveyance, shall be entitled to receive, in lieu of the stock or other securities and property receivable upon the exercise hereof prior to such consummation, the stock or other securities or property to which such Registered Holder would have been entitled upon such consummation if such Registered Holder had exercised this Warrant immediately prior thereto, all subject to further adjustment as provided in Section 2(a); and in each such case, the terms of this Section 2 shall be applicable to the shares of stock or other securities properly receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant after such consummation.

  (c)       Adjustment Certificate . When any adjustment is required to be made in the Warrant Stock or the Purchase Price pursuant to this Section 2, the Company shall promptly mail to the Registered Holder a certificate setting forth (i) a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment, (ii) the Purchase Price after such adjustment and (iii) the kind and amount of stock or other securities or property into which this Warrant shall be exercisable after such adjustment.

3.         Transfers .

  (a)       Unregistered Security . Each Registered Holder of this Warrant acknowledges that this Warrant and the Warrant Stock have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and agrees not to sell, pledge, distribute, offer for sale, transfer or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or any Warrant Stock issued upon its exercise in the absence of (i) an effective registration statement under the Act as to this Warrant or such Warrant Stock and registration or qualification of this Warrant or such Warrant Stock under any applicable U.S. federal or state securities law then in effect or (ii) an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to the Company, that such registration and qualification are not required. Each certificate or other instrument for Warrant Stock issued upon the exercise of this Warrant shall bear a legend substantially to the foregoing effect.

 

3


  (b)       Transferability . Subject to the provisions of Section 3(a) hereof, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part, upon surrender of the Warrant with a properly executed assignment (in the form of Exhibit B hereto) at the principal office of the Company

  (c)       Warrant Register . The Company will maintain a register containing the names and addresses of the Registered Holders of this Warrant. Until any transfer of this Warrant is made in the warrant register, the Company may treat the Registered Holder of this Warrant as the absolute owner hereof for all purposes; provided , however , that if this Warrant is properly assigned in blank, the Company may (but shall not be required to) treat the bearer hereof as the absolute owner hereof for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Any Registered Holder may change such Registered Holder’s address as shown on the warrant register by written notice to the Company requesting such change.

4.         Investment Representations and Warranties . Registered Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:

  (a)       Purchase Entirely for Own Account . This Warrant is being issued to Registered Holder in reliance upon the Registered Holder’s representation to the Company that the Warrant to be acquired will be acquired for investment for the Registered Holder’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Registered Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. By executing this Warrant, Registered Holder further represents that it does not presently have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or to any third person, with respect to the Securities. Registered Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring any of the Securities.

  (b)       Knowledge . Registered Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities.

  (c)       Restricted Securities . Registered Holder understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities. Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Registered Holder’s representations as expressed herein. Registered Holder understands that the Securities are “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, Registered Holder must hold the Securities indefinitely unless they are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. Registered Holder acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Securities for resale. Registered Holder further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Securities, and on requirements relating to the

 

4


Company which are outside of the Registered Holder’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy.

  (d)       No Public Market . Registered Holder understands that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company, that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Securities.

  (e)       Legends . Registered Holder understands that the Securities, and any securities issued in respect thereof or exchange therefor, may bear one or all of the following legends:

    (i)      “THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.”

    (ii)      Any legend required by the Blue Sky laws of any state to the extent such laws are applicable to the shares represented by the certificate so legended.

  (f)       Accredited Investor . Registered Holder is an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

5.         Lock-Up Provision . Upon receipt of a written request by the Company or by its underwriters, the Registered Holder shall not sell, sell short, grant an option to buy, or otherwise dispose of shares of the Company’s Common Stock or other securities (except for any such shares included in the registration) for a period of 180 days following the effective date of the initial registration of the Company’s securities. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares (or securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said 180-day period.

6.         Termination . This Warrant (and the right to purchase securities upon exercise hereof) shall terminate on December 31, 2012 (the “ Expiration Date ”).

7.         Reservation of Stock . The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for the issuance and delivery upon the exercise of this Warrant, such shares of Warrant Stock and other stock, securities and property, as from time to time shall be issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant.

8.         Exchange of Warrants . Upon the surrender by the Registered Holder of any Warrant or Warrants, properly endorsed, to the Company at the principal office of the Company, the Company will, subject to the provisions of Section 3 hereof, issue and deliver to or upon the order of such Registered Holder, at the Company’s expense, a new Warrant or Warrants of like tenor, in the name of such Registered Holder or as such Registered Holder (upon payment by

 

5


such Registered Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, calling in the aggregate on the face or faces thereof for the number of shares of Common Stock called for on the face or faces of the Warrant or Warrants so surrendered.

9.         Replacement of Warrants . Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) upon delivery of an indemnity agreement in an amount reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or (in the case of mutilation) upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company will issue, in lieu thereof, a new Warrant of like tenor.

10.         Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Warrant shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon receipt, when delivered personally or by courier, overnight delivery service or confirmed facsimile, or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the regular mail as certified or registered mail (airmail if sent internationally) with postage prepaid, addressed (a) if to the Registered Holder, to the address of the Registered Holder most recently furnished in writing to the Company and (b) if to the Company, to the address set forth below or subsequently modified by written notice to the Registered Holder.

11.         No Rights as Shareholder . Until the exercise of this Warrant, the Registered Holder of this Warrant shall not have or exercise any rights by virtue hereof as a shareholder of the Company.

12.         No Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued in connection with any exercise hereunder. In lieu of any fractional shares which would otherwise be issuable, the Company shall pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock on the date of exercise, as determined in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 1(a) hereof.

13.         Amendment or Waiver . Any term of this Warrant may be amended or waived only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the amendment or waiver is sought.

14.         Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

15.         Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank

 

6


ELLIE MAE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Sigmund Anderman

Name:   Sigmund Anderman
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
Address:
4155 Hopyard Road, Suite 200
Pleasanton, CA 94588
Fax: (925) 479-1360

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:

 

NEW CASA 188, LLC
By:  

/s/ Carl Buccellato

Name:   Carl Buccellato
  (print)
Title:   CEO
for:   Richard Buccellato
  Rich Delmastro
  Carl Buccellato
Address:
2830 Palmer Drive
Hollywood, FL 33021

Exhibit 4.6

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. THIS LEGEND SHALL BE ENDORSED UPON ANY WARRANT ISSUED IN EXCHANGE FOR THIS WARRANT.

 

 

     

Number of Shares:  

    

Date of Issuance:                       , 2001

     

(subject to adjustment)

ELLIE MAE, INC.

Common Stock Purchase Warrant

ELLIE MAE, INC. (the “ Company ”), for value received, hereby certifies that                              , or its registered assigns (the “ Registered Holder ”), is entitled, subject to the terms set forth below, to purchase from the Company, at any time after the date hereof and on or before the Expiration Date (as defined in Section 5 below), up to                                          (                      ) shares (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant) of Common Stock of the Company (“ Common Stock ”), at a purchase price of $1.00 per share. The shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and the purchase price per share, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant, are sometimes hereinafter referred to as the “ Warrant Stock ” and the “ Purchase Price ,” respectively.

This Warrant is issued pursuant to a Put Agreement dated February 27, 2001 between the Company and the Investors identified therein (the “ Put Agreement ”) and is subject to the terms and conditions of the Put Agreement.

1.      Exercise .

(a)     Manner of Exercise . This Warrant may be exercised by the Registered Holder, in whole or in part, by surrendering this Warrant, with the purchase/exercise form appended hereto as Exhibit A duly executed by such Registered Holder or by such Registered Holder’s duly authorized attorney, at the principal office of the Company, or at such other office or agency as the Company may designate, accompanied by payment in full of the Purchase Price payable in respect of the number of shares of Warrant Stock purchased upon such exercise. The Purchase Price may be paid by cash, check, wire transfer or by the surrender of promissory notes or other instruments representing indebtedness of the Company to the Registered Holder.


(b)       Effective Time of Exercise . Each exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on the day on which this Warrant shall have been surrendered to the Company as provided in Section 1(a) above. At such time, the person or persons in whose name or names any certificates for Warrant Stock shall be issuable upon such exercise as provided in Section 1(d) below shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of the Warrant Stock represented by such certificates.

(c)       Net Issue Exercise .

(i)    In lieu of exercising this Warrant as set forth in Section 1(a) above, the Registered Holder may elect to receive Common Stock equal to the value of this Warrant (or the portion therof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant (with the notice of exercise form attached hereto as Exhibit A duly executed) at the principal office of the company in which event the Company shall issue to the Registered Holder a number of shares of Common Stock computed using the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)

A

 

Where

  

X = The number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Registered Holder.

  

Y = The number of shares of Common Stock purchasable under this Warrant.

  

A = The fair market value of one share of such Common Stock.

  

B = The Warrant Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculations).

(ii)    For purposes of this Section 1(c), the “fair market value” of the Common Stock shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith; provided, however, that in the event the Warrant is exercised after the Company’s IPO, the fair market value per share shall be calculated on the basis of (a) if the Common Stock is then traded on a securities exchange, the average of the closing prices of the Common Stock on such exchange over the 30-day period ending three (3) days prior to the date of exercise, (b) if the Common Stock is then regularly traded over-the-counter, the average of the sale prices or secondarily the closing bid of the Common Stock over the 30-day period ending three (3) days prior to the date of exercise, or (c) if there is no active public market for the Common Stock, the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d)       Delivery to Registered Holder . As soon as practicable after the exercise of this Warrant in whole or in part, and in any event within ten days thereafter, the Company at its expense will cause to be issued in the name of, and delivered to, the Registered Holder, or as the Registered Holder (upon payment by the Registered Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct:

(i)    a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Warrant Stock to which such Registered Holder shall be entitled, and

(ii)    in case such exercise is in part only, a new warrant or warrants (dated the date hereof) of like tenor, calling in the aggregate on the face or faces thereof for the number of shares of Warrant Stock equal (without giving effect to any adjustment therein) to the number of such shares called for on the face of this Warrant minus the number of such shares purchased by the Registered Holder upon such exercise as provided in Section 1(a) above.

2.      Adjustments .

(a)       Stock Splits and Dividends . If outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock shall be subdivided into a greater number of shares or a dividend in Common Stock shall be paid in respect of Common Stock, the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision or at the record date of such dividend shall simultaneously with the effectiveness of such subdivision or immediately after the record date of such dividend be proportionately reduced. If outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, simultaneously with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased. When any adjustment is required to be made in the Purchase Price, the number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be changed to the number determined by dividing (i) an amount equal to the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment, by (ii) the Purchase Price in effect immediately after such adjustment.

(b)       Reclassification, Etc. In case of any reclassification or change of the outstanding securities of the Company or of any reorganization of the Company (or any other corporation the stock or securities of which are at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) or any similar corporate reorganization on or after the date hereof, then and in each such case the Registered Holder of this Warrant, upon the exercise hereof at any time after the consummation of such reclassification, change, reorganization, merger or conveyance, shall be entitled to receive, in lieu of the stock or other securities and property receivable upon the

 

2


exercise hereof prior to such consummation, the stock or other securities or property to which such Registered Holder would have been entitled upon such consummation if such Registered Holder had exercised this Warrant immediately prior thereto, all subject to further adjustment as provided in Section 2(a); and in each such case, the terms of this Section 2 shall be applicable to the shares of stock or other securities properly receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant after such consummation.

(c)       Adjustment Certificate . When any adjustment is required to be made in the Warrant Stock or the Purchase Price pursuant to this Section 2, the Company shall promptly mail to the Registered Holder a certificate setting forth (i) a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment, (ii) the Purchase Price after such adjustment and (iii) the kind and amount of stock or other securities or property into which this Warrant shall be exercisable after such adjustment.

3.      Transfers .

(a)       Unregistered Security . Each Registered Holder of this Warrant acknowledges that this Warrant and the Warrant Stock have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and agrees not to sell, pledge, distribute, offer for sale, transfer or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or any Warrant Stock issued upon its exercise in the absence of (i) an effective registration statement under the Securities Act as to this Warrant or such Warrant Stock and registration or qualification of this Warrant or such Warrant Stock under any applicable U.S. federal or state securities law then in effect or (ii) an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to the Company, that such registration and qualification are not required. Each certificate or other instrument for Warrant Stock issued upon the exercise of this Warrant shall bear a legend substantially to the foregoing effect.

(b)       Transferability . Subject to the provisions of Section 3(a) hereof, the Put Agreement and the Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of May 1, 2000, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of February 1, 2001, among the Company and certain holders of the Company’s securities, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part, upon surrender of the Warrant with a properly executed assignment (in the form of Exhibit B hereto) at the principal office of the Company

(c)       Warrant Register . The Company will maintain a register containing the names and addresses of the Registered Holders of this Warrant. Until any transfer of this Warrant is made in the warrant register, the Company may treat the Registered Holder of this Warrant as the absolute owner hereof for all purposes; provided , however , that if this Warrant is properly assigned in blank, the Company may (but shall not be required to) treat the bearer hereof as the absolute owner hereof for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Any Registered Holder may change such Registered Holder’s address as shown on the Warrant register by written notice to the Company requesting such change.

4.      No Impairment . The Company will not, by amendment of its charter or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, sale of assets or any other voluntary action,

 

3


avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Registered Holder of this Warrant against impairment.

5.      Termination . This Warrant (and the right to purchase securities upon exercise hereof) shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of the following (the “ Expiration Date ”): (a)                       , 2011, or (b) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act.

6.      Merger, Sale of Assets, etc . If at any time while this Warrant, or any permissible portion thereof, is outstanding and unexpired there shall be (a) a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity in which the Company is not the surviving entity, or (b) a sale or transfer of the Company’s properties and assets as, or substantially as, an entirety to any other person, then, as a part of such merger, consolidation, sale or transfer, lawful provision shall be made so that the Registered Holder of this Warrant shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, during the period specified herein and upon payment of the Purchase Price then in effect, the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the successor corporation resulting from such merger, consolidation, sale or transfer that a holder of the shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled to receive in such merger, consolidation, sale or transfer if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such merger, consolidation, sale or transfer.

7.      Notices of Certain Transactions . In case:

(a)      the Company shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other stock or securities at the time deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other right, to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other right, or

(b)      of any capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, any consolidation or merger of the Company, any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the surviving entity), or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or

(c)      of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company,

then, and in each such case, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed to the Registered Holder of this Warrant a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and stating the amount and

 

4


character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other stock or securities at the time deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up) are to be determined. Such notice shall be mailed at least ten days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

8.     Reservation of Stock . The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for the issuance and delivery upon the exercise of this Warrant, such shares of Warrant Stock and other stock, securities and property, as from time to time shall be issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant.

9.     Exchange of Warrants . Upon the surrender by the Registered Holder of any Warrant or Warrants, properly endorsed, to the Company at the principal office of the Company, the Company will, subject to the provisions of Section 3 hereof, issue and deliver to or upon the order of such Registered Holder, at the Company’s expense, a new Warrant or Warrants of like tenor, in the name of such Registered Holder or as such Registered Holder (upon payment by such Registered Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, calling in the aggregate on the face or faces thereof for the number of shares of Common Stock called for on the face or faces of the Warrant or Warrants so surrendered.

10.     Replacement of Warrants . Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) upon delivery of an indemnity agreement in an amount reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or (in the case of mutilation) upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company will issue, in lieu thereof, a new Warrant of like tenor.

11.     Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Warrant shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon receipt, when delivered personally or by courier, overnight delivery service or confirmed facsimile, or 48 hours after being deposited in the regular mail as certified or registered mail (airmail if sent internationally) with postage prepaid, addressed (a) if to the Registered Holder, to the address of the Registered Holder most recently furnished in writing to the Company and (b) if to the Company, to the address set forth below or subsequently modified by written notice to the Registered Holder.

12.     No Rights as Shareholder . Until the exercise of this Warrant, the Registered Holder of this Warrant shall not have or exercise any rights by virtue hereof as a shareholder of the Company.

13.     No Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued in connection with any exercise hereunder. In lieu of any fractional shares which would otherwise be issuable, the Company shall pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock on the date of exercise, as determined in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 1(a) hereof.

 

5


14.     Amendment or Waiver . Any term of this Warrant may be amended or waived only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the amendment or waiver is sought.

15.     Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

16.     Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 

ELLIE MAE, INC.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Sigmund Anderman

Title:

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

Address:   Ellie Mae, Inc.
  4457 Willow Road
  Pleasanton, California 94588
Facsimile:   (925) 227-9004

 

6

Exhibit 10.1

LOGO

ELLIE MAE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 1999 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

(as of February 23, 2006)

Plan originally effective as of December 1999


1.

   PURPOSES OF THIS PLAN    2

2.

   DEFINITIONS    2

3.

   STOCK SUBJECT TO THIS PLAN    4

4.

   ADMINISTRATION OF THIS PLAN    4

5.

   ELIGIBILITY    6

6.

   TERM OF PLAN    6

7.

   EXERCISE PRICE AND CONSIDERATION    6

8.

   OPTIONS    7

9.

   STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS    9

10.

   STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS    10

11.

   RESTRICTED SHARES    11

12.

   NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS    12

13.

   ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, MERGER OR OTHER EVENTS    12

14.

   TIME OF GRANT    14

15.

   AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION    14

16.

   CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES    14

17.

   RESERVATION OF SHARES    15

18.

   OPTION, STOCK PURCHASE AND STOCK BONUS AGREEMENTS    15

19.

   SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL    15

20.

   INFORMATION TO PARTICIPANTS    16

21.

   RIGHT OF COMPANY TO TERMINATE EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTING SERVICES    16

22.

   NOTICE; RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL AND REPURCHASE    16

23.

   WITHHOLDING    16

24.

   SEPARABILITY    17

25.

   NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF THIS PLAN    17

26.

   GOVERNING LAW    17

27.

   CANCELLATION OF AND SUBSTITUTION FOR NONSTATUTORY OPTIONS    17

28.

   MARKET STANDOFF    17


ELLIE MAE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 1999 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

1.           Purposes of this Plan . The general purpose of this Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan is to promote the interests of the Company and its shareholders by (i) providing certain Employees of and Consultants to the Company with additional incentives to continue and increase their efforts with respect to achieving success in the business of the Company and (ii) attracting and retaining the best available personnel to participate in the ongoing business operations of the Company.

Options granted under this Plan may be either Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined at the discretion of the Committee and as reflected in the terms of the written option agreements. The Committee may also grant Stock Purchase Rights, Stock Appreciation Rights and Restricted Stock hereunder.

2.          Definitions . As used in this Plan, the following definitions shall apply:

Affiliated SAR ” means a SAR that is granted in connection with a related Option, and which will be deemed to automatically be exercised simultaneous with the exercise of the related Option.

Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under this Plan, including any Nonqualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Purchase Rights, SARs or Restricted Stock.

Award Agreement ” means an agreement entered into by each Participant and the Company, setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to Awards granted to Participants under the Plan.

Committee ” shall mean the Committee, if one has been appointed, or the Board of Directors of the Company, if no Committee is appointed.

Board of Directors ” means the full Board of Directors of the Company.

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any particular Code section shall include any successor section.

Committee ” shall mean the Committee appointed by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 4(a) of this Plan, if one is appointed, or if no Committee is appointed, the Board of Directors.

Common Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

Company ” shall mean Ellie Mae, Inc., a California Company.

 

2


Consultant ” shall mean any person who has been engaged by the Company to render consulting services for the Company and is compensated for such consulting services, and any director of the Company whether compensated for such services or not.

Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant ” shall mean the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant, as applicable. Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of sick leave, military leave, or any other leave of absence approved by the Committee; provided that such leave is for a period of not more than 90 days or reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute.

Employee ” shall mean any person, including any officer or director, employed by the Company as a common-law employee. The payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Freestanding SAR ” means a SAR that is granted independently of any Options.

Incentive Stock Option ” shall mean an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

Non-Employee Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors of the Company who qualifies as a “Non-Employee Director” pursuant to the terms of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act (“Rule 16b-3”), or any other applicable rules, regulations or interpretations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Nonstatutory Stock Option ” shall mean an Option which is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

Option ” shall mean a stock option granted pursuant to this Plan.

Optioned Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock subject to an Option.

Optionee ” shall mean an Employee or Consultant who receives an Option.

Participant ” means an Employee or Consultant who has outstanding an Award granted under the Plan.

Plan ” shall mean this Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan.

Purchaser ” shall mean an Employee or Consultant who exercises a Stock Purchase Right.

Restricted Period ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock is limited in some way (based on the passage of time, the achievement of

 

3


performance goals, or upon the occurrence of other events as determined by the Committee, in its discretion), and the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, as provided in Section 11.

Restricted Shares ” means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 11.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Share ” shall mean a share of Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of this Plan.

Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with a related Option, designated as a SAR, pursuant to the terms of Section 10.

Stock Purchase Right ” shall mean a right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to this Plan or the right to receive a bonus of Common Stock for past services.

Tandem SAR ” means a SAR that is granted in connection with a related Option, the exercise of which shall require forfeiture of the right to purchase a Share under the related Option (and when a Share is purchased under the Option, a SAR shall similarly be cancelled).

3.          Stock Subject to this Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of this Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares under this Plan is 9,000,000. The maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under this Plan pursuant to Incentive Stock Options is 9,000,000. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock, or both. If an Option or Stock Purchase Right should expire, terminate, be cancelled or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, then the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall, unless this Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant or sale under this Plan. In addition, Shares issued under this Plan and later repurchased or otherwise reacquired by the Company shall, unless this Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant or sale under this Plan.

4.          Administration of this Plan .

(a)         Procedure . This Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company unless and until the Board of Directors delegates administration to a Committee, as provided in this Section 4(a).

(i)        Subject to Section 4(a)(ii), the Board of Directors may appoint a Committee consisting of not less than two members of the Board of Directors (or having such other composition permitted under applicable law) to administer this Plan on behalf of the Board of Directors, subject to such terms and conditions not inconsistent with this Plan as the Board of Directors may prescribe. Once appointed, the Committee shall continue to serve until otherwise directed by the Board of Directors. Members of the Committee who are either eligible for Awards or have been granted Awards may vote on any matters affecting the administration of this Plan or the grant of any Awards pursuant to this Plan, except that no such member shall act

 

4


upon the granting of an option to such member, but any such member may be counted in determining the existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Committee during which action is taken with respect to the granting of Options and/or Stock Purchase Rights to such member.

(ii)       Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 4(a)(i), if the Company registers any class of any equity security pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, from the effective date of such registration until six months after the termination of such registration, any grants of Options and/or Stock Purchase Rights to directors or officers who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be made only by a Committee consisting of two or more persons, each of whom shall be a Non-Employee Director (if necessary to meet the requirements of Rule 16b-3). The Committee shall otherwise comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3, as from time to time in effect, unless the Committee expressly declares that any such requirement shall not apply.

(iii)      Subject to the foregoing Sections 4(a)(i) and 4(a)(ii), from time to time the Board of Directors may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies however caused, or remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer this Plan. Once appointed, the Committee shall continue to serve until otherwise directed by the Board of Directors.

(b)         Powers of the Committee . Subject to the provisions of this Plan, the Committee shall have plenary authority, in its discretion and without limitation, to do the following: (i) to grant Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Purchase Rights, Stock Appreciation Rights or Restricted Stock; (ii) to determine, upon review of relevant information and in accordance with Section 7 of this Plan, the fair market value of the Common Stock; (iii) to determine the exercise price per share of Options or Stock Purchase Rights to be granted, which exercise price shall be determined in accordance with Section 7 hereof; (iv) to determine the Employees or Consultants to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted and the number of Shares to be represented by each Award; (v) to interpret this Plan; (vi) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to this Plan, and in the exercise of this power, to correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in this Plan or in any agreement relating to an Award, in a manner and to the extent the Committee shall deem necessary or expedient to make this Plan fully effective; (vii) to determine the terms and provisions of each Award granted (which need not be identical) and, with the consent of the holder thereof, to modify or amend each Award; (viii) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effectuate the grant of an Award previously granted by the Committee; (ix) to modify or assume outstanding Awards, provided that no such action shall without the consent of the Participant impair his or her rights or obligations under such Award; and (x) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan.

(c)         Committee Determinations . In making determinations under this Plan, the Committee may take into account the nature of the services rendered by the respective Employees and Consultants, their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company and such other factors as the Committee in its discretion shall deem relevant. All

 

5


decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Committee shall be final and binding on all Optionees, Purchasers and any other holders of any Options, Stock Purchase Rights, Stock Appreciation Rights and/or Restricted Stock granted under this Plan.

5.           Eligibility .

(a)        Awards may be granted to Employees and/or Consultants, provided that Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to Employees. An Employee or Consultant who has been granted an Award may, if such Employee or Consultant is otherwise eligible, be granted additional Awards.

(b)        To the extent that the aggregate fair market value (determined for each Share as of the date of grant of the Option covering such Share) of share with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year (under any plans of the Company and any parent or subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess options shall be treated as Options which are not Incentive Stock Options in accordance with the ordering rule of Section 422(d)(2) of the Code.

(c)        Section 5(b) of this Plan shall apply only to an Incentive Stock Option evidenced by a stock option agreement which sets forth the intention of the Company and the Optionee that such Option shall qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. Section 5(b) of this Plan shall not apply to any Option evidenced by an Award Agreement which sets forth the intention of the Company and the Optionee that such Option shall be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

6.          Term of Plan . This Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board of Directors or its approval by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Company entitled to vote on the adoption of this Plan. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten years unless sooner terminated under Section 15 of this Plan.

7.          Exercise Price and Consideration .

(a)        The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be such price as is determined by the Committee, but shall be subject to the following provisions:

(i)        In the case of an Incentive Stock Option:

(A)  granted to an Employee who, at the time of the grant of such Incentive Stock Option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the fair market value per Share on the date of grant;

(B)  granted to any Employee, other than an Employee described in Section 7(a)(i)(A), the per share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the fair market value per Share on the date of grant.

 

6


(ii)       In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option:

(A)  granted to an Employee or Consultant who, at the time of the grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the per share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the fair market value per Share on the date of the grant;

(B)  granted to any Employee or Consultant, other than an Employee or Consultant described in Section 7(a)(ii)(A), the per share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the fair market value per Share on the date of grant.

(iii)      In the case of a Stock Purchase Right granted to any person, the per share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant; provided , however , that if such person at the time of the grant of such Stock Purchase Right, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the per share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the fair market value per Share on the date of the grant.

(b)       Fair market value shall be determined by the Committee in its discretion; provided , however , that where there is an active public market for the Common Stock, the fair market value per share shall be determined as follows:

(i)        If the Company’s Common Stock is traded on an exchange or is quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation (“NASDAQ”) National Market System, then the closing or last sale price, respectively, on the date of grant, as reported in the Wall Street Journal (or, if not so reported, as otherwise reported by the NASDAQ System).

(ii)       If the Company’s Common Stock is not traded on an exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market System but is traded in the over-the-counter market, then the mean of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of grant as reported in the Wall Street Journal (or, if not so reported, as otherwise reported by the NASDAQ System).

(c)        The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Committee and may consist entirely of cash, check, promissory note or other deferred payment arrangement, other Shares of Common Stock having a fair market value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be exercised, or any combination of such methods of payment, or such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted under applicable law. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Committee shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

8.           Options .

(a)        Term of Options . The term of each Option shall be 10 years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement relating to such Option. However, in the case of an Option granted to an Employee who, at the time the

 

7


Option is granted, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the term of the Option shall be five years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter time as may be provided in the Award Agreement relating to such Option.

(b)        Exercise of Option .

(i)         Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder . Any Option granted under this Plan shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Committee, such as vesting conditions and/or performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee, and as shall be permissible under the terms of this Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Option granted hereunder shall have a vesting period in excess of five years.

An Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby at any time prior to termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant, the Optionee may elect to exercise the Option as to all or any part of the unvested Shares subject to the Option. Any shares so purchased may be subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company or to any restriction the Committee determines to be appropriate.

An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised has been received by the Company. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. Full payment may, as authorized by the Committee, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 7 of this Plan. Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 13 of this Plan.

The foregoing notwithstanding, if the Company’s Common Stock is traded on an exchange, quoted on the NASDAQ National Market System or traded in the over-the-counter market, then the Committee may arrange, with one or more brokerage houses experienced in such transactions, for the cashless exercise of Options at the election of an Optionee.

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares which thereafter may be available, both for purposes of this Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii)        Termination of Status as an Employee or Consultant . Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, in the event of termination of an

 

8


Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant, such Optionee may, but only within 90 days after the date of such termination (but in no event later than the date of expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), exercise the Option to the extent that such Employee or Consultant was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, to the extent that such Employee or Consultant was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of such termination, or if such Employee or Consultant does not exercise such Option (which such Employee or Consultant was entitled to exercise) within such 90 day time period, the Option shall terminate.

(iii)       Disability of Optionee . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8(b)(ii) above, in the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant as a result of such Employee’s or Consultant’s disability, such Employee or Consultant may, but only within six months after the date of such termination (but in no event later than the date of expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), exercise the Option to the extent such Employee or Consultant was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination; provided , however , that if the Option is an Incentive Stock Option and the disability is not a total and permanent disability (as defined in Section 422(c)(6) of the Code), then if the Optionee does not exercise the Option within three months after the date of such termination, such Option shall automatically convert into a Nonstatutory Stock Option; and provided , further , that if the termination is as a result of a total and permanent disability (as defined in Section 422(c)(6) of the Code), such Employee or Consultant may within one year after the date of such termination (but in no event later than the date of expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) exercise the Option to the extent such Employee or Consultant was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that such Employee or Consultant was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of such termination, or if such Employee or Consultant does not exercise such Option (which such Employee or Consultant was entitled to exercise) within the time periods specified above, as the case may be, the Option shall terminate.

(iv)       Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of an Optionee: (A) while the Optionee is an Employee or Consultant, (B) during the 90 day period described in Section 8(b)(ii), or (C) during the six month or one year periods described in Section 8(b)(iii), the Option may be exercised, at any time within one year following the date of death (but in no event later than the date of expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent of the right to exercise that had accrued at the time of death of the Optionee. To the extent that such Employee or Consultant was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of death, or if such Employee, Consultant, estate or other person does not exercise such Option (which such Employee, Consultant, estate or person was entitled to exercise) within the one year time period specified in this Plan, the Option shall terminate.

9.          Stock Purchase Rights .

(a)        Rights to Purchase . After the Committee determines that it will offer an Employee or Consultant a Stock Purchase Right, it shall deliver to the offeree an Award

 

9


Agreement or stock bonus agreement, as the case may be, setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions relating to the offer, including the number of Shares which such person shall be entitled to purchase, and the time within which such person must accept such offer, which shall in no event exceed 45 days from the date upon which the Committee made the determination to grant the Stock Purchase Right. The offer shall be accepted by execution of the Award Agreement in the form approved by the Committee.

(b)         Issuance of Shares . Forthwith after payment therefor, the Shares purchased shall be duly issued; provided , however , that the Committee may require that the Purchaser make adequate provision for any federal and state withholding obligations of the Company as a condition to the Purchaser purchasing such Shares.

(c)         Other Provisions . The Award Agreement or stock bonus agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with this Plan as may be determined by the Committee, including rights of first refusal as set forth in Section 22 hereof.

10.        Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a)         Grants of SARs . Tandem SARs may be awarded by the Committee in connection with any Option granted under the Plan, either on the date of grant of the Option or thereafter at any time prior to the exercise, termination or expiration of the Option. Freestanding SARs may also be granted by the Committee at any time. On the date of grant of a Freestanding SAR, the Committee shall specify the number of shares of Common Stock covered by such right and the base price of shares of Common Stock to be used in connection with the calculation described in Section 10(c) below. SARs shall be subject to such terms and conditions not inconsistent with the other provisions of this Plan as the Committee shall determine.

(b)         Exercise of Tandem SARs . A Tandem SAR shall be exercisable only to the extent that the related Option is exercisable and shall be exercisable only for such period as the Committee may determine (which period may expire prior to the expiration date of the related Option). Upon the exercise of all or a portion of a Tandem SAR, the related Option shall be canceled with respect to an equal number of Shares. A Tandem SAR shall entitle the Participant to surrender to the Company unexercised the related Option, or any portion thereof, and to receive from the Company in exchange therefor that number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate fair market value equal to (A) the excess of (i) the fair market value of one share of Common Stock as of the date the Tandem SAR is exercised over (ii) the Option price per share specified in such Option, multiplied by (B) the number of Shares subject to the Option, or portion thereof, which is surrendered. Cash shall be delivered in lieu of any fractional shares.

(c)         Exercise of Freestanding SARs . A Freestanding SAR shall be exercisable during such period as the Committee shall determine prior to the date of grant. The exercise of a Freestanding SAR shall entitle the Participant to receive from the Company that number of Shares having an aggregate fair market value equal to (A) the excess of (i) the fair market value of one share of Common Stock as of the date on which the Freestanding SAR is exercised over (ii) the base price of the Shares covered by the Freestanding SAR, multiplied by (B) the number of Shares covered by the Freestanding SAR, or the portion thereof being exercised. Cash shall be delivered in lieu of any fractional shares.

 

10


(d)         Settlement of SARs . As soon as is reasonably practicable after the exercise of a SAR, the Company shall (i) issue, in the name of the Participant, stock certificates representing the total number of full Shares to which the Participant is entitled pursuant to Section 10(b) or 10(c) hereof and cash in an amount equal to the fair market value, as of the date of exercise, of any resulting fractional shares, and (ii) if the Committee causes the Company to elect to settle all or part of its obligations arising out of the exercise of the SAR in cash pursuant to Section 10(e), deliver to the Participant an amount in cash equal to the fair market value, as of the date of exercise, of the Shares it would otherwise be obligated to deliver.

(e)         Cash Settlement . The Committee, in its discretion, may cause the Company to settle all or any part of its obligation arising out of the exercise of a SAR by the payment of cash in lieu of all or part of the Shares it would otherwise be obligated to deliver in an amount equal to the fair market value of such shares on the date of exercise.

11.        Restricted Shares .

(a)         Grant of Restricted Shares . The Committee may from time to time cause the Company to issue Restricted Shares under the Plan, subject to such restrictions, conditions and other terms as the Committee may determine in addition to those set forth herein.

(b)         Restrictions . At the time a grant of Restricted Shares is made, the Committee shall establish a period of time (the “Restricted Period”) applicable to such Restricted Shares. Each grant of Restricted Shares may be subject to a different Restricted Period. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, at the time a grant is made, prescribe restrictions in addition to or other than the expiration of the Restricted Period, including the satisfaction of Company or individual performance objectives, which shall be applicable to all or any portion of the Restricted Shares. Except with respect to grants of Restricted Shares intended to qualify as performance based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may also, in its sole discretion, shorten or terminate the Restricted Period or waive any other restrictions applicable to all or a portion of such Restricted Shares. None of the Restricted Shares may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of prior to the date on which such Restricted Shares.

(c)         Restricted Stock Certificates . The Company shall issue, in the name of each Participant, stock certificates with proper legends representing the total number of Restricted Shares granted to the Participant, as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of grant. The Secretary of the Company shall hold such certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, for the Participant’s benefit until such time as the Restricted Shares are forfeited to the Company or until the Restricted Shares vest. In lieu of the foregoing, Restricted Shares awarded to a Participant may be held under the Participant’s name in a book entry account maintained by or on behalf of the Company.

 

11


(d)         Rights of Holders of Restricted Shares . Except as otherwise determined by the Committee either at the time Restricted Shares are awarded or at any time thereafter prior to the lapse of the restrictions, holders of Restricted Shares shall not have the right to vote such shares or the right to receive any dividends with respect to such shares. All distributions, if any, received by an Employee or Consultant with respect to Restricted Shares as a result of any stock split, stock distribution, combination of shares, or other similar transaction shall be subject to the restrictions of this Section 11.

(e)         Termination of Employment or Consultant Relationship . Any Restricted Shares granted pursuant to the Plan shall be forfeited if the Participant terminates his or her Employee or Consultant relationship with the Company for reasons other than death or disability prior to the expiration or termination of the Restricted Period and the satisfaction of any other conditions applicable to such Restricted Shares. Upon such forfeiture, the Secretary of the Company shall either cancel or retain in its treasury the Restricted Shares that are forfeited to the Company. Upon the death or disability of a Participant occurring while an Employee or Consultant, all Restricted Shares that have not previously vested shall be forfeited unless the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine otherwise.

(f)         Delivery of Restricted Shares . Subject to the provisions of this Section, at such time as the Participant shall become vested in his or her Restricted Shares, the restrictions applicable to the Restricted Shares shall lapse and a stock certificate for the number of Restricted Shares with respect to which the restrictions have lapsed shall be delivered, free of all such restrictions, to the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary or estate, as the case may be.

12.        Non-Transferability of Awards . Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement in the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, Options, Stock Purchase Rights, SARs and Restricted Stock may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant.

13.        Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Other Events .

(a)         Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Award, and the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under this Plan but as to which no Awards have yet been granted or which have been returned to this Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Award, or repurchase of Shares from a Participant upon termination of employment or otherwise, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Award, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock of the Company or the payment of a stock dividend with respect to the Common Stock. Such adjustment shall be made by the Committee, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Award.

 

12


(b)         Dissolution and Liquidation . In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, each outstanding Option shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, provided that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all of the Options to become fully vested and exercisable. The Committee shall notify each Participant of (i) the proposed effective date of the dissolution or liquidation and (ii) any acceleration of the vesting of such Participant’s Options. Such notice shall be given as soon as practicable prior the date on which the dissolution or liquidation is scheduled to occur.

(c)         Corporate Transactions . In the event of:

(i)        a sale, transfer or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets other than to (A) a corporation or other entity of which at least a majority of its combined voting power is owned directly or indirectly by the Company, (B) a corporation or other entity owned directly or indirectly by the holders of capital stock of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Common Stock, or (C) an “Excluded Entity” (defined in subsection (ii) below); or

(ii)       any merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, other than a transaction with or into another corporation, entity or person in which the holders of at least a majority of the shares of voting capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by such shares remaining outstanding in the continuing entity or by their being converted into shares of voting capital stock of the surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the shares of voting capital stock of the Company (or the surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such transaction (an “Excluded Entity”),

each outstanding Option held by a current employee or consultant may be assumed or an equivalent option or right may be substituted by the successor corporation. If the successor corporation does not agree to such assumption or substitution, the vesting and exercisability of each outstanding Option shall accelerate such that the Options shall become vested and exercisable in full prior to the consummation of such corporate transaction at such time and on such conditions as the Committee shall determine, and to the extent Options are not exercised prior to the consummation of such corporate transaction, they shall terminate upon such consummation. If an Option is to be terminated pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Committee shall notify the Participant of such fact at least five days prior to the date on which the Option terminates. If Awards other than Options are outstanding, it is intended that such Awards shall be treated similarly.

The grant of an Award pursuant to this Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

13


14.        Time of Grant . The date of grant of an Award shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Committee makes the determination granting such Award. Notice of the determination shall promptly be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Award is so granted.

15.        Amendment and Termination .

(a)         Amendment . The Committee may amend this Plan from time to time in such respects as the Committee may deem advisable; provided that the shareholders of the Company must approve the following amendments or revisions within 12 months before or after the adoption of such revision or amendment:

(i)        any increase in the number of Shares subject to this Plan, other than in connection with an adjustment under Section 13 of this Plan;

(ii)       any change in the designation of the class of persons eligible to be granted Options (to the extent such modification requires shareholder approval in order for the Plan to satisfy the requirements of Section 422(b) of the Code or to comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3); or

(iii)      any other revision or amendment if such revision or amendment requires shareholder approval in order for this Plan to satisfy the requirements of Section 422(b) of the Code or to comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 if applicable to the Company.

(b)         Shareholder Approval . If any amendment requiring shareholder approval under Section 15(a) of this Plan is made subsequent to the first registration of any class of equity securities by the Company under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, such shareholder approval shall be solicited as described in Section 19 of this Plan.

(c)         Suspension and Termination . The Committee may suspend or terminate this Plan at any time. No Awards may be granted under this Plan while this Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(d)         Effect of Amendment, Termination or Suspension . Any such amendment, termination or suspension of this Plan shall not affect Awards already granted and such Awards shall remain in full force and effect as if this Plan had not been amended, terminated or suspended, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Company, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company.

16.        Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR, and Restricted Shares shall not be issued, unless the exercise of such Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR and/or the issuance and delivery of such Restricted Shares shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange or other stock trading system upon which the Shares may then be listed.

 

14


As a condition to the exercise of an Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR, or as a condition to the granting of any Restricted Share, the Company may require the person exercising such Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR, or to whom such Restricted Shares are being granted, to make such representations and warranties at the time of any such exercise or grant as the Company may at that time determine, including without limitation, representations and warranties that (i) the Shares are being purchased or received only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares in violation of applicable federal or state securities laws, and (ii) such person is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and is capable of evaluating the merits and the risks associated with purchasing or receiving the Shares.

17.        Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Plan.

The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares under this Plan, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

18.        Option, Stock Purchase and Stock Bonus Agreements . Options shall be evidenced by written Award Agreements in such form as the Committee shall approve. Upon the exercise of Stock Purchase Rights or Stock Appreciation Rights, the Purchaser shall sign an Award Agreement or stock bonus agreement in such form as the Committee shall approve.

19.        Shareholder Approval .

(a)        The shareholders of the Company shall have approved this Plan within 12 months before or after this Plan is adopted. Any shares purchased before shareholder approval is obtained shall be rescinded if shareholder approval is not obtained within 12 months before or after this Plan is adopted. Such shares shall not be counted in determining whether such approval is obtained.

(b)        If the Company registers any class of equity securities pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, any required approval of the shareholders of the Company obtained after such registration shall be solicited substantially in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(c)        If the Company registers any class of equity securities pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act and if prior to such time either (x) the shareholders of the Company did not approve this Plan or (y) the Company did not solicit shareholder approval substantially in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, then the Company shall take all necessary actions to qualify the Plan under Rule 16b-3 at or prior to the later of (A) the first annual meeting of shareholders held subsequent to the first registration of any class of equity securities of the Company under Section 12 of the Exchange Act or (B) the granting of an Option hereunder to an officer or director after such registration.

 

15


20.        Information to Participants . The Company shall provide annually to each Participant, during the period that such Participant has one or more Options, Stock Purchase Rights or SARs outstanding, copies of the annual financial statements of the Company.

21.        Right of Company to Terminate Employment or Consulting Services . This Plan shall not confer upon any Participant any right with respect to continuation of employment by or the rendition of consulting services to the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company’s right to terminate his or her employment or services at any time, with or without cause.

22.        Notice; Rights of First Refusal and Repurchase .

(a)        Award Agreements may contain such provisions as the Committee shall determine (or pursuant to a separate agreement) to the effect that if a Participant elects to sell (i) all or any Shares that the Participant acquired upon the exercise of an Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR or (ii) any Shares that were granted to the Participant as Restricted Shares, then the Participant shall give written notice to the President and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company of such election and any proposed sale of such Shares by such Participant shall be subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company.

(b)        The Committee may require, at its option, that an Award Agreement pursuant to this Plan may grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the Participant’s Continuing Status as an Employee or Consultant for any reason (including death or disability). The repurchase price shall be at the higher of the original purchase price or fair value of the Shares on the date of termination. If the Committee so determines, the purchase price for shares repurchased may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the Participant to the Company. The repurchase option must be exercised by the Company within 90 days of termination for cash or cancellation of money indebtedness for the Shares and the right shall terminate when the Company’s Common Stock becomes publicly traded. The Committee may require such a repurchase right in other events.

(c)        Certificates representing shares issued upon exercise of Options, Stock Purchase Rights or SARs shall bear a restrictive legend to the effect that the transferability of such shares is subject to the restrictions contained in this Plan and the Award Agreement between the Participant and the Company.

23.        Withholding . The Company’s obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock under this Plan shall be subject to applicable federal, state and local tax withholding requirements. To the extent provided by the terms of the stock option agreement relating to an Option, the Optionee may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise of such Option by any or a combination of the following means: (i) cash payment or wage withholding; (ii) authorizing the Company to withhold from the Shares otherwise issuable to the Optionee upon exercise of the Option the number of Shares having a fair market value less

 

16


than or equal to the amount of the withholding tax obligation; or (iii) delivering to the Company unencumbered shares of Common Stock owned by the Optionee having a fair market value less than or equal to the amount of the withholding tax obligation; provided , however , that with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii) above the Committee in its sole discretion may disapprove such payment and require that such taxes be paid in cash.

24.        Separability . At any time when the Company has a class of equity securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, if any of the terms or provisions of this Plan conflict with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 and/or Section 422 of the Code, then such terms or provisions shall be deemed inoperative to the extent they so conflict with the requirements of Rule 16b-3, and/or with respect to Incentive Stock Options, Section 422 of the Code. The foregoing sentence shall not apply with respect to the requirements of Rule 16b-3 if the Committee has expressly declared that such requirements shall not apply. With respect to Incentive Stock Options, if this Plan does not contain any provision required to be included herein under Section 422 of the Code, such provision shall be deemed to be incorporated herein with the same force and effect as if such provision had been set out at length herein. To the extent any Option that is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option cannot so qualify, such Option, to that extent, shall be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option for all purposes of this Plan.

25.        Non-Exclusivity of this Plan . The adoption of this Plan by the Board of Directors shall not be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Committee to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options and the awarding of stock and cash otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

26.        Governing Law . This Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

27.        Cancellation of and Substitution for Nonstatutory Options . The Company shall have the right to cancel any Nonstatutory Stock Option at any time before it otherwise would have expired by its terms and to grant to the same Optionee in substitution therefor a new Nonstatutory Stock Option stating an option price which is lower (but not higher) than the option price stated in the cancelled Option. Any such substituted option shall contain all the terms and conditions of the cancelled Option; provided , however , that such substituted Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of ten years and one day from the date of grant of the cancelled Option.

28.        Market Standoff . Unless the Committee determines otherwise, no Participant shall sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided , however , that such restriction shall apply only to the first two registration statements of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act which include securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such 180-day period.

 

17


Exhibit 1

ELLIE MAE, INC.

A California Corporation

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

This Stock Option Agreement (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the date of grant set forth below (the “Date of Grant”) by and between Ellie Mae, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company”), and the optionee named below (“Optionee”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

SHARES PURCHASED PURSUANT TO THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT WILL BE ISSUED WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION THEREUNDER OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN ANY MANNER EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT.


29.        Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to Optionee an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company set forth above (the “ Shares ”) at the Exercise Price Per Share set forth above (the “ Exercise Price ”), subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan. If designated as an Incentive Stock Option above, the Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” (“ ISO ”) within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). Only Employees of the Company shall receive ISOs.

30.        Exercise Price . The Exercise Price is not less than the fair market value per share of Common Stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Commitee; provided, however, in the event Optionee is an Employee and owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company immediately before this Option is granted, said exercise price is not less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the fair market value per share of Common Stock on the date of grant as determined by the Board.

31.        Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the provisions of Section 8 of the Plan as follows:

 

  (a)

Vesting .

 

  (i)

      This Option shall not become exercisable as to any of the number of the Shares until the First Vesting Date stated on the cover page to this Agreement (the “First Vesting Date”). On the First Vesting Date, this Option may be exercised to the extent of 25% of the Shares. Upon the expiration of each calendar month from the First Vesting Date, this Option may be exercised to the extent of the product of (a) the total number of Shares set forth at the beginning of this Agreement and (b) the fraction the numerator of which is one (1) and the denominator of which is forty-eight (48) (the “Monthly Vesting Amount”), plus the shares as to which the right to exercise the Option has previously accrued but has not been exercised; provided, however, that notwithstanding any of the above, the 25% exercisable on the First Vesting Date and the Monthly Vesting Amount with respect to any calendar month shall become exercisable only if Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant has not terminated as of the applicable Vesting Date. Any time that the Optionee is on leave or is absent from performing services for the Company shall not be counted towards the vesting provided herein.

 

  (ii)

      This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

  (iii)

      In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment or service as a Consultant, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Sections 7, 8 and 9 below, subject to the limitations contained in subsection 3(i)(d).

 

  (iv)

      In no event may this Option be exercised after the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 11 below.

 

  (b)

Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by written notice which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which

 

2


  the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such shares of Common Stock as may be required by the Company. Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the President, Secretary or Chief Financial Officer of the Company. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the exercise price.

No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise shall comply with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

  (c)

Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Other Events . The number and class of the Shares and/or the exercise price specified above are subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of changes in the capital stock of the Company by reason of stock dividends, split-ups or combinations of shares, reclassifications, mergers, consolidations, reorganizations or liquidations. Subject to any required action of the stockholders of the Company, if the Company shall be the surviving corporation in any merger or consolidation, this Option (to the extent that it is still outstanding) shall pertain to and apply to the securities to which a holder of the same number of shares of Common Stock that are then subject to this Option would have been entitled. In the event of (A) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (B) the sale, transfer or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or (C) a merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person described in Section 13 of the Plan, each Option shall be treated as set forth in Section 13 of the Plan.

32.        Optionee’s Representations . By receipt of this Option, by its execution, and by its exercise in whole or in part, Optionee represents to the Company that Optionee understands that:

 

  (a)

both this Option and any Shares purchased upon its exercise are securities, the issuance by the Company of which requires compliance with federal and state securities laws;

 

  (b)

these securities are made available to Optionee only on the condition that Optionee makes the representations contained in this Section 4 to the Company;

 

  (c)

Optionee has made a reasonable investigation of the affairs of the Company sufficient to be well informed as to the rights and the value of these securities;

 

  (d)

Optionee understands that the securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), in reliance upon one or more specific exemptions contained in the Act, which may include reliance on Rule 701 promulgated under the Act, if available, or which may depend upon (a) Optionee’s bona fide investment intention in acquiring these securities; (b) Optionee’s intention to hold these securities in compliance with federal and state securities laws; (c) Optionee having no present intention of selling or transferring any part thereof (recognizing that the Option is not transferable) in violation of applicable federal and state securities laws; and (d) there being certain restrictions on transfer of the Shares subject to the Option;

 

3


  (e)

Optionee understands that the Shares subject to this Option, in addition to other restrictions on transfer, must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act, or unless an exemption from registration is available; that Rule 144, the usual exemption from registration, is only available after the satisfaction of certain holding periods and in the presence of a public market for the Shares; that there is no certainty that a public market for the Shares will exist, and that otherwise it will be necessary that the Shares be sold pursuant to another exemption from registration which may be difficult to satisfy; and

 

  (f)

Optionee understands that the certificate representing the Shares will bear a legend prohibiting their transfer in the absence of their registration or the opinion of counsel for the Company that registration is not required, and a legend prohibiting their transfer in compliance with applicable state securities laws unless otherwise exempted.

33.        Method of Payment . Payment of the purchase price shall be made by cash, check or, in the sole discretion of the Committee at the time of exercise, promissory notes or other Shares of Common Stock having a fair market value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate purchase price of the Shares being purchased.

34.        Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such Shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by any applicable law or regulation.

35.        Termination of Status as an Employee or Consultant . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant for any reason other than death or disability, Optionee may, but only within ninety (90) days after the date of such termination (but in no event later than the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 11 below), exercise this Option to the extent that Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise this Option at the date of such termination, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the time specified herein, this Option shall terminate.

36.        Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant as a result of Optionee’s disability, Optionee may, but only within six (6) months from the date of termination of employment or consulting relationship (but in no event later than the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 11 below), exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination; provided , however ,. that if the Option is an Incentive Stock Option and the disability is not total and permanent (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) and the Optionee exercises the option within the period provided above but more than three (3) months after the date of termination, this Option shall automatically be deemed to be a Non-Statutory Stock Option and not an Incentive Stock Option; and provided , further , that if the disability is total and permanent (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), then the Optionee may, but only within one (1) year from the date of termination of employment or consulting relationship (but in no event later than the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 11 below), exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise this Option at the date of termination, or if Optionee does not exercise such Option (which Optionee was entitled to exercise) within the time periods specified herein, this Option shall terminate.

 

4


37.        Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of Optionee:

 

  (a)

during the term of this Option while an Employee or Consultant of the Company and having been in Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant since the date of grant of this Option, this Option may be exercised, at any time within one (1) year following the date of death (but in no event later than the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 11 below), by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent of the right to exercise that had accrued at the time of death of the Optionee. To the extent that such Employee or Consultant was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of death, or if such Employee, Consultant, estate or other person does not exercise such Option (which such Employee, Consultant, estate or person was entitled to exercise) within the one (1) year time period specified herein, the Option shall terminate; or

 

  (b)

during the ninety (90) day period specified in Section 7 or the six (6) month or one (1) year periods specified in Section 8, after the termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant, this Option may be exercised, at any time within one (1) year following the date of death (but in no event later than the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 11 below), by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise this Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent of the right to exercise that had accrued at the date of termination. To the extent that such Employee or Consultant was not entitled to exercise this Option at the date of death, or if such Employee, Consultant, estate or other person does not exercise such Option (which such Employee, Consultant, estate or person was entitled to exercise) within the one (1) year time period specified herein, this Option shall terminate.

38.        Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

39.        Term of Option . This Option may not be exercised more than ten (10) years from the date of grant of this Option, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and terms of this Option.

40.        Early Disposition of Stock; Taxation upon Exercise of Option . If Optionee is an Employee and the Option qualifies as an ISO, Optionee understands that, if Optionee disposes of any Shares received under this Option within two (2) years after the date of this Agreement or within one (1) year after such Shares were transferred to Optionee, Optionee will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received ordinary income at the time of such disposition in any amount generally measured as the difference between the price paid for the Shares and the lower of the fair market value of the Shares at the date of exercise or the fair market value of the Shares at the date of disposition. Any gain recognized on such premature sale of the Shares in excess of the amount treated as ordinary income will be characterized as capital gain. Optionee hereby agrees to notify the Company in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of any such disposition . Optionee understands that if Optionee disposes of such Shares at any time after the expiration of

 

5


such two (2) year and one (1) year holding periods, any gain on such sale will be treated as long-term capital gain subject to meeting various qualifications. If Optionee is a Consultant or this is a Non-Statutory Stock Option, Optionee understands that, upon exercise of this Option, Optionee will recognize income for tax purposes in an amount equal to the excess of the then fair market value of the Shares over the exercise price. Upon a resale of such shares by the Optionee, any difference between the sale price and the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise of the Option will be treated as capital gain or loss. Optionee understands that the Company will be required to withhold tax from Optionee’s current compensation in some of the circumstances described above; to the extent that Optionee’s current compensation is insufficient to satisfy the withholding tax liability, the Company may require the Optionee to make a cash payment to cover such liability as a condition to exercise of this Option.

41.        Tax Consequences . The Optionee understands that any of the foregoing references to taxation are based on federal income tax laws and regulations now in effect, and may not be applicable to the Optionee under certain circumstances. The Optionee may also have adverse tax consequences under state or local law. The Optionee has reviewed with the Optionee’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Optionee is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Optionee understands that the Optionee (and not the Company) shall be responsible for the Optionee’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

42.        Severability; Construction . In the event that any provision in this Option shall be invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability shall not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Option. This Option shall be construed as to its fair meaning and not for or against either party.

43.        Damages . The parties agree that any violation of this Option (other than a default in the payment of money) cannot be compensated for by damages, and any aggrieved party shall have the right, and is hereby granted the privilege, of obtaining specific performance of this Option in any court of competent jurisdiction in the event of any breach hereunder.

44.        Governing Law . This Option shall be deemed to be made under and governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. Jurisdiction for any disputes hereunder shall be solely in Contra Costa County, Alameda County or San Francisco County, California.

45.        Delay . No delay or failure on the part of the Company or the Optionee in the exercise of any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by any of them of any right, power or remedy preclude other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

46.        Restrictions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Optionee understands and agrees that Optionee shall not dispose of any of the Shares, whether by sale, exchange, assignment, transfer, gift, devise, bequest, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or otherwise, except in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section 18, and Optionee shall not take or omit any action which will impair the absolute and unrestricted right, power, authority and capacity of Optionee to sell Shares in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.

Any purported transfer of Shares by Optionee that violates any provision of this Section 18 shall be wholly void and ineffectual and shall give to the Company or its designee the

 

6


right to purchase from Optionee all but not less than all of the Shares then owned by Optionee for a period of ninety (90) days from the date the Company first learns of the purported transfer at the Agreement Price and on the Agreement Terms (as those terms are defined in subsections (ii)(c) and (ii)(d), respectively, of this Section 18). If the Shares are not purchased by the Company or its designee, the purported transfer thereof shall remain void and ineffectual and they shall continue to be subject to this Agreement.

The Company shall not cause or permit the transfer of any Shares to be made on its books except in accordance with the terms hereof.

(a)(1).   Permitted Transfers .

(i)        Optionee may sell, assign or transfer any Shares held by the Optionee but only by complying with the provisions of subsection (b)(1) of this Section 18.

(ii)       Optionee may sell, assign or transfer any Shares held by the Optionee without complying with the provisions of subsection (b)(1) by obtaining the prior written consent of the Company’s shareholders owning 50% of the then issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock (determined on a fully diluted basis) or a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company, provided that the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Option and the transfer is made in accordance with any other restrictions or conditions contained in the written consent and in accordance with applicable federal and state securities laws.

(iii)      Upon the death of Optionee, Shares held by the Optionee may be transferred to the personal representative of the Optionee’s estate without complying with the provisions of subsection (b)(1). Shares so transferred shall be subject to the other provisions of this Option, including in particular subsection (b)(2).

(a)(2).   No Pledge . Unless a majority of the members of the Board of Directors consent, Shares may not be pledged, mortgaged or otherwise encumbered to secure indebtedness for money borrowed or any other obligation for which the Optionee is primarily or secondarily liable.

(a)(3).   Stock Certificate Legend . Each stock certificate for Shares issued to the Optionee shall have conspicuously written, printed, typed or stamped upon the face thereof, or upon the reverse thereof with a conspicuous reference on the face thereof, the following legend:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ISSUED WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION THEREUNDER OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN ANY MANNER EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY. UNLESS A MAJORITY OF THE MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS CONSENT, SUCH STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT PROHIBITS ANY PLEDGE, MORTGAGE OR OTHER ENCUMBRANCE OF SUCH SHARES TO SECURE ANY OBLIGATION OF THE HOLDER HEREOF. EVERY CREDITOR OF THE HOLDER HEREOF AND ANY PERSON ACQUIRING OR PURPORTING TO ACQUIRE THIS CERTIFICATE OR THE SHARES HEREBY EVIDENCED OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN IS HEREBY NOTIFIED OF THE EXISTENCE

 

7


OF SUCH STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, AND ANY ACQUISITION OR PURPORTED ACQUISITION OF THIS CERTIFICATE OR THE SHARES HEREBY EVIDENCED OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN SHALL BE SUBJECT TO ALL RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES TO SUCH STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT AS THEREIN SET FORTH.

(b)(1).   Sales of Shares .

(i)        Company’s Right of First Refusal. In the event that the Optionee shall desire to sell, assign or transfer any Shares held by the Optionee to any other person (the “Offered Shares”) and shall be in receipt of a bona fide offer to purchase the Offered Shares (“Offer”), the following procedure shall apply. The Optionee shall give to the President and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company written notice containing the terms and conditions of the Offer, including, but not limited to (a) the number of Offered Shares; (b) the price per Share; (c) the method of payment; and (d) the name(s) of the proposed purchaser(s).

An offer shall not be deemed bona fide unless the Optionee has informed the prospective purchaser of the Optionee’s obligation under this Option and the prospective purchaser has agreed to become a party hereunder and to be bound hereby. The Company is entitled to take such steps as it reasonably may deem necessary to determine the validity and bona fide nature of the Offer.

Until thirty (30) days after such notice is given, the Company or its designee shall have the right to purchase all of the Offered Shares at the price offered by the prospective purchaser and specified in such notice. Such purchase shall be on the Agreement Terms, as defined in subsection (b)(4).

(ii)       Failure of Company or its Designee to Purchase Offered Shares. If all of the Offered Shares are not purchased by the Company and/or its designee within the 30-day period granted for such purchases, then any remaining Offered Shares may be sold, assigned or transferred pursuant to the Offer; provided, that the Offered Shares are so transferred within 30 days of the expiration of the 30-day period to the person or persons named in, and under the terms and conditions of, the bona fide Offer described in the notice to the Company; and provided further, that such persons agree to execute and deliver to the Company a written agreement, in form and content satisfactory to the Company, agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Option.

(b)(2).   Manner of Exercise .

Any right to purchase hereunder shall be exercised by giving written notice of election to the Optionee, the Optionee’s personal representative or any other selling person, as the case may be, prior to the expiration of such right to purchase.

(b)(3).   Agreement Price .

The “Agreement Price” shall be the higher of (A) the fair market value of the Shares to be purchased determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and (B) the original exercise price of the Shares to be purchased.

 

8


(b)(4).   Agreement Terms . “Agreement Terms” shall mean and include the following:

(i)         Delivery of Shares and Closing Date . At the closing, the Optionee, the Optionee’s personal representative or such other selling person, as the case may be, shall deliver certificates representing the Shares, properly endorsed for transfer, and with the necessary documentary and transfer tax stamps, if any, affixed, to the purchaser of such Shares. Payment of the purchase price therefor shall concurrently be made to the Optionee, the Optionee’s personal representative or such other selling person, as provided in subsection (ii) of this subsection (b)(4). Such delivery and payment shall be made at the principal office of the Company or at such other place as the parties mutually agree.

(ii)        Payment of Purchase Price . The Company shall pay the purchase price to the Optionee at the closing.

(b)(5).   Right to Purchase Upon Certain Other Events .

The Company or its designee shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares held by the Optionee at the Agreement Price and on the Agreement Terms for a period of ninety (90) days after any of the following events:

(i)        an attempt by a creditor to levy upon or sell any of the Optionee’s Shares;

(ii)       the filing of a petition by the Optionee under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any insolvency laws;

(iii)      the filing of a petition against Optionee under any insolvency or bankruptcy laws by any creditor of the Optionee if such petition is not dismissed within thirty (30) days of filing;

(iv)      the entry of a decree of divorce between the Optionee and the Optionee’s spouse; or

(v)       the termination of Optionee’s services as an Employee or Consultant with the Company.

The Optionee shall provide the Company written notice of the occurrence of any such event within thirty (30) days of such event.

(c)(1).   Termination . The provisions of this Section 18 shall terminate and all rights of each such party hereunder shall cease except for those which shall have theretofore accrued upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i)        cessation of the Company’s business;

(ii)       bankruptcy, receivership or dissolution of the Company;

(iii)      ownership of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company by a single shareholder of the Company;

(iv)      written consent or agreement of the shareholders of the Company holding 50% of the then issued and outstanding shares of the Company (determined on a fully diluted basis);

 

9


(v)        consent or agreement of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company; or

(vi)       registration of any class of equity securities of the Company pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(c)(2).   Amendment . This Section 18 may be modified or amended in whole or in part by a written instrument signed by shareholders of the Company holding 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (determined on a fully diluted basis) or a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company.

47.        Market Standoff . Unless the Board of Directors otherwise consents, Optionee hereby agrees not to sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Act; provided, however, that such restriction shall apply only to the first two registration statements of the Company to become effective under the Act which includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such 180-day period.

48.        Complete Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to its subject matter, and supersedes all other prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings both oral or written; provided, however, that in the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall govern. This Agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.

49.        Privileges of Stock Ownership . Participant shall not have any of the rights of a shareholder with respect to any Shares until Optionee exercises the Option and pays the Exercise Price for such Shares.

50.        Notices . Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Corporate Secretary of the Company at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to Optionee shall be in writing and addressed to Optionee at the address indicated above or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the Company. All notices shall be deemed to have been given or delivered upon: personal delivery; three (3) days after deposit in the United States mail by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested); one (1) business day after deposit with any return receipt express courier (prepaid); or one (1) business day after transmission by facsimile or telecopier.

 

DATE OF GRANT:  

 

  

 

  ELLIE MAE, INC., a California corporation  
 

 

 
 

      Sig Anderman

      CEO

 

 

10


OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO SECTION 3 HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING SERVICE AS AN EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS OPTION, THE COMPANY’S PLAN WHICH IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS AN EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTING RELATIONSHIP AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan, represents that Optionee is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of this Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board or of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan.

 

Dated:  

 

   
     

 

      Employee Name/Signature

 

11


Consent of Spouse

The undersigned spouse of the Optionee to the foregoing Stock Option Agreement acknowledges on his or her own behalf that: I have read the foregoing Stock Option Agreement and I know its contents. I hereby consent to and approve of the provisions of the Stock Option Agreement, and agree that the Shares issued upon exercise of the options covered thereby and my interest in them are subject to the provisions of the Stock Option Agreement and that I will take no action at any time to hinder operation of the Stock Option Agreement on those Shares or my interest in them.

 

 

 

  Signature of Spouse
 

 

  Address

 

12

Exhibit 10.2

LOGO

 

 

ELLIE MAE, INC.

2009 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.

    

PURPOSES OF THIS PLAN

   3

2.

    

DEFINITIONS

   3

3.

    

STOCK SUBJECT TO THIS PLAN

   5

4.

    

ADMINISTRATION OF THIS PLAN

   5

5.

    

ELIGIBILITY

   7

6.

    

TERM OF PLAN

   7

7.

    

EXERCISE PRICE AND CONSIDERATION

   7

8.

    

OPTIONS

   8

9.

    

STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS

   10

10.

    

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

   11

11.

    

RESTRICTED SHARES

   12

12.

    

NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS

   13

13.

    

ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, MERGER OR OTHER EVENTS

   13

14.

    

TIME OF GRANT

   14

15.

    

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

   15

16.

    

CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES

   15

17.

    

NO LIABILITY FOR NON-ISSUANCE

   15

18.

    

OPTION, STOCK PURCHASE AND STOCK BONUS AGREEMENTS

   15

19.

    

SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL

   15

20.

    

INFORMATION TO PARTICIPANTS

   16

21.

    

RIGHT OF COMPANY TO TERMINATE EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTING SERVICES

   16

22.

    

NOTICE; RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL AND REPURCHASE

   16

23.

    

WITHHOLDING

   16

24.

    

SEPARABILITY

   17

25.

    

NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF THIS PLAN

   17

26.

    

GOVERNING LAW

   17

27.

    

CANCELLATION OF AND SUBSTITUTION FOR OPTIONS

   17

28.

    

MARKET STANDOFF

   18

 

2


ELLIE MAE, INC.

2009 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

1.       Purposes of this Plan . This 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan is an amendment, restatement, continuation and renaming of the Company’s Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “Prior Plan”). The general purpose of this 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan is to promote the interests of the Company and its shareholders by (i) providing certain Employees of and Consultants to the Company with additional incentives to continue and increase their efforts with respect to achieving success in the business of the Company and (ii) attracting and retaining the best available personnel to participate in the ongoing business operations of the Company.

Options granted under this Plan may be either Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined at the discretion of the Committee and as reflected in the terms of the written option agreements. The Committee may also grant Stock Purchase Rights, Stock Appreciation Rights and Restricted Stock hereunder.

2.       Definitions . As used in this Plan, the following definitions shall apply:

Affiliated SAR ” means a SAR that is granted in connection with a related Option, and which will be deemed to automatically be exercised simultaneous with the exercise of the related Option.

Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under this Plan, including any Nonqualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Purchase Rights, SARs or Restricted Stock.

Award Agreement ” means an agreement entered into by each Participant and the Company, setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to Awards granted to Participants under the Plan.

Committee ” shall mean the Committee, if one has been appointed, or the Board of Directors of the Company, if no Committee is appointed.

Board of Directors ” means the full Board of Directors of the Company.

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any particular Code section shall include any successor section.

Committee ” shall mean the Committee appointed by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 4(a) of this Plan, if one is appointed, or if no Committee is appointed, the Board of Directors.

Common Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

Company ” shall mean Ellie Mae, Inc., a California Company.

 

3


Consultant ” shall mean any natural person who has been engaged by the Company or any majority-owned subsidiary to render bona-fide consulting services for the Company or any majority-owned subsidiary (but not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities) and is compensated for such consulting services, and any director of the Company or any majority-owned subsidiary whether compensated for such services or not.

Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant ” shall mean the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant, as applicable. Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted or terminated in the case of sick leave, military leave, or any other leave of absence approved by the Committee; provided that such leave is for a period of not more than 90 days or reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute.

Employee ” shall mean any person, including any officer or director, employed by the Company or any majority-owned subsidiary as a common-law employee. The payment of a director’s fee by the Company or any majority-owned subsidiary shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company or any majority-owned subsidiary.

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Freestanding SAR ” means a SAR that is granted independently of any Options.

Incentive Stock Option ” shall mean an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

Non-Employee Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors of the Company who qualifies as a “Non-Employee Director” pursuant to the terms of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act (“Rule 16b-3”), or any other applicable rules, regulations or interpretations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Nonstatutory Stock Option ” shall mean an Option which is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

Option ” shall mean a stock option granted pursuant to this Plan.

Optioned Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock subject to an Option.

Optionee ” shall mean an Employee or Consultant who receives an Option.

Participant ” means an Employee or Consultant who has outstanding an Award granted under the Plan.

Plan ” shall mean this 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan.

Purchaser ” shall mean an Employee or Consultant who exercises a Stock Purchase Right.

 

4


Restricted Period ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock is limited in some way (based on the passage of time, the achievement of performance goals, or upon the occurrence of other events as determined by the Committee, in its discretion), and the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, as provided in Section 11.

Restricted Shares ” means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 11.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Share ” shall mean a share of Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of this Plan.

Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with a related Option, designated as a SAR, pursuant to the terms of Section 10.

Stock Purchase Right ” shall mean a right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to this Plan or the right to receive a bonus of Common Stock for past services.

Tandem SAR ” means a SAR that is granted in connection with a related Option, the exercise of which shall require forfeiture of the right to purchase a Share under the related Option (and when a Share is purchased under the Option, a SAR shall similarly be cancelled).

3.       Stock Subject to this Plan . Subject to the adjustment provisions of Section 13 of this Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares under this Plan is the number of Shares available for future grant or sale under the Prior Plan on the date of adoption of this Plan plus up to 10,493,424 Shares covered by awards outstanding under the Prior Plan on the date of adoption of this Plan that may become available under this Plan pursuant to the last two sentences of this Section 3. The maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under this Plan pursuant to Incentive Stock Options is 1,058,348 plus up to 10,493,424 Shares covered by awards outstanding under the Prior Plan on the date of adoption of this Plan that may become available under this Plan pursuant to the last two sentences of this Section 3. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock, or both. If an Option or Stock Purchase Right (whether granted under this Plan or the Prior Plan) should expire, terminate, be cancelled or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, then the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall, unless this Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant or sale under this Plan. In addition, Shares issued under this Plan or the Prior Plan and later forfeited, repurchased or otherwise reacquired by the Company shall, unless this Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant or sale under this Plan.

4.       Administration of this Plan .

(a)       Procedure . This Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company unless and until the Board of Directors delegates administration to a Committee, as provided in this Section 4(a).

 

5


(i)      Subject to Section 4(a)(ii), the Board of Directors may appoint a Committee consisting of not less than two members of the Board of Directors (or having such other composition permitted under applicable law) to administer this Plan on behalf of the Board of Directors, subject to such terms and conditions not inconsistent with this Plan as the Board of Directors may prescribe. Once appointed, the Committee shall continue to serve until otherwise directed by the Board of Directors. Members of the Committee who are either eligible for Awards or have been granted Awards may vote on any matters affecting the administration of this Plan or the grant of any Awards pursuant to this Plan, except that no such member shall act upon the granting of an Award to such member, but any such member may be counted in determining the existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Committee during which action is taken with respect to the granting of Awards to such member.

(ii)      With respect to persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Committee shall be the Board of Directors or a Committee consisting of two or more persons, each of whom shall be a Non-Employee Director (if necessary to meet the requirements of Rule 16b-3); provided, however, that to the extent necessary for any Award intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code to so qualify, such Award shall be granted and administered by solely two or more directors of the Board of Directors each of whom shall be an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(iii)      Subject to the foregoing Sections 4(a)(i) and 4(a)(ii), from time to time the Board of Directors may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies however caused, or remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer this Plan. Once appointed, the Committee shall continue to serve until otherwise directed by the Board of Directors.

(b)       Powers of the Committee . Subject to the provisions of this Plan, the Committee shall have plenary authority, in its discretion and without limitation, to do the following: (i) to grant Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Purchase Rights, Stock Appreciation Rights or Restricted Stock; (ii) to determine, upon review of relevant information and in accordance with Section 7 of this Plan, the fair market value of the Common Stock; (iii) to determine the exercise price per share of Options or Stock Purchase Rights to be granted, which exercise price shall be determined in accordance with Section 7 hereof; (iv) to determine the Employees or Consultants to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted and the number of Shares to be represented by each Award; (v) to interpret this Plan; (vi) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to this Plan, and in the exercise of this power, to correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in this Plan or in any agreement relating to an Award, in a manner and to the extent the Committee shall deem necessary or expedient to make this Plan fully effective; (vii) to determine the terms and provisions of each Award granted (which need not be identical); (viii) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effectuate the grant of an Award previously granted by the Committee; (ix) to modify or assume outstanding Awards, provided that no such action shall without the consent of the Participant impair his or her rights or obligations under such Award; and (x) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan.

 

6


(c)       Committee Determinations . In making determinations under this Plan, the Committee may take into account the nature of the services rendered by the respective Employees and Consultants, their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company and such other factors as the Committee in its discretion shall deem relevant. All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Committee shall be final and binding on all Optionees, Purchasers and any other holders of any Options, Stock Purchase Rights, Stock Appreciation Rights and/or Restricted Stock granted under this Plan.

5.       Eligibility .

(a)      Awards may be granted to Employees and/or Consultants, provided that Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to Employees. An Employee or Consultant who has been granted an Award may, if such Employee or Consultant is otherwise eligible, be granted additional Awards.

(b)      To the extent that the aggregate fair market value (determined for each Share as of the date of grant of the Option covering such Share) of stock with respect to which “incentive stock options” are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year (under any plans of the Company and any parent or subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess options shall be treated as Options which are not incentive stock options in accordance with the ordering rule of Section 422(d)(2) of the Code.

(c)      Section 5(b) of this Plan shall apply only to an Incentive Stock Option evidenced by a stock option agreement which sets forth the intention of the Company and the Optionee that such Option shall qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. Section 5(b) of this Plan shall not apply to any Option evidenced by an Award Agreement which sets forth the intention of the Company and the Optionee that such Option shall be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

6.       Term of Plan . This Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board of Directors or its approval by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Company entitled to vote on the adoption of this Plan. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten years unless sooner terminated under Section 15 of this Plan.

7.       Exercise Price and Consideration .

(a)      The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be such price as is determined by the Committee, but shall be subject to the following provisions:

(i)      In the case of an Incentive Stock Option:

(A)      granted to an Employee who, at the time of the grant of such Incentive Stock Option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the fair market value per Share on the date of grant;

 

7


(B)      granted to any Employee, other than an Employee described in Section 7(a)(i)(A), the per share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the fair market value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii)      In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the fair market value per Share on the date of grant.

(iii)      In the case of a Stock Purchase Right granted to any person, the per share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

(b)      Fair market value shall be determined by the Committee in its discretion; provided , however , that where there is an active public market for the Common Stock, the fair market value per share shall be determined as follows:

(i)      If the Company’s Common Stock is traded on an exchange or is quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation (“NASDAQ”) National Market System, then the closing or last sale price, respectively, on the date of grant, as reported in the Wall Street Journal (or, if not so reported, as otherwise reported by the NASDAQ System).

(ii)      If the Company’s Common Stock is not traded on an exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market System but is traded in the over-the-counter market, then the mean of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of grant as reported in the Wall Street Journal (or, if not so reported, as otherwise reported by the NASDAQ System).

(c)      The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Committee and may consist entirely of cash, check, promissory note or other deferred payment arrangement (each, subject to the loan prohibition provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002), other Shares of Common Stock having a fair market value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be exercised, or any combination of such methods of payment, or such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted under applicable law. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Committee shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, payment shall be made only pursuant to the express provisions of the applicable Award Agreement or, if permitted by the Committee at the time exercise, by promissory note or by tendering previously acquired Shares of Common Stock.

8.       Options .

(a)       Term of Options . The term of each Option shall be 10 years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement relating to such Option. However, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the term of the Option shall be five years

 

8


from the date of grant thereof or such shorter time as may be provided in the Award Agreement relating to such Option.

(b)       Exercise of Option .

(i)       Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder . Any Option granted under this Plan shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Committee, such as vesting conditions and/or performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee, and as shall be permissible under the terms of this Plan.

  An Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby at any time prior to termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant, the Optionee may elect to exercise the Option as to all or any part of the unvested Shares subject to the Option. Any shares so purchased may be subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company or to any restriction the Committee determines to be appropriate.

  An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised has been received by the Company. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. Full payment may, as authorized by the Committee, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 7 of this Plan. Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 13 of this Plan.

  The foregoing notwithstanding, if the Company’s Common Stock is traded on an exchange, quoted on the NASDAQ National Market System or traded in the over-the-counter market, then the Committee may arrange, with one or more brokerage houses experienced in such transactions, for the cashless exercise of Options at the election of an Optionee.

  Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares which thereafter may be available, both for purposes of this Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii)       Termination of Status as an Employee or Consultant . Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, in the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant, such Optionee may, but only within 90 days after the date of such termination (but in no event later than the date of expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), exercise the Option to the extent that such Employee or Consultant was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination; provided,

 

9


however, that to the extent required by Section 260.140.41(e) of the Rules of the California Corporations Commissioner, such post-termination exercise period shall, at a minimum, be 30 days after the date of such termination (but in no event later than the date of expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, to the extent that such Employee or Consultant was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of such termination, or if such Employee or Consultant does not exercise such Option (which such Employee or Consultant was entitled to exercise) within such 90 day time period, the Option shall terminate.

(iii)       Disability of Optionee . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8(b)(ii) above, in the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant as a result of such Employee’s or Consultant’s disability, such Employee or Consultant may, but only within six months after the date of such termination (but in no event later than the date of expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), exercise the Option to the extent such Employee or Consultant was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination; provided , however , that if the Option is an Incentive Stock Option and the disability is not a total and permanent disability (as defined in Section 422(c)(6) of the Code), then if the Optionee does not exercise the Option within three months after the date of such termination, such Option shall automatically convert into a Nonstatutory Stock Option; and provided , further , that if the termination is as a result of a total and permanent disability (as defined in Section 422(c)(6) of the Code), such Employee or Consultant may within one year after the date of such termination (but in no event later than the date of expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) exercise the Option to the extent such Employee or Consultant was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that such Employee or Consultant was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of such termination, or if such Employee or Consultant does not exercise such Option (which such Employee or Consultant was entitled to exercise) within the time periods specified above, as the case may be, the Option shall terminate.

(iv)       Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of an Optionee: (A) while the Optionee is an Employee or Consultant, (B) during the 90 day period described in Section 8(b)(ii), or (C) during the six month or one year periods described in Section 8(b)(iii), the Option may be exercised, at any time within one year following the date of death (but in no event later than the date of expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent of the right to exercise that had accrued at the time of death of the Optionee. To the extent that such Employee or Consultant was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of death, or if such Employee, Consultant, estate or other person does not exercise such Option (which such Employee, Consultant, estate or person was entitled to exercise) within the one year time period specified in this Plan, the Option shall terminate.

9.       Stock Purchase Rights .

(a)       Rights to Purchase . After the Committee determines that it will offer an Employee or Consultant a Stock Purchase Right, it shall deliver to the offeree an Award Agreement or stock bonus agreement, as the case may be, setting forth the terms, conditions and

 

10


restrictions relating to the offer, including the number of Shares which such person shall be entitled to purchase, and the time within which such person must accept such offer, which shall in no event exceed 45 days from the date upon which the Committee made the determination to grant the Stock Purchase Right. The offer shall be accepted by execution of the Award Agreement in the form approved by the Committee.

(b)       Issuance of Shares . Forthwith after payment therefor, the Shares purchased shall be duly issued; provided , however , that the Committee may require that the Purchaser make adequate provision for any federal and state withholding obligations of the Company as a condition to the Purchaser purchasing such Shares.

(c)       Other Provisions . The Award Agreement or stock bonus agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with this Plan as may be determined by the Committee, including rights of first refusal as set forth in Section 22 hereof.

10.     Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a)       Grants of SARs . Tandem SARs may be awarded by the Committee in connection with any Option granted under the Plan, either on the date of grant of the Option or thereafter at any time prior to the exercise, termination or expiration of the Option. Freestanding SARs may also be granted by the Committee at any time. On the date of grant of a Freestanding SAR, the Committee shall specify the number of shares of Common Stock covered by such right and the base price of shares of Common Stock to be used in connection with the calculation described in Section 10(c) below. SARs shall be subject to such terms and conditions not inconsistent with the other provisions of this Plan as the Committee shall determine.

(b)       Exercise of Tandem SARs . A Tandem SAR shall be exercisable only to the extent that the related Option is exercisable and shall be exercisable only for such period as the Committee may determine (which period may expire prior to the expiration date of the related Option). Upon the exercise of all or a portion of a Tandem SAR, the related Option shall be canceled with respect to an equal number of Shares. A Tandem SAR shall entitle the Participant to surrender to the Company unexercised the related Option, or any portion thereof, and to receive from the Company in exchange therefor that number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate fair market value equal to (A) the excess of (i) the fair market value of one share of Common Stock as of the date the Tandem SAR is exercised over (ii) the Option price per share specified in such Option, multiplied by (B) the number of Shares subject to the Option, or portion thereof, which is surrendered. Cash shall be delivered in lieu of any fractional shares.

(c)       Exercise of Freestanding SARs . A Freestanding SAR shall be exercisable during such period as the Committee shall determine prior to the date of grant. The exercise of a Freestanding SAR shall entitle the Participant to receive from the Company that number of Shares having an aggregate fair market value equal to (A) the excess of (i) the fair market value of one share of Common Stock as of the date on which the Freestanding SAR is exercised over (ii) the base price of the Shares covered by the Freestanding SAR, multiplied by (B) the number of Shares covered by the Freestanding SAR, or the portion thereof being exercised. Cash shall be delivered in lieu of any fractional shares.

 

11


(d)       Settlement of SARs . As soon as is reasonably practicable after the exercise of a SAR, the Company shall (i) issue, in the name of the Participant, stock certificates representing the total number of full Shares to which the Participant is entitled pursuant to Section 10(b) or 10(c) hereof and cash in an amount equal to the fair market value, as of the date of exercise, of any resulting fractional shares, and (ii) if the Committee causes the Company to elect to settle all or part of its obligations arising out of the exercise of the SAR in cash pursuant to Section 10(e), deliver to the Participant an amount in cash equal to the fair market value, as of the date of exercise, of the Shares it would otherwise be obligated to deliver.

(e)       Cash Settlement . The Committee, in its discretion, may cause the Company to settle all or any part of its obligation arising out of the exercise of a SAR by the payment of cash in lieu of all or part of the Shares it would otherwise be obligated to deliver in an amount equal to the fair market value of such shares on the date of exercise.

11.     Restricted Shares .

(a)       Grant of Restricted Shares . The Committee may from time to time cause the Company to issue Restricted Shares under the Plan, subject to such restrictions, conditions and other terms as the Committee may determine in addition to those set forth herein.

(b)       Restrictions . At the time a grant of Restricted Shares is made, the Committee shall establish a period of time (the “Restricted Period”) applicable to such Restricted Shares. Each grant of Restricted Shares may be subject to a different Restricted Period. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, at the time a grant is made, prescribe restrictions in addition to or other than the expiration of the Restricted Period, including the satisfaction of Company or individual performance objectives, which shall be applicable to all or any portion of the Restricted Shares. Except with respect to grants of Restricted Shares intended to qualify as performance based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may also, in its sole discretion, shorten or terminate the Restricted Period or waive any other restrictions applicable to all or a portion of such Restricted Shares. None of the Restricted Shares may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of prior to the date on which such Restricted Shares.

(c)       Restricted Stock Certificates . The Company shall issue, in the name of each Participant, stock certificates with proper legends representing the total number of Restricted Shares granted to the Participant, as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of grant. The Secretary of the Company shall hold such certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, for the Participant’s benefit until such time as the Restricted Shares are forfeited to the Company or until the Restricted Shares vest. In lieu of the foregoing, Restricted Shares awarded to a Participant may be held under the Participant’s name in a book entry account maintained by or on behalf of the Company.

(d)       Rights of Holders of Restricted Shares . Except as otherwise determined by the Committee either at the time Restricted Shares are awarded or at any time thereafter prior to the lapse of the restrictions, holders of Restricted Shares shall have the right to vote such shares but shall not have the right to receive any dividends with respect to such shares. All distributions, if any, received by an Employee or Consultant with respect to Restricted Shares as

 

12


a result of any stock split, stock distribution, combination of shares, or other similar transaction shall be subject to the restrictions of this Section 11.

(e)       Termination of Employment or Consultant Relationship . Any Restricted Shares granted pursuant to the Plan shall be forfeited if the Participant terminates his or her Employee or Consultant relationship with the Company for reasons other than death or disability prior to the expiration or termination of the Restricted Period and the satisfaction of any other conditions applicable to such Restricted Shares. Upon such forfeiture, the Secretary of the Company shall either cancel or retain in its treasury the Restricted Shares that are forfeited to the Company. Upon the death or disability of a Participant occurring while an Employee or Consultant, all Restricted Shares that have not previously vested shall be forfeited unless the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine otherwise.

(f)       Delivery of Restricted Shares . Subject to the provisions of this Section, at such time as the Participant shall become vested in his or her Restricted Shares, the restrictions applicable to the Restricted Shares shall lapse and a stock certificate for the number of Restricted Shares with respect to which the restrictions have lapsed shall be delivered, free of all such restrictions, to the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary or estate, as the case may be.

12.     Non-Transferability of Awards . Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement in the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Purchase Rights, SARs and Restricted Stock may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant.

13.     Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Other Events .

(a)       Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company and the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Award, and the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under this Plan but as to which no Awards have yet been granted or which have been returned to this Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Award, or repurchase of Shares from a Participant upon termination of employment or otherwise, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Award, shall be proportionately adjusted in the event of the following with respect to the Company’s shares of Common Stock: a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination, reclassification or other distribution of the Company’s equity securities without the receipt of consideration by the Company. Such adjustment shall be made by the Committee, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Award.

(b)       Dissolution and Liquidation . In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, each outstanding Option shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, provided that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, cause

 

13


some or all of the Options to become fully vested and exercisable. The Committee shall notify each Participant of (i) the proposed effective date of the dissolution or liquidation and (ii) any acceleration of the vesting of such Participant’s Options. Such notice shall be given as soon as practicable prior the date on which the dissolution or liquidation is scheduled to occur.

(c)       Corporate Transactions . In the event of:

(i)      a sale, transfer or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets other than to (A) a corporation or other entity of which at least a majority of its combined voting power is owned directly or indirectly by the Company, (B) a corporation or other entity owned directly or indirectly by the holders of capital stock of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Common Stock, or (C) an “Excluded Entity” (defined in subsection (ii) below); or

(ii)      any merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, other than a transaction with or into another corporation, entity or person in which the holders of at least a majority of the shares of voting capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by such shares remaining outstanding in the continuing entity or by their being converted into shares of voting capital stock of the surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the shares of voting capital stock of the Company (or the surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such transaction (an “Excluded Entity”),

each outstanding Option held by a current employee or consultant may be assumed or an equivalent option or right may be substituted by the successor corporation. If the successor corporation does not agree to such assumption or substitution, the vesting and exercisability of each outstanding Option shall accelerate such that the Options shall become vested and exercisable in full prior to the consummation of such corporate transaction at such time and on such conditions as the Committee shall determine, and to the extent Options are not exercised prior to the consummation of such corporate transaction, they shall terminate upon such consummation. If an Option is to be terminated pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Committee shall notify the Participant of such fact at least five days prior to the date on which the Option terminates. If Awards other than Options are outstanding, it is intended that such Awards shall be treated similarly.

The grant of an Award pursuant to this Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

14.     Time of Grant . The date of grant of an Award shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Committee makes the determination granting such Award. Notice of the determination shall promptly be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Award is so granted.

 

14


15.     Amendment and Termination .

(a)       Amendment . The Committee may amend this Plan from time to time in such respects as the Committee may deem advisable, subject to approval by the Company’s shareholders to the extent required under applicable law.

(b)       Suspension and Termination . The Committee may suspend or terminate this Plan at any time. No Awards may be granted under this Plan while this Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(c)       Effect of Amendment, Termination or Suspension . Any such amendment, termination or suspension of this Plan shall not affect Awards already granted and such Awards shall remain in full force and effect as if this Plan had not been amended, terminated or suspended, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Company, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company.

16.     Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR, and Restricted Shares shall not be issued, unless the exercise of such Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR and/or the issuance and delivery of such Restricted Shares shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange or other stock trading system upon which the Shares may then be listed.

As a condition to the exercise of an Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR, or as a condition to the granting of any Restricted Share, the Company may require the person exercising such Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR, or to whom such Restricted Shares are being granted, to make such representations and warranties at the time of any such exercise or grant as the Company may at that time determine, including without limitation, representations and warranties that (i) the Shares are being purchased or received only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares in violation of applicable federal or state securities laws, and (ii) such person is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and is capable of evaluating the merits and the risks associated with purchasing or receiving the Shares.

17.     No Liability for Non-Issuance . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares under this Plan, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

18.     Option, Stock Purchase and Stock Bonus Agreements . Options shall be evidenced by written Award Agreements in such form as the Committee shall approve. Upon the exercise of Stock Purchase Rights or Stock Appreciation Rights, the Purchaser shall sign an Award Agreement or stock bonus agreement in such form as the Committee shall approve.

19.     Shareholder Approval . The shareholders of the Company shall have approved this Plan within 12 months before or after this Plan is adopted. Any shares purchased before

 

15


shareholder approval is obtained shall be rescinded if shareholder approval is not obtained within 12 months before or after this Plan is adopted. Such shares shall not be counted in determining whether such approval is obtained. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in a manner consistent with Section 260.140.45 of the Rules of the California Corporations Commissioner and other applicable law.

20.     Information to Participants . To the extent required under Section 260.140.46 of the Rules of the California Corporations Commissioner or other applicable law, the Company shall provide annually to each Participant, during the period that such Participant has one or more Options, Stock Purchase Rights or SARs outstanding, copies of the annual financial statements of the Company.

21.     Right of Company to Terminate Employment or Consulting Services . This Plan shall not confer upon any Participant any right with respect to continuation of employment by or the rendition of consulting services to the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company’s right to terminate his or her employment or services at any time, with or without cause.

22.     Notice; Rights of First Refusal and Repurchase .

(a)      Award Agreements may contain such provisions as the Committee shall determine (or pursuant to a separate agreement) to the effect that if a Participant elects to sell (i) all or any Shares that the Participant acquired upon the exercise of an Option, Stock Purchase Right or SAR or (ii) any Shares that were granted to the Participant as Restricted Shares, then the Participant shall give written notice to the President and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company of such election and any proposed sale of such Shares by such Participant shall be subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company.

(b)      The Committee may require, at its option, that an Award Agreement pursuant to this Plan may grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the Participant’s Continuing Status as an Employee or Consultant for any reason (including death or disability) and upon any other circumstances determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding anything set forth in any Award Agreement or any other agreement, the repurchase price shall be at fair market value of the Shares on the date of termination. If the Committee so determines, the purchase price for shares repurchased may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the Participant to the Company. The repurchase option must be exercised by the Company within 90 days of termination for cash or cancellation of money indebtedness for the Shares and the right shall terminate when the Company’s Common Stock becomes publicly traded.

(c)      Certificates representing shares issued upon exercise of Options, Stock Purchase Rights or SARs or shares of Restricted Stock shall bear a restrictive legend to the effect that the transferability of such shares is subject to the restrictions contained in this Plan and the Award Agreement between the Participant and the Company.

23.     Withholding . The Company’s obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock under this Plan shall be subject to applicable federal, state and local tax withholding

 

16


requirements. To the extent provided by the terms of the agreement relating to an Award, the Participant may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise or vesting of an Award by any or a combination of the following means: (i) cash payment or wage withholding; (ii) authorizing the Company to withhold from the Shares otherwise issuable to the Participant upon exercise or vesting of the Award the number of Shares having a fair market value less than or equal to the amount of the withholding tax obligation; or (iii) delivering to the Company unencumbered shares of Common Stock owned by the Optionee having a fair market value less than or equal to the amount of the withholding tax obligation; provided , however , that with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii) above the value of the shares so withheld or tendered may not exceed the employer’s minimum required tax withholding rate if such limitations are necessary to avoid adverse accounting consequences to the Company and, in any case, the Committee in its sole discretion may disapprove such payment and require that such taxes be paid in cash.

24.     Separability . At any time when the Company has a class of equity securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, if any of the terms or provisions of this Plan conflict with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 and/or Section 422 of the Code, then such terms or provisions shall be deemed inoperative to the extent they so conflict with the requirements of Rule 16b-3, and/or with respect to Incentive Stock Options, Section 422 of the Code. The foregoing sentence shall not apply with respect to the requirements of Rule 16b-3 if the Committee has expressly declared that such requirements shall not apply. With respect to Incentive Stock Options, if this Plan does not contain any provision required to be included herein under Section 422 of the Code, such provision shall be deemed to be incorporated herein with the same force and effect as if such provision had been set out at length herein. To the extent any Option that is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option cannot so qualify, such Option, to that extent, shall be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option for all purposes of this Plan.

25.     Non-Exclusivity of this Plan . The adoption of this Plan by the Board of Directors shall not be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board or the Committee to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options and the awarding of stock and cash otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

26.     Governing Law . This Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

27.     Cancellation of and Substitution for Options . The Company shall have the right to cancel any Option at any time before it otherwise would have expired by its terms and to grant to the same Optionee in substitution therefor a new Option stating an option price which is lower (but not higher) than the option price stated in the cancelled Option.

 

17


28.     Market Standoff . Unless the Committee determines otherwise, no Participant shall sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such longer period determined by the Committee in good faith). The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities until the end of such period

 

18


Exhibit 1

ELLIE MAE, INC.

A California Corporation

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

This Stock Option Agreement (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the date of grant set forth below (the “Date of Grant”) by and between Ellie Mae, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company”), and the optionee named below (“Optionee”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

Optionee:

   «Optionee»

Social Security Number:

  

 

Address:

  

 

  

 

Total Option Shares:

   «Option_Shares»

Exercise Price Per Share:

  

Date of Grant:

  

First Vesting Date:

   «Vesting_Date»

Expiration Date for Exercise of Options:

  

Type of Stock Option:

(Check one):

  

¨    Incentive Stock Option

¨    Non-Statutory Stock Option

SHARES PURCHASED PURSUANT TO THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT WILL BE ISSUED WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION THEREUNDER OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN ANY MANNER EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT.


29.       Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to Optionee an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company set forth above (the “ Shares ”) at the Exercise Price Per Share set forth above (the “ Exercise Price ”), subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan. If designated as an Incentive Stock Option above, the Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” (“ ISO ”) within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). Only Employees of the Company shall receive ISOs.

30.       Exercise Price . The Exercise Price is not less than the fair market value per share of Common Stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Committee; provided, however, in the event Optionee is an Employee and owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company immediately before this Option is granted, said exercise price is not less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the fair market value per share of Common Stock on the date of grant as determined by the Board.

31.       Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the provisions of Section 8 of the Plan as follows:

 

  (a)

Vesting .

 

  (i)

    This Option shall not become exercisable as to any of the number of the Shares until the First Vesting Date stated on the cover page to this Agreement (the “First Vesting Date”). On the First Vesting Date, this Option may be exercised to the extent of 25% of the Shares. Upon the expiration of each calendar month from the First Vesting Date, this Option may be exercised to the extent of the product of (a) the total number of Shares set forth at the beginning of this Agreement and (b) the fraction the numerator of which is one (1) and the denominator of which is forty-eight (48) (the “Monthly Vesting Amount”), plus the shares as to which the right to exercise the Option has previously accrued but has not been exercised; provided, however, that notwithstanding any of the above, the 25% exercisable on the First Vesting Date and the Monthly Vesting Amount with respect to any calendar month shall become exercisable only if Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant has not terminated as of the applicable Vesting Date. Any time that the Optionee is on leave or is absent from performing services for the Company shall not be counted towards the vesting provided herein.

 

  (ii)

    This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

  (iii)

    In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment or service as a Consultant, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Sections 7, 8 and 9 below, subject to the limitations contained in subsection 3(i)(d).

 

  (iv)

    In no event may this Option be exercised after the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 11 below.

 

  (b)

Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by written notice which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which

 

2


  the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such shares of Common Stock as may be required by the Company. Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the President, Secretary or Chief Financial Officer of the Company. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the exercise price.

  No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise shall comply with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

  (c)

Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Other Events . The number of the Shares and/or the exercise price specified above are subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 13(a) of the Plan. Subject to any required action of the stockholders of the Company, if the Company shall be the surviving corporation in any merger or consolidation, this Option (to the extent that it is still outstanding) shall pertain to and apply to the securities to which a holder of the same number of shares of Common Stock that are then subject to this Option would have been entitled. In the event of (A) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (B) the sale, transfer or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or (C) a merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person described in Section 13 of the Plan, each Option shall be treated as set forth in Section 13 of the Plan.

32.       Optionee’s Representations . By receipt of this Option, by its execution, and by its exercise in whole or in part, Optionee represents to the Company that Optionee understands that:

 

  (a)

both this Option and any Shares purchased upon its exercise are securities, the issuance by the Company of which requires compliance with federal and state securities laws;

 

  (b)

these securities are made available to Optionee only on the condition that Optionee makes the representations contained in this Section 4 to the Company;

 

  (c)

Optionee has made a reasonable investigation of the affairs of the Company sufficient to be well informed as to the rights and the value of these securities;

 

  (d)

Optionee understands that the securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), in reliance upon one or more specific exemptions contained in the Act, which may include reliance on Rule 701 promulgated under the Act, if available, or which may depend upon (a) Optionee’s bona fide investment intention in acquiring these securities; (b) Optionee’s intention to hold these securities in compliance with federal and state securities laws; (c) Optionee having no present intention of selling or transferring any part thereof (recognizing that the Option is not transferable) in violation of applicable federal and state securities laws; and (d) there being certain restrictions on transfer of the Shares subject to the Option;

 

3


  (e)

Optionee understands that the Shares subject to this Option, in addition to other restrictions on transfer, must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act, or unless an exemption from registration is available; that Rule 144, the usual exemption from registration, is only available after the satisfaction of certain holding periods and in the presence of a public market for the Shares; that there is no certainty that a public market for the Shares will exist, and that otherwise it will be necessary that the Shares be sold pursuant to another exemption from registration which may be difficult to satisfy; and

 

  (f)

Optionee understands that the certificate representing the Shares will bear a legend prohibiting their transfer in the absence of their registration or the opinion of counsel for the Company that registration is not required, and a legend prohibiting their transfer in compliance with applicable state securities laws unless otherwise exempted.

33.       Method of Payment . Payment of the purchase price shall be made by cash, check or, in the sole discretion of the Committee at the time of exercise, promissory notes or tendering other Shares of Common Stock having a fair market value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate purchase price of the Shares being purchased.

34.       Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such Shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by any applicable law or regulation.

35.       Termination of Status as an Employee or Consultant . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant for any reason other than death or disability, Optionee may, but only within ninety (90) days after the date of such termination (but in no event later than the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 11 below), exercise this Option to the extent that Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise this Option at the date of such termination, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the time specified herein, this Option shall terminate.

36.       Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant as a result of Optionee’s disability, Optionee may, but only within six (6) months from the date of termination of employment or consulting relationship (but in no event later than the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 11 below), exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination; provided , however ,. that if the Option is an Incentive Stock Option and the disability is not total and permanent (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) and the Optionee exercises the option within the period provided above but more than three (3) months after the date of termination, this Option shall automatically be deemed to be a Non-Statutory Stock Option and not an Incentive Stock Option; and provided , further , that if the disability is total and permanent (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), then the Optionee may, but only within one (1) year from the date of termination of employment or consulting relationship (but in no event later than the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 11 below), exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise this Option at the date of termination, or if Optionee does not

 

4


exercise such Option (which Optionee was entitled to exercise) within the time periods specified herein, this Option shall terminate.

37.       Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of Optionee:

 

  (a)

during the term of this Option while an Employee or Consultant of the Company and having been in Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant since the date of grant of this Option, this Option may be exercised, at any time within one (1) year following the date of death (but in no event later than the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 11 below), by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent of the right to exercise that had accrued at the time of death of the Optionee. To the extent that such Employee or Consultant was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of death, or if such Employee, Consultant, estate or other person does not exercise such Option (which such Employee, Consultant, estate or person was entitled to exercise) within the one (1) year time period specified herein, the Option shall terminate; or

 

  (b)

during the ninety (90) day period specified in Section 7 or the six (6) month or one (1) year periods specified in Section 8, after the termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant, this Option may be exercised, at any time within one (1) year following the date of death (but in no event later than the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 11 below), by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise this Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent of the right to exercise that had accrued at the date of termination. To the extent that such Employee or Consultant was not entitled to exercise this Option at the date of death, or if such Employee, Consultant, estate or other person does not exercise such Option (which such Employee, Consultant, estate or person was entitled to exercise) within the one (1) year time period specified herein, this Option shall terminate.

38.       Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

39.       Term of Option . This Option may not be exercised more than ten (10) years from the date of grant of this Option, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and terms of this Option.

40.       Early Disposition of Stock; Taxation upon Exercise of Option . If Optionee is an Employee and the Option qualifies as an ISO, Optionee understands that, if Optionee disposes of any Shares received under this Option within two (2) years after the date of this Agreement or within one (1) year after such Shares were transferred to Optionee, Optionee will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received ordinary income at the time of such disposition in any amount generally measured as the difference between the price paid for the Shares and the lower of the fair market value of the Shares at the date of exercise or the fair market value of the Shares at the date of disposition. Any gain recognized on such premature sale of the Shares in excess of the amount treated as ordinary income will be characterized as capital gain. Optionee hereby agrees to notify the Company in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of any such disposition . Optionee understands that if Optionee disposes of such Shares at any time after the expiration of

 

5


such two (2) year and one (1) year holding periods, any gain on such sale will be treated as long-term capital gain subject to meeting various qualifications. In addition, Optionee understands that Optionee may be subject to alternative minimum tax upon exercise of an ISO. If Optionee is a Consultant or this is a Non-Statutory Stock Option, Optionee understands that, upon exercise of this Option, Optionee will recognize income for tax purposes in an amount equal to the excess of the then fair market value of the Shares over the exercise price. Upon a resale of such shares by the Optionee, any difference between the sale price and the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise of the Option will be treated as capital gain or loss. Optionee understands that the Company will be required to withhold tax from Optionee’s current compensation in some of the circumstances described above; to the extent that Optionee’s current compensation is insufficient to satisfy the withholding tax liability, the Company may require the Optionee to make a cash payment to cover such liability as a condition to exercise of this Option.

41.       Tax Consequences . The Optionee understands that any of the foregoing references to taxation are based on federal income tax laws and regulations now in effect, and may not be applicable to the Optionee under certain circumstances. The Optionee may also have adverse tax consequences under state or local law. The Optionee has reviewed with the Optionee’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Optionee is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Optionee understands that the Optionee (and not the Company) shall be responsible for the Optionee’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

42.       Severability; Construction . In the event that any provision in this Option shall be invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability shall not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Option. This Option shall be construed as to its fair meaning and not for or against either party.

43.       Damages . The parties agree that any violation of this Option (other than a default in the payment of money) cannot be compensated for by damages, and any aggrieved party shall have the right, and is hereby granted the privilege, of obtaining specific performance of this Option in any court of competent jurisdiction in the event of any breach hereunder.

44.       Governing Law . This Option shall be deemed to be made under and governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. Jurisdiction for any disputes hereunder shall be solely in Contra Costa County, Alameda County or San Francisco County, California.

45.       Delay . No delay or failure on the part of the Company or the Optionee in the exercise of any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by any of them of any right, power or remedy preclude other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

46.       Restrictions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Optionee understands and agrees that Optionee shall not dispose of any of the Shares, whether by sale, exchange, assignment, transfer, gift, devise, bequest, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or otherwise, except in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section 18, and Optionee shall not take or omit any action which will impair the absolute and unrestricted right, power, authority and capacity of Optionee to sell Shares in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.

 

6


Any purported transfer of Shares by Optionee that violates any provision of this Section 18 shall be wholly void and ineffectual and shall give to the Company or its designee the right to purchase from Optionee all but not less than all of the Shares then owned by Optionee for a period of ninety (90) days from the date the Company first learns of the purported transfer at the Agreement Price and on the Agreement Terms (as those terms are defined in subsections (b)(3) and (b)(4), respectively, of this Section 18). If the Shares are not purchased by the Company or its designee, the purported transfer thereof shall remain void and ineffectual and they shall continue to be subject to this Agreement.

The Company shall not cause or permit the transfer of any Shares to be made on its books except in accordance with the terms hereof.

(a)(1).     Permitted Transfers .

(i)      Optionee may sell, assign or transfer any Shares held by the Optionee but only by complying with the provisions of subsection (b)(1) of this Section 18.

(ii)      Optionee may sell, assign or transfer any Shares held by the Optionee without complying with the provisions of subsection (b)(1) by obtaining the prior written consent of the Company’s shareholders owning 50% of the then issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock (determined on a fully diluted basis) or a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company, provided that the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement and the transfer is made in accordance with any other restrictions or conditions contained in the written consent and in accordance with applicable federal and state securities laws.

(iii)      Upon the death of Optionee, Shares held by the Optionee may be transferred to the personal representative of the Optionee’s estate without complying with the provisions of subsection (b)(1). Shares so transferred shall be subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, including in particular subsection (b)(2).

(a)(2).     No Pledge . Unless a majority of the members of the Board of Directors consent, Shares may not be pledged, mortgaged or otherwise encumbered to secure indebtedness for money borrowed or any other obligation for which the Optionee is primarily or secondarily liable.

(a)(3).     Stock Certificate Legend . Each stock certificate for Shares issued to the Optionee shall have conspicuously written, printed, typed or stamped upon the face thereof, or upon the reverse thereof with a conspicuous reference on the face thereof, the following legend:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ISSUED WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION THEREUNDER OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN ANY MANNER EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY. UNLESS A MAJORITY OF THE MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS CONSENT, SUCH STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT PROHIBITS ANY PLEDGE, MORTGAGE OR OTHER ENCUMBRANCE OF SUCH SHARES TO SECURE ANY OBLIGATION OF THE HOLDER HEREOF. EVERY CREDITOR OF THE HOLDER HEREOF AND ANY PERSON ACQUIRING OR

 

7


PURPORTING TO ACQUIRE THIS CERTIFICATE OR THE SHARES HEREBY EVIDENCED OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN IS HEREBY NOTIFIED OF THE EXISTENCE OF SUCH STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, AND ANY ACQUISITION OR PURPORTED ACQUISITION OF THIS CERTIFICATE OR THE SHARES HEREBY EVIDENCED OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN SHALL BE SUBJECT TO ALL RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES TO SUCH STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT AS THEREIN SET FORTH.

(b)(1).     Sales of Shares .

(i)      Company’s Right of First Refusal. In the event that the Optionee shall desire to sell, assign or transfer any Shares held by the Optionee to any other person (the “Offered Shares”) and shall be in receipt of a bona fide offer to purchase the Offered Shares (“Offer”), the following procedure shall apply. The Optionee shall give to the President and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company written notice containing the terms and conditions of the Offer, including, but not limited to (a) the number of Offered Shares; (b) the price per Share; (c) the method of payment; and (d) the name(s) of the proposed purchaser(s).

  An offer shall not be deemed bona fide unless the Optionee has informed the prospective purchaser of the Optionee’s obligation under this Agreement and the prospective purchaser has agreed to become a party hereunder and to be bound hereby. The Company is entitled to take such steps as it reasonably may deem necessary to determine the validity and bona fide nature of the Offer.

  Until thirty (30) days after such notice is given, the Company or its designee shall have the right to purchase all of the Offered Shares at the price offered by the prospective purchaser and specified in such notice. Such purchase shall be on the Agreement Terms, as defined in subsection (b)(4).

(ii)      Failure of Company or its Designee to Purchase Offered Shares. If all of the Offered Shares are not purchased by the Company and/or its designee within the 30-day period granted for such purchases, then any remaining Offered Shares may be sold, assigned or transferred pursuant to the Offer; provided, that the Offered Shares are so transferred within 30 days of the expiration of the 30-day period to the person or persons named in, and under the terms and conditions of, the bona fide Offer described in the notice to the Company; and provided further, that such persons agree to execute and deliver to the Company a written agreement, in form and content satisfactory to the Company, agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(b)(2).     Manner of Exercise .

Any right to purchase hereunder shall be exercised by giving written notice of election to the Optionee, the Optionee’s personal representative or any other selling person, as the case may be, prior to the expiration of such right to purchase.

(b)(3).     Agreement Price .

The “Agreement Price” shall be the fair market value of the Shares to be purchased determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b)(4).     Agreement Terms . “Agreement Terms” shall mean and include the following:

 

8


(i)       Delivery of Shares and Closing Date . At the closing, the Optionee, the Optionee’s personal representative or such other selling person, as the case may be, shall deliver certificates representing the Shares, properly endorsed for transfer, and with the necessary documentary and transfer tax stamps, if any, affixed, to the purchaser of such Shares. Payment of the purchase price therefor shall concurrently be made to the Optionee, the Optionee’s personal representative or such other selling person, as provided in subsection (ii) of this subsection (b)(4). Such delivery and payment shall be made at the principal office of the Company or at such other place as the parties mutually agree.

(ii)       Payment of Purchase Price . The Company shall pay the purchase price to the Optionee at the closing.

(b)(5).     Right to Purchase Upon Certain Other Events .

The Company or its designee shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares held by the Optionee at the Agreement Price and on the Agreement Terms for a period of ninety (90) days after any of the following events:

(i)      an attempt by a creditor to levy upon or sell any of the Optionee’s Shares;

(ii)      the filing of a petition by the Optionee under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any insolvency laws;

(iii)      the filing of a petition against Optionee under any insolvency or bankruptcy laws by any creditor of the Optionee if such petition is not dismissed within thirty (30) days of filing;

(iv)      the entry of a decree of divorce between the Optionee and the Optionee’s spouse; or

(v)      the termination of Optionee’s services as an Employee or Consultant with the Company.

The Optionee shall provide the Company written notice of the occurrence of any such event within thirty (30) days of such event.

(c)(1).     Termination . The provisions of this Section 18 shall terminate and all rights of each such party hereunder shall cease except for those which shall have theretofore accrued upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i)      cessation of the Company’s business;

(ii)      bankruptcy, receivership or dissolution of the Company;

(iii)      ownership of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company by a single shareholder of the Company;

(iv)      written consent or agreement of the shareholders of the Company holding 50% of the then issued and outstanding shares of the Company (determined on a fully diluted basis);

 

9


(v)      consent or agreement of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company; or

(vi)      registration of any class of equity securities of the Company pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(c)(2).     Amendment . This Section 18 may be modified or amended in whole or in part by a written instrument signed by shareholders of the Company holding 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (determined on a fully diluted basis) or a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company.

47.       Market Standoff . Unless the Board of Directors otherwise consents, Optionee hereby agrees not to sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Act (or such longer period determined by the Committee in good faith). The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such 180-day period.

48.       Complete Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to its subject matter, and supersedes all other prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings both oral or written; provided, however, that in the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall govern. This Agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.

49.       Privileges of Stock Ownership . Participant shall not have any of the rights of a shareholder with respect to any Shares until Optionee exercises the Option and pays the Exercise Price for such Shares.

50.       Notices . Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Corporate Secretary of the Company at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to Optionee shall be in writing and addressed to Optionee at the address indicated above or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the Company. All notices shall be deemed to have been given or delivered upon: personal delivery; three (3) days after deposit in the United States mail by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested); one (1) business day after deposit with any return receipt express courier (prepaid); or one (1) business day after transmission by facsimile or telecopier.

DATE OF GRANT:

 

ELLIE MAE, INC., a California corporation
By:  

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

10


OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO SECTION 3 HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING SERVICE AS AN EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS OPTION, THE COMPANY’S PLAN WHICH IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS AN EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTING RELATIONSHIP AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan, represents that Optionee is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of this Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board or of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan.

 

Dated:  

 

 
   

 

    «Optionee»

 

11


Consent of Spouse

The undersigned spouse of the Optionee to the foregoing Stock Option Agreement acknowledges on his or her own behalf that: I have read the foregoing Stock Option Agreement and I know its contents. I hereby consent to and approve of the provisions of the Stock Option Agreement, and agree that the Shares issued upon exercise of the options covered thereby and my interest in them are subject to the provisions of the Stock Option Agreement and that I will take no action at any time to hinder operation of the Stock Option Agreement on those Shares or my interest in them.

 

 

Signature of Spouse

 

Address

 

12

Exhibit 10.4

ELLIE MAE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of April 30, 2002 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Ellie Mae, Inc. (the “Company”) and Sigmund Anderman (the “Executive”).

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive entered into a letter agreement dated as of October      , 1997 (the “Original Employment Agreement”) which provides for the terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment with the Company;

WHEREAS, the Executive is currently employed by the Company as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 12 of the Original Employment Agreement, the Original Employment Agreement may be amended in writing by the Company and the Executive; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive wish to amend and restate the Original Employment Agreement in its entirety as set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

1.         Duties and Scope of Employment .

  (a)       Positions and Duties . As of the Effective Date, the Executive will continue to serve as Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of his duties, consistent with the Executive’s position within the Company, as will reasonably be assigned to him by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”).

  (b)       Board Membership . The Executive will continue to serve as a member and Chairman of the Board.

  (c)       Obligations . The Executive will perform his duties faithfully and to the best of his ability and will devote his full business efforts and time to the Company. While employed by the Company, the Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the Board.

2.         At-Will Employment . The parties agree that the Executive’s employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. The Executive understands and agrees that neither his job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment or extension, by implication or otherwise, of his employment with the Company.

 

 


3.         Compensation .

  (a)       Base Salary . The Company will pay the Executive an annual salary of $250,000 as compensation for his services (the “Base Salary”). The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholding. The Executive’s salary will be subject to review and adjustments will be made based upon the Company’s normal performance review practices. The Company and the executive acknowledge that the Executive’s current salary is $200,000 in accordance with the management salary reduction plan (the “Reduction Plan”) recently adopted by the Board at its meeting held on April 16, 2002. The Company and the Executive further acknowledge that the Executive’s current salary will be restored to the Base Salary upon the occurrence of the events set forth in the Reduction Plan.

  (b)       Bonus . The Executive will be eligible to participate in any bonus plans as may be adopted from time to time by the Board in its sole discretion, such as the year-end management bonus plan recently adopted by the Board at its meeting held on April 16, 2002.

  (c)       Stock Option . In addition to the stock option to purchase 200,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock granted to the Executive in December 2000 (the “Original Option”), at the same Board meeting at which this Agreement is approved by the Board, the Executive will be granted a stock option, which will be, to the extent possible under the $100,000 rule of Section 422(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), an “incentive stock option” (as defined in Section 422 of the Code), to purchase 250,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.25 per share (the “Subsequent Option” and, together with the Original Option, the “Options”). Subject to the accelerated vesting provisions set forth in this Agreement, the Subsequent Option will vest as to 1/48th of the shares subject to the Subsequent Option monthly, so that the Subsequent Option will be fully vested and exercisable four years from the date of grant, subject to the Executive’s continued service to the Company on the relevant vesting dates. The Subsequent Option will be subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Company’s Stock Option Plan (the “Option Plan”) and the stock option agreement by and between the Executive and the Company (the “Option Agreement”), both of which documents are incorporated in this Agreement by reference.

4.         Employee Benefits . The Executive will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company, including, without limitation, the Company’s group medical, dental, vision, disability, life insurance and flexible-spending account plans. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

5.         Life Insurance . The Company currently maintains, on behalf of the Executive, a supplemental term life insurance policy in the amount of $1,000,000 with annual premiums in the amount of $3,390. The Company will continue to provide such benefit while the Executive is employed by the Company. The Company will also provide the Executive with (i) cash payments equal to the annual premiums of any life insurance policies maintained by the Company for the benefit of the Executive and his beneficiaries and dependents and (ii) an additional cash payment sufficient to pay any taxes ensuing from the payments made by the Company to the Executive pursuant to this sentence.

 

-2-

 

 


6.         Expenses . The Company will reimburse the Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by the Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

7.         Severance .

  (a)       Involuntary or Constructive Termination . If the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated involuntarily by the Company other than for “Cause” (as defined below) or by the Executive pursuant to a Constructive Termination, and the Executive signs and does not revoke a release of claims agreement substantially in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A upon termination of his employment with the Company, then, subject to Section 11, the Executive will be entitled to (i) receive a severance payment equal to two times his Base Salary (as then in effect) and (ii) continued payment by the Company of the group health continuation coverage premiums for the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents under Title X of the Consolidated Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) as in effect through the lesser of (x) 24 months from the effective date of such termination, (y) the date upon which the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents become covered under similar plans, or (z) the date the Executive no longer constitutes a “Qualified Beneficiary” (as such term is defined in Section 4980B(g) of the Code); provided, however, that the Executive will be solely responsible for electing such coverage within the required time periods. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated as a result of a Change of Control (as defined below), the severance payments provided for in subsection (i) above will not exceed one percent (1%) of the aggregate consideration payable to the holders of the Company’s Preferred Stock upon a liquidation of the Company as set forth in Article III.2 of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended. The Company shall pay the severance payment provided for above to the Executive in cash and as follows: one half not later than 30 calendar days following the effective date of the Executive’s termination and one half not later than 12 months following the effective date of the Executive’s termination.

  (b)       Voluntary Termination; Termination for Cause . If the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates voluntarily by the Executive or due to death or disability or for Cause (as defined below) by the Company, then (i) all vesting of the Options will terminate immediately, (ii) all payments of compensation by the Company to the Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned) and (iii) the Executive will only be eligible for severance benefits in accordance with the Company’s established policies as then in effect.

8.         Change of Control Benefits . In the event of a Change of Control (as defined below), 100% of the shares subject to the Original Option will vest and become exercisable. In the event the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates as a result of a Constructive Termination (as defined below) at any time within 12 months after a Change of Control (as defined below), 100% of the shares subject to the Subsequent Option will vest and become exercisable. Thereafter, the Options will continue to be subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Option Plan and Option Agreement.

 

-3-

 

 


9.         Definitions .

  (a)       Cause . For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means (i) an act of dishonesty made by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s responsibilities as an employee, (ii) the Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony, (iii) the Executive’s gross misconduct or (iv) the Executive’s continued substantial violations of his employment duties after the Executive has received a written demand for performance from the Board which specifically sets forth the factual basis for the Company’s belief that the Executive has not substantially performed his duties.

  (b)       Change of Control . For purposes of this Agreement, “Change of Control” of the Company means:

    (i)      any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 1 3d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or

    (ii)      a change in the composition of the Board occurring within a two-year period, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” will mean directors who either (A) are directors of the Company as of the date of this Agreement, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but will not include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors to the Company); or

    (iii)      the date of the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation that has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company; or

    (iv)      the date of the consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the Company’s assets.

  (c)       Constructive Termination . For the purposes of this Agreement, “Constructive Termination” means without the Executive’s express written consent (i) a material reduction by the Company in the Base Salary of the Executive as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; (ii) a material reduction by the Company in the kind or level of employee benefits to which the Executive is entitled immediately prior to such reduction with the result that the Executive’s overall benefits package is significantly reduced; (iii) the relocation of the Executive to a facility or a location more than 50 miles from the Executive’s then present working location; (iv) any purported involuntary termination of the Executive by the Company which is not effected for Cause; or (v) a material reduction of the Executive’s duties, position or responsibilities with respect to the business of the

 

-4-

 

 


Company as it existed prior to the Change of Control; provided, however, that the appointment of a new Chief Executive Officer to replace the Executive with the Executive’s consent will not constitute a Constructive Termination so long as the Executive remains Chairman of the Board and an officer of the Company. The parties acknowledge that either a change in the Executive’s title without a corresponding change in the Executive’s duties, position or responsibilities or a change in the person or entities to whom the Executive reports are typical changes following a Change of Control and do not alone constitute a Constructive Termination.

10.         Confidential Information . The Executive has entered into the Company’s standard Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement (the “Confidential Information Agreement”).

11.         Conditional Nature of Severance Payments .

    (a)       Non-Compete . The Executive acknowledges that the nature of the Company’s business is such that if the Executive were to become employed by, or substantially involved in, the business of a competitor of the Company during the 12 months following the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, it would be very difficult for the Executive not to rely on or use the Company’s trade secrets and confidential information. Thus, to avoid the inevitable disclosure of the Company’s trade secrets and confidential information, the Executive agrees not to directly or indirectly engage in (whether as an employee, consultant, agent, proprietor, principal, partner, shareholder, corporate officer, director or otherwise), nor have any ownership interest in or participate in the financing, operation, management or control of, any person, firm, corporation or business that competes with the Company or is a customer of the Company.

    (b)       Non-Solicitation . Until the date one year after the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Executive agrees not, either directly or indirectly, to solicit, induce, attempt to hire, recruit, encourage, take away, hire any employee of the Company or cause an employee to leave his or her employment either for the Executive or for any other entity or person.

    (c)       Understanding of Covenants . The Executive represents that he (i) is familiar with the foregoing covenants not to compete and not to solicit, and (ii) is fully aware of his obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the reasonableness of the length of time, scope and geographic coverage of these covenants.

    (d)       Conditional Nature of Severance Payments . The Executive agrees and acknowledges that the Executive’s right to receive the severance payments set forth in Section 4 (to the extent the Executive is otherwise entitled to such payments) shall be conditioned upon compliance with the restriction in this Section 11. In the event of any breach of this Section 11, the Company shall be entitled to recover from the Executive, and the Executive shall pay to the Company, the amount equal to the amount paid to the Executive pursuant to Section 7.

12.         Limitation on Payments . In the event that the benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to the Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this Section 12, would be subject to the excise tax imposed

 

-5-

 

 


by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then the Executive’s benefits under this Agreement will be either delivered

    (a)      in full, or

    (b)      as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to the Excise Tax,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income and employment taxes and the Excise Tax, results in the receipt by the Employee on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of severance benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under the Excise Tax. Unless the Company and the Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 12 will be made in writing in good faith by the accounting firm serving as the Company’s independent public accountants immediately prior to the Change of Control (the “Accountants”). For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 12, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of the Code. The Company and the Executive will furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company will bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 12.

13.         Assignment . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of the Executive upon the Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of the Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of the Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

14.         Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed given (i) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (ii) one day after being sent by a well established commercial overnight service, or (iii) four days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:

If to the Company:

Ellie Mae, Inc.

4457 Willow Road, Suite 200

Pleasanton, California 94588

 

-6-

 

 


If to the Executive:

Sigmund Anderman

at the last residential address known by the Company.

15.         Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

16.         Arbitration .

    (a)       General . In consideration of the Executive’s service to the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment related disputes and the Executive’s receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to the Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, the Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from the Executive’s service to the Company under this Agreement or otherwise or the termination of the Executive’s service with the Company, including any breach of this Agreement, will be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1283.05 (the “Rules”) and pursuant to California law. Disputes which the Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under state or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination or wrongful termination and any statutory claims. The Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with the Executive.

    (b)       Procedure . The Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) and that a neutral arbitrator will be selected in a manner consistent with its National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes. The arbitration proceedings will allow for discovery according to the rules set forth in the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes or California Code of Civil Procedure . The Executive agrees that the arbitrator will have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication and motions to dismiss and demurrers, prior to any arbitration hearing. The Executive agrees that the arbitrator will issue a written decision on the merits. The Executive also agrees that the arbitrator will have the power to award any remedies, including attorneys’ fees and costs, available under applicable law. The Executive understands the Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the arbitrator or the AAA except that the Executive will pay the first $200.00 of any filing fees associated with any arbitration the Executive initiates. The Executive agrees that the arbitrator will administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the Rules and that to the extent that the AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes conflict with the Rules, the Rules will take precedence.

 

-7-

 

 


    (c)       Remedy . Except as provided by the Rules, arbitration will be the sole, exclusive and final remedy for any dispute between the Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided for by the Rules, neither the Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration. Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator will not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

    (d)       Availability of Injunctive Relief . In addition to the right under the Rules to petition the court for provisional relief, the Executive agrees that any party may also petition the court for injunctive relief where either party alleges or claims a violation of this Agreement or the Confidential Information Agreement or any other agreement regarding trade secrets, confidential information, non-solicitation or Labor Code §2870. In the event either party seeks injunctive relief, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees.

    (e)       Administrative Relief . The Executive understands that this Agreement does not prohibit the Executive from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state or federal administrative body such as the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the workers’ compensation board. This Agreement does, however, preclude the Executive from pursuing court action regarding any such claim.

    (f)       Voluntary Nature of Agreement . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that the Executive has asked any questions needed for the Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understand it, including that the Executive is waiving the Executive’s right to a jury trial. Finally, the Executive agrees that the Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of the Executive’s choice before signing this Agreement.

17.         Integration . This Agreement, together with the Option Plan, the Option Agreement and the Confidential Information Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter in this Agreement and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. No waiver, alteration or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties to this Agreement.

18.         Waiver of Breach . The waiver of a breach of any term or provision of this Agreement, which must be in writing, will not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other previous or subsequent breach of this Agreement.

19.         Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

20.         Tax Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

 

-8-

 

 


21.         Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

22.         Acknowledgment . The Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

23.         Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

[Remainder of Page Left Blank Intentionally]

 

-9-

 

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the respective dates set forth below.

 

ELLIE MAE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Ravi Chiruvolu

Title:   General Partner, Chairman Comp Committee
Date:   4/30/02

 

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Sigmund Anderman

Sigmund Anderman
Date: 4/30/02

 

-5-

 

 

Exhibit 10.5

LOGO

November 5, 2002

Jonathan Corr

[Address]

Dear Jonathan:

We are very pleased to confirm your acceptance to join Ellie Mae as the Vice President of Product Management, reporting to Robin Nebel. We know that you will become a valued member of our organization and look forward to your contributions.

Your compensation will include an annual salary of $150,000, a performance bonus plan, stock options and benefits. We will make a recommendation to the Board of Directors to grant you stock options to purchase 75,000 shares of Company stock. The stock options vest over 4 years, beginning one year after your date of hire, and monthly thereafter.

We’re looking forward to your contributions and results to help us achieve our strategic and financial objectives. The performance bonus plan will give you an opportunity to earn up to $25,000, and 75,000 performance based stock options, when the company meets/exceeds forecasted revenue and profitability goals for fiscal year 2003.

Currently our payroll schedule is semi-monthly and checks are issued on the 15 th and last day of each month. Direct deposit is also available for your convenience. You will be eligible for medical, dental benefits and vision benefits on the 1 st of the month following your date of hire; and 401K plan after 90 days. You would be eligible to accrue three weeks (120 hours) of paid time off in your first year of employment, which can be use for sick, vacation or personal time off, plus company paid Holidays.

Confidentiality

All proprietary information of the company, including web site and computer design and strategy, marketing strategy, Affiliate and Sponsor identification, shall remain confidential and you agree not to use such information at any time during or after your employment except in the fulfillment of your responsibilities hereunder.


We look forward to hearing from you about a start date after your transition plans are finalized. On or by your start date, you will need to provide evidence that you are legally authorized to work in the United States. Please bring two forms of I.D., usually a valid driver’s license and your social security card, which meets government I-9 regulations.

We expect that your association with Ellie Mae will be mutually beneficial. Nonetheless, Ellie Mae Inc. is an “at will employer,” which means that you or Ellie Mae can terminate employment at any time with or without cause, and with or without notice.

This letter represents the entire understanding between the parties with respect to the terms of your employment. The terms of your employment, including your at will status, may not be modified orally. Any modification must be in writing and signed by the Chief Executive or Chief Operating Officer of Ellie Mae, Inc.

Jonathan we feel that you have a great deal to offer to our organization and hope that you will find challenge, satisfaction and opportunity in your association with Ellie Mae.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Lisa Bruun

Lisa Bruun
Vice President of People

 

Employment Offer Accepted

/s/ Jonathan Corr             11/6/02

Jonathan Corr                     Date

             Initial here

Exhibit 10.6

LOGO

December 11, 2002

Joseph Langner

[Address]

Dear Joe:

We are very pleased to offer you the Senior Vice President of Sales role, reporting to Robin Nebel, President and Chief Operating Officer. We know that you will become a valued member of our organization and look forward to your contributions.

As the Senior Vice President of Sales, your total compensation will be composed of a $150,000 annual salary, bonuses, stock options and company provided benefits. Your bonus plan is composed of two components, the first is a monthly performance bonus plan which will allow you to earn up to $150,000 a year based on sales and profit goals, the second will allow you to earn 1% on the overage when year end sales and profitability exceeds our target. The second bonus payment eligibility will be reviewed after the year end, and will be based upon exceeding sales and achieving appropriate profitability levels.

Stock options:

We will make a recommendation to the Board of Directors to provide you options to purchase 75,000 shares of Company stock. The stock options vest over 4 years, beginning one year after your date of hire, and monthly thereafter. You will also have an opportunity to earn up to an additional 75,000 shares of performance based stock options, upon achievement of 2003 revenue and profit goals.

Currently our payroll schedule is semi-monthly and checks are issued on the 15 th and last day of each month. Direct deposit is also available for your convenience. You will be eligible for medical, dental benefits and vision benefits on the 1 st of the month following your date of hire; and 401K plan after 90 days. You would be eligible for four weeks (160 hours) of paid time off in your first year of employment, which can be use for sick or vacation or personal time off, plus company paid Holidays.

Confidentiality:

All proprietary information of the company, including web site, LOS software and computer design and strategy, marketing strategy, and customer information, shall remain confidential and you agree not to use such information at any time during or after your employment except in the fulfillment of your responsibilities hereunder.


We expect that your association with Ellie Mae will be mutually beneficial. Nonetheless, Ellie Mae Inc. is an “at will employer,” which means that you or Ellie Mae can terminate employment at any time with or without cause, and with or without notice.

This letter represents the entire understanding between the parties with respect to the terms of your employment. The terms of your employment, including your at will status, may not be modified orally. Any modification must be in writing and signed by the Chief Executive or Chief Operating Officer of Ellie Mae, Inc.

Joe, we feel that you have much to offer our organization and hope that you will find challenge, satisfaction and opportunity in your association with Ellie Mae.

If the foregoing accurately reflects our understanding, please sign a copy of this letter and return it to me.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Lisa K. Bruun

Lisa K. Bruun
Vice President of People

 

Employment Offer Accepted:

/s/Joseph Langner             12-13-02

Joseph Langer                     Date

Exhibit 10.7

LOGO

July 14, 2005

Edgar Luce

[Address]

Dear Ed:

We are very pleased to offer you the Chief Financial Officer position reporting to Sigmund Anderman, our Chief Executive Officer effective July 16, 2005. As a valued member of our organization we look forward to your contributions.

Your total compensation package includes an annual base salary of $200,000, a bonus opportunity of 35% (of base salary), stock options and benefits. The bonus plan objectives will be split equally between individual performance and company performance with a payment structure consistent with existing management plans.

On February 22, 2005, you were granted stock options to purchase 250,000 shares of Company stock. The stock options vest over 4 years, beginning October 7, 2004 with 25% of the options after one year and monthly thereafter. Sig has committed to requesting from the Board an increase in options for you and other members of management, to hopefully bring your total equity position to approximately one percent (1%) of fully diluted stock outstanding, within the next twelve months.

Ellie Mae provides an extensive benefits package which includes medical, dental, vision, life, short and long term disability insurance. You will also continue to be eligible for health and welfare benefits including our 401K plan, and receive an employer match after your first year. In addition, you will be eligible to accrue three weeks or 120 hours of PTO (paid time off hours) to use for vacation, illnesses or personal needs. We will bridge your service for PTO and 401k accrual purposes to the effective date of your Acting CFO engagement, October 7, 2004.

Confidentiality

All proprietary information of the company, including web site and computer design and strategy, marketing strategy, customer and partner information, shall remain confidential and you agree not to use such information at any time during or after your employment except in the fulfillment of your responsibilities hereunder.


We expect that your association with Ellie Mae will be mutually beneficial. Nonetheless, Ellie Mae Inc. is an “at will employer,” which means that you or Ellie Mae can terminate employment at any time with or without cause, and with or without notice. In the case of involuntary termination, except for cause, of your employment with the Company, you will receive four (4) months of salary as severance payment.

This letter represents the entire understanding between the parties with respect to the terms of your employment. The terms of your employment, including your at will status, may not be modified orally. Any modification must be in writing and signed by the Chief Executive Officer of Ellie Mae, Inc.

Ed, we feel that you will continue to positively impact our organization and hope that you will find challenge, satisfaction and opportunity in your association with Ellie Mae.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Lisa Bruun

Lisa Bruun
Vice President of People

 

Employee Signature

/s/ Edgar Luce             7/21/05

Edgar Luce                     Date

             Initial here

Exhibit 10.8

 

LOGO  

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Business Loan Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and between COMERICA BANK (“Bank”) and ELLIE MAE, INC., a California corporation (“Borrower) as of June 20, 2006, at Bank’s Western Market headquarters office at 333 West Santa Clara Street, San Jose, California 95113.

WHEREAS, each undersigned Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Business Loan Agreement, dated March 17, 2005 (as modified, amended, supplemented or revised from time to time, the “Prior Agreement”). Borrower and Bank desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety in accordance herewith.

NOW THEREFOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions hereof, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree the Prior Agreement is hereby amended and restated in full as follows:

1.         Credit Facilities .

(a)         Revolving Loan .  Bank shall make available to Borrower a revolving line of credit in the maximum principal amount of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) (the “Maximum Revolving Amount”) which shall be evidenced by the Master Revolving Note. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Master Revolving Note, from time to time prior to the maturity date set forth in the Master Revolving Note, Bank shall, upon Borrower’s request in accordance with this Agreement, make advances (each a “Revolving Loan,” and collectively, the “Revolving Loans”) to Borrower in an aggregate amount outstanding not to exceed at any one time the Maximum Revolving Amount minus the aggregate outstanding amount of all Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, the proceeds of which shall be used by Borrower only for general working capital. If at any time for any reason, the amount of indebtedness owed by Borrower to Bank with respect to the Revolving Loans plus the issued and outstanding amount of all Letters of Credit is greater than the Maximum Revolving Amount, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, in cash, the amount of such excess.

(1)        Revolving Loans may be repaid and reborrowed, subject to the terms and conditions hereof and of the Master Revolving Note, provided, that the outstanding principal amount of all Revolving Loans, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall be due and payable in full on the maturity date set forth in the Master Revolving Note.

(2)        The outstanding unpaid principal balance of the Revolving Loans shall not exceed Zero Dollars ($-0-) for a period of not less than sixty (60) consecutive days prior to the last day of each calendar year during the term of this Agreement.

(b)         Letter of Credit Subfacility .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the availability of Revolving Loans, from time to time prior to the maturity date set forth in the Master Revolving Note Bank shall issue for the account of Borrower such standby and commercial letters of credit (each a “Letter of Credit,” and collectively, the “Letters of Credit”) as Borrower may request, which requests shall be made by delivering to Bank a duly executed letter of credit application on Bank’s standard form; provided , however , that the outstanding and undrawn amounts under all such Letters of Credit shall not at any time exceed Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000) in the aggregate (the “Letter of Credit Subfacility”).

(1)        Unless agreed to in writing by Bank, each Letter of Credit issued hereunder shall have an expiration that is no later than maturity date set forth in the Master Revolving Note. All Letters of Credit shall be in form and substance acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s form letter of credit application and agreement and such other agreements as are required by Bank. Borrower shall pay all usual issuance and other fees that Bank notifies Borrower it will be charged for issuing and processing Letters of Credit for Borrower. Any existing letters of credit issued by Bank for Borrower shall be included as Letters of Credit under the Letter of Credit Subfacility.

(2)        The obligation of Borrower to immediately reimburse Bank for drawings made under Letters of Credit shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable in accordance with the terms of the letter of credit application and agreement with respect to each such Letter of Credit. In the absence of such reimbursement, the amount so advanced immediately and automatically shall be deemed to be an advance under the Master Revolving Note, thereafter, shall bear interest at the rate then applicable to Revolving Loans thereunder. Borrower shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Bank harmless from any loss, cost, expense, or liability, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by Bank, whether in-house or outside counsel is used, arising out of or in connection with any Letters of Credit.

(3)        If at any time for any reason, the amount of indebtedness owed by Borrower to Bank with respect to the Revolving Loans plus all Letters of Credit issued on behalf of Borrower pursuant to this Agreement is greater than the Maximum Revolving Amount, or the outstanding amount of all Letters of Credit issued on behalf of Borrower pursuant to this Agreement is greater than the Letter of Credit Subfacility, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, in cash, the amount of such excess.

(4)        Borrower acknowledges and agrees that (i) at any time following the occurrence and during the continuation of any Default, and/or (ii) termination of Bank’s commitment obligation to make advances, loans or otherwise extent credit to or in favor of Borrower under the Master Revolving Note

 

-1-

 

 


and the other Loan Documents, in the event that and to the extent that there are any outstanding and undrawn amounts under any Letters of Credit, at such time, upon demand of Bank, Borrower shall deliver to Bank, or cause to be delivered to Bank, cash collateral in an amount not less than any such outstanding and undrawn amounts under any such Letters of Credit, which cash collateral shall be held and retained by Bank as cash collateral for the repayment of such any drawings under any such Letter of Credit, together with any and all other indebtedness of Borrower to Bank remaining unpaid, and Borrower pledges to Bank and grants to Bank a continuing first priority security interest in any such cash collateral so delivered to Bank. Alternatively, Borrower shall cause to be delivered to Bank an irrevocable standby letter of credit issued in favor of Bank by a bank acceptable to Bank, in its sole discretion, in an amount not less than any such outstanding and undrawn amounts under any such Letter of Credit, and upon terms acceptable to Bank, in its sole discretion.

(5)        Any existing letters of credit issued by Bank on behalf of Borrower prior to the date of this Agreement shall be included in the indebtedness hereunder.

(c)         Equipment Loans .  Subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Equipment Note, and so long as no Event of Default has occurred, Bank shall make equipment loans (each an “Equipment Loan,” and collectively the “Equipment Loans”) to Borrower in such amounts as Borrower shall request at any time and from time to time through December 31, 2007 (the “Equipment Loan Availability End Date”), in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Three Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($3,500,000), the proceeds of which shall be used by Borrower only for the acquisition of new machinery, equipment, tenant improvements and software for use in Borrower’s locations identified in Schedule 3 , to this Agreement. Any commitment of Bank, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, to make Equipment Loans shall expire on the Equipment Loan Availability End Date. Equipment Loans that are repaid by Borrower may not be reborrowed.

(1)        Each request for an Equipment Loan hereunder shall be in writing, duly executed by Borrower in form satisfactory to Bank, and shall be irrevocable upon receipt by Bank. Each such notice shall be received by Bank no later than 3:00 p.m. Pacific time three (3) Business Days prior to the date on which the requested Equipment Loan is to be made. The notice shall include a copy of the invoice for the machinery, equipment, tenant improvements and software to be financed, evidencing that each such item was purchased by Borrower not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date of any such requested Equipment Loan.

(2)        Each request for an Equipment Loan hereunder shall be accompanied by a Compliance Certificate demonstrating Borrower’s compliance with each financial covenant applicable to it as of any such date, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.

(3)        Equipment Loans shall only be used to finance Borrower’s purchase of new machinery, equipment, tenant improvements and software approved by Bank from time to time, and shall be limited to one hundred (100%) of the invoice amount for any such new machinery, equipment, tenant improvements and software approved by Bank, less any taxes, shipping and freight charges or discounts, warranty charges, installation expenses and other soft costs; provided , however , that the aggregate amount of all Equipment loans made for the purpose of financing the acquisition of tenant improvements and software shall not exceed the lesser of One Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,400,000).

(4)        Prior to the Equipment Loan Availability End Date, interest only on the outstanding principal amount of all Equipment Loans shall be due and payable on the last Business Day of each month, through and including the Equipment Loan Availability End Date. On the Equipment Loan Availability End Date the outstanding amount of all Equipment Loans shall be converted to a term loan payable in thirty (30) equal payments of principal plus interest, due and payable on the last business day of each month commencing on January 31, 2008.

(d)         Additional Loans To Borrower .  Bank and Borrower agree that all present and future Loans which Bank in its sole discretion has made or may now or hereafter make to Borrower shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Bank and Borrower. In the event there are contradictions between the provisions of this Agreement and any other written agreement with the Bank, this Agreement shall prevail. All Loans shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, promissory note(s) executed in connection herewith and/or previously or subsequently executed, and all amendments, renewals and extensions thereof (sometimes hereinafter referred to collectively with the Master Revolving Note and the Equipment Note as the “Notes,” and each individually as a “Note”), and all those certain security agreements and/or such other security or other documents as Bank has required or may now or hereafter require in connection with the Loans or the Notes (collectively with this Agreement and the Notes, the “Loan Documents”). Any commitment of Bank to make Loans or otherwise extend financial accommodations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall expire on the maturity date set forth in the applicable Note evidencing such Loan, subject to Bank’s right to renew said commitment in its sole and absolute discretion at Borrower’s request. Any such renewal of said commitment shall not be binding upon Bank unless it is in writing and signed by an officer of Bank.

2.         Legal Effect .  This Agreement supplements the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents. Except as otherwise specified herein, all terms used in this Agreement shall have the same meaning as given in the Notes and/or Loan Documents which are incorporated herein by this reference. Any and all terms used in this Agreement, the Notes and/or the Loan Documents shall be construed and defined in accordance with the meaning and definition of such term under and pursuant to the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended. Except as specifically modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Notes and/or the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect.

 

-2-

 

 


3.         Interest Rate; Payment Terms; Loan Fees .  The principal and interest on the Loans shall be payable on the terms set forth in the Note(s) and/or the Loan Documents.

(a)        In connection with Revolving Loans provided to Borrower under this Agreement and the Master Revolving Note, on the date hereof, a commitment fee in an amount equal to One Thousand Dollars ($1,000), which shall be fully earned and non-refundable on the date of payment thereof.

(b)        In addition to all Bank’s customary charges, commissions, fees and costs payable to Bank in connection with the Letters of Credit in accordance with Letter of Credit Application and Agreement, Borrower shall pay Bank an annual fee equal to one and one half percentage points (1.50%) per annum, computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year for actual days elapsed, of the aggregate amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding hereunder.

(c)        In addition to any other amounts due, or to become due, concurrently with the execution hereof, Borrower agrees to pay to Bank a legal documentation fee in the amount of Seven Hundred Fifty Dollars ($750) and all other costs and expenses incurred by Bank in the preparation of this Agreement, the other documents, instruments and agreements entered into in connection herewith, and the perfection of any security interest granted to Bank by Borrower.

(d)        In addition, Borrower shall pay such additional loan fees from time to time in the future as are agreed between Bank and Borrower.

4.         Security .  As security for Borrower’s obligations to Bank under this Agreement, the Notes and/or the Loan Documents and all other indebtedness and liabilities whatsoever of Borrower to Bank, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, evidenced by the Notes and/or the Loan Documents (collectively, the “indebtedness”). Borrower hereby grants to Bank, prior to or simultaneously with the borrowing hereunder, a continuing security interest of first in all accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and intangibles (other than any intangibles consisting of Borrower’s intellectual properly) and all proceeds thereof, and in all collateral provided to Bank pursuant to any security agreement and/or all collateral that is delivered to Bank and/or which Bank possesses and all proceeds thereof, (collectively, the “Collateral”).

(a)        In connection with this Agreement, Borrower hereby further acknowledges and agrees that, other than in favor of Bank, there exists no lien, pledge, encumbrance, security interest, deed of trust, mortgage or other charge upon, and at all times during the effectiveness of this Agreement Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of Bank, create, incur, assume, suffer or permit to exist any lien, pledge, encumbrance, security interest, or other charge upon, any intellectual property or assets of Borrower, including without limitation any present or future patent, copyright or trademark or Borrower. In addition, Borrower further acknowledges and agrees that it has and at all times during the effectiveness of this Agreement shall not enter into an agreement with a third party providing financing to Borrower by which Borrower places an additional negative pledge on any such intellectual property or assets or promises not to hypothecate or transfer any such intellectual property or assets.

5.         Representations and Warranties of Borrower .  Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that as of the date of acceptance of this Agreement, the Notes and/or the Loan Documents, as of the date of borrowing hereunder and at all times the Loan or any other indebtedness are outstanding hereunder:

(a)        If Borrower is a corporation, Borrower is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its incorporation; if a partnership, Borrower is duly organized and validly existing under the partnership agreement and the applicable laws of the state in which the partnership is formed or exists or if a limited liability company, Borrower is duly organized and validly existing under the operating agreement and the applicable laws of the state in which the limited liability company is formed;

(b)        Borrower has the legal power and authority, to own its properties and assets and to carry out its business as now being conducted; it is qualified to do business in every jurisdiction wherein such qualification is necessary; it has the legal power and authority to execute and perform this Agreement, the Notes and/or the Loan Documents to borrow money in accordance with its terms, to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Notes and the Loan Documents, and to do any and all other things required of it hereunder; and this Agreement, the Notes and all the Loan Documents, when executed on behalf of Borrower by its duly authorized officers, partners or members, as the case may be, shall be its valid and binding obligations legally enforceable in accordance with their terms;

(c)        The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Notes and/or the Loan Documents and the borrowings hereunder and thereunder (i) have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate, partnership or company action; (ii) do not require governmental approval; (iii) will not result (with or without notice and/or the passage of time) in any conflict with or breach or violation of or default under, any provision of law, the articles of incorporation, articles of organization, operating agreement, bylaws or partnership agreement of Borrower, any provision of any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which Borrower is a party, or by which it or any of its properties or assets are bound; and (iv) will not result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of Borrower;

(d)        The balance sheet of Borrower as provided to Bank in connection herewith and the related statement of income of Borrower provided to Bank for the period ended March 31, 2006, fairly present the financial condition of Borrower in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”)

 

-3-

 

 


consistently applied; and from the date thereof to the date hereof, there has been no material adverse change in such condition or operations; and

(e)        There is not pending nor, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, threatened, any litigation, proceeding or governmental investigation which could materially and adversely affect its business or its ability to perform its obligations, pay the indebtedness and/or comply with the covenants set forth herein and/or in the Notes and/or the other Loan Documents.

6.         Affirmative Covenants .  Until the Indebtedness is paid in full. Borrower covenants and agrees to do the following:

(a)        Furnish to Bank within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, an unaudited balance sheet and statement of income covering Borrower’s operations. Within one hundred twenty (120) days of the end of each of Borrower’s fiscal years, furnish to Bank statements of the financial condition of Borrower for each such fiscal year, including but not limited to, a balance sheet, profit and loss statement, and statement of cash flow. Each such financial statement shall be accompanied by a certificate signed by an authorized employee or Borrower to the effect that all reports, statements, computer disk or tape files, computer printouts, computer runs, or other computer prepared information of any kind or nature relating to the foregoing or documents delivered or caused to be delivered to Bank under this subparagraph are complete, correct and thoroughly present the financial condition of borrower and its subsidiaries and affiliates and that there exist on the date of delivery to Bank no condition or event which constitutes a breach or Event of Default under this Agreement. Said annual statements shall be prepared by an independent certified public accountant selected by Borrower and acceptable to Bank on an audited and unqualified basis.

(b)        In addition to the financial statements requested above. Borrower agrees to provide Bank with the following schedules in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank;

     (1)        Accounts Receivable Aging Reports on a quarterly basis, within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal quarter;

     (2)        Accounts Payable Aging Reports on a quarterly basis, within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal quarter; and

     (3)        Compliance Certificates on a quarterly basis, within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal quarter.

(c)        Furnish to Bank, on a quarterly basis within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, such statements, schedules, certificates, reports, documents and other information respecting all or any of Borrower’s Liquid Assets as Bank may request. Any such statement, schedule, certificate, report or other document shall be certified to be true and complete by Borrower and shall be in such form and substance as Bank shall specify. Any such statement, schedule, certificate, report or other document identifying any Liquid Asset shall be accompanied (if so requested by Bank) by satisfactory evidence of Borrower’s ownership of any such Liquid Asset, evidence that any such Liquid Asset is unencumbered, and evidence of the current value of any such Liquid Asset.

(d)        Promptly inform Bank of the occurrence of any default or event of default as defined in the Notes and/or the Loan Documents (hereinafter referred to as “Default”) or of any event which could have a materially adverse effect upon Borrower’s business, properties, financial condition or ability to comply with its obligations hereunder, including without limitation its ability to pay the indebtedness;

(e)        Furnish such periodic operating budgets and projections, annual budgets and projections, financial exhibits and other information as Bank may reasonably request;

(f)        Keep in full force and effect its own corporate, company or partnership existence in good standing; continue to conduct and operate its business substantially as presently conducted and operated and maintain and protect all franchises and trade names and preserve all the remainder of its property used or useful in the conduct of its business and keep the same in good repair and condition;

(g)        Comply with the financial covenants set forth in Addendum A , attached hereto and made a part hereof;

(h)        Maintain a standard and modern system of accounting in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with ledger and account cards and/or computer tapes and computer disks, computer printouts and computer records pertaining to the Collateral which contain information as may from time to time be requested by Bank, not modify or change its method of accounting without the written consent of Bank first obtained, permit Bank and any of its employees, officers, or agents, upon demand, during Borrower’s usual business hours, or the usual business hours of any third person having control thereof, to have access to and examine all of Borrower’s records relating to the Collateral, Borrower’s financial condition and the results of Borrower’s operations and in connection therewith, permit Bank or any of its agents, employees, or officer to copy and make extracts therefrom;

(i)        Maintain Borrower’s same place of business or chief executive office or residence as indicated below, and not relocate said address without giving Bank thirty (30) days prior written notice;

 

-4-

 

 


(j)          Maintain insurance with such insurers in such amounts and of a type satisfactory to Bank, with Bank to be designated as the payee of any such insurance policies under a payee/secured lender clause acceptable to Bank;

(k)         To keep all of its principal bank accounts with Bank and shall notify Bank immediately in writing of the existence of any other bank account, deposit account, or any other account into which money can be deposited;

(l)          To keep all of its principal securities accounts with Comerica Securities and shall notify Bank immediately in writing of the existence of any other securities account, investment account, or any other account into which investment property can be deposited; and

(m)        On a continuing basis from the date of this Agreement until the indebtedness is paid in full and Borrower has performed all of its other obligations hereunder, Borrower represents and agrees that:

     (1)        There are not and will not be Hazardous Materials (as later defined) on, in or under any real or personal property (“Property”) now or at any time owned, occupied or operated by Borrower which in any manner violate any Environmental Law (as later defined).

     (2)        Borrower shall promptly conduct all investigations, testing and other actions necessary to clean up and remove all Hazardous Materials on or affecting the Property in accordance with every Environmental Law.

     (3)        Borrower shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Bank, its employees, agents, officers, shareholders and directors from and against any and all claims, damages, fines, expenses, liabilities or causes of action of whatever kind, including without limit consultant fees, legal expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees, suffered by any of them as a direct or indirect result of any actual or asserted violation of any Environmental Law.

     (4)        Upon ten days notice to Borrower (except in an emergency), Bank may (but is not obligated to) enter on the Property or take such other actions as it deems appropriate to inspect, test for, clean up, remove or minimize the impact of any Hazardous Materials upon Bank’s receipt of any notice from any source asserting the existence of any Hazardous Materials in violation of any Environmental Law. All costs and expenses so incurred by Bank, including without limit consultant fees, legal expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees, shall be payable by Borrower upon demand.

     (5)        The provisions of this section shall survive the repayment of the indebtedness, the satisfaction of all other obligations of Borrower to Bank, the discharge or termination by Bank of any lien or security interest from Borrower, and the foreclosure of or exercise of rights as to any collateral given to Bank.

     (6)        “Hazardous Materials” mean all of the following: any asbestos, petroleum, petroleum by-products, flammable explosives, or radioactive materials or any hazardous or toxic materials as defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C. Sections 9601 et seq.) or in any other Environmental Law.

     (7)        “Environmental Law” means federal, state, local or other law, ordinance, statute, directive, rule, order or regulation on object of which is to regulate or improve health, safety or the environment.

7.         Negative Covenants .  Borrower shall not, without Bank’s prior written consent, do any of the following:

(a)        Except for Permitted Liens, grant a security interest in or permit a lien, claim or encumbrance upon any of the Collateral to any person, association, firm, corporation, entity, governmental agency or instrumentality;

(b)        Permit any levy, attachment or restraint to be made affecting any of Borrower’s assets;

(c)        Permit any judicial officer or assignee to be appointed or to take possession of any or all of Borrower’s assets;

(d)        Sell, lease or otherwise dispose of, move or transfer, whether by sale or otherwise, any of Borrower’s properties or assets, other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(e)        Change its name, business structure, corporate identity or structure; add any new fictitious name, dissolve, liquidate, merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, entity or other business organization, or permit another corporation, entity or other business organization to merger into it;

(f)         Move or relocate any collateral except in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(g)        Except for the acquisition of business organizations that (i) have business activities that are similar to the existing business activities of Borrower, (ii) are made at a time when no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing and will not cause or result in an Event of Default after giving effect to any such acquisition, and (iii) will not cause Borrower’s expenditures for such acquisitions to exceed Four Million Five

 

-5-

 

 


Hundred Thousand Dollars ($4,500,000) in each fiscal year of Borrower during the term of this Agreement, acquire all or substantially all the properties or assets of any other Person or other business organization;

(h)       Enter into any transaction not in the usual course of Borrower’s business;

(i)        Without Bank’s prior written consent, pledge or otherwise hypothecate any of its assets;

(j)        Make any change in Borrower’s financial structure or in any of its business objects, purposes or operations which would adversely affect the ability of Borrower to pay its obligations;

(k)       Except for Permitted Indebtedness, incur any debt outside the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(l)        Make loans, advances or extensions of credit to any person, except for sales on open account and otherwise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(m)      Guaranty or otherwise, directly or indirectly, in any way be or become responsible for obligations of any other person, whether by agreement to purchase the indebtedness of any other person, agreement for the furnishing of funds to any other person through the furnishing of goods, supplies or services, by way of stock purchase, capital contribution, advance or loan, for the purpose of paying and discharging (or causing the payment or discharge of) the indebtedness of any other person, or otherwise, except for the endorsement of negotiable instruments by Borrower in the ordinary course of business for deposit or collection;

(n)       Enter into any reorganization or recapitalization or reclassify its capital stock, or enter into any sale-lease back transaction;

(o)       Purchase or hold beneficially any stock or other securities of, or make any investment or acquire any interest whatsoever in, any other person, except for the common stock of the subsidiaries owned by Borrower on the date of this Agreement or other applicable date and except for certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less of a United States commercial bank with capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000), and direct obligations of the United States government maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(p)       Allow any fact, condition or event to occur or exist with respect to any employee, pension or profit sharing plan established or maintained by it which might constitute grounds for termination of any such plan or for the court appointment of a trustee to administer any such plan;

(q)       Without Bank’s prior written consent, acquire or expend for or commit itself to acquire or expend for fixed assets by lease, purchase or otherwise, except in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(r)        Without Bank’s prior written consent, become liable for borrowed money or finance loans; and

(s)       Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default, or if so doing would result therein, make any distribution or declare or pay any dividend (in stock or in cash) to any shareholder or on any of its capital stock, of any class, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or purchase, acquire, repurchase, or redeem or retire any such capital stock.

8.         Default .  The terms “Default” or “Event of Default”, as used herein, shall have the meaning given in the Notes and/or the Loan documents. In addition, the parties agree that any one or more of the following events shall constitute a default by Borrower under this Agreement, the Notes and/or the Loan Documents:

(a)        If Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep or observe any term, provision, condition, covenant, agreement, warranty or representation contained in this Agreement, the Note, the Loan Documents or any other present or future agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(b)        If any material representation, statement, report or certificate made or delivered by Borrower, or any of its officers, employees or agents to Bank is not true and correct;

(c)        If Borrower fails to pay when due and payable or declared due and payable, all or any portion of the indebtedness (whether or principal, interest, taxes, reimbursement of Bank expenses, or otherwise);

(d)        If there is a material; impairment of the prospect of repayment of all or any portion of Borrower’s obligation, including without limitation the indebtedness or a material impairment of the value or priority of Bank’s security interest in the collateral;

(e)        If all or any of Borrower’s assets are affected, become subject to a writ or distress warrant, or are levied upon, or come into the possession of any judicial officer or assignee and the same are not released, discharged or bonded against within fifteen (15) days thereafter;

(f)         If any insolvency proceeding is filed or commenced by or against Borrower without being dismissed within (15) days thereafter;

 

-6-

 

 


(g)        If any bankruptcy or other proceeding is filed or commenced by or against Borrower for its reorganization, dissolution or liquidation without being dismissed within fifteen (15) days of its commencement;

(h)        If Borrower is enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs;

(i)         If a notice of lien, levy or assessment is filed of record with respect to any or all of Borrower’s assets by the United States Government, or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal or other government agency, or if any taxes or debts owing at any time hereafter to any one or more of such entities becomes a lien, whether inchoate or otherwise, upon any or all of the Borrower’s assets and the same is not paid on the payment date thereof;

(j)         If a judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any or all of Borrower’s assets and the same is not satisfied, dismissed or bonded against within ten (10) days thereafter;

(k)        If Borrower’s records are prepared and kept by an outside computer service bureau at the time this Agreement, the Notes and/or the Loan Documents are entered into or during the term of this Agreement, the Notes and/or the Loan Documents, such an agreement with an outside service bureau is entered into, and at any time thereafter, without first obtaining the written consent of Bank, Borrower terminates, modifies, amends or changes its contractual relationship with said computer service bureau or said computer service bureau fails to provide Bank with any requested information or financial data pertaining to Bank’s Collateral, Borrower’s financial condition or the results of Borrower’s operations;

(l)         If Borrower permits a default in any material agreement to which Borrower is a party with third parties so as to result in an acceleration of the maturity of Borrower’s indebtedness to others, whether under any indenture, agreement or otherwise;

(m)       If Borrower makes any payment on account of indebtedness which has been subordinated to Borrower’s obligations to Bank, including without limitation the Indebtedness;

(n)        If any material misrepresentation exists now or thereafter in any warranty or representation made to Bank by any officer or director of Borrower, or if any such warranty or representation is withdrawn by any officer or director;

(o)        If any party subordinating its claims to that of Bank’s or any guarantor of Borrower’s obligations terminates its subordination or guaranty, becomes insolvent or an insolvency proceeding is commenced by or against any such subordinating party or guarantor;

(p)        If Borrower is a corporation, trust, limited or general partnership or joint venture, or limited liability company, should there occur (I) a sale, conveyance, transfer, disposition or encumbrance, either voluntary or involuntary, or should an agreement be entered into to accomplish any thereof, with respect to (A) more than ten percent (10%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Borrower if a corporation or (B) the beneficial interest of Borrower if a trust or (C) any general partnership or joint venture interest if Borrower is a limited or general partnership or a joint venture or (D) any membership interest if Borrower is a limited liability company, or (II) a change in any general partner or joint venturer if Borrower is a limited or general partnership or a joint venture; or

(q)        If any reportable event, which the Bank determines constitutes grounds for the termination of any deferred compensation plan by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or for the appointment by the appropriate United States District Court of a trustee to administer any such plan, shall have occurred and be continuing thirty (30) days after written notice of such determination shall have been given to Borrower by Bank, or any such Plan shall be terminated within the meaning of Title IV of the Employment Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”), or a trustee shall be appointed by the appropriate United States District Court to administer any such plan, or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation shall institute proceedings to terminate any plan and in case of any event described in this Section 8, the aggregate amount of the Borrower’s liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation under Sections 4062, 4063 or 4064 of ERISA shall exceed five percent (5%) of Borrower’s Tangible Effective Net Worth.

Bank shall not be obligated to make advances to Borrower during any cure period provided for in Sections 8(e), 8(f), 8(l), and 8(q) above.

9.         Rights and Remedies .  The parties have agreed as follows with respect to Bank’s rights and remedies upon Default;

(a)        Bank shall have all rights and remedies available hereunder and under the Notes and the Loan Documents and under applicable law;

(b)        Bank may at its option without notice, accelerate the Indebtedness and declare all Indebtedness to be due, owing and payable in full;

(c)        Bank may at its option without notice, cease advancing money or extending credit to or for the benefit of Borrower under this Agreement or any other agreement between Borrower and Bank.

 

-7-

 

 


(d)        No Default (as defined in this Agreement, the Notes and/or the Loan Documents) shall be waived by Bank except in writing and a waiver of any Default shall not be a waiver of any other default or of the same default on a future occasion;

(e)        No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder, or any delay in the exercise hereof, shall preclude other or further exercise of the rights of the parties under this Agreement, the Notes and/or the Loan Documents; and

(f)         No forbearance on the part of Bank in enforcing any of its rights under this Agreement, the Notes and/or the Loan Documents nor any renewal, extension or rearrangement of any payment or covenant to be made or performed by Borrower hereunder shall constitute a waiver of any of the terms of this Agreement, the Note, and/or the Loan Documents, or of any such right.

10.       Cross-Default .  A Default under this Agreement shall also be a Default under the Notes and the Loan Documents, and vice versa. A Default under this Agreement, the Notes and/or the Loan Documents shall also be a Default under every other note and other agreement between Bank and Borrower, and vice versa.

11.       Cross-Collateral .  Any Collateral for this Agreement, the Notes and/or the Loan Documents shall also be Collateral for any other obligations owing by Borrower to Bank. Notwithstanding the above, (i) to the extent that any portion of the indebtedness is a consumer loan, that portion shall not be secured by any deed of trust or mortgage on or other security interest in any of the undersigned’s principal dwelling or in any of the undersigned’s real property which is not a purchase money security interest as to that portion, unless expressly provided to the contrary in another place, or (ii) if the undersigned (or any of them) has (have) given or give(s) Bank a deed of trust or mortgage covering real property, that deed of trust or mortgage shall not secure this Note or any other indebtedness of the undersigned (or any of them), unless expressly provided to the contrary in another place.

12.       Survival of Covenants, Agreements, Representations and Warranties .  All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties (a) previously made (except as specifically subsequently modified); (b) made in connection herewith or with the Notes and/or the Loan Documents and/or any document contemplated hereby; or (c) executed hereafter (unless such document expressly states that this Agreement does not apply thereto) shall survive the borrowing hereunder and thereunder and the repayment in full of the Notes and/or the Loan Documents and any amendments, renewals or extensions thereof and shall be deemed to have been relied upon by Bank. All statements contained in any certificate or other document delivered to Bank at any time by or on behalf of Borrower shall constitute representations and warranties by Borrower.

13.       Miscellaneous .  The parties agree to the following miscellaneous terms:

 (a)        This Agreement, the Notes and the Loan Documents shall be governed by California law, without regard for the effect of conflict of laws;

 (b)        Borrower agrees that it will pay all out of pocket costs of Bank and expenses (including without limitation, Bank’s attorneys’ fees and costs and/or fees, transfer charges and costs of Bank’s in-house counsel) in connection with the preparation of this Agreement, the Notes and/or the Loan Documents and/or the documents contemplated hereby and the closing of the Loan:

 (c)        This Agreement, the Notes and/or the Loan Documents shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that Borrower shall not assign or transfer its right or obligations under this Agreement, the Notes and/or the Loan Documents without the prior written consent of Bank;

 (d)        Borrower acknowledges that Bank may provide information regarding Borrower and the Loan to Bank’s parent, subsidiaries and affiliates and service providers, and

 (e)        This Agreement is an integrated agreement and supersedes all prior negotiations and agreements regarding the subject matter hereof. Any amendments hereto shell be in writing and be signed by all parties hereto.

 (f)         Co-Borrowers. Each Borrower agrees as follows:

      (1)        Each Borrower agrees that it is jointly and severally, directly, and primarily liable to Bank for payment in full of the Indebtedness and that such liability is independent of the duties, obligations and liabilities of the other Borrower. The Agreement, Notes and/or Loan Documents are a primary and original obligation of each Borrower, are not the creation of a surety relationship, and are an absolute, unconditional, and continuing promise of payment and performance which shall remain in full force and effect without respect to future changes in conditions, including any change of law or any invalidity or irregularity with respect to the Loan Documents. Each Borrower acknowledges that the obligations of such Borrower undertaken herein might be construed to consist, at least in part, of the guaranty of obligations of persons or entities other than such Borrower (including any other Borrower party hereto) and, in full recognition of that fact, each Borrower consents and agrees that Bank may, at any time and from time to time, without notice or demand, whether before or after any actual or purported termination, repudiation, or revocation of the Agreement and the other Loan Documents by any one or more Borrowers, and without affecting the enforceability or continuing effectiveness hereof as to each Borrower: (a) supplement, restate, modify, amend, increase, decrease, extend, renew, accelerate, or otherwise change the time for payment or the terms of the Indebtedness or any part thereof, including any increase or decrease of the rate(s) of interest thereon; (b)

 

-8-

 

 


supplement, restate, modify, amend, increase, decrease or waive, or enter into or give any agreement, approval, or consent with respect to, the Indebtedness or any part thereof, or any of the Loan Documents or any additional security or guaranties, or any condition, covenant, or any condition, covenant, default, remedy, right, representation or term thereof or thereunder; (c) accept new or additional instruments, documents or agreements in exchange for or relative to any of the Loan Documents or the Indebtedness or any part thereof; (d) accept partial payments on the Indebtedness; (e) receive and hold additional security or guaranties for the Indebtedness or any part thereof; (f) release, reconvey, terminate, waive, abandon, fail to perfect, subordinate, exchange, substitute, transfer, or enforce any security or guaranties, and apply any security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Bank in its sole and absolute discretion may determine; (g) release any Person from any personal liability with respect to the Indebtedness or any part thereof; (h) settle, release on terms satisfactory to Bank or by operation of applicable laws, or otherwise liquidate or enforce any Indebtedness and any security therefor or guaranty thereof in any manner, consent to the transfer of any security and bid and purchase at any sale; or (i) consent to the merger, change, or any other restructuring or termination of the corporate or partnership existence of any Borrower or any other Person, and correspondingly restructure the Indebtedness, and any such merger, change, restructuring, or termination shall not affect the liability of any Borrower or the continuing effectiveness hereof, or the enforceability hereof with respect to all or any part of the Indebtedness.

     (2)        Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Bank may enforce the Agreement and the other Loan Documents independently as to each Borrower and independently of any other remedy or security Bank at any time may have or hold in connection with the Indebtedness, and it shall not be necessary for Bank at any time may have or hold in connection with the Indebtedness, and it shall not be necessary for Bank to marshal assets in favor of any Borrower or any other Person or to proceed upon or against or exhaust any security or remedy before proceeding to enforce the Agreement and other Loan Documents. Each Borrower expressly waives any right to require Bank to marshal assets in favor of any Borrower or any other Person or to proceed against any other Borrower or any Collateral provided by any Person, and agrees that Bank may proceed against Borrowers or any Collateral in such order as it shall determine in its sole and absolute discretion.

     (3)        Bank may file a separate action or actions against any Borrower, whether action is brought or prosecuted with respect to any security or against any other person, or whether any other person is joined in any such action or actions. Each Borrower agrees that Bank and any Borrower and any affiliate of any Borrower may deal with each other in connection with the Indebtedness or otherwise, or alter any contracts or agreements now or hereafter existing between any of them, in any manner whatsoever, all without in any altering or affecting the continuing efficacy of the Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

     (4)        Bank’s rights under the Loan Documents shall be reinstated and revived, and the enforceability of the Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall continue, with respect to any amount at any time paid on account of the Indebtedness which thereafter shall be required to be restored or returned by Bank, all as though such amount had not been paid. The rights of Bank created herein and the enforceability of the Agreement and the other Loan Documents at all times shall remain effective to cover the full amount of all the Indebtedness even though the Indebtedness, including any part thereof or any other security or guaranty therefor, may be or hereafter may become invalid or otherwise unenforceable as against any Borrower and whether or not any other Borrower shall have any personal liability with respect thereto.

     (5)        To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that a Borrower is deemed a guarantor, each Borrower expressly waives any and all defenses now or hereafter arising or asserted by reason of (a) any disability or other defense of any other Borrower with respect to the Indebtedness, (b) the unenforceability or invalidity of any security or guaranty for the Indebtedness or lack of perfection or continuing perfection or failure of priority of any security for the Indebtedness, (c) the cessation for any cause whatsoever of the liability of any Borrower (other than by reason of the full payment and performance of all Indebtedness), (d) any failure of the Bank to marshal assets in favor of Bank or any Borrower or any other person, (e) any failure of Bank to give notice of sale or other disposition of collateral to any Borrower or any other Person or any notice that may be given in connection with any sale or disposition of collateral, (f) any failure of Bank to comply with applicable law in connection with the sale or other disposition of any collateral or other security for any Obligation, including any failure of Bank to conduct a commercially reasonable sale or other disposition of any collateral or other security for any Obligation, (g) any act or omission of Bank or others that directly or indirectly results in or aids the discharge or release of any Borrower or the Indebtedness or any security or guaranty therefor by operation of law or otherwise, (h) any law which provides that the obligation of a surety or guarantor must neither be larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal or which reduces a surety’s or guarantor’s obligation in proportion to the principal obligation, (i) any failure of Bank to file or enforce a claim in any bankruptcy or other proceeding with respect to any Person, (j) the election by Bank of the application or non-application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, (k) any extension of credit or the grant of any lien under Section 364 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, (1) any use of cash collateral under Section 363 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, (m) any agreement or stipulation with respect to the provision of adequate protection in any bankruptcy proceeding of any Person, (n) the avoidance of any lien in favor of Bank for any reason, or (o) any action taken by Bank that is authorized by the Agreement or any other provision of any Loan Document. Until such time as all of the Indebtedness have been fully, finally, and indefeasibly paid in full in cash: (i) each Borrower hereby waives and postpones any right of subrogation it has or may have as against any other Borrower respect to the Indebtedness; and (ii) in addition, each Borrower also hereby waives and postpones any right to proceed or to seek recourse against or with respect to any property or asset of any other Borrower. Each Borrower expressly waives all setoffs and counterclaims and all presentments, demands for payments or performance, notices of nonpayment or nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices dishonor and all other notices or demands of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the Indebtedness, and all notices of acceptance of the Agreement or the other Loan Documents or of the existence, creation or incurring of new or additional Indebtedness.

 

-9-

 

 


(6)        In the event that all or any part of the Indebtedness at any time are secured by any one or more deeds of trust or mortgages or other instruments creating or granting liens on any interests in real property, each Borrower authorizes Bank, upon the occurrence of and during the continuance of any Event of Default, at its sole option, without notice or demand and without affecting the obligations of any Borrower, the enforceability of the Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or the validity or enforceability of any liens of Bank, to foreclose any or all of such deeds of trust or mortgages or other instruments by judicial or nonjudicial sale.

(7)        Without limiting the generality of any other waiver or other provision set forth in this Agreement, each Borrower waives all rights and defenses that such Borrower may have because the Indebtedness is secured by real property. This means, among other things:

(i)         Bank may collect from any Borrower without first foreclosing on any real or personal property pledged as Collateral by any other Borrower to secure the Indebtedness.

(ii)        If Bank forecloses on any real property pledged as Collateral by any Borrower:

    (a)        the amount of the debt may be reduced only by the price for which that Collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price.

    (b)        Bank may collect from any Borrower even if Bank, by foreclosing on the real property pledged as Collateral, has destroyed any right that Borrower may have to collect from any other Borrower.

This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses each Borrower may have because the Indebtedness is secured by Real Property. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights or defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

(8)        To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to the extent that a Borrower is deemed a guarantor, each Borrower expressly waives any defenses to the enforcement of the Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any rights of Bank created or granted hereby or to the recovery by Bank against any Borrower or any other Person liable therefor of any deficiency after a judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure or sale, even though such a foreclosure or sale may impair the subrogation rights of Borrowers and may preclude Borrowers from obtaining reimbursement or contribution from other Borrowers. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Borrower expressly waives any suretyship defenses or benefits that it otherwise might or would have under applicable law. WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF ANY OTHER WAIVER OR OTHER PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH BORROWER WAIVES ALL RIGHTS AND DEFENSES ARISING OUT OF AN ELECTION OF REMEDIES BY BANK, EVEN THOUGH THAT ELECTION OF REMEDIES, SUCH AS A NONJUDICIAL FORECLOSURE WITH RESPECT TO SECURITY FOR THE INDEBTEDNESS, HAS DESTROYED SUCH BORROWER’S RIGHTS OF SUBROGATION AND REIMBURSEMENT AGAINST THE OTHER BORROWERS BY OPERATION OF LAW, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SECTION 580d OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, OR OTHERWISE.

14.       JURY WAIVER .  THE BORROWER AND THE BANK ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW. EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE INDEBTEDNESS OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PARTIES.

15.       Judicial Reference Provision .

(a)     In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.

(b)     With the exception of the items specified in clause (c), below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Indebtedness, the Note, the other Loan Documents or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “Comerica Documents”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Comerica Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the state or federal court in the county or district where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in the state or federal court in the county or district where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

(c)     The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) nonjudicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies

 

-10-

 

 


(including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This reference provision does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this reference provision as provided herein.

(d)     The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted. Pursuant to CCP § 170.6, each party shall have one peremptory challenge to the referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).

(e)     The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

(f)     The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

(g)     Except as expressly set forth herein, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

(h)     The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

(i)     If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act § 1280 through § 1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

(j)     THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT, THE INDEBTEDNESS OR THE OTHER COMERICA DOCUMENTS.

16.       Counterparts, Prior Agreement .  This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute together but one and the same agreement. This Agreement, together with each other document, instrument and agreement entered into with or in favor of Bank in connection herewith and in connection with the Prior Agreement, to the extent not amended and restated hereby, constitute the entire understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and, as applicable amends and restates in full the Prior Agreement and any other agreement, written or oral, with respect thereto. Borrower ratifies and reaffirms the continuing effectiveness of all promissory notes, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, environmental agreements, and all other instruments, documents and agreements entered into in connection with the Prior Agreement that are not amended and restated in connection with this Agreement.

 

-11-

 

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Business Loan Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

      “Borrower”  

Accepted and effective as of: 8/1/06

at Bank’s Headquarters Office

  ELLIE MAE, INC.,  
      a California corporation  
      By:  

/s/ EDGAR LUCE

 
“Bank”       Name:  

EDGAR LUCE

 
      Title:  

CFO

 
COMERICA BANK      
      By:  

 

 
      Name:  

 

 
By:   /s/ Peter Wentworth                             Title:  

 

 
Name:   Peter Wentworth        
Title:   Corporate Banking Officer -Western Market      
Address for Notices:     Address for Notices:  
75 East Trimble Road     4140 Dublin Boulevard  
San Jose, California 95131     Suite 300  
Attn: Credit Manager     Dublin, California 94568  
Fax number: (408) 556-5097     Attn: Ed Luce  
    Fax number: (925) 479-1360  
With a copy to:      
1331 North California Boulevard, Suite 400      
Walnut Creek, California 94596      
Attn: Peter Wentworth      
Fax number: (925) 941-1999      

 

-12-

 

 


ADDENDUM A TO AMENDED AND RESTATED BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

(FINANCIAL COVENANTS)

1.       Definitions Relating to Financial Covenants .  When used in that certain Amended and Restated Business Loan Agreement dated June 20, 2006 entered into between Comerica Bank and Ellie Mae, Inc., the following terms shall have the following meanings (terms defined in the singular to have the same meaning when used in the plural and vice versa):

Agreement shall mean and includes that certain Amended and Restated Business Loan Agreement, dated as of June 20, 2006, entered into between Borrower and Bank, and any extensions, supplements, amendments or modifications thereto.

Cash Flow shall mean, for any applicable period of determination, the Net Income (after deduction for income taxes and other taxes of such Person, or its subsidiaries, determined by reference to income or profits of such Person, or its subsidiaries) for such period, plus, to the extent deducted in computation of such Net Income, the amount of depreciation and amortization expense and the amount of deferred tax liability during such period, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Flow Coverage Ratio shall mean the ratio, as of any applicable period of determination, the ratio of Cash Flow to the sum of (i) Current Maturities of Long Term Indebtedness plus (ii) any and all interest paid or payable with respect to Long Term Indebtedness and Subordinated Debt, determined on the basis of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date of determination.

Current Assets shall mean, in respect of a Person and as of any applicable date of determination, all current assets of such Person determined in accordance with GAAP.

Current Liabilities shall mean, in respect of a Person and as of any applicable date of determination, all liabilities of such Person that should be classified as current in accordance with GAAP.

Current Maturities of Long Term Indebtedness shall mean, in respect of a Person and as of any applicable date of determination thereof, that portion of Long Term Indebtedness that should be classified as current in accordance with GAAP.

Current Ratio shall mean, as of an applicable date of determination, Current Assets divided by Current Liabilities.

Debt shall mean, as of any applicable date of determination, all items of Indebtedness, obligation or liability of a Person, whether matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, joint or several, that should be classified as liabilities in accordance with GAAP. In the case of Borrower, the term “Debt” shall include, without limitation, the Indebtedness.

Equipment Note shall mean that certain promissory note dated as of even date in the original principal amount of Three Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($3,500,000) entered into by Borrower in favor of Bank and any extensions, supplements, amendments or modifications thereto.

GAAP shall mean, as of any applicable period, generally accepted accounting principles in effect during such period.

Liquid Assets shall mean and includes, in respect of a Person and as of any applicable date of determination, all unrestricted cash, unrestricted marketable securities, FDIC insured certificates of deposit, and United States government securities of such Person.

Loans shall mean and includes the Revolving Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Equipment Loans, and all other loans and advances of any kind made by Bank to Borrower pursuant to the Agreement and the Notes.

Long Term Indebtedness shall mean, in respect of a Person and as of any applicable date of determination thereof, all Debt which should be classified as “funded indebtedness” or “long term indebtedness” on a balance sheet of such Person as of such date in accordance in accordance with GAAP.

Master Revolving Note shall mean that certain revolving promissory note dated as of even date in the original principal amount of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) entered into by Borrower in favor of Bank and any extensions, supplements, amendments or modifications thereto.

Net Income shall mean the net income (or loss) of a person for any period of determination, determined in accordance with GAAP but excluding in any event:

a.      any gains or losses on the sale or other disposition, not in the ordinary course of business, of investments or fixed or capital assets, any taxes on the excluded gains and any tax deductions or credits on account on any excluded losses; and

b.      in the case of Borrower, net earnings of any Person in which Borrower has an ownership interest, unless such net earnings shall have actually been received by Borrower in the form of cash distributions.

Permitted Indebtedness means and includes all (a) Debt to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business; (b) Indebtedness of Borrower in favor of Bank arising under this Agreement, any

 

 


document, instrument or agreement entered into in connection herewith or otherwise; (c) Debt existing on the date of this Agreement and disclosed in Schedule P-1; (d) Debt to any other Person secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Debt does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Debt; and (e) Subordinated Debt.

Permitted Liens means and includes any: (a) liens existing on the date of this Agreement and disclosed in Schedule P-2 or arising under this Agreement, any document, instrument or agreement entered into in connection herewith or otherwise in favor of Bank; (b) liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided the same have no priority over any of Bank’s security interests; (c) liens (i) upon or in any equipment acquired or held by Borrower or any of its subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such equipment or Debt incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of such equipment, or (ii) existing on such equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the lien is confined solely to the equipment so acquired and improvements and additions thereto, and the proceeds of such equipment to the extent that the acquisition of such equipment is otherwise permitted under this Agreement; (d) liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Debt secured by liens of the type described in clauses (a) through (c) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing lien and the principal amount of the Debt being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase.

Person or person shall mean and includes any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, firm, association, trust, unincorporated association, joint stock company, government, municipality, political subdivision or agency or other entity.

Quick Assets shall mean, as of any applicable date of determination, unrestricted cash, certificates of deposit or marketable securities and net accounts receivable arising from the sale of goods and services, and United States government securities and/or claims against the United States government of Borrower and its subsidiaries.

Quick Ratio shall mean, as of an applicable date of determination, Quick Assets divided by Current Liabilities, excluding Subordinated Debt.

Subordinated Debt shall mean indebtedness of the Borrower to third parties which has been subordinated to the indebtedness pursuant to a subordination agreement in form and content satisfactory to Bank.

Tangible Effective Net Worth shall mean, with respect to any Person and as of any applicable date of determination, Tangible Net Worth plus Subordinated Debt.

Tangible Net Worth shall mean, with respect to any Person and as of any applicable date of determination, the excess of:

a.      the net book value of all assets of such Person (excluding affiliate receivables, patents, patent rights, trademarks, trade names, franchises, copyrights, licenses, goodwill, and all other intangible assets of such Person) after all appropriate deductions in accordance with GAAP (including, without limitation, reserves for doubtful receivables, obsolescence, depreciation and amortization), less

b.      all Debt of such Person at such time.

Working Capital shall mean, as of any applicable date of determination, Current Assets less Current Liabilities.

2.        Financial Covenants .  Borrower shall maintain the following financial ratios and covenants on a consolidated and non-consolidated basis, which shall be monitored on a quarterly basis, except as noted below.

(a)    A Debt-to-Tangible Effective Net Worth of not more than 2.00:1.00;

(b)    A Cash Flow Coverage Ration of not less than 2.00:1.00. For the purposes of the foregoing calculation, Borrower’s Current Maturities of Long Term Indebtedness shall include one third (1/3) of the aggregate amount of all Indebtedness to Bank under the Revolving Loans irrespective of the treatment of such Indebtedness under GAAP;

(c)    Borrower shall be and remain the owner at all times of unencumbered Liquid Assets having a value (as such value is determined by Bank) of not less than the sum of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Indebtedness plus Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000);

(d)    Minimum Net income of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), measured annually as of the end of each fiscal year; and

(e)    Except for funds reserved out of the availability under Section 1 (a) for outstanding Letters of Credit, the outstanding unpaid principal balance of the Credit shall not exceed Zero Dollars ($-0-) for at least sixty (60) consecutive days prior to the last day of each calendar year during the term of this Agreement.

All financial covenants shall be computed in accordance with GAAP consistently applied except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement. All monies due from affiliates (including officers, directors and shareholders) shall be excluded from Borrower’s assets for all purposes hereunder.

 

2

 

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

LOGO    FIRST MODIFICATION TO
   BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT AND
   MASTER REVOLVING NOTE
   AND WAIVER

This First Modification to Business Loan Agreement and Master Revolving Note and Waiver (this “Modification”) is entered into by ELLIE MAE, INC., a California corporation (“Borrower”) and COMERICA BANK, a Texas banking association, successor by merger to Comerica Bank, a Michigan banking corporation (“Bank”), whose Western Market Headquarters is located at 333 West Santa Clara Street, San Jose, California, as of May 15, 2008.

RECITALS

This Modification is entered into upon the basis of the following facts and understandings of the parties, which facts and understandings are acknowledged by the parties to be true and accurate:

WHEREAS, Bank and Borrower have previously entered into that certain Amended and Restated Business Loan Agreement, dated as of June 20, 2006. The Amended and Restated Business Loan Agreement, as such may be modified, amended, restated, revised, supplemented or replaced from time to time prior to the date hereof shall collectively be referred to herein as the “Agreement”; and

WHEREAS, Bank and Borrower have previously entered into that certain Master Revolving Note, Variable Rate-Maturity Date- Optional Advances dated June 20, 2006. The Master Revolving Note, Variable Rate-Maturity Date- Optional Advances, as such may be modified, amended, restated, revised, supplemented or replaced from time to time prior to the date hereof shall collectively be referred to herein as the “Note.”

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as set forth below.

AGREEMENT

1.      Incorporation by Reference . The Recitals and the documents referred to therein are incorporated herein by this reference. Except as otherwise noted, the terms not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement.

2.      Modification to the Agreement . Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent as set forth in Section 5 hereof, the Agreement is hereby modified as set forth below.

(a)    Section 1.(c) of the Agreement hereby is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(c)      [Intentionally omitted.]”

(b)    The Borrower’s address set forth on the signature page of the agreement hereby is deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

  “4155 Hopyard Road

  Suite 200

  Pleasanton, CA 94588

  Attn: Ed Luce

  Fax number: (925) 227-2080

(c)    Section 2.(b) of Addendum A to Amended and Restated Business Loan Agreement (Financial Covenants), hereby is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(b)      [Intentionally omitted];”

(d)    Section 2.(d) of Addendum A to Amended and Restated Business Loan Agreement (Financial Covenants), hereby is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(d)      Minimum Net income of at least One Dollar ($-1-), measured annually as of the end of each fiscal year; and”

(e)     Schedule P-1 referred to in the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” set forth in Addendum A to Amended and Restated Business Loan Agreement (Financial Covenants) hereby is deleted in its entirety and replaced with Amended and Restated Schedule P-1 , attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

(f)      Schedule P-2 referred to in the definition of “Permitted Liens” set forth in Addendum A to Amended and Restated Business Loan Agreement (Financial Covenants) hereby is deleted in its entirety and replaced with Amended and Restated Schedule P-2 , attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.


3.       Modification to the Note . Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent as set forth in Section 5 hereof, the Note is hereby modified as set forth below.

(a)     Each reference to the maturity date of the Note hereby is deleted and replaced with June 30, 2009, mutatis , mutandis .

4.       Events of Default and Waiver .

(a)     Borrower has requested that Bank waive certain Events of Default which have occurred as a result of that certain violation of Section 2. of Addendum A to Business Loan Agreement occurring as a result of Borrower’s pre-tax net income of Three Hundred Sixty Eight Thousand Dollars ($368,000) for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2007 as reported in Borrower’s company prepared financial statements delivered to Bank in accordance with the Agreement, which failed to meet the required minimum pre-tax Net Income of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) (the “Non-Compliant Item”).

(b)     Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent as set forth in Section 4 hereof, Bank hereby agrees to waive the Non- Compliant Item for the above period.

(c)     This waiver is limited to the Non- Compliant Item set forth above with respect to the period set forth above only. Nothing contained herein shall operate as a consent to or a waiver, amendment, or forbearance in respect of any other Non- Compliant Item or any other or further matter (including any Event of Default) or any other right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement or any other document, instrument or agreement entered into in connection therewith.

5.       Legal Effect .

(a)     Except as specifically set forth in this Modification, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Modification shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof. Borrower ratifies and reaffirms the continuing effectiveness of all promissory notes, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, environmental agreements, and all other instruments, documents and agreements entered into in connection with the Agreement.

(b)     Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Modification, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(c)     The effectiveness of this Modification and each of the documents, instruments and agreements entered into in connection with this Modification is conditioned upon receipt by Bank of this Modification, any other documents which Bank may require to carry out the terms hereof.

(i)    This Modification executed by the Borrower and any other documents which Bank may require to carry out the terms; and

(ii)    A non-refundable loan documentation fee in the amount of $750.

6.       Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a)     This is an integrated Modification and supersedes all prior negotiations and agreements regarding the subject matter hereof. All amendments hereto must be in writing and signed by the parties.

(b)     This Modification may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have agreed as of the date first set forth above.

 

BORROWER:     BANK:
ELLIE MAE, INC.,     COMERICA BANK
a California corporation    
By:  

/s/ EDGAR LUCE

    By:  

/s/ Peter Wentworth

Name:  

EDGAR LUCE

    Name:   Peter Wentworth
Title:  

CFO

    Title:   Assistant Vice President — Western Market

 

2

Exhibit 10.10

 

LOGO    SECOND MODIFICATION TO
   BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT AND
   MASTER REVOLVING NOTE

This Second Modification to Business Loan Agreement and Master Revolving Note (this “Modification”) is entered into by ELLIE MAE, INC., a California corporation (“Borrower”) and COMERICA BANK, a Texas banking association, successor by merger to Comerica Bank, a Michigan banking corporation (“Bank”), whose Western Market Headquarters is located at 333 West Santa Clara Street, San Jose, California, as of April 2, 2009.

RECITALS

This Modification is entered into upon the basis of the following facts and understandings of the parties, which facts and understandings are acknowledged by the parties to be true and accurate:

WHEREAS, Bank and Borrower have previously entered into that certain Amended and Restated Business Loan Agreement, dated as of June 20, 2006, as modified by that certain First Modification to Business Loan Agreement and Master Revolving Note and Waiver dated as of May 15, 2008. The Amended and Restated Business Loan Agreement, as so modified, and as such may be otherwise modified, amended, restated, revised, supplemented or replaced from time to time prior to the date hereof shall collectively be referred to herein as the “Agreement”; and

WHEREAS, Bank and Borrower have previously entered into that certain Master Revolving Note, Variable Rate-Maturity Date-Optional Advances dated June 20, 2006. The Master Revolving Note, Variable Rate-Maturity Date-Optional Advances, as such may be modified, amended, restated, revised, supplemented or replaced from time to time prior to the date hereof shall collectively be referred to herein as the “Note.”

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as set forth below.

AGREEMENT

1.      Incorporation by Reference . The Recitals and the documents referred to therein are incorporated herein by this reference. Except as otherwise noted, the terms not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement.

2.      Modification to the Agreement . Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent as set forth in Section 4 hereof, the Agreement is hereby modified as set forth below.

(a)   Section 1.(a) of the Agreement hereby is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

  “(a)      Revolving Loan. Bank shall make available to Borrower a revolving line of credit in the maximum principal amount of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) (the “Maximum Revolving Amount”) which shall be evidenced by the Master Revolving Note. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Master Revolving Note, from time to time prior to the maturity date set forth in the Master Revolving Note, Bank shall, upon Borrower’s request in accordance with this Agreement, make advances (each a “Revolving Loan,” and collectively, the “Revolving Loans”) to Borrower in an aggregate amount outstanding not to exceed at any one time the Maximum Revolving Amount, the proceeds of which shall be used by Borrower only for general working capital.

(1)      If at any time for any reason, the amount of Indebtedness owed by Borrower to Bank with respect to the Revolving Loans is greater than the Maximum Revolving Amount, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, in cash, the amount of such excess.


(2)      Revolving Loans may be repaid and reborrowed, subject to the terms and conditions hereof and of the Master Revolving Note, provided, that the outstanding principal amount of all Revolving Loans, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall be due and payable in full on the maturity date set forth in the Master Revolving Note.”

(b)   Section 1.(b) of the Agreement hereby is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

  “(b)    [Intentionally omitted.]”

(c)   Section 3.(a) of the Agreement hereby is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

  “(a)    In connection with the Revolving Loans provided to Borrower under this Agreement and the Master Revolving Note, on April 2, 2009, a commitment fee in an amount equal to One Thousand Dollars ($1,000), which fee shall be fully earned and non-refundable on the date of payment thereof.”

(d)   The Borrower’s FAX number set forth on the signature page of the agreement hereby is deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“Fax number: (925) 227-2080”

(e)   The definition of “Master Revolving Note” set forth in Section 1. of Addendum A to Amended and Restated Business Loan Agreement (Financial Covenants), hereby is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Master Revolving Note shall mean that certain master revolving note dated April 2, 2009 in the original principal amount of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) entered into by Borrower in favor of Bank and any extensions, supplements, amendments or modifications thereto.”

(f)    The following new definition of “EBITDA” hereby inserted into Section 1 of Addendum A to Amended and Restated Business Loan Agreement (Financial Covenants) in alphabetical order:

EBITDA of any Person shall mean for any applicable period of determination, the Net Income of such Person for such period before deduction for interest expense (determined in accordance with GAAP), income taxes (and other taxes of such Person determined by reference to the income or profits of such Person) and the amount of depreciation and amortization expense of such Person and all compensation paid in shares of the capital stock of such Person or other evidences of ownership interests in such Person during any such period of determination, excluding from Net Income extraordinary gains of any kind.”

(g)   The definition of “Tangible Net Worth” set forth in Section 1. of Addendum A to Amended and Restated Business Loan Agreement (Financial Covenants), hereby is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Tangible Net Worth shall mean, with respect to any Person and as of any applicable date of determination, the excess of:

    a.      the net book value of all assets of such Person (excluding affiliate receivables, patents, patent rights, trademarks, trade names, franchises, copyrights, licenses, goodwill, subscription lists, organizational expenses, trade receivables converted into notes and all other intangible assets of such Person) after all appropriate deductions in accordance with GAAP (including, without limitation, reserves for doubtful receivables, obsolescence, depreciation and amortization), less

    b.      all Debt of such Person at such time.”

 

2


(h)   Section 2. of Addendum A to Amended and Restated Business Loan Agreement (Financial Covenants), hereby is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“2.       Financial Covenants . Borrower shall maintain the following financial ratios and covenants on a consolidated and non-consolidated basis, which shall be monitored on a quarterly basis, except as noted below.

(a)      A ratio of Debt to Tangible Effective Net Worth of not more than 1.00:1.00;

(b)      Minimum EBITDA of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), measured quarterly on the basis of the four fiscal quarters of Borrower immediately preceding each such date of determination;

(c)      At all times during the effectiveness of this Agreement and the Master Revolving Note, Borrower shall maintain cash on deposit in deposit accounts at Bank of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000);

All financial covenants shall be computed in accordance with GAAP consistently applied except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement. All monies due from affiliates - (including officers, directors and shareholders) shall be excluded from Borrower’s assets for all purposes hereunder.”

3.      Modification to the Note . Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent as set forth in Section 4 hereof, the Note is hereby modified as set forth below.

(a)    The Note hereby is replaced in its entirety with that certain Master Revolving Note dated as of even date with this Modification.

4.      Legal Effect .

(a)    Except as specifically set forth in this Modification, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Modification shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof. Borrower ratifies and reaffirms the continuing effectiveness of all promissory notes, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, environmental agreements, and all other instruments, documents and agreements entered into in connection with the Agreement.

(b)    Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Modification, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(c)    The effectiveness of this Modification and each of the documents, instruments and agreements entered into in connection with this Modification is conditioned upon receipt by Bank of this Modification, any other documents which Bank may require to carry out the terms hereof.

(i)      A Master Revolving Note in the principal amount of $2,000,000 executed by Borrower in favor of Bank in form and substance satisfactory to Bank;

(ii)     This Modification executed by the Borrower and any other documents which Bank may require to carry out the terms;

(iii)    Payment of any and all unpaid fees, costs or Bank expenses due under the Agreement, including without limitation the commitment fee payable under Section 3 of the Agreement; and

(iv)    A non-refundable loan documentation fee in the amount of $1,000.

 

3


5.      Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a)    This is an integrated Modification and supersedes all prior negotiations and agreements regarding the subject matter hereof. All amendments hereto must be in writing and signed by the parties.

(b)    This Modification may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have agreed as of the date first set forth above.

 

BORROWER:     BANK:
ELLIE MAE, INC.,     COMERICA BANK
a California corporation    
By:  

/s/ Edgar Luce

    By:  

/s/ Peter Wentworth

Name:  

EDGAR LUCE

    Name:   Peter Wentworth
Title:  

CFO

    Title:   Vice President – Western Market

 

4

Exhibit 10.11

SUBLEASE

SUBLEASE (this “ Sublease ”) made as of July _30_, 2007, by and between ADP PLEASANTON NATIONAL SERVICE CENTER, INC. (“ Sublandlord ”), a Delaware corporation having an office at 5800 Windward Parkway, Alpharetta, Georgia 30005 and ELLIE MAE, INC. (“ Subtenant ”), a California corporation having an office at 4140 Dublin Boulevard, Suite 300, Dublin, California 94568, Attention: Lisa Bruun, Vice President.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS , by that certain build-to-suit lease dated January 27, 1998 by and among NNN Britannia I, LLC, NNN Britannia I 2, LLC, NNN Britannia I 3, LLC, NNN Britannia I 4, LLC, NNN Britannia I 6, LLC, NNN Britannia I 8, LLC, NNN Britannia I 9, LLC, NNN Britannia I 10, LLC, NNN Britannia I 11, LLC, NNN Britannia I 12, LLC, NNN Britannia I 13, LLC, NNN Britannia I 14, LLC, NNN Britannia I 15, LLC, NNN Britannia I 16, LLC, NNN Britannia I 17, LLC, NNN Britannia I 18, LLC, NNN Britannia I 19, LLC, NNN Britannia I 20, LLC, NNN Britannia I 21, LLC, NNN Britannia I 22, LLC, NNN Britannia I 23, LLC, NNN Britannia I 24, LLC, NNN Britannia I 25, LLC, NNN Britannia I 26, LLC, NNN Britannia I 27, LLC, NNN Britannia I 28, LLC, NNN Britannia I 29, LLC, NNN Britannia I 30, LLC, NNN Britannia I 31, LLC, NNN Britannia I 32, LLC, NNN Britannia I 33, LLC, NNN Britannia I 34, LLC, NNN Britannia I 35, LLC, NNN Britannia I 36, LLC, each one a Delaware limited liability company (collectively, “ Overlandlord , as successor in interest to Britannia Hacienda V Limited Partnership), as landlord, and Sublandlord (as successor in interest to ProBusiness Services, Inc.), as tenant, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Build-to-Suit Lease dated as of April 5, 1999, and as further amended by that certain Acknowledgement of Lease Commencement dated as of May 6, 1999 (collectively, the “ Overlease ”) Overlandlord leased to ProBusiness Services, Inc. (predecessor in interest to Sublandlord), as tenant, the entire building (the “ Building ”) containing approximately 76,510 square feet known by street address 4155 Hopyard Road, Pleasanton, California, (“ Sublandlord’s Premises ”), as more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto; and

WHEREAS , a true and complete copy of the Overlease has been delivered to Subtenant; and

WHEREAS , Subtenant desires to sublease from Sublandlord for the term, at the rent, and upon and subject to the terms, covenants, agreements, conditions, limitations, exceptions and reservations herein contained, approximately Forty Two Thousand Two Hundred Eighty Six (42,286) square feet of Sublandlord’s Premises (the “ Subleased Premises ”) which Premises is shown as the hatched area of the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit B .

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby covenant and agree as follows:

1.         Subleasing and Use . Sublandlord hereby subleases the Subleased Premises to Tenant, and Subtenant hereby hires the Subleased Premises from Sublandlord for the term hereafter stated, for the rent hereafter reserved and upon and subject to the terms, covenants, agreements, conditions, limitations, exceptions and reservations of this Sublease, to be used for general office and administrative purposes, purposes permitted under Section 9.1 of the Overlease, and for no other use or purpose.

 

1


2.         Term; Preparation of the Subleased Premises .   (a)   The term of the sublease shall commence on the date (the “ Commencement Date ”) which is the earlier of (i) the date on which Subtenant, or any person or entity claiming by, through or under Subtenant, first uses or occupies any portion of the Subleased Premises for business, and (ii) January 1, 2008, and shall end on April 29, 2015 (the “ Expiration Date ”), unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. Promptly following the Commencement Date, Sublandlord and Subtenant shall execute a written agreement setting forth the Commencement Date and Expiration Date of this Lease.

(b)       Subject to Overlandlord’s prior written consent, Sublandlord shall permit Subtenant and its contractors and/or agents to enter upon the Subleased Premises upon the mutual execution and delivery of this Sublease so that Subtenant or its contractors and/or agents may perform Subtenant’s initial improvements, including, but not limited to design, construction, space planning, architectural and engineering work, and telecom and data cabling (“ Subtenant’s Work ”) in accordance with Subtenant’s plans (which plans shall be mutually agreed upon by Sublandlord and Subtenant). The parties hereto further agree that any failure of Subtenant to complete Subtenant’s Work on or before the Commencement Date shall in no way affect the obligations of Subtenant hereunder.

(c)       If Subtenant or its contractors and/or agents shall be permitted to enter upon the Subleased Premises prior to the Commencement Date pursuant to the terms of Section 2(b) hereof, such entry shall be deemed to be upon all of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Sublease, except as to the covenant to pay minimum rent and additional rent. In connection therewith, Subtenant and/or its contractors shall provide to Sublandlord, and shall maintain at all times during the performance of any Subtenant’s Work, insurance policies (including builder’s risk coverage) which shall contain limits, as required pursuant to Article 7 of this Sublease. Certificates of the same, naming Sublandlord, Overlandlord and Overlandlord’s general partners as additional insureds, shall be furnished to Sublandlord before Subtenant or its contractors commence to perform Subtenant’s Work. Except as expressly set forth in this Sublease, Sublandlord shall not be liable in any way for any injury, loss or damage that may occur to any of Subtenant’s or Subtenant’s contractors’ decorations, fixtures, installations, supplies, materials, or equipment prior to the Commencement Date unless due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Sublandlord or its agents or contractors (it being understood and agreed that Sublandlord has no obligation to secure same or take any action with respect thereto). Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, any such entry by Subtenant and/or its contractors is at Subtenant’s and such contractors’ sole risk.

(d)       During the performance of Subtenant’s Work or after the completion of the Subtenant’s Work (in no event more than once in any thirty (30) day period), Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord:

   (i)       copies of paid receipted invoices from the contractors and subcontractors who performed the Subtenant’s Work, and from the materialmen and suppliers who supplied the materials and supplies;

 

2


   (ii)       a certificate from Subtenant’s architect and general contractor or construction manager that (1) all Subtenant’s Work has been completed in accordance with the Subtenant’s plans and revisions thereto theretofore approved by Sublandlord; (2) there are no violations or liens pending as a result of any of the Subtenant’s Work; and (3) all Subtenant’s Work has been paid for in full;

   (iii)       lien waivers from each contractor, subcontractor, materialman and supplier to the extent of the amount paid to such parties; and

   (iv)       in respect of all Subtenant’s Work, as-built drawings, and copies of balancing reports, operating manuals, maintenance logs, warranties and guaranties, sign-offs and inspection reports.

3.         Rent and Additional Rent .   During the term of this Sublease, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord minimum rent as follows:

 

Period

   Annual    Monthly    Per Sq. Ft.

Commencement Date – 11/30/08

   $761,148.00    $63,429.00    $1.50

12/1/08 – 11/30/09

   $786,519.60    $65,543.30    $1.55

12/1/09 – 11/30/10

   $811,891.20    $67,657.60    $1.60

12/1/10 – 11/30/11

   $837,262.80    $69,771.90    $1.65

12/1/11 – 11/30/12

   $862,634.40    $71,886.20    $1.70

12/1/12 – 11/30/13

   $888,006.00    $74,000.50    $1.75

12/1/13 – 11/30/14

   $913,377.60                $76,114.80    $1.80

12/1/14 – 4/29/15

      *$78,229.10                $1.85            

* - rental rate for the last 5 months of the term

The minimum rent payable by the Subtenant for this Sublease shall be paid in equal monthly installments, in advance, on the twenty-fifth day of the calendar month which immediately precedes the month in which the minimum rent is payable to Overlandlord under the Overlease, for each month during and throughout the term of this Sublease. Subtenant shall also pay to Sublandlord, as additional rent, its pro rata share, based upon the relative size, in square feet that the Subleased Premises bears to the entire Building, which is agreed to be fifty five and 27/100 percent (55.27%) (the “ Pro Rata Share ”) of all Operating Expenses (as defined in the Overlease) and real estate taxes for the Building to the extent such expenses and taxes (calculated on an aggregate basis and not separately) exceed a 2008 base year (the “ Base Year ”). All expense and tax escalations shall be “grossed up” in accordance with the terms of Article 5 of the Overlease in the Base Year and succeeding years to reflect one hundred (100%) percent occupancy of the Building with all improvements (including Subtenant’s Work) and assessments completed based upon such occupancy. Subtenant shall pay minimum rent and additional rent without demand and without any offset, deduction or abatement whatsoever to be paid at Sublandlord’s address first set forth above or at such other place as Sublandlord may from time to time designate. The term “rent” as used in this Sublease shall mean minimum rent and additional rent. In the event of non-payment of additional rent, Sublandlord shall have all of the rights and remedies herein reserved in the event of non-payment of rent.

 

3


4.         Incorporation of Overlease .    This Sublease is subject to and is accepted by Subtenant subject to all of the terms, covenants, conditions, agreements, limitations, exceptions and reservations contained in the Overlease and the matters to which the Overlease is subject and subordinate. Except as otherwise provided in this Sublease, all of the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements of the Overlease including, among other things, definitions and constructions therein contained and any schedule or exhibits thereto are hereby incorporated in and made part of this Sublease with the same force and effect as though set forth at length herein. For the purposes of this Sublease, references in the Overlease shall have the following meaning:

 

     (a)

“premises”, “demised premises”, “Premises” or words of similar import shall be deemed to refer to the Subleased Premises leased hereunder;

 

     (b)

“Landlord” and “Tenant” shall be deemed to refer to Sublandlord and Subtenant hereunder, respectively;

 

     (c)

“rent” or “minimum rental” shall be deemed to refer to the rent hereunder;

 

     (d)

“term”, “Term”, “term of this lease” or words of similar import shall be deemed to refer to the term of this Sublease as set forth in paragraph 2 above; and

 

     (e)

“this Lease” or “this lease” shall be deemed to refer to this Sublease.

In all provisions requiring the approval or consent of Sublandlord, Subtenant first shall be required to obtain the approval or consent of Overlandlord and then to obtain like approval or consent of Sublandlord. Sublandlord shall forward to Overlandlord such request as Subtenant may submit for approval or consent or both from Overlandlord. Whenever Sublandlord’s consent is required pursuant to this Sublease, it is agreed that Sublandlord may withhold or delay its consent if Overlandlord shall have delayed or refused to give any consent which may be required of it.

The time limits provided in the various provisions of the Overlease for the giving of notice, making demands, performance of any act, conditions or covenant, or the exercise of any right, remedy or option, are amended for the purposes of this Sublease, by lengthening or shortening the same in each instance by five (5) days, as appropriate, so that notices may be given, demands made, any act, condition or covenant performed, or any right, remedy or option hereunder exercised, by Sublandlord or Subtenant, as the case may be, within the time limit relating thereto contained in the Overlease.

5.         Provisions of Overlease Not Incorporated in this Sublease .   (a)   The following provisions of the Overlease shall not be incorporated herein by reference: the first sentence of Section 1.1(a); Sections 1.3 and 1.4; Sections 2.1 through 2.5; the first two sentences of Section 2.6; Section 2.7; Section 3.1; Sections 4.2 and 4.3; Section 5.1; Section 6.1; Section 8.1; Section 10.1(b); Sections 13.1(a), 13.1(c) and the second paragraph of 13.1(d); Section 14.1(i); the second sentence of Section 15.1; the first sentence of Section 16.1; Section 17.1; Section 17.15; Sections 17.16; Exhibits A through D; the First Amendment to Build-to-Suit Lease; the Acknowledgement of Lease Commencement.

 

4


(b)       References to “Landlord” in Sections 7.1 through 7.3 of the Lease shall be deleted and replaced with “Overlandlord” for purposes herein.

(c)       Reference to “Landlord” in Section 7.4 of the Lease shall deleted and replaced with “Overlandlord and Sublandlord” for purposes herein.

6.         Sublandlord’s and Overlandlord’s Obligations .     Notwithstanding anything contained in this Sublease to the contrary, Subtenant agrees, understands and acknowledges that Sublandlord shall have no obligation or responsibility whatsoever (a) with respect to any covenant, agreement, representation or warranty made by Overlandlord in the Overlease, or (b) to provide or perform any service, repair (including any repairs following a fire or other casualty, or a taking by condemnation or agreement in lieu thereof), alteration or other similar obligation which is the obligation of Overlandlord to provide or perform pursuant to the Overlease provided , however , that where Subtenant shall notify the Sublandlord that Overlandlord is not supplying services or making repairs or alterations to the Subleased Premises required under the Overlease, Sublandlord will request Overlandlord to perform such services. Sublandlord shall in no event be liable to Subtenant and Subtenant’s obligations under this Sublease shall neither be impaired, reduced, nor the performance thereof excused because of any failure or delay on Overlandlord’s part in providing any such services, in making any repairs or alterations or in performing or observing any obligation of Overlandlord pursuant to the Overlease. If, after receipt of written request from Subtenant, Sublandlord fails or refuses to take action for the enforcement of Sublandlord’s rights against Overlandlord with respect to the Subleased Premises (“ Action ”), Subtenant will have the right to take such Action in Subtenant’s own name, and at its own cost and expense, and for that purpose and only to such extent, all of the rights of Sublandlord as tenant under the Overlease are hereby conferred upon and assigned to Subtenant (but only to the extent that such rights apply to the Subleased Premises, reserving to Sublandlord a non-exclusive right to enforce the rights given Sublandlord under the Overlease), and Subtenant will be subrogated to such rights to the extent that the same will apply to the Subleased Premises, provided that Subtenant shall and does hereby agree to indemnify, defend and hold Sublandlord harmless from and against all liabilities, losses, claims, demands, penalties or damages which Sublandlord may incur or suffer by reason of such action (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees), except liabilities, losses, claims, demands, penalties or damages which arise as a result of Sublandlord’s gross negligence or Sublandlord’s default under this Sublease. If any Action against Overlandlord in Subtenant’s name is barred by reason of lack of privity, nonassignability or otherwise, Subtenant may take such Action in Sublandlord’s name; provided that (i) Subtenant has obtained the prior written consent of Sublandlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and (ii) Subtenant provides Sublandlord with the benefit of the indemnification and defense provision contained in the preceding sentence. Sublandlord agrees to cooperate with Subtenant in such action and shall execute any and all documents reasonably required in furtherance of such action all without cost or liability to Sublandlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Sublandlord shall have no obligation to cure any defaults of Overlandlord.

7.         Subtenant’s Covenants .   Subtenant covenants and agrees:

   (a)       to indemnify, defend, and hold Sublandlord and Overlandlord harmless from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, suits, penalties, claims and demands of every kind or nature (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from (i)

 

5


the use, occupancy or management of the Subleased Premises by Subtenant, its employee, officers, agents or contractors, (ii) the conduct of any business in or about the Subleased Premises by Subtenant, its employee, officers, agents or contractors, (iii) any work or thing whatsoever done or any condition created by or any other act or omission of Subtenant, its officers, employees, agents, contractors, visitors or licensees in or about the Subleased Premises, or (iv) from a failure of Subtenant to observe the provisions of this Sublease, except to the extent such liabilities, losses, damages, suits, penalties, claims and demands arise from (x) Sublandlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or (y) a breach of any of Sublandlord’s obligations under this Sublease;

   (b)       to provide its own insurance for the insurance required under the terms of the Overlease naming Sublandlord, Overlandlord and any other person required by the Overlease as additional insureds as applicable to the Subleased Premises; and

   (c)       to perform and observe all of the terms, covenants, conditions, agreements, limitations, exceptions and reservations contained in the Overlease on the tenant’s part to be performed or observed thereunder with respect to the Subleased Premises (except as provided in paragraph 5 hereof) and not cause Sublandlord to become liable for any damages, claims or penalties, or to become in default of any of its obligations under the Overlease.

The provisions of this paragraph 7 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Sublease.

8.         Compliance .   (a)   Sublandlord represents and warrants as of the date hereof that: (i) Sublandlord is in compliance with Sublandlord’s obligations under the Overlease, (ii) to Sublandlord’s knowledge, Overlandlord is not in default of Overlandlord’s obligations under the Overlease. Subtenant shall construct Subtenant’s Work in the Subleased Premises in compliance with all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances and requirements of all governmental authorities, including all environmental laws, building codes and zoning ordinances, requirements of building officials administering such codes, and laws related to “architectural barriers” affecting the disabled, including the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. §12101 et seq.) and regulations and guidelines promulgated thereunder, as all of the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

(b)       Subtenant, at its expense, shall comply (with respect to the Subleased Premises) with all legal requirements and insurance requirements set forth herein relating to Subtenant’s use or manner of use of the Subleased Premises which shall, with respect to the Subleased Premises or the use and occupation thereof, impose any violation, order or duty on Sublandlord or Subtenant, provided same arise from (i) Subtenant’s use or manner of use of the Subleased Premises, (ii) any cause or condition created by Subtenant in the Subleased Premises, (iii) the conduct of Subtenant’s business at the Subleased Premises, or (iv) any alteration performed by Subtenant in the Subleased Premises.

9.         Sublandlord’s Covenants . Provided that Subtenant is not in default hereunder, Sublandlord covenants and agrees that it shall not do or suffer or permit anything to be done or suffered which would cause the Overlease to be canceled, terminated, modified or amended.

10.       Default of Overlandlord .   If Overlandlord shall default in the performance or observance of any of its agreements, covenants, or obligations under the Overlease (including

 

6


any obligation for the payment of money) Sublandlord shall have no liability therefor to Subtenant and shall be excused from performance of the corresponding obligations which may be owed by Sublandlord to Subtenant under this Sublease. However, Subtenant, pursuant and subject to the provisions of this Sublease, may enforce Sublandlord’s rights against Overlandlord in respect of any such default. Except as provided in paragraph 18 hereof, any condition resulting from a default by Overlandlord shall not constitute an eviction, actual or constructive of Subtenant under this Sublease. Except as provided in paragraph 18 hereof, no such default shall excuse Subtenant from the performance or observance of any of its obligations to be performed or observed under this Sublease or entitle Subtenant to terminate this Sublease or to receive any reduction in or abatement of the rent, additional rent or other charges required to be paid pursuant to this Sublease.

11.       Condition of the Subleased Premises . Subtenant represents that it has made a thorough examination and inspection of the Subleased Premises and is familiar with the condition of every part thereof. Subtenant acknowledges that it has entered into this Sublease without any representation or warranty by Sublandlord or Overlandlord, their agents, representatives, employees, servants or any other person as to the condition of the Subleased Premises. Subtenant accepts the Subleased Premises “as-is” and in the condition existing on the date of execution of this Sublease. Sublandlord shall not be required to perform any work, furnish any materials or make any repairs within the Subleased Premises in preparation for Subtenant’s taking of possession of the Subleased Premises or to prepare the Subleased Premises for Subtenant’s use or occupancy. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Sublease, Subtenant shall have no restoration obligations relating to Subtenant’s initial improvements to the Subleased Premises (but only to the extent such improvements are approved by Overlandlord and Sublandlord), subject to reasonable wear and tear and damage from casualty and condemnation; provided , however , that if Subtenant performs any improvements in the Subleased Premises (other than Subtenant’s initial improvements) which are approved by Overlandlord (“Subsequent Improvements”), then Subtenant shall bear any and all costs of compliance with Overlandlord’s removal or damage reimbursement surrender requirements relating to the Subsequent Improvements.

12.       Limitation of Sublandlord’s Liability :

   (a)       The obligations of Sublandlord under this Sublease do not constitute personal obligations of the individual directors, officers or shareholders of Sublandlord, and Subtenant shall not seek recourse against the individual directors, officers or shareholders of Sublandlord or any of their personal assets for satisfaction of any liability in respect of this Sublease. Such exculpation of liability shall be absolute and without any exception whatsoever.

   (b)       All property of every nature and description at any time located in or upon the Subleased Premises shall be at the risk of Subtenant only and Sublandlord shall have absolutely no liability for any damage to said property or to Subtenant or any other person except as results wholly from the gross negligence of Sublandlord and as otherwise expressly provided in this Sublease.

   (c)       The term “Sublandlord” as used in this Sublease means only the owner for the time being of the Sublandlord’s leasehold estate for the Subleased Premises. If Sublandlord transfers or assigns its interest in the Overlease, whether by operation of law or otherwise, then

 

7


the Sublandlord whose interest is thus assigned or transferred shall be and is hereby entirely freed and relieved of all covenants, obligations and liability of Sublandlord hereunder from and after the effective date of such assignment or transfer, and Subtenant shall look solely to the successor Sublandlord after such effective date.

13.       Notices .    All notices, demands, consents, approvals, requests or other communications which Sublandlord, Subtenant or Overlandlord may desire or may be required to give hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, nationally recognized overnight courier service or by personal delivery as follows:

 

 to Subtenant at:    Ellie Mae, Inc.
   4140 Dublin Boulevard, Suite 300
   Dublin, California 94568
   Attention: Lisa Brunn, Vice President
 to Sublandlord at:    ADP Pleasanton National Service Center, Inc.
   5800 Windward Parkway
   Alpharetta, GA 30005
   Attention: Division President
 with a copy to:    Automatic Data Processing, Inc.
   One ADP Boulevard, MS 325
   Roseland, New Jersey 07068
   Attention: General Counsel
 to Overlandlord at:    Triple Net Properties Realty, Inc.
   1551 North Tustin Avenue, Suite 200
   Santa Ana, CA 92705
   Attention: Louis Rogers, President
 with a copy to:    Triple Net Properties Realty, Inc.
   4511 Willow Road, Suite 3
   Pleasanton, CA 94588
   Attention: Lesley Moore

Sublandlord, Subtenant or Overlandlord may change their respective address or copy address for notices hereunder by a notice given pursuant to this paragraph 13. A notice which is given personally shall be deemed given when delivered. Any such notice, request or other communication shall be considered given or delivered, as the case may be, on the date of delivery or the date that delivery is refused as evidenced by the records of the courier or delivery service or the United States Postal Service, as applicable. Rejection or other refusal to accept or inability to deliver because of changed address of which no notice was given shall be deemed to be receipt of the notice, request or other communication.

14.       Broker .   Subtenant represents that it did not deal with any real estate broker or other person in relation to this Sublease, except for CM Realty and Cushman & Wakefield. Subtenant agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold Sublandlord harmless from and against any and all liabilities, claims, suits, demands, judgments, costs, interest and expenses (including

 

8


attorneys’ fees) to which Sublandlord may be subject to suffer by reason of any claim made by any person, firm or corporation for any commission, expense or other compensation as a result of the execution and delivery of this Sublease based upon the acts or actions of Subtenant, its officers, employees, agents, servants or representatives. Sublandlord agrees to pay a broker’s commission to CM Realty and Cushman & Wakefield pursuant to a separate agreement. The provisions of this paragraph 14 shall survive the termination of this Sublease.

15.       Termination of Overlease .  In the event of and upon termination or cancellation of the Overlease pursuant to the terms and provisions thereof, this Sublease shall automatically cease and terminate and be of no further force or effect, except as specifically herein provided.

16.       No Rights in Third Parties .  This Sublease is neither intended to create nor shall it create any rights in any third parties as against Sublandlord or Subtenant not otherwise heretofore in existence.

17.       Overlandlord’s Consent; Conditions to Sublease .  This Sublease is conditioned upon the receipt by Sublandlord of (i) Overlandlord’s consent within thirty (30) business days after the mutual execution and delivery of this Sublease, and (ii) Subtenant’s most recent audited financial statements prior to the mutual execution and delivery of this Sublease, which statements shall be subject to the reasonable approval of Sublandlord.

18.       Termination by Subtenant .    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Sublease or the Overlease, if a default by Sublandlord under this Sublease or the Overlease prevents Subtenant from operating its business in the Subleased Premises for a period of five (5) consecutive business days, then, provided that (i) Subtenant is not in default under the terms of this Sublease and (ii) Subtenant delivers notice (“ Default Notice ”) of such default to both Sublandlord and Overlandlord, then Subtenant’s sole right and remedy shall be to terminate this Sublease, by notifying Sublandlord thereof on or before the date which is twenty (20) days after Sublandlord and Overlandlord have received the Default Notice, TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE, in which event and provided the breach has not been cured on or before the date which is twenty (20) days after the date that Sublandlord and Overlandlord received the Default Notice, then, as of the date which is twenty one (21) days after the date that Sublandlord and Overlandlord received the Default Notice, this Sublease and Sublandlord’s and Subtenant’s obligations and liabilities with respect to the Subleased Premises shall terminate and be of no further force or effect and neither party shall have any further rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities hereunder, except that Subtenant, subject to the terms of paragraph 19 hereof, shall be entitled to (i) the return of the Security Deposit, (ii) a pro-rated amount of rent, if any, for the remainder of any month in which this Sublease is terminated, and (iii) except as provided in this Sublease, exercise all other rights and remedies available to Subtenant at law and in equity. If Subtenant does not so terminate this Sublease in the manner and in the time period set forth in this paragraph 18, TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE, or if the respective default has been cured on or before the date which is twenty (20) days after the date that Sublandlord and Overlandlord received the Default Notice, (i) Subtenant’s right to so terminate shall be null and void and of no further force or effect, (ii) this Sublease shall continue in full as if this subsection (c) were not a part hereof, and (iii) Subtenant’s minimum rent shall be abated with respect to the days in which Subtenant was prevented from operating its business in the Subleased Premises.

 

9


19.       Security Deposit .    Concurrently with Subtenant’s execution of this Sublease, Subtenant has deposited with Sublandlord the sum of Sixty Three Thousand Four Hundred Twenty Nine Dollars ($63,429.00), as security for performance by Subtenant of Subtenant’s covenants and obligations under this Sublease. Sublandlord shall hold the security in accordance with the provisions of Article 16 the Overlease.

20.       Assignment .  Subtenant shall have the right to assign and further sublet all or any part of the Subleased Premises, subject to the consents of Sublandlord and Overlandlord, which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon prior written notice to Sublandlord and Overlandlord of the applicable transaction and subject to the requirements of Article 11 of the Overlease, the consent of Overlandlord and Sublandlord shall not be required for (i) an initial public offering of the common stock of Subtenant, or for any stock transfer or conversion in connection with any such initial public offering, (ii) any merger, consolidation or other reorganization (except in connection with a dissolution), or any sale of substantially all the assets of Subtenant or (iii) any sale or transfer of the stock of Subtenant, other than as prohibited under Article 11 of the Overlease. Subject to Article 11 of the Overlease, any sublease profits, net of subleases marketing costs, tenant improvements, and commissions, shall be shared 50/50 between Sublandlord and Subtenant.

21.        Holdover .      (a)       In the event this Sublease is not renewed or extended or a new sublease is not entered into between the parties, and if Subtenant shall then hold over after the expiration of the term of this Sublease, and if Overlandlord or Sublandlord shall then not proceed to remove Subtenant from the Subleased Premises in the manner permitted by law (or shall not have given written notice to Subtenant that Subtenant must vacate the Subleased Premises) irrespective of whether or not Sublandlord accepts rent from Subtenant for a period beyond the Expiration Date, the parties hereby agree that Subtenant’s occupancy of the Subleased Premises after the expiration of the term shall be under a month-to-month tenancy commencing on the first day after the expiration of the term, which tenancy shall be upon all of the terms set forth in this Sublease except Subtenant shall pay on the first day of each month of the holdover period as fixed rent, an amount equal to two (2) times one-twelfth of the fixed rent and additional rent payable by Subtenant during the last year of the term of this Sublease ( i.e. , the year immediately prior to the holdover period). Further, Overlandlord and Sublandlord shall not be required to perform any work, furnish any materials or make any repairs within the Subleased Premises during the holdover period. It is further stipulated and agreed that if Overlandlord or Sublandlord shall, at any time after the expiration of the original term or after the expiration of any term created thereafter, proceed to remove Subtenant from the Subleased Premises as a holdover, the fixed rent for the use and occupancy of the Subleased Premises during any holdover period shall be calculated in the same manner as set forth above. In addition to the foregoing, Sublandlord shall be entitled to recover from Subtenant all costs, expenses, losses and damages arising from such holdover, including all attorneys’ fees and disbursements and court costs incurred or paid by Sublandlord (including, without limitation, any costs or claims over and above the holdover rent which may be incurred by Sublandlord).

  (b)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Sublease, the acceptance of any rent paid by Subtenant pursuant to Section 21(a) above shall not preclude Sublandlord from commencing and prosecuting a holdover or summary eviction proceeding.

 

10


  (c)      All damages to Sublandlord by reason of holding over by Subtenant may be the subject of a separate action and need not be asserted by Sublandlord in any summary proceedings against Subtenant. Subtenant acknowledges that possession of the Subleased Premises must be surrendered to Sublandlord at the expiration or sooner termination of the term of this Sublease. Subtenant agrees to indemnify, defend and save Sublandlord and Overlandlord harmless against all liabilities, costs, suits, demands, charges, and expenses of any kind or nature, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements, resulting from a delay by Subtenant in so surrendering the subleased Premises, including, without limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded on such delay.

22.       Subtenant Improvement Allowance .        (a)      Sublandlord shall contribute the total amount of $1,268,580.00 (i.e., $30.00 per square foot of the Subleased Premises) (“ Subtenant Improvement Allowance ”) for all costs incurred by Subtenant relating to Subtenant’s Work (including fees associated with design, construction, space planning, architectural and engineering work, signage, permits, telecom and data cabling, security systems, furniture, HVAC, and UPS (“ Improvements ”), provided that, as of the date on which Sublandlord is required to make payment thereof, (i) this Sublease is in full force and effect, and (ii) no default by Subtenant of this Sublease has occurred and has continued after receipt of any required notice and beyond any applicable cure period. The Improvements shall be made by Subtenant pursuant to the terms and provisions of Article 2 hereof and Article 7 of the Overlease. The Subtenant Improvement Allowance shall not be used to pay for any of Sublandlord’s work or work performed outside of the Subleased Premises.

(b)      Sublandlord shall make payments to Subtenant reimbursing Subtenant for costs Subtenant incurs in connection with the Improvements within twenty (20) days after Sublandlord’s receipt of (i) Subtenant’s written request for payment, (ii) copies of invoices related to the Improvements marked “paid” and (iii) copies of unconditional waivers and releases of lien in a form in compliance with the applicable statutes from all contractors, subcontractors, and material suppliers covering all work and materials which are the subject of such payment; provided, however, that no such waivers and releases shall be required for any architects or engineers (the documents described in (i), (ii) and (iii) are collectively referred to as “ Payment Documents ”). Subtenant shall be entitled to submit requests for payment during Subtenant’s Work, but in no event more than once in any thirty (30) day period.

(c)      Subtenant shall not be entitled to receive any portion of the Subtenant Improvement Allowance not actually disbursed by Sublandlord in accordance with the terms herein; provided, however, that Subtenant may apply any portion of any undisbursed portion of the Subtenant Improvement Allowance as a credit against rent under this Sublease. Subtenant shall pay, at Subtenant’s own cost and expense, any costs of Subtenant’s Work which exceed the Subtenant Improvement Allowance.

(d)      Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Sublease, Sublandlord shall have no obligation of any kind with respect to any work to be performed in the Subleased Premises or in the Building and Subtenant accepts the Subleased Premises in their current “as-is” condition.

23.       Option to Expand .    (a)      If any or all of the remaining 34,224 square feet of floor space in the Building (the “ Expansion Space ”) becomes available and is not going to be used by Sublandlord for its own purposes, Sublandlord shall be required to notify Subtenant in

 

11


writing (“ Sublandlord’s Notice ”) of Sublandlord’s intention to sublease the Expansion Space. Sublandlord’s Notice shall specify the size and location of the Expansion Space. Provided that Subtenant is not then in default under this Sublease and subject to the first refusal, renewal, and expansion rights of Robert Half International, Inc., Subtenant shall have seven business (7) days after Subtenant’s receipt of Sublandlord’s Notice to provide Sublandlord with written notice of Subtenant’s desire to sublet such space (the “ Expansion Space Notice ”) under the same terms and conditions as this Sublease, except that the rent shall be at the then prevailing fair market value. If Subtenant fails to deliver the Expansion Space Notice as herein provided, then Subtenant’s Option to Expand shall become null and void. Should Subtenant exercise its Option to Expand as set forth herein, the expiration date of such amendment shall be co-terminus with the Expiration Date hereof. The “prevailing fair market value” shall mean the fair market rental rate under direct leases and subleases (taking into consideration size, location, condition, amenities and market concessions) for comparable office space in the vicinity of the Building.

(b)      Within ten (10) business days after receiving the Expansion Space Notice, Sublandlord shall notify Subtenant of Sublandlord’s determination of prevailing fair market value for the Expansion Space. If Subtenant does not agree with Sublandlord’s determination of prevailing fair market value, Subtenant shall give notice to Sublandlord of disagreement (the “ Rejection Notice ”) within fifteen (15) business days after receipt of that determination from Sublandlord, and Sublandlord and Subtenant shall commence negotiations to agree upon the prevailing fair market value. If Sublandlord and Subtenant are unable to reach agreement within fifteen (15) business days after Sublandlord’s receipt of Rejection Notice, Subtenant shall provide written notice to Sublandlord (the “ Arbitration Notice ”) within five (5) business days after expiration of said 15 business day period, either (i) rescinding the Expansion Space Notice, in which event Subtenant shall have no further option to expand the Subleased Premises, or (ii) advising Sublandlord of Subtenant’s desire to proceed to a final determination of prevailing fair market value, in which event the prevailing fair market value shall be determined in accordance with paragraph 23(c) below.

(c)      Within ten (10) business days after Sublandlord’s receipt of the Arbitration Notice, Sublandlord and Subtenant shall each simultaneously submit to the other in a sealed envelope its good faith estimate of the prevailing fair market value. If the higher of such estimates is not more than one hundred five percent (105%) of the lower, then the prevailing fair market value shall be the average of the two. Otherwise, the dispute shall be resolved by arbitration as follows: Within ten (10) business days after the exchange of estimates, the parties shall select as an arbitrator an independent MAI appraiser with at least ten (10) years of experience in appraising office space in the metropolitan area in which the Building is located (the “ Arbitrator ”). The Arbitrator shall select either Sublandlord’s proposed “prevailing fair market value” or Subtenant’s proposed “prevailing fair market value”. Such determination shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Sublandlord’s proposed “prevailing fair market value” or Subtenant’s “prevailing fair market value” is closest to the Arbitrator’s determination of the correct amount under submission, and the Arbitrator shall have no power to propose a middle ground or to modify either of the two proposals. The Arbitrator shall notify Sublandlord and Subtenant of its decision, which shall be final and binding. If the Arbitrator believes that expert advice would materially assist him, the Arbitrator may retain one or more qualified persons to provide expert advice. The fees of the Arbitrator and the expenses of the Arbitration proceeding, including the fees of any expert witnesses retained by the Arbitrator, shall be paid by the party whose estimate is not selected. Each party shall pay the fees of its respective counsel and the fees of any witness called by that party.

 

12


24.       Signage .        Subtenant shall be entitled to Subtenant’s pro rata share of line entries on the Building directory. Subject to the consent of Overlandlord, Sublandlord, the Hacienda Owners Association, and the City of Pleasanton, Subtenant may install suite and Building parapet signage above the entrance to the Subleased Premises and monument signage.

25.       Miscellaneous .

(a)        Non-Disturbance .  Sublandlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain and deliver to Subtenant, in a mutually acceptable form, a Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement executed by Overlandlord. Sublandlord shall submit to Overlandlord the request for Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement within ten (10) days after the mutual execution and delivery of this Sublease.

(b)        Parking .   Subtenant shall be entitled to the non-exclusive use of 3.52 parking spaces on the property per 1000 square feet of the Subleased Premises throughout the term of this Sublease.

(c)        Security Card System .  Subject to the consent of Overlandlord, Subtenant shall be permitted, at Subtenant’s own cost and expense, to install a proximity card reader system in the Subleased Premises.

(d)        Access and Services; Emergency Generator .  (i)  Subtenant shall have access to the Subleased Premises 24 hours per day, 365 days per year.

  (ii)  Subtenant shall be entitled to, without additional charge, janitorial services, water, gas, electricity and HVAC to the Subleased Premises, between the hours of 6:00 AM – 6:00PM, Monday through Friday (“ Normal Business Hours ”) throughout the year, except on Christmas, Thanksgiving, New Years’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day and Labor Day. Subtenant, upon reasonable prior notice to Sublandlord, shall be entitled, at Subtenant’s own cost and expense, to receive HVAC required by Subtenant outside of Normal Business Hours at the rate of $75.00 per hour. Such overtime HVAC costs shall be paid by Subtenant to Sublandlord as additional rent hereunder within ten (10) days after Sublandlord’s demand therefore.

  (iii)     Subtenant shall be responsible, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, for contracting directly for the installation of fiber optic services of T1 capacity or greater to serve the Subleased Premises.

  (iv)     Subtenant shall have access to and be permitted to use the existing back-up generator which serves the Building. Subject to the prior written consent of Overlandlord, Sublandlord and the local authorities, Subtenant, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, may install a generator to serve the Subleased Premises.

 

13


(e)        Limitation of Damages .  In no event will Sublandlord or Subtenant have any liability or responsibility whatever to the other party (or any third party) for any consequential, punitive or indirect damages (including lost profits), whether proximately or remotely related to a default by the other hereunder.

(f)        Entire Agreement, Modifications, Successors .  This Sublease contains the entire agreement between Sublandlord and Subtenant and may not be changed, modified, discharged or terminated in whole or in part except by an agreement in writing signed by both Sublandlord and Tenant. Subject to the provisions hereof this Sublease shall bind and inure to the benefit of Sublandlord and Subtenant and their respective successors, representatives and permitted assigns.

(g)        Severability .  The invalidity in whole or in part of any provisions of this Sublease shall not affect the validity of any other part hereof. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Sublandlord and Subtenant hereby waive any provision of law which prohibits or rendered unenforceable any provisions of this Sublease in any respect.

(h)        Captions .  The captions and paragraph headings contained in this Sublease are for convenience and reference only and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of this Sublease or in any way affect this Sublease.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sublandlord and Subtenant have executed this Sublease as of the date first above written.

 

SUBLANDLORD:
ADP PLEASANTON NATIONAL SERVICE CENTER, INC.

By:

 

/s/ James B. Benson

 

Name:

 

 James B. Benson

 

Title:

 

 President

SUBTENANT:
ELLIE MAE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Sig Anderman

 

Name:

 

 Sig Anderman

 

Title:  Chief Executive Officer

 

14

Exhibit 10.12

SAVVIS MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

[NO DIGITAL CONTENT SERVICES MAY BE ORDERED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT]

THIS MATTER SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “Agreement” or “MSA”) is by and between SAVVIS Communications Corporation (“SAVVIS”) and Elite Mae Inc. (“Customer”) and is entered into as of this 15 day of Dec, 2006 (“Effective Date”). The undersigned parties have read and agree to the terms set forth in this Agreement, including any applicable Service Schedules attached hereto or as may be added hereto in the future. Capitalized terms on this signature page and in this Agreement are defined where they appear or in the “Definitions” section.

 

SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

   

CUSTOMER: ELLIE Mae, Inc

By:

 

/s/ JAMES MORI

   

By:

 

/s/ Limin Hu

Name:

 

JAMES MORI

   

Name:

 

Limin Hu

Title:

 

EVP, General Manager of the Americas

   

Title:

 

EVP & CTO

Date:

 

12/28/09

   

Date:

 

12/15/2006

SERVICES ORDERED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT

As of the Effective Date, SAVVIS will provide, and Customer will purchase, under the terms of this Agreement, the Services checked below and described in the applicable Service Schedules and SAVVIS Service Guides. This Agreement may be updated by the parties in the future to include additional Services, and this Agreement will govern all such subsequently added Services.

 

 

Digital Content Services

(Cannot be ordered under this MSA)

 

¨

 

Financial Market Services

  

¨

 

Hosting/Colocation Services

¨

 

Network Services

 

¨

 

Professional Services

  

¨

 

Security Services

 

 

NOTICES

All legal notices required to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if sent to the addresses specified below: (a) by either registered or certified United States mail, return requested postage prepaid three days after such mailing; or (b) national overnight courier service and addressed to the persons set forth, herein, the next business day. All other notices, including notices of non-payment, may also be sent via facsimile or email, and will be deemed given on the day delivery is electronically confirmed. For any required AUP notice, notice under the Section 4 will be given via email to DCO@elliemae.com .

TO SAVVIS:

 

General notices:

 

With a copy to:

 

For all disconnection, upgrades or termination notices:

SAVVIS Communications Corporation

12851 Worldgate Drive

Hemdon, Virginia, USA 20170

Attn: Legal Department

 

SAVVIS Communications Corporation

1 SAVVIS Parkway

Town & Country, MO, USA 63017

Attn: Vice President of Billing

 

SAVVIS Communications Corporation

12851 Worldgate Drive

Herndon, Virginia, USA 20170

Attn: Client Solutions

 

To Customer:

    

With copy to:

Name:

 

Ellie Mae, Inc.

  

Ellie Mae, Inc.

Address:

 

4140 Dublin Blvd. #300

  

4140 Dublin Blvd. #300

City/State/Zip:

 

Dublin,CA 94568

  

Dublin, CA 94568

Fax No.:

 

925-227-9030

  

Email:

 

jim.li@elliemae.com

  

Legal Department

Attn:

 

Jim Li

  

 

  Page 1 of 7  


SAVVIS MASTER SERVICE AGREEMENT

1.         Services .    This MSA forms part of the “Agreement” between SAVVIS and Customer, which includes this MSA plus any Service Schedules, and SAVVIS Service Guides (“SSGs”), Service Orders, and any other documents that are expressly incorporated herein. SAVVIS and/or its affiliates and/or subcontractor will provide that Services in accordance with this Agreement. Unless otherwise set forth in the Agreement, the appointment of an Affiliate of SAVVIS and/or subcontractor of SAVVIS to perform the Service(s) shall not relieve SAVVIS of its obligations under the Agreement. The description, Service term, charges, and other terms applicable to the Service are set forth in the applicable Service Schedule, SSG and/or Service Orders. The Services may also be subject to a service level agreement (“SLA”) as attached to be applicable Service Schedule. SAVVIS may accept or reject any Service Order and will not be bound by any such Service Order until it is accepted by SAVVIS. SAVVIS will not be bound by any Customer issued purchase order forms. Customer may order additional Services by executing the applicable Service Order, and, if necessary, a Service Schedule. Any requests for non-standard services beyond those described in the applicable Service Schedule, SSG or Service Order will be provided on an individual case basis and at an additional cost to Customer. All rates and description for such additional services will be agreed to in writing by both parties. SAVVIS will not change the SLAs or rates it charges for Customer’s existing Service during its initial term as specified in the accepted Service Order. SAVVIS may change SLAs or rates during a Service’s renewal term by notifying Customer at least sixty (60) days prior to the effective date of such SLA or rate change.

2.         Term .    The term of the Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and will continue until the expiration of the last Service term, unless earlier terminated accordance with this Agreement (“Term”).

3.         Payment .    All payments are due in full within thirty (30) days after date of the invoice (“Due Date”). In addition to the Service charges and fees. Customer shall also be responsible for all Taxes assessed in connection with the Services, except to the extent Customer is exempt from such Taxes, and Customer can produce for SAVVIS a tax exemption certificate in form acceptable to SAVVIS and any applicable third party charges (e.g., installation, local access charges, utilities, etc.), including any increase thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to dispute a charge on an invoice, Customer must identity the specific charge in dispute and provide a written explanation of the basis for the dispute within thirty (30) days of the date of invoice. Customer may withhold payment of a charge subject to good faith dispute provided (i) Customer submits the billing dispute within thirty (30) days of the date of Invoice (ii) Customer pays the undisputed portion of all charges, and (iii) Customer cooperates reasonably with SAVVIS efforts to investigate and resolve the dispute. If SAVVIS determines that a disputed charge is in error, SAVVIS shall issued credit or reverse the amount incorrectly billed. If SAVVIS reasonably determines that a disputed charge was billed correctly, payment shall be due from the Customer five (5) days after written notice of such determination. Any undisputed amount not received by the Due Date will be considered past due and SAVVIS may assess interest at the lesser of 1 ½% per month or the highest rate permitted by applicable law. Billing for each Service shall commence on the “Billing Commencement Date,” as defined in the applicable Service Schedule. If SAVVIS is unable to deliver the Services due to any delay or other reason, caused by the Customer, its End Users or agents, and SAVVIS and Customer do not mutually agree in writing on a revised date for delivery of the Services, SAVVIS may commence billing when SAVVIS would have been ready to deliver such Services, as determined by SAVVIS in its reasonable discretion, but for such delay. SAVVIS may, at any time during the Term, require a deposit or other acceptable form of security if SAVVIS reasonably deems itself insecure with respect to Customer’s ability to pay.

4.         Acceptable Use .

(A)        The use of SAVVIS’ network and the Security by Customer and its End Users will comply with the AUP, which is incorporated herein by reference. For the avoidance of doubt, Customer shall be responsible for any breach of the AUP by itself and/or its End Users. Subject to Subsection E below, SAVVIS may make reasonable changes to the AUP at any time and such change will be effective upon posting to SAVVIS’ website and written notice to Customer.

(B)        In addition to any other remedies available at law or in equity, SAVVIS may immediately and with or without notice suspend or block access to the Service(s) in violation of the AUP and/or this Section 4, and/or Customer’s access to the internet Data Center(s), and/or terminate the Agreement, if in SAVVIS’ reasonable discretion, Customers or its End Users cause an AUP violation that is unlawful or is likely to cause imminent and material interference with or material risk of harm, loss or damage to SAVVIS or its customers, including any harm to SAVVIS’ or network or business. In the event SAVVIS terminates all or a portion of the Service(s) pursuant to this Section 4, then Customer shall pay the amounts set forth in Section 5 for any terminated Service(s).

(C)        In all other cases that SAVVIS reasonably determines do not fall under subsection B above, in addition to any other remedies available at law or in equity, SAVVIS may upon notice and with reasonable opportunity to cure of not more than three (3) business days unless prohibited by law or regulation, suspend or block access to the Service(s) in violation of the AUP, restrict Customer’s access to the Internet Data Center(s) and/or terminate the Agreement, if there is a breach of the AUP. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no opportunity to cure will be given for illegal activity; fraudulent activity; incidences where the breach is not curable; or incidences where there is a material breach of the AUP which occurs more than twice in a twelve (12) month period. In the event SAVVIS terminates all or portion of the
Service(s) pursuant to this Section 4, then Customer shall pay the amounts set forth in Section 5 for any terminated Service(s).

 

Page 2 of 7


SAVVIS MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

(D)          In the event that SAVVIS suspends a Service(s) under this Section 4, SAVVIS will attempt to suspend the Services in the least restrictive manner as SAVVIS deems reasonably to be appropriate under the circumstance.

(E)        If SAVVIS modifies its AUP, except as required by law or regulation, or industry standard (“AUP Change”), and the Service is materially and adversely affected by the AUP Change. Customer may, within fifteen (15) business days of the date SAVVIS notifies Customer in writing of the AUP Change (“Customer AUP Change Notice Period”), send written notice to SAVVIS indicating the Service affected and including details sufficient to demonstrate the adverse material effect on Customer (“Customer AUP Change Notice”). SAVVIS will, within fifteen (15) business days of receipt of the Customer AUP Change Notice, review the notice and notify Customer in writing whether SAVVIS agrees or disagrees with Customer’s assertion. If SAVVIS agrees that the AUP Change materially and adversely affects the Service, SAVVIS may agree to waive the applicability of the AUP Change to Customer, provided that any such waiver shall be not be made by SAVVIS until the parties execute amendment to the Agreement setting forth the terms of the waiver. If SAVVIS does not agree to the waiver, Customer may thereafter accept such AUP Change or, no later than two (2) business days from the date SAVVIS’ written response, terminate the Services directly affected by the AUP Change by written notice to SAVVIS, and Customer shall be liable for: (a) Service usage charges accrued but unpaid as of the termination date: (b) any third party provider charges and any actual out-of-pocket expenses incurred by SAVVIS (e.g, cancellation charges or term software license fees) that cannot be reasonably mitigated by SAVVIS; and (c) an early termination charge equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the then-current MRCs for terminated Services multiplied by the number of months remaining in the Service Term. Termination shall be effective thirty (30) days from the date of Customer’s notice of termination. If SAVVIS does not receive a Customer AUP Change Notice within the AUP Change Notice Period, or if SAVVIS does not receive a notice of termination within the applicable time period, the AUP Change shall be deemed accepted by Customer.

(F)        Customer shall not be relieved of its payment obligations hereunder during any period of Service suspension related to Section 4. Any notice required under this Section 4 will be given via email to DCO@ellemae.com .

5.           Termination and Transition of Services . Customer may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days notice in the event of a material breach of this Agreement by SAVVIS, if such breach is not cured within that period, and Customer will receive as a refund any prorated prepaid fees for Services not rendered by SAVVIS as a result of termination. Customer may terminate this Agreement without early termination charges upon notice if SAVVIS becomes or is declared insolvent or bankrupt or is subject to any voluntary or involuntary petition related to its liquidation, insolvency or for the appointment of a receiver or similar officer for it; provided that, if such petition is involuntary it is not withdrawn or dismissed. SAVVIS may suspended Service or terminate this Agreement (a) upon notice if Customer becomes or is declared insolvent or bankrupt or is subject to any voluntary or involuntary petition related to its liquidation, insolvency or for the appointment of a receiver or similar officer for it; provided that, if such position is involuntary, it is not withdrawn or dismissed; (b) subject to Section 3 regarding payment disputes, upon five (5) business days notice in the event of any payment default, if such default is not cured within that period; (c) upon written notice in the event of any AUP violation, subject to the cure periods of Section 4, if any; or (d) upon thirty (30) days notice in the event of any other material breach of this Agreement by Customer, if such breach is not cured within that period (unless a different notice period expressly set forth in the Agreement applies). If Customer terminated an ordered Service prior to the delivery of such Service, Customer will be liable for any applicable pre- delivery cancellation fee as set forth in the Service Schedule. If, after the delivery of Service but prior to the conclusion of the applicable Service term, the Service or this Agreement is terminated either by SAVVIS for cause or by the Customer for any reason other than cause, then Customer shall be liable for: (a) an early termination charge equal to fifty percent (50%) of the then-current monthly recurring charges (“MRCs”) for Services multiplied by the number of months remaining in the Service term; (b) Service usage charges accrued but unpaid as of the termination date; and (c) any actual third party provider charges and any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by SAVVIS (e.g, cancellation charges or annual software license fees) that cannot be reasonably mitigated by SAVVIS. Unless otherwise provide herein, termination or suspension of a Service Schedule shall not affect the rights and obligations of the parties under any other Service Schedule not terminated.

            Unless SAVVIS terminates the Agreement for Customer’s material breach as set forth in this Section 5, or SAVVIS otherwise exercises its right of termination under the Agreement for which SAVVIS using commercially reasonable efforts cannot provide Services during the Transition Period, Customer will have the right to continue using some or all of the Services provided on the date of termination, pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, then in effect for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days (the “Transition Period”) to enable Customer to procure substitute services, provided that, Customer continues to pay SAVVIS any applicable Service fees. During this Transition Period, Customer will provide SAVVIS at least 30 days prior written notice of any Services it opts to terminate. After the completion of such Transition Period, each party shall return to the other within ten (10) days, the other party’s Confidential Information.

6.        Disclaimer of Warranties. EXCEPT FOR THE WARRANTY IMMEDIATELY BELOW, THE SERVICES AND RELATED EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND/OR OTHER MATERIALS PROVIDED BY SAVVIS AND USED IN CONNECTION WITH THE SERVICE, IF ANY, ARE PROVIDED WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF TITLE, NONINFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SAVVIS MAKES NO WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS CONCERNING THE COMPATIBILITY OF SOFTWARE OR EQUIPMENT OR ANY RESULTS TO BE ACHIEVED THEREFROM. THESE DISCLAIMERS SHALL NOT LIMIT CUSTOMER’S ABILITY TO SEEK ANY AVAILABLE REMEDIES PROVIDED FOR IN ANY APPLICABLE SLA.

 

  Page 3 of 7  


SAVVIS MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

Each party represents and warrants it has the full power, capacity and authority to enter into this Agreement.

7.         Limitation on Liability . WITHOUT LIMITING ANY INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER NEITHER PARTY, NOR ITS AFFILIATES CONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS OR AGENTS, SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, ANY LOST OR IMPUTED PROFITS OR REVENUES, LOST DATA, DAMAGES TO SOFTWARE OR FIRMWARE, OR COST OF PROCURING AND TRANSITIONING TO SUBSTITUTE SERVICES, REGARDLESS OF THE LEGAL THEORY UNDER WHICH SUCH LIABILITY IS ASSERTED, AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER A PARTY HAD BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LIABILITY, EXCEPT FOR SAVVIS INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATION SET FORTH IN SECTION 8, THE TOTAL AGGREGATE LIABILITY AND OBLIGATIONS OF SAVVIS, ITS AFFILIATES, CONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS OR AGENTS ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE TOTAL NET PAYMENTS PAID BY CUSTOMER TO SAVVIS FOR THE AFFECTED SERVICE WHICH GIVES RISE TO SUCH LIABILITY IN THE TWELVE (12) MONTH PERIOD IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING THE DATE IN WHICH THE CLAIM ARISES. EXCEPT FOR CUSTOMER’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS; A BREACH BY CUSTOMER AND/OR END USERS OF SECTION 4 AND/OR THE AUP: AND CUSTOMER’S PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS; AND LOSSES AND DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF CUSTOMER, ITS CONTRACTORS AND/OR END USERS FOR DAMAGE TO THE SAVVIS DATA CENTER, THE BUILDING OR PREMISES, AND/OR THE NETWORK, INCLUDING ANY EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND SOFTWARE, THE TOTAL AGGREGATE LIABILITY AND OBLIGATIONS OF CUSTOMER ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE TOTAL NET PAYMENTS PAID BY CUSTOMER FOR THE APPLICABLE SERVICE WHICH GIVES RISE TO SUCH LIABILITY IN THE TWELVE MONTH PERIOD IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING THE DATE IN WHICH THE CLAIM ARISES.

8.         Indemnification . Subject to Section 7, above, Customer shall indemnify, defend and hold SAVVIS and its Affiliates harmless from any and all third party claims losses, damages, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs, or liabilities (“Damages”) arising from or related to Customer’s and/or its End Users use, sale or modification of the Service, including, without limitation, any violation of Section 4 (Acceptable Use), excepted and to extent the Damages result from SAVVIS’ negligent acts or omissions.

For Colocation Services Only (Space and Power): Subject to Section 7 above, SAVVIS shall indemnify, defend and hold Customer and its Affiliates harmless from any and all third party claims, losses, damages, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs, or liabilities arising from or related to allegations that any SAVVIS owned or licensed technology provided to Customer pursuant to a Service Order and used in conjunction with the Service(s) infringes a US patent, copyright, or trademark (“Infringement Claim”). If the SAVVIS owned or licensed technology has become (or in SAVVIS’ reasonable judgment is likely to become) the subject of an Infringement Claim: SAVVIS shall, at its option and expense, (a) procure for Customer the right to make continued use thereof, or (b) replace or modify the SAVVIS owned or licensed technology with substantially similar technology, or (c) if (a) and (b) above are not commercially reasonable, then SAVVIS may terminate the Agreement and/or Customer’s use of the Services or a part thereof, including the SAVVIS owned or licensed technology, without further liability; provided that SAVVIS shall provide Customer with a refund for any Services prepaid by Customer which Service was not provide by SAVVIS as a result of a termination under this Section 8. SAVVIS shall have no liability if the alleged infringement is based on (1) combination with non-SAVVIS products or services, provided that the SAVVIS owned or licensed technology would not have caused the claim if used without such combination, (2) use for a purpose or in a manner for which the SAVVIS owned or licensed technology were not designed, (3) use of any older version of the SAVVIS owned or licensed technology when use of a newer SAVVIS revision would have avoided the infringement (provided the Customer was made aware of the availability of and provided the newer version of the SAVVIS owned or licensed technology at no additional fee to Customer), (4) any modification not made with SAVVIS’ written approval, (5) any modifications made by SAVVIS pursuant to Customers’ specific instructions, but only if the claim is caused by such instructions, or (6) any intellectual property right owned or licensed by Customer.

For All Others Services Except Co-location Services and Digital Content Services: Subject to Section 7 above, SAVVIS shall defend and settle any third party claim against Customer alleging that any SAVVIS owned technology provided to Customer pursuant to a Service Order and used in conjunction with the Services(s) infringes a US patent, copyright, or trademark – (“Infringement Claim”) and will indemnify Customer in the amount of any final judgment or settlement of such Infringement Claim. If the SAVVIS owned technology has become (or in SAVVIS’ reasonable judgment is likely to become) the subject of an Infringement Claim: SAVVIS shall, at its option and expense, (a) procure for Customer the right to make continued use thereof, or (b) replace or modify the SAVVIS owned technology with substantially similar technology, or (c) if (a) and (b) above are not commercially reasonable, then SAVVIS may terminate the Agreement and/or Customer’s use of the Services or a part thereof, including the SAVVIS owned technology, without further liability; provided that SAVVIS shall provide Customer with a refund for any Services prepaid by Customer which Service was not provided by SAVVIS as a result of a termination under this Section 8. SAVVIS shall have no liability if the alleged infringement is based on (1) combination with non-SAVVIS products or services, provided that the SAVVIS owned or licensed technology would not have caused the claim if used without such combination, (2) use for a purpose or in a manner for which the SAVVIS owned technology were not designed, (3) use of any older version of the SAVVIS owned technology when use of a newer SAVVIS revision would have avoided the infringement (provided the Customer was made aware of the availability of and provided the newer version of

 

  Page 4 of 7  


SAVVIS MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

the SAVVIS owned technology at no additional fee to Customer), (4) any modification not made with SAVVIS’ written approval, (5) any modifications made by SAVVIS pursuant to Customer’s specific instructions, but only if the claim is caused by such instructions, or (6) any intellectual property right owned or licensed by Customer.

Each party’s obligation to indemnify is contingent upon (i) the indemnified party promptly notifying indemnifying party of any such suit, claim, action or proceeding, (ii) the indemnifying party’s right to control the defense and all negotiations for its settlement or compromise, provided however, that indemnifying party may not settle any claim without the indemnified party’s consent if such settlement imposes any liability or obligation on the indemnified party, and (iii) the reasonable cooperation of the indemnified party in the conduct of such defense and negotiations. To the extent the indemnified party fails to fulfill its obligations under this paragraph, the indemnifying party shall be excused of its obligation to indemnify to the extent such failure prejudices the indemnification obligation.

9.         Confidentiality . Neither party shall, without the prior written consent of the other party, disclose (except as expressly permitted by, or required to achieve the purposes of, this Agreement) the Confidential Information of the other party. Each party shall take all reasonable precautions to protect Confidential Information directly disclosed to it by the other party, using at least the same standard of care as it uses to maintain the confidentiality of its own Confidential Information, but in no event less than reasonable care. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a party may disclose Confidential Information to the extent required: (i) to any consultants, contractors, and counsels who have a need to know in connection with this Agreement and have executed a reasonably protective non-disclosure agreement with the disclosing party, or (ii) by operation of law, or by a court or governmental agency, or if necessary in any proceeding to establish rights or obligations under this Agreement; provided, the disclosing party shall, unless legally prohibited, provide the non-disclosing party with reasonable prior written notice sufficient to permit the non-disclosing party an opportunity to contest such disclosure. If a party commits, or threatens to commit, a breach of this Section, the other party shall have the right to seek injunctive relief from a court of competent jurisdiction.

10.       Publicity . Neither party shall issue any press release or public announcement incorporating, or use, in advertising or publicity or in any other way the name, trademarks, or other proprietary identifying symbol of the other party or its Affiliates, without the prior written consent of the other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with the prior approval of Customer which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned, SAVVIS may publicly refer to Customer as a customer of SAVVIS as part of its marketing activities (e.g., sample client list). Any other public reference to Customer by SAVVIS shall require the express written consent of Customer.

11.       Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its principles for resolving conflicts of law. The parties agree that any actions arising under this Agreement shall be brought exclusively in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. Each party agrees to submit itself to the jurisdiction and venue of such courts for purposes of any such action. The parties expressly waive their right to have their claims or defenses heard by a jury.

12.       Assignment . Either party may assign this Agreement, in whole or in part, without the other party’s prior written consent: (i) to the surviving entity in the event of a merger or consolidation; (ii) to the purchaser of all or substantially all of the party’s assets; or (iii) to an Affiliate; provided, however, that any assignee of Customer must have the same level of financial standing and creditworthiness as Customer as determined by SAVVIS in its reasonable discretion. Each party shall provide the other party with prompt written notice of any such permitted assignment as soon as the news of such assignment is made publicly available. Any other assignment shall require the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

13.       Force Majeure . Except for the obligation to make payments for Service(s) rendered by SAVVIS, subject to the dispute procedures outlined in Section 3, neither party will be liable for any failure or delay in its performance under this Agreement due to a Force Majeure Event. If a Force Majeure Event suspends the provision of Service hereunder for a period of thirty (30) days, either party may terminate the affected Service in accordance with this Agreement by providing thirty (30) days written notice to the other party without any liability other than payment by Customer for service fees for services provided up to the effective date of termination.

14.       Monitoring . SAVVIS will not monitor Customer Data or use of the Service unless such examination is required in order to respond to an alleged AUP violation or pursuant to any legal process or statutory requirement. The parties acknowledge that SAVVIS exercises no control whatsoever over, and has no responsibility for, any content or data transmitted or maintained using the Services, nor for the information or material accessible upon, or actions taken on, the Internet or SAVVIS’ network, and SAVVIS expressly disclaims any liability arising therefrom.

15.       Insurance . Each party shall carry and maintain during the Term, at its own cost and expense, commercial general liability insurance in an amount not less than $1 million per occurrence with a $2 million aggregate covering claims for bodily injury, death, personal injury or property damage. The liability insurance limits required herein may be obtained through any

 

  Page 5 of 7  


SAVVIS MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

combination of primary and excess or umbrella liability insurance. Customer will deliver to SAVVIS certificate(s) of insurance which evidence such minimum levels of insurance upon the effectiveness of this Agreement and upon renewal of such insurance during the Term, and provide not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice of cancellation to any herein required policy. Upon request by Customer, SAVVIS will deliver to Customer certificate(s) of insurance which evidence such minimum levels of insurance. In the event that a party will have personnel and/or equipment at the other party’s facility, such Party shall cause its liability insurance provider(s) to name the other party as an additional insured as its interest may appear with respect to the Agreement.

16.       Maintenance . Customer acknowledges that the Services may be subject to routine maintenance or repair and Customer agrees to cooperate with SAVVIS in a timely manner and reasonably provide such access and assistance as necessary to affect such maintenance or repair. Routine maintenance times may be set forth in the applicable Service Level Agreement.

17.       Waiver . Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, including any applicable Service Level Agreement, neither party’s failure to insist upon strict performance of any provision of this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver of any of its rights hereunder. Neither the course of conduct between parties nor trade practice shall act to modify any provision of this Agreement.

18.       Miscellaneous . All provisions in this Agreement, which by their nature are intended to survive expiration or termination, shall so survive. If any term of this Agreement is held unenforceable, the unenforceable term shall be construed as nearly as possible to reflect the original intent of the parties, and the remaining terms shall remain in effect. This Agreement may only be executed by an authorized officer of SAVVIS. SAVVIS reserves the right to reject any handwritten or typed modification to this Agreement (including any Service Schedule or Service Order) which is not mutually agreed to in writing. This Agreement is intended solely for SAVVIS (including its Affiliates providing Service hereunder) and Customer and does not provide any third party (including End Users) with any remedy, liability, claim, cause of action or other right or privilege. In the event of conflict among terms, the order of priority shall be as follows: the Service Schedule, then this MSA, then the SSG, and then the Service Order with the latest date. Except for AUP modifications or as otherwise set forth herein, all amendments to this Agreement shall be in writing and signed by the parties’ authorized representatives. This Agreement, together with (a) all applicable Service Schedules and SSGs, and (b) any accepted Service Orders, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the Services or rights and obligations relating to the Services and supersedes any other prior or simultaneous agreement or understandings, whether oral or written, related to the subject matter hereof. SAVVIS may act in reliance upon any instruction or signature reasonably believed by SAVVIS to be genuine. Customer agrees that any employee of Customer who gives any written notice, Service Order or other instruction in connection with this Agreement has the authority to do so. Each party will comply with all laws applicable to such party.

19.       Gramm-Leach-Billey Financial Services Act . SAVVIS hereby acknowledges that Customer and/or its End Users may be subject to the privacy regulations under Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Billey Financial Services Act, 15 U.S.C. § 6801 et seq. SAVVIS agrees that it shall not disclose or use any Customer’s Confidential Information except to the extent necessary to carry out its obligations under this Agreement. The parties agree that SAVVIS is not a data collector or processor nor is SAVVIS retaining personal information or personal identifiable information according to any applicable acts, laws, statutes or regulations.

20.       Security Breach . In the event of any actual or suspected security breach SAVVIS either suffers or learns of that either compromises or could compromise Customer or its customer’s Confidential Information (e.g., physical trespass on a secure facility, computing systems intrusion/hacking, loss/theft of equipment, loss/theft of printed materials, etc.) (collectively, a “Security Breach”), SAVVIS will immediately notify Customer of such Security Breach and will immediately coordinate with Customer to investigate and remedy the Security Breach, as reasonably directed by Customer. Except as may be required by applicable law, SAVVIS agrees that it will not inform any third party of any such Security Breach without Customer’s prior written consent; however, if such disclosure is required by applicable law, SAVVIS will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain Customer’s approval, which will not be unreasonably withheld, regarding the content of such disclosure so as to minimize any potential adverse impact upon Customer and its clients and customers.

21.       Definitions .

“Affiliate(s)” means any entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with a party.

“AUP” means SAVVIS’ Acceptable Use Policy located on its website at http://www.savvis.net/customer/aup.html .

“Confidential Information” means any non-public information of the parties hereto relating to its business activities, financial affairs, technology, marketing or sales plans that is disclosed to, and received by, the other party pursuant to this Agreement. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, the terms and pricing of this Agreement. Confidential Information shall not include information which: (i) is or becomes public knowledge through no breach of this Agreement by the receiving party, (ii) is received by recipient from a third party not under a duty of confidence, (iii) is already known or is independently developed by the receiving party without use of the Confidential Information, or (iv) is disclosed by a party without an obligation of confidentiality.

 

  Page 6 of 7  


SAVVIS MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

“Customer Data” means the data and applications that are owned by the Customer or its customers and reside on the Customer’s systems or equipment.

“End Users” means Customer’s members, end-users, customers or any other third parties who utilize or access the Services or the SAVVIS network via the Services provided hereunder.

“Force Majeure Event” means an unforeseeable event beyond a party’s reasonable control, including but not limited to, acts of war, acts of God; earthquake; flood; embargo; riot; sabotage; labor shortage or dispute; changes in government codes, ordinances, laws, rules, regulations or restrictions; failure of the internet; terrorist acts; failure of data, products or services controlled by any third party, including the providers of communications or network services; utility power failure; material shortages or unavailability or other delay in delivery not resulting from the responsible party’s failure to timely place orders therefor, or lack of or delay in transportation.

“SAVVIS Service Guide” (or “SSG”) means the detailed product-specific Service guide as defined in the Service Schedule.

“Service” means the service provided by SAVVIS and/or its Affiliates and subcontractors as set forth on the Service Order.

“Service Order” means a service order request submitted on a form issued by SAVVIS and signed by Customer.

“Service Schedule” means those service descriptions providing the terms pursuant to which SAVVIS shall provide and Customer shall purchase the Services described therein.

“Taxes” means any applicable foreign, federal, state, or local taxes and charges assessed in connection with the Service, including without limitation, all governmental excise, use, sales, value-added and occupational taxes and other fees, or other similar surcharges and levies, but excluding any taxes based on SAVVIS’ net income.

 

  Page 7 of 7  

Exhibit 21.1

 

Corporate Organization Chart

 

LOGO

Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We have issued our report dated April 30, 2010, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Ellie Mae, Inc. contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Experts”.

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

San Francisco, California

April 30, 2010

Exhibit 23.4

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITOR

We consent to the use in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Ellie Mae, Inc. of our report on the audited financial statements of Mavent Holdings, Inc and Subsidiary dated March 8, 2010, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus.

/s/ Haskell & White LLP

HASKELL & WHITE LLP

Irvine, California

April 30, 2010